Hong Kong Diploma of Secondary Education

Mathematics (Compulsory Part)

Past Paper Review

(Multiple Choice)



including HKCEE Sample Paper, 1972, 1977 – 2011; 

 
 HKDSE Sample Paper, Practice Paper, 2012 – 2017 

Prepared by

Dr.2 K.2 [Ph.D.(HKU), Ph.D.(HKBU)]

 CONTENTS

Unit 0 Number Systems ....................................................................................... 1

0.1 Base Conversion .............................................................................. 1
0.2 Divisibility of Numbers ................................................................... 3
0.3 Approximation & Estimation .......................................................... 5
0.4 Complex Numbers ........................................................................... 8

Unit 1 Percentages ................................................................................................ 9

Unit 2 Functions and Graphs ............................................................................. 19

2.1 Functions ........................................................................................ 19
2.2 Quadratic Graphs ........................................................................... 23
2.3 Transformations of Graphs ............................................................ 32
2.4 Transformations of Axes ............................................................... 36

Unit 3 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ................................................ 38

3.1 Surds ............................................................................................... 38
3.2 Indices ............................................................................................ 41
3.3 Logarithm ....................................................................................... 47
3.4 Exponential Graphs ........................................................................ 51

Unit 4 More about Polynomials ......................................................................... 53

4.1 Change of Subjects ........................................................................ 53
4.2 Identities ......................................................................................... 60
4.3 Operations on Polynomials ............................................................ 63
4.4 Remainder & Factor Theorems ..................................................... 67
4.5 H.C.F. & L.C.M. ........................................................................... 71
4.6 Algebraic Fractions ........................................................................ 73

Unit 5 More about Equations ............................................................................ 79

5.1 Equations in One Variable ............................................................ 79
5.2 Nature of Quadratic Roots ............................................................ 82
5.3 Relations between Quadratic Roots .............................................. 84
5.4 Simultaneous Equations ................................................................. 87
5.5 Graphical Solutions of Equations ................................................. 90

Unit 6 Rate, Ratio, and Variations .................................................................... 93

6.1 Rate ................................................................................................ 93
6.2 Ratio & Proportion ........................................................................ 96
6.3 Variations ...................................................................................... 102
Unit 7 Sequences .............................................................................................. 107
7.1 General Sequences ....................................................................... 107
7.2 Arithmetic Sequences ................................................................... 109
7.3 Geometric Sequences ................................................................... 114

Unit 8 Inequalities and Linear Programming .................................................. 120

8.1 Linear Inequalities ....................................................................... 120
8.2 Quadratic Inequalities .................................................................. 125
8.3 Linear Programming .................................................................... 128

Unit 9 Mensuration ........................................................................................... 138

9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures ............................................. 138
9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors .............................................. 150
9.3 Areas in Proportion ..................................................................... 164
9.4 Mensuration of Solids ................................................................. 173
9.5 Percentage Change in Mensuration ............................................. 187

Unit 10 Plane Geometry ..................................................................................... 189

10.1 Symmetry in Plane Figures ......................................................... 189
10.2 Angles in Plane Figures .............................................................. 193
10.3 Congruent & Similar Triangles ................................................... 205
10.4 Mid-point & Intercept Theorems ................................................ 209
10.5 Basic Properties of Circles ......................................................... 213
10.6 Tangents of Circles ...................................................................... 232

Unit 11 Locus ..................................................................................................... 247

Unit 12 Coordinates Geometry ........................................................................... 248

12.1 Polar Coordinates ......................................................................... 248
12.2 Rectangular Coordinates .............................................................. 249
12.3 Centres of a Triangle .................................................................. 252
12.4 Equations of Straight Lines ........................................................ 253
12.5 Equations of Circles .................................................................... 265

Unit 13 Trigonometry ......................................................................................... 274

13.1 Trigonometric Functions .............................................................. 274
13.2 Trigonometric Relationships ........................................................ 278
13.3 Trigonometric Equations .............................................................. 284
13.4 Trigonometric Graphs .................................................................. 288
13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae ............................................................ 297
13.6 2-Dimensional Problems .............................................................. 305
13.7 Bearings & Elevation .................................................................. 320
13.8 3-Dimensional Problems .............................................................. 324
13.9 Radian Measures (Out of Syllabus) ........................................... 334
Unit 14 Permutation & Combination ................................................................. 335

Unit 15 More about Probability ......................................................................... 336

15.1 Set Theory .................................................................................... 336
15.2 Probability .................................................................................... 337

Unit 16 Measures of Dispersion ........................................................................ 348

16.1 Graphical Representation of Data ............................................... 348
16.2 Measures of Central Tendency .................................................... 353
16.3 Measures of Dispersion ............................................................... 357
16.4 Box-and-Whisker & Stem-and-Leaf Diagrams ........................... 359
16.5 Comparison between Distributions .............................................. 362
16.6 Standard Score ............................................................................. 369
16.7 Sampling Techniques ................................................................... 370

Answers ................................................................................................................. 371

Answers (by Years) .............................................................................................. 380

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.1 Base Conversion

Base Conversion 6. The binary equivalent of the hexadecimal

number ABC is
1. What is the binary representation of the A. 101010100011 .
hexadecimal number 89 ? B. 101010000011 .
C. 101010101010 .
A. 00101101
D. 101010111100 .
B. 01011010 E. 101011001011 .
C. 10110100 [1989-CE-CS 1A-10]
D. 10011000
E. 10001001
[1984-CE-CS 1A-17]
7. The decimal representation of the binary
number 11110 is
A. 28 .
2. Which of the following hexadecimal number is B. 30 .
equal to the binary number 10011101 ? C. 32 .
A. 5A D. 34 .
B. FF E. 36 .
[1989-CE-CS 1A-11]
C. 9D
D. 9E
E. 9F 8. Which of the following is not a hexadecimal
[1985-CE-CS 1A-17] number ?
A. ABCGEF
B. BCAEFC
3. What is the number of 1’s in the binary
C. ACBDFA
representation of 162 + 9 × 16 + 3 ?
D. AFBCBF
A. 2 E. CEEFDA
B. 4 [1993-CE-CS 1A-6]
C. 5
D. 6
9. The decimal quantity represented by binary
E. 8 1001 is ____________ .
[1987-CE-CS 1A-9]
A. 1001
B. 17
4. To convert a binary number into hexadecimals, C. –7
a number of binary digits (bits) in the binary D. 9
number are grouped together to form one E. 2
hexadecimal digit. How many bits should be [1999-CE-CS 1A-9]
grouped ?
A. 2 10. Which of the following numbers is prime ?
B. 3
A. 1002
C. 4
B. 1013
D. 8
C. 1104
E. 16
D. 1115
[1987-CE-CS 1A-12*]
E. None of the above
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-1]

5. Which of the following hexadecimal number is

equivalent to the binary number 110110000000 ?
11. Convert the decimal number 213 + 24 + 3 to a
A. D71 binary number.
B. D7 A. 100000000001112
C. D80 B. 100000000010112
D. D81 C. 100000000100112
E. E80 D. 100000001000112
[1988-CE-CS 1A-11] [2006-CE-MATHS 2-39]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 1

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.1 Base Conversion

12. ABCDE7000016 = 18. B000000002316 =

9 8 7 6
A. 10(16 ) + 11(16 ) + 12(16 ) + 13(16 ) + A. 11 × 1610 + 23 .
14(165) + 7(164) . B. 11 × 1610 + 35 .
B. 10(1610) + 11(169) + 12(168) + 13(167) + C. 12 × 1611 + 23 .
14(166) + 7(165) . D. 12 × 1611 + 35 .
C. 11(169) + 12(168) + 13(167) + 14(166) + [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-32]
15(165) + 7(164) .
D. 11(1610) + 12(169) + 13(168) + 14(167) +
15(166) + 7(165) . 19. AD000000201216 =
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-41]
A. (10)1611 + (13)1610 + 8 210 .
B. (10)1612 + (13)1611 + 131 360 .
13. 110000110001112 = C. (11)1611 + (14)1610 + 8 210 .
A. 213 + 212 + 27 + 26 + 7. D. (11)1612 + (14)1611 + 131 360 .
B. 213 + 212 + 27 + 26 + 14 . [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-33]

C. 214 + 213 + 28 + 27 + 7.
D. 214 + 213 + 28 + 27 + 14 . 20. A00000E0001116 =
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-40]
A. 10 × 1611 + 14 × 165 + 17 .
B. 11 × 1611 + 15 × 165 + 17 .
14. Convert the decimal number 1612 + 14 to a C. 10 × 1612 + 14 × 166 + 272 .
hexadecimal number.
D. 11 × 1612 + 15 × 166 + 272 .
A. 10000000000D16 [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-33]
B. 10000000000E16
C. 100000000000D16
D. 100000000000E16 21. 7 × 210 + 28 + 5 × 23 – 23 =
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-40] A. 1110101000002 .
B. 1111000100002 .
C. 11101001000002 .
15. Convert the decimal number 11 × 168 + 4 × 163
+ 14 × 161 + 8 to a hexadecimal number. D. 11110000100002 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-34]
A. A00040D816
B. B00040E816
C. A000040D816 22. 11 + 26 + 210 + 211 =
D. B000040E816 A. 1100010010112 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-40] B. 1101001000112 .
C. 11000010010112 .
16. 10000100001012 = D. 11010010000112 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-33]
A. 5 + 27 + 212 .
B. 5 + 28 + 213 .
C. 10 + 27 + 212 . 23. BC000DE00000016 =
D. 10 + 28 + 213 .
A. 188 × 1611 + 222 × 166 .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-41]
B. 205 × 1611 + 239 × 166 .
C. 188 × 1612 + 222 × 167 .
D. 205 × 1612 + 239 × 167 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-33]
HKDSE Problems

17. 10100100010012 = 24. 83 + 819 =

A. 212 + 210 + 137 . A. 1000000000001016 .
B. 212 + 210 + 273 . B. 2000000000002016 .
C. 213 + 211 + 137 . C. 10000000000010016 .
D. 213 + 211 + 273 . D. 20000000000020016 .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-33] [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-32]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 2

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.2 Divisibility of Numbers

Basic Arithmetic Divisibility

1. Which of the following expressions will 5. x and y are two unequal positive integers.
remain unchanged in value if both a and b Both are divisible by 3. Which of the
are increased to k times of their original value ? following numbers must be divisible by 9 ?
(1) a – b
a+b 2 (1) x + y2
(2) ( ) (2) x + 2y
2a + b
a+b (3) x2 + 3y
(3) 2
a + b2
A. (1) only
A. (1) only B. (2) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3) E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-14] [1978-CE-MATHS 2-42]

2. Let a be a positive number. Which of the 6. x, y and z are three consecutive positive
following has no meaning in mathematics ?
integers. Which of the following is true ?
(1) 0 × a
(2) 0 ÷ a A. x + y + z must be odd
(3) a ÷ 0 B. x + y + z must be even
C. x y z must be odd
A. (1) only
B. (2) only D. x y z must be even
C. (3) only E. x2 + y2 + z2 must be even
D. (2) and (3) only [1980-CE-MATHS 2-36]
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-33]
7. x is a positive integer such that x2 + 2x + 7
is even. What are the possible value of x ?
3. In order to double the value of the expression
b d A. x can be any positive integers
(a + ) ÷
c e B. x can be any positive even number
which one of the numbers in the expression C. x can be any positive odd number
should be doubled ? D. x must be an even number greater than
A. a 10000
B. b E. x must be a positive odd number less
C. c than 10000
D. d [1980-CE-MATHS 2-40]
E. e
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-2]
8. If n is a positive integer, which of the
following numbers is / are odd ?
4. If x + y = 0 , then which of the following
are true ? (1) 22n + 1
(2) 3(2n)
(1) both x and y must be zero
(2) (x2 + y2) must be zero (3) (2n + 1)2
(3) xy must be zero A. (2) only
A. none of them B. (3) only
B. (1) only C. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) only
D. (2) and (3) only
D. (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3) E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-37] [1981-CE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 3

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.2 Divisibility of Numbers

9. Let n be a positive integer. Which of the H.C.F. & L.C.M. of Numbers

following numbers is / are odd ?
(1) 22n + 1 13. Given two numbers, one even and one odd,
their H.C.F.
(2) 2n + 1
(3) 3 (2n) (1) must be odd,
(2) must be even,
A. (1) only (3) may be odd or even ;
B. (2) only
their L.C.M.
C. (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only (4) must be odd,
E. (1), (2) and (3) (5) must be even,
(6) may be odd or even.
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-44]
Which of the following is true ?

10. Which of the following is / are true ? A. (1) and (5)

B. (1) and (6)
(1) If both 2 and 3 are factors of m, then 6 C. (2) and (4)
is also a factor of m. D. (2) and (5)
(2) If 15 is a factor of n, then both 3 and 5 E. (3) and (4)
are factors of n. [SP-CE-MATHS 2-19]
(3) If p is a multiple of both 4 and 6, then
p is also a multiple of 24.
14. The Highest Common Factor of two unequal
A. (1) only positive integers a and b is 8. Which of the
B. (2) only following must be true ?
C. (1) and (2) only (1) The difference between a and b is
D. (2) and (3) only divisible by 8.
E. (1), (2) and (3) (2) (a + b) is divisible by 16.
(3) ab is divisible by 64.
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-10]
A. (3) only
B. (1) and (2) only
11. Let a and b be two consecutive positive C. (1) and (3) only
integers. Which of the following must be true ? D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
(1) a + b is odd
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-35]
(2) ab is odd
(3) a2 + b2 is odd
15. m and n are multiples of 3 and 4 respectively.
A. (1) only Which of the following must be true ?
B. (1) and (2) only
(1) mn is a multiple of 12.
C. (1) and (3) only
(2) The H.C.F. of m and n is even.
D. (2) and (3) only (3) The L.C.M. of m and n is even.
E. (1), (2) and (3)
A. (1) only
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-37]
B. (1) and (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
12. Let m be a positive integer. Which of the D. (2) and (3) only
following must be true ? E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-37]
(1) m2 is even.
(2) m (m + 1) is even.
(3) m (m + 2) is even.
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (2) and (3) only
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 4

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.3 Approximation & Estimation

Scientific Notations 6. Evaluate 1.15 ÷ 15 correct to 3 significant

figures.
1. 2 × 10–5 + 3 × 10–4 = A. 0.076
B. 0.077
A. 3.2 × 10–4 . C. 0.0766
B. 3.2 × 10–5 . D. 0.0767
·
C. 2.3 × 10–5 . E. 0.076
D. 5 × 10–9 . [1996-CE-MATHS 2-1]
E. 6 × 10–9 .
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-1] 7. Express  2 as a decimal correct to 3
significant figures.

2. (4.5 × 108) ÷ (9 × 102) = A. 9.86

B. 9.87
A. 2× 105 . C. 9.88
B. 2× 106 . D. 9.860
C. 5× 104 . E. 9.870
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-1]
D. 5× 105 .
E. 5× 106 .
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-1] 8. If 0.8448 < a < 0.8452 , which of the
following must be true ?
A. a = 0.9 (correct to 1 significant figure)
B. a = 0.85 (correct to 2 significant figures)
C. a = 0.845 (correct to 3 significant figures)
Significant Figures D. a = 0.8450 (correct to 4 significant figures)
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-9]
3. Which of the following is 0.0006 , correct to
4 significant figures ?
9. Express 2007 as a decimal correct to 5
A. 0.7746 significant figures.
B. 0.2449 A. 44.790
C. 0.07746 B. 44.799
D. 0.02449 C. 44.79955
E. 0.007746 D. 44.800
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-3] [2007-CE-MATHS 2-12]

10. 0.0498765 =
4. When 0.001 844 81 is expressed correct to 3
significant figures, it becomes A. 0.050 (correct to 2 decimal places) .
B. 0.050 (correct to 3 significant figures) .
A. 0.001 80 . C. 0.0499 (correct to 4 decimal places) .
B. 0.001 84 . D. 0.0499 (correct to 5 significant figures) .
C. 0.001 85 . [2008-CE-MATHS 2-17]
D. 0.001 90 .
E. 0.002 .
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-6]
Estimation

5. Round off the number 0.044449 to 3 11. If the radius of a sphere is measured as 8 cm
significant figures. correct to the nearest cm, then the least
possible surface area of the sphere is
A. 0.04
B. 0.044 A. 64 cm2 .
C. 0.045 B. 225 cm2 .
D. 0.0444 C. 256 cm2 .
1125
E. 0.0445 D. cm2 .
2
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-1] [2008-CE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 5

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.3 Approximation & Estimation

12. The figure shows the positions of three real 16. 0.009049999 =
numbers a, b and c on the number line.
Which of the following is the best estimate of A. 0.00905 (correct to 3 decimal places) .
c(a – b) ? B. 0.00905 (correct to 3 significant figures) .
C. 0.00905 (correct to 6 decimal places) .
D. 0.00905 (correct to 6 significant figures) .
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-14]

A. –15
B. –9 17. 0.0322515 =
C. 9
A. 0.032 (correct to 3 significant figures) .
D. 15 B. 0.0322 (correct to 4 decimal places) .
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-15] C. 0.03225 (correct to 5 significant figures) .
D. 0.032252 (correct to 6 decimal places) .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-13]
13. If the length and the breadth of a rectangle
are measured as 12 cm and 10 cm
respectively and all the measurements are 18. The length of a piece of thin string is
correct to the nearest cm, then the least measured as 25 m correct to the nearest m.
possible area of the rectangle is If the string is cut into n pieces such that the
A. 99 cm2 . length of each piece is measured as 5 cm
correct to the nearest cm, find the greatest
B. 109.25 cm2 . possible value of n.
C. 120 cm2 .
D. 131.25 cm2 . A. 445
B. 566
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-17]
C. 567
D. 650
14. The figure shows the positions of four real [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-14]
numbers p, q, r and s on the number line.
Which of the following is the best estimate of
( p – q)(r + s) ? 19. 0.0504545 =
A. 0.051 (correct to 2 significant figures) .
B. 0.0505 (correct to 3 decimal places) .
C. 0.05045 (correct to 4 significant figures) .
A. –36 D. 0.05046 (correct to 5 decimal places) .
B. –12 [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-4]
C. 12
D. 36 20. The width and the length of a thin rectangular
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-14] metal sheet are measured as 8 cm and 10 cm
correct to the nearest cm respectively. Let
x cm2 be the actual area of the metal sheet.
Find the range of values of x.

HKDSE Problems A. 71.25  x < 89.25

B. 71.25 < x  89.25
C. 79.5  x < 80.5
15. The lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
D. 79.5 < x  80.5
measured as 15 cm , 24 cm and 25 cm
respectively. If the three measurements are [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-11]
correct to the nearest cm, find the percentage
error in calculating the perimeter of the
triangle correct to the nearest 0.1% . 21. 0.0023456789 =
A. 0.00235 (correct to 6 decimal places) .
A. 0.8%
B. 0.002345 (correct to 6 decimal places) .
B. 2.3%
C. 0.002346 (correct to 6 significant figures) .
C. 4.7% D. 0.00234568 (correct to 6 significant
D. 6.3% figures) .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-15] [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-4]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 6

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.3 Approximation & Estimation

22. There is a bag of white sugar. The weight of

white sugar in the bag is measured as 5 kg
correct to the nearest kg. If the bag of white
sugar is packed into n packets such that the
weight of white sugar in each packet is
measured as 10 g correct to the nearest g,
find the greatest possible value of n.
A. 429
B. 500
C. 578
D. 579
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-14]

23. 0.0765403 =
A. 0.076 (correct to 2 significant figures) .
B. 0.0765 (correct to 3 decimal places) .
C. 0.07654 (correct to 4 significant figures) .
D. 0.076540 (correct to 5 decimal places) .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-4]

1
24. =
4
A. 0.0102 (correct to 3 significant figures) .
B. 0.01025 (correct to 4 significant figures) .
C. 0.01026 (correct to 5 decimal places) .
D. 0.010266 (correct to 6 decimal places) .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-4]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 7

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 0.4 Complex Numbers

Complex Numbers 7. The real part of i + 2i2 + 3i3 + 4i4 is

A. 2.
1. If i = –1 , then 2i2 + 3i3 + 4i4 + 5i5 = B. –2 .
A. 2 + 2i . C. 6.
B. 2 + 8i . D. –6 .
C. 2 – 8i . [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-36]
D. –6 – 8i .
E. –6 + 2i .
2 + 4
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-46] 8. If  is a real number, then =
 + 2i
A.  – 2i .
i23 B.  + 2i .
2. If i = –1 , then 10 =
i C. 2 – i .
A. 1. D. 2 + i .
B. –1 . [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-36]
C. i.
D. –i .
2
3
10
9. Let z = (a + 5) i6 + (a – 3) i7 , where a is a
E. i . real number. If z is a real number, then a =
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-47]
A. –5 .
B. –3 .
3. If i = –1 , then (1 + ai)(1 + bi) = C. 3.
D. 5.
A. 1 + ab .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-35]
B. 2 + (a + b) i .
C. (1 – ab) + ab i .
D. (1 – ab) + (a + b) i . 7 7
E. (1 + ab) + (a + b) i . 10. Let u = and v = , where a is a
a+i a–i
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-27] real number. Which of the following must be
true ?
(1) uv is a rational number.
HKDSE Problems (2) The real part of u is equal to the real
part of v.
1
6 + ki (3) The imaginary part of is equal to the
4. If k is a real number, then 4k – = u
i 1
imaginary part of .
A. 3k + 6i . v
B. 3k – 6i .
C. 5k + 6i . A. (1) only
D. 5k – 6i . B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-34]
D. (2) and (3) only
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-34]
5. If x is a real number, then the real part of
(x + 3i)(3 + i) is
5
11. If k and + ki are real numbers, then
A. 3x . 2–i
B. x + 3. k=
C. 3x + 3 .
D. 3x – 3 . A. –2 .
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-34]
B. –1 .
C. 1.
D. 2.
6. i3(  i – 3) = [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-35]

A.  + 3i .
B.  – 3i .
C. – + 3i .
D. – – 3i .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-35]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 8

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

Interest 5. What will $P amount to in 3 years’ time if

the interest is compounded monthly at 12%
1. It is agreed to repay a loan of $1000, with per annum ?
interest at 8½ % per annum on the amount 36
owing, in equal yearly instalments starting at A. $P (1 + )
100
the end of one year.
1 36
If this instalment is $75, how long will it B. $P (1 + )
100
take to repay the loan ? 12 36
C. $P (1 + )
A. Within 5 years 100
B. Between 5 and 10 years 12 3
D. $P (1 + )
C. Between 10 and 15 years 100
D. Between 15 and 20 years 1 3
E. Never E. $P (1 + )
100
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-4] [1982-CE-MATHS 2-9]

2. Mr. Wong puts $10,000 into Bank X and he

also puts $10,000 into Bank Y. The simple 6. $10 000 is invested for 2 years at 10% per
interest per year from Bank X is $50 more annum, compounded half-yearly. The
than that from Bank Y. If the interest rate of compound interest, correct to the nearest dollar,
Bank Y is 5% per annum, what is the interest is
rate per annum of Bank X ?
A. $12 155 .
A. 10% B. $2 155 .
B. 7.5% C. $2 100 .
C. 5.5%
D. $2 000 .
D. 5.05%
E. 4.5% E. $1 025 .
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-4] [1984-CE-MATHS 2-9]

3. If $p are deposited in a bank at r% compound 7. If the compound interest on $1000 for two
interest per annum compounded half-yearly, years at 9% p.a., payable half-yearly is $x,
the amount after n years is find x.
r n
A. $p (1 + ) . 9
100 A. 1000 × ×2
r n 100
B. $p (1 + ) . 9 4
200
B. 1000 (1 + )
r 100
C. $p (1 + )2n .
2 4.5 4
r 2n C. 1000 (1 + )
100
D. $p (1 + ) .
100 9 2
r 2n D. 1000 (1 + ) – 1000
E. $p (1 + ) . 100
200
4.5 4
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-17] E. 1000 (1 + ) – 1000
100
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-13]
4. $P amounts to $Q in n years at simple
interest. The rate per annum is
100n (Q – P)
A. %. 8. Find, correct to the nearest dollar, the
P compound interest on $10000 at 8% p.a. for 4
100 (Q – P) years, compound half-yearly.
B. %.
n
100 (Q – P) A. $3 200
C. %.
nP B. $3 605
100 (Q – P) C. $3 686
D. %.
nQ
1 D. $13 200
Q n E. $13 686
E. 100 [ ( ) – 1] % .
P
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-33] [1987-CE-MATHS 2-15]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 9

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

9. Find the difference between simple interest and 14. Which of the following gives the compound
compound interest (compounded annually) on a interest on $10 000 at 6% p.a. for one year,
loan of $1000 for 4 years at 6% per annum. compounded monthly ?
(The answer should be correct to the nearest
dollar.) 0.06
A. $10 000 × × 12
12
A. $22
B. $196 B. $10 000 (1.0612 – 1)
0.06 12
$10 000 1 +
C. $540
C.
D. $760  12 
E. $1022
0.06 12 
D. $10 000  1 + –1
 12  
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-12]

0.6 12
E. $10 000  1 + – 1
10. At the beginning of a year, a man borrows  12  
$1000 from a bank at 5% per annum,
compounded yearly. He promises to repay [1993-CE-MATHS 2-43]
$300 at the end of each year. How much will
he still owe the bank just after the second
repayment ? 15. Find the interest on $P at r% p.a. for n years,
compounded half-yearly.
A. $402.5
B. $450 n
A. $P (1 + 2r%) – $P
C. $487.5
D. $500 B. $P (1 + r%)n – $P
E. $502.5
C. $P (1 + r%)2n – $P
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-14]
r
D. $P (1 + %)n – $P
2
11. Find the amount (correct to the nearest dollar) r
of $10 000 at 12% p.a., compounded monthly, E. $P (1 + %)2n – $P
2
for 2 years.
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-13]
A. 10 201
B. 12 400
C. 12 544
16. Find the interest on $10 000 at 16% per
D. 12 697
annum for 2 years, compounded half-yearly.
E. 151 786
Give the answer correct to the nearest dollar.
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-14]
A. $1 664
12. A man borrows $10000 from a bank at 12% B. $3 456
per annum compounded monthly. He repays C. $3 605
the bank $2000 at the end of each month.
How much does he still owe the bank just D. $7 424
after the second repayment ? E. $8 106
A. $6181 [1997-CE-MATHS 2-38]
B. $6200
C. $6201
D. $8304 17. A bank offers loans at an interest rate of 18%
E. $8400 per annum, compounded monthly. A man
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-15] took a loan of $20 000 and repays the bank in
monthly instalments of $4 000. Find the
13. A sum of $10 000 is deposited at 4% p.a., outstanding balance after his first instalment.
compounded yearly. Find the interest earned
A. $16 000
in the second year.
B. $16 240
A. $16
B. $400 C. $16 300
C. $416 D. $18 880
D. $800 E. $19 600
E. $816
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-16]
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-12]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 10

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

18. The simple interest on a sum of money at r% 23. A sum of $40 000 is deposited at an interest
p.a. for 4 years is equal to the compound rate of 4% per annum for 3 years,
interest on the same amount at 4% p.a. for 4 compounded quarterly. Find the amount
years compounded half-yearly. The value of r, correct to the nearest dollar.
correct to 2 significant figures, is
A. $44 800
A. 2.1 . B. $44 995
B. 4.2 . C. $45 046
D. $45 073
C. 4.3 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-14]
D. 9.2 .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-12]
24. A sum of $15 000 is deposited at an interest
rate of 6% per annum for 10 years,
compounded monthly. Find the interest correct
19. A sum of $8 000 is deposited at 1% p.a., to the nearest dollar.
compounded yearly. Find the interest earned
after 4 years. Give the answer correct to the A. $9 000
nearest dollar. B. $11 863
C. $12 291
A. $303 D. $27 291
B. $320 [2011-CE-MATHS 2-10]
C. $324
D. $325
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-12]
Price

20. A sum of $14 000 is deposited at 4% per 25. A hawker sells eggs. The selling price of one
annum for 5 years, compounded yearly. Find dozen eggs is equal to the cost price of 20
the interest correct to the nearest dollar. eggs. What is his profit per cent ?
A. 20%
A. $2 378 1
B. $2 800 B. 33 %
3
C. $3 033 C. 40%
D. $3 034 D. 60%
2
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-11] E. 66 %
3
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-36]

21. A sum of $30 000 is deposited at an interest

rate of 12% per annum for 4 years, 26. The cost price of tooth-brushes is $18 per
compounded monthly. Find the amount correct dozen. At what price must each one be sold
to the nearest dollar. in order that the profit made is 40% of the
cost price ?
A. $44 400
A. $2.40
B. $47 206
B. $2.10
C. $48 141 C. $1.90
D. $48 367 D. $1.50
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-11] E. $1.30
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-20]

22. A sum of $30 000 is deposited at an interest 27. A man sold a car for $35 000 at a loss of
rate of 5% per annum for 2 years, 30% on the cost price. What would have
compounded yearly. Find the interest correct been the loss or gain percent if he had sold it
to the nearest dollar. for $50 500 ?
A. $3 000 A. A gain of 10%
B. $3 075 B. A gain of 1%
C. $3 114 C. No gain nor loss
D. A loss of 10%
D. $3 122 E. A loss of 1%
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-11] [1980-CE-MATHS 2-12]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 11

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

28. The marked price of a book is $x. 30% of 33. The marked price of a book is 20% above the
this price is profit. If the book is sold at a cost price. If the book is sold at a discount
discount of 20%, what will the profit then of 10% off the marked price, what is the gain
be ? per cent based on the cost price ?
A. $0.04x A. 8%
B. $0.06x B. 10%
C. $0.1x C. 12%
D. $0.24x D. 18%
E. $0.56x E. None of the above.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-13] [1984-CE-MATHS 2-16]

29. A merchant sold 100 chairs. 80 of them were

34. A hawker bought 120 apples and the cost was
sold at a profit of 30% on each chair, while
1
20 of them were sold at a loss of 40% on $90 . It was found that of the apples were
each chair. What is his percentage gain or 8
loss on the whole stock ? rotten and could not be sold. He sold the rest
at $1 each. What percentage of the cost was
A. A loss of 80% the profit ?
B. A loss of 10% 1
C. A gain of 8% A. 11 %
9
D. A gain of 16%
2
E. A gain of 24% B. 14 %
7
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-17]
2
C. 16 %
3
30. The marked price of a book is $240. If the 4
book is sold at a discount of 20%, the profit D. 28 %
7
will be 20% of the cost price. What is the 1
cost price of the book ? E. 33 %
3
A. $153.6 [1985-CE-MATHS 2-12]
B. $160
C. $192
D. $200 35. The marked price of a book is double that of
E. $240 its cost. In a sale, what percentage discount
was given if the profit made was 20% of the
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-13]
cost ?
A. 10%
31. A man marks his goods at a price that will
B. 20%
bring him a profit of 25% on the cost price.
C. 30%
If he wants to sell his goods to a friend at
D. 40%
the cost price, the percentage discount on the
marked price should be E. 50%
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-13]
A. 25% .
B. 20% .
2 36. The marked price of an article is originally P.
C. 16 3 % .
The marked price is then increased so that
D. 15% .
when a discount of 10% is made on the new
E. 12% .
marked price, the selling price is still P.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-15] What is the new marked price ?
9
32. A merchant sold 2 articles each at $1000. For A. P
10
the first article, he gained 25% on the cost 109
price. For the second article, he lost 20% on B. P
100
the cost price. Altogether 11
C. P
A. he gained $100 . 10
B. he gained $50 . 111
D. P
C. he lost $100 . 100
D. he lost $50 . 10
E. he lost $48 . E. P
9
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-42] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-39]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 12

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

37. If the selling price of 5 pens is the same as 42. A merchant marks his goods 25% above the
the cost price of 6 pens, the percentage profit cost. He allows 10% discount on the marked
in selling a pen will be price for a cash sale. Find the percentage
2 profit the merchant makes for a cash sale.
A. 16 % .
3
A. 12.5%
B. 20% .
C. 60% . B. 15%
2 C. 22.5%
D. 116 % .
3 D. 35%
E. 120% .
E. 37.5%
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-16]
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-18]

38. Peter bought an article for $x. He sold it to

Mary at a profit of 20%. Mary then sold it 43. A wholesaler sells an article to a retailer at a
to John for $90 at a loss of 25%. Find x. profit of 20%. The retailer sells it to a
A. 56.25 customer for $3 600 at a profit of $720. Find
B. 81 the original cost of the article to the
C. 90 wholesaler.
D. 100 A. $2 304
E. 144
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-35]
B. $2 400
C. $2 880
D. $3 000
39. If a flat is sold for $720 000 , the gain is 20%.
Find the percentage loss if the flat is sold for E. $3 456
$540 000 . [1994-CE-MATHS 2-10]

A. 5%
1
B. 6 % 44. The marked price of a toy is $120 and the
4
C. 10% percentage profit is 60%. If the toy is sold at
1 a discount of 20%, the profit is
D. 11 %
9
A. $14.40 .
1
E. 33 % B. $21.00 .
3
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-15] C. $24.00 .
D. $33.60 .
40. P sold an article to Q at a profit of 25%. Q E. $48.00 .
sold it to R also at a profit of 25%. If Q [1995-CE-MATHS 2-44]
gained $500, how much did P gain ?
A. $250
B. $320 45. Shop A offers a 10% discount on a book
C. $333 marked at $P. Shop B offers a 15% discount
D. $400 on the same book marked at $Q. If the
E. $500 selling price of the book is the same in both
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-43] shops, express Q in terms of P.

A. Q = P+5
41. By selling an article at 10% discount off the 17
marked price, a shop still makes 20% profit. B. Q = P
18
If the cost price of the article is $19 800, then
20
the marked price is C. Q = P
21
A. $21 600 . 21
B. $26 136 . D. Q = P
20
C. $26 400 .
D. $27 225 . 18
E. Q = P
E. $27 500 . 17
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-44] [1996-CE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 13

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

46. A man bought a box of 200 apples for $500. 51. The marked price of a car is 50% higher than
10 of the apples were rotten and the rest were the cost. If the car is sold at a 20% discount
sold at $4 each. Find his percentage profit on the marked price, then the percentage
correct to 2 significant figures. profit is
A. 34% A. 10% .
B. 38% B. 20% .
C. 30% .
C. 52% D. 40% .
D. 57% [2006-CE-MATHS 2-10]
E. 60%
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-14] 52. The marked price of a bag is $900. If the
bag is sold at the marked price, then the
percentage profit is 50%. If the bag is sold at
47. A man bought two books at $30 and $70 a 20% discount on the marked price, then the
respectively. He sold the first one at a profit profit is
of 20% and the second one at a loss of 10% .
On the whole, he A. $120 .
B. $180 .
A. lost 1% . C. $210 .
B. lost 10% . D. $270 .
C. gained 1% . [2008-CE-MATHS 2-12]

D. gained 10% .
E. gained 13% . 53. If a dictionary is sold at its marked price,
then the percentage profit is 30%. If the
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-14]
dictionary is sold at a 20% discount on its
marked price, then the profit is $5. Find the
cost of the dictionary.
48. The cost price of a toy is $100 and the
marked price is $140. If the toy is sold at 10% A. $104
discount of the marked price, the profit is B. $105
C. $125
A. $26 . D. $130
B. $30 . [2009-CE-MATHS 2-10]
C. $36 .
D. $50 . 54. If the price of a magazine is 60% higher than
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-14] the price of a newspaper, then the price of
the newspaper is
A. 37.5% lower than the price of the magazine.
49. The marked price of a book is 20% above the B. 40% lower than the price of the magazine.
cost. If the book is sold at a 10% discount C. 60% lower than the price of the magazine.
on the marked price, then the percentage D. 62.5% lower than the price of the magazine.
profit is
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-13]
A. 2% .
B. 8% .
C. 10% .
Miscellaneous
D. 18% .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-12] 55. A vessel contains 1,000 cm3 of liquid A.
250 cm3 of liquid B is added and the two
liquids are thoroughly mixed. If 500 cm3 of
50. Peter sold two flats for $999 999 each. He the mixture is now removed, how many
lost 10% on one and gained 10% on the other. percent of the remaining mixture is liquid B ?
After the two transactions, Peter
A. 20
A. gained $10 101 . B. 25
B. gained $20 202 . 1
C. 33
3
C. lost $10 101 .
D. 40
D. lost $20 202 . E. 50
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-12] [1977-CE-MATHS 2-3]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 14

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

56. A new machine costs $10 000 . Its value 61. Coffee A and coffee B are mixed in the ratio
depreciates each year by 20% of the value at 1 : 2 . A profit of 20% on the cost price is
the beginning of that year. What is its value made by selling the mixture at $36 / kg . If
after it has been in use for 3 years ? the cost price of A is $12 / kg , what is the
cost of B ?
A. $4 000
B. $5 000 A. $18 / kg
C. $5 120
D. $6 000 B. $24 / kg
E. $7 000 C. $39 / kg
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-21]
D. $48 / kg
E. $66 / kg
57. A driver wishes to reduce his travelling time
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-16]
by 20%. By what percentage must he increase
the speed of his car ?
A. 20%
62. It took Paul 40 minutes to walk from Town A
1
B. 22 % to Town B. If the return journey took him 30
2
minutes, the percentage increase in his speed
C. 25% was
D. 75%
E. 80% A. 10% .
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-39]
2
B. 16 3 % .

58. A group consists of n boys and n girls. If C. 25% .

two of the girls are replaced by two other 1
boys, then 51% of the group members will be D. 33 % .
3
boys. What is n ?
E. 40% .
A. 50
B. 51 [1983-CE-MATHS 2-41]
C. 52
D. 100
E. 102 63. Last year, a man saved 10% of his income.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-14] By how much per cent must his income be
increased if his expenditure increases by 20%
and he wants to save 20% of his income ?
1 1
59. A child spent of his savings on a shirt and
10 5 A. 50%
of his savings on a pair of trousers. He then
spent 30% of the rest of his savings on books. B. 35%
What percentage of his savings did he spend C. 30%
altogether ? D. 20%
A. 49.6% E. 15%
B. 50.4%
C. 51% [1984-CE-MATHS 2-40]
D. 58%
E. 60%
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-10] 64. 60% of the students in a school are boys.
70% of the boys and 40% of the girls wear
glasses. If 696 students wear glasses, how
60. The rent of a flat is raised by 30% every two many students are there in the school ?
years beginning from a fixed date. Counting
from that date, after how many years will the A. 1200
rent just exceed twice the original rent ?
B. 1050
A. 4 years
C. 808
B. 5 years
C. 6 years D. 849
D. 7 years E. 800
E. Over 7 years
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-15]
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-11]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 15

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

65. A number is first reduced by p% and then 69. A car travels from P to Q. If its speed is
increased by x%. If the number so obtained is increased by k%, then the time it takes to
the same as the original number, then x = travel the same distance is reduced by
A. p. A. k% .
p 100
B. . B. %.
100 k
p 100k
C. . C. %.
1–p 100 + k
100 k
D. . D. %.
100 – p 100 + k
100p k
E. . E. %.
100 – p 100 – k
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-41] [1988-CE-MATHS 2-42]

66. Ten litres of a mixture contain 60% of alcohol 70. A bag contains n balls of which 60% are red
and 40% of water by volume. How many and 40% are white. After 10 red balls are
litres of water should be added so that it taken out from the bag, the percentage of red
contains 30% of alcohol by volume ? balls becomes 50%. Find n.

A. 5 A. 20
B. 10 B. 40
C. 15 C. 50
D. 20 D. 60
E. 100
E. 30
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-43]
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-41]

71. If A is greater than B by 20% and B is

67. Last year, the cost of a school magazine smaller than C by 30%, then
consisted of :
A. A is smaller than C by 16%.
cost of paper ............. $8 B. A is smaller than C by 6%.
cost of printing .......... $5 C. A is greater than C by 6%.
cost of binding ........... $3 D. A is greater than C by 10%.
This year, the cost of paper will increase by E. A is greater than C by 16%.
25% and the cost of printing will increase by [1989-CE-MATHS 2-13]
40% while the cost of binding will remain
unchanged. The cost of a school magazine
will increase by 72. If A is 30% greater than B and B is 30% less
than C, then
A. 20% .
B. 25% . A. A is 9% less than C.
C. 27.5% . B. C is 9% less than A.
C. A = C.
D. 32.5% .
D. A is 9% greater than C.
E. 65% .
E. C is 9% greater than A.
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-13]
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-42]

68. X sells an article to Y at a profit. Y then 73. 3 kg of a solution contains 40% of alcohol by
sells it to Z for $60 at a profit of 20%. If X weight. How many alcohol should be added
had sold the article directly to Z for $60 to contain a solution containing 50% of
much MORE profit would be have made ? alcohol by weight ?
A. $10 A. 0.3 kg
B. $12 B. 0.6 kg
C. $48 C. 0.75 kg
D. $50 D. 1.5 kg
E. It cannot be found. E. 3.75 kg
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-41] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-42]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 16

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

2 78. 40% of the students in a class failed in a test.

74. Originally of the students in a class failed They had to sit for another test in which 70%
3
in an examination. After taking a re- of them failed again. Find the percentage of
examination, 40% of the failed students passed. students who failed in both tests.
Find the total pass percentage of the class.
A. 10%
2 B. 12%
A. 26 %
3 C. 18%
1 D. 28%
B. 33 %
3 E. 30%
C. 40% [2001-CE-MATHS 2-27]
D. 60%
1
E. 73 %
3 79. John’s daily working hours have increased
from 8 hours to 10 hours but his hourly pay
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-44]
has decreased by 25%. Find the percentage
change in John’s daily income.
75. Mr Chan bought a car for $143 900 . If the A. A decrease of 6.67%
value goes down by 10% each year, find its B. A decrease of 6.25%
value at the end of the third year. (Give your C. 0%
answer correct to the nearest hundred dollars.) D. An increase of 6.67%
A. $94 400 [2003-CE-MATHS 2-11]

B. $100 700
C. $104 900 80. If the bus fare is increased from $4 to $5,
D. $115 100 then the percentage increase of the fare is
E. $116 600
A. 20% .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-9] B. 25% .
C. 80% .
D. 125% .
76. There are 1 200 students in a school, of which
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-10]
640 are boys and 560 are girls. If 55% of
the boys and 40% of the girls wear glasses,
what percentage of students in the school wear
glasses ?

A. 47% HKDSE Problems

B. 47.5%
C. 48% 81. Mary sold two bags for $240 each. She
gained 20% on one and lost 20% on the other.
D. 52% After the two transactions, Mary
E. 53%
A. lost $20.
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-10]
B. gained $10.
C. gained $60.
77. In a class, students study either History or D. had no gain and no loss.
Geography, but not both. If the number of [SP-DSE-MATHS 2-10]
students studying Geography is 50% more than
those studying History, what is the percentage
of students studying History ? 82. Peter invests $P at the beginning of each
month in a year at an interest rate of 6% per
A. 25% annum, compounded monthly. If he gets
1 $10 000 at the end of the year, find P correct
B. 33 % to 2 decimal places.
3
C. 40% A. 806.63
D. 60% B. 829.19
2 C. 833.33
E. 66 %
3 D. 882.18
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-11] [SP-DSE-MATHS 2-39]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 17

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 1 Percentages

83. John buys a vase for $1 600. He then sells 88. If the price of a souvenir is increased by 70%
the vase to Susan at a profit of 20%. At and then decreased by 60%, find the
what price should Susan sell the vase in order percentage change in the price of the souvenir.
to have a profit of 20% ?
A. –58%
A. $2 240 B. –32%
B. $2 304 C. 2%
D. 10%
C. $2 400
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-9]
D. $2 500
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-10]
89. A sum of $50 000 is deposited at an interest
rate of 6% per annum for 3 years,
84. In a company, 37.5% of the employees are compounded quarterly. Find the amount
female. If 60% of the male employees and correct to the nearest dollar.
80% of the female employees are married, A. $59 000
then the percentage of married employees in B. $59 551
the company is C. $59 755
D. $59 781
A. 32.5% .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-10]
B. 45% .
C. 55% .
D. 67.5% . 90. The monthly salary of Donald is 25% higher
than that of Peter while the monthly salary of
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-8]
Peter is 25% lower than that of Teresa. It is
given that the monthly salary of Donald is
$33 360 . The monthly salary of Teresa is
85. Susan sells two cars for $80 080 each. She
gains 30% on one and loses 30% on the other. A. $31 275 .
After the two transactions, Susan B. $33 360 .
C. $35 584 .
A. loses $15 840 . D. $52 125 .
B. gains $5 544 . [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-10]
C. gains $10 296 .
D. has no gain and no loss. 91. A sum of $2000 is deposited at an interest
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-10] rate of 5% per annum for 4 years,
compounded half-yearly. Find the interest
correct to the nearest dollar.
86. A sum of $50 000 is deposited at an interest A. $400
rate of 8% per annum for 1 year, B. $431
compounded monthly. Find the interest correct C. $437
to the nearest dollar. D. $440
A. $4 000 [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-10]

B. $4 122
C. $4 143
D. $4 150
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-11]

87. There are 792 workers in a factory. If the

number of male workers is 20% less than that
of female workers, then the number of male
workers is
A. 352 .
B. 360 .
C. 432 .
D. 440 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-9]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 18

 IHKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.1 Functions

1. Given P = { 1, 2, 3 ... 10 } , 1 1
3. If f(x) = , then f( ) =
Q = { 11, 12 ,13 ... 20 } , x+1 x+1
Which of the following three relations from P A. x.
to Q illustrated in the graphs are mappings ? B. x + 1.
1
(1) C. .
x
x
D. .
x+1
x+1
E. .
x+2
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-37]

4. If f(x) = x2 + x + 1 , then f(x + 1) – f(x) =

(2)
A. 1.
B. 3.
C. 2x + 1 .
D. 2x + 2 .
E. x2 + x + 1 .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-7]

5. If f(x) = 5x + 1 , then f(x + 1) – f(x) =

(3)
A. 1.
B. 6.
C. 4 ·5x .
D. 5 ·5x .
E. 4 ·5x + 1 .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-29]

A. (2) only 6. A function f(x) is called an even function if

B. (1) and (2) only f(x) = f(–x) . Which of the following functions
C. (1) and (3) only is / are even functions ?
D. (2) and (3) only 1
E. (1), (2) and (3) (1) f1(x) =
x
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-10] (2) f2(x) = x2
(3) f3(x) = x3
2.
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (2) and (3) only
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-37]

7. If f(x) = (log10 2x) – x , then f(x + 1) – f(x) =

X = {a, b, c, d } . Y = {1, 2, 3} .
A. log10 2 – 1 .
In the above figure, which one of the lettered x+1
circles should be blackened so that the graph B. log10 .
x
represents a map from X into Y ? 10(x + 1)
C. log10 .
A. A x
B. B x+1
D. log10 .
C. C 10x
D. D x+1
E. E E. log10 – 2x .
x
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-56] [1984-CE-MATHS 2-36]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 19

 IHKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.1 Functions

8. If f(2x) = 8x3 + 4x , then f(3a) = 1 1

13. If f(x) = x – , then f(x) – f( ) =
x x
A. 9a3 + 6a .
B. 12a3 + 6a . A. 0.
B. 2x .
C. 27a3 + 6a .
2
D. 108a3 + 6a . C. – .
x
E. 216a3 + 12a .
1
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-40] D. 2(x – ) .
x
1
E. 2( – x) .
x
9. If f(x) = x + 1 , then f(x – 1) =
2
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-35]
2
A. x .
B. x2 – 1.
14. If f(x) = 102x , then f(4y) =
C. x2 + 2.
D. x2 – 2x . A. 104y .
2 + 4y
E. x2 – 2x + 2 . B. 10 .
8y
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-10] C. 10 .
y
D. 40 .
2y
E. 40 .
10. If f(x) = 3 + 2x , then f(2x) – f(x) =
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-1]
A. 2x .
B. 23x .
C. 3 + 2x . 15. If f(x) = x2 + 2x , then f(x – 1) =
D. 2x (2x + 1) . A. x2 .
E. 2x (2x – 1) . B. x2 – 1.
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-34] C. x2 + 2x – 1 .
D. x2 + 2x – 3 .
E. x2 + 4x – 1 .
x 1
11. If f(x) = , then f( ) = [1994-CE-MATHS 2-1]
1–x x
1
A. .
x–1 x 1
16. If f(x) = , then f( ) f(–x) =
1 1–x x
B. .
1–x 1
A. –2 .
x
C. . –1 .
x–1 B.
x 1–x
D. . C. – .
1–x 1+x
1–x x
E. . D. .
x 1 – x2
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-4] x
E. .
x2 – 1
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-35]
1
12. If f(n) = n(n – 1) , then f(n + 1) – f(n) =
2
17. If f(x) = 3x2 + bx + 1 and f(x) = f(–x) , then
A. f(1) . f(–3) =
B. f(n) .
A. –26 .
n
C. . B. 0.
2
C. 3.
D. 1. D. 25 .
E. n. E. 28 .
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-4] [1997-CE-MATHS 2-27]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 20

 IHKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.1 Functions

18. If f(x) = x2 – 3x – 1 , then f(a) + f(–a) = 24. If f(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 4 , then f(1) – f(–1) =
A. 2a2 . A. –6 .
B. 2a2 – 2 . B. –2 .
C. 6a . C. 2.
D. –6a . D. 6.
E. –2 . [2005-CE-MATHS 2-3]
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-2]

x 1
19. If f(x) = x2 – 1 , then f(a – 1) = 25. If f(x) = , then f(3) f( ) =
1+x 3
A. a2 – 2a . 3
A. .
B. a2 – 3a . 16
C. a2 – 3a – 2 . 1
B. .
D. a2 – 1. 2
E. a2 – 2. 3
C. .
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-1]
4
D. 1.
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-5]
20. Let f(x) = 3x2 + ax – 7 . If f(–1) = 0 , find
f(–2) .
26. Let f(x) = x2 – ax + 2a , where a is a constant.
A. –27
If f(–3) = 29 , then a =
B. –11
C. –3 A. –38 .
D. 1 B. –20 .
E. 13 C. –4 .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-4] D. 4.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-8]

21. Let f(x) = x2 – x – 3 . If f(k) = k , then k =

A. 1. 27. Let f(x) = x2 + kx + 7 , where k is a constant.
If f(4) – f(3) = 21 , then k =
B. –1 or 3 .
C. –3 or 1 . A. 0.
D. – 3 or 3 . B. 4.
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-2] C. 14 .
D. 28 .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-6]
1
22. If f(x) = 2x + kx – 1
2
and f(–2) = f( 2 ) ,
then k = 28. Let f(x) = x2 – 9x + c , where c is a constant.
–17 If f(–1) = 8 , then c =
A. .
3
A. –2 .
B. –5 .
B. 0.
C. 3.
C. 16 .
31
D. . D. 18 .
5
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-1] [2009-CE-MATHS 2-6]

23. If f(x) = x2 – x + 1 , then f(x + 1) – f(x) = 29. If f(x) = x2 – 3x + 17 , then 3 f(2) – 1 =

A. 0. A. 27 .
B. 2. B. 34 .
C. 2x . C. 44 .
D. 4x . D. 70 .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-3] [2010-CE-MATHS 2-6]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 21

 IHKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.1 Functions

30. Let f(x) = x2 + 2x + k , where k is a constant.

Find f(5) – f(3) .
A. 20
B. k+8
C. k + 35
D. 2k + 50
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-8]

HKDSE Problems

31. Let k be a constant. If f(x) = 2x2 – 5x + k ,

then f(2) – f(–2) =
A. –20 .
B. 0.
C. 16 .
D. 2k .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-6]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 22

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

Completing Squares
4.

1. Which of the following functions has its

minimum value of 3, when x = 1 ?

A. y = (x – 1)2 – 3
B. y = 3 – (x – 1)2
C. y = (x + 1)2 + 3
D. y = 3 – (x + 1)2
E. y = (x – 1)2 + 3
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-18]

2. What number should be added to the

expression 4x2 + 12x + 2 in order to make it The figure above shows the graph of
a perfect square ?
A. y = (x + 2)(x – 3) .
A. 10 B. y = (x – 2)(x + 3) .
B. 7 C. y = (x – 2)(x – 3) .
C. 6 D. y = – (x + 2)(x – 3) .
D. 4 E. y = – (x – 2)(x + 3) .
E. 2 [1979-CE-MATHS 2-36]

[1979-CE-MATHS 2-48]

5. The graph of y = x2 + ax + b (a and b being

constants) cuts the x-axis at (2, 0) and (h, 0) ,
and cuts the y-axis at (0, –2) . h =
Properties of Quadratic Graphs A. –3 .
B. –2 .
3. C. –1 .
D. 0.
E. 1.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-34]

6. In the figure, the graph of y = x2 + bx + c

cuts the x-axis at A and B. OA + OB =

The figure above shows the graph of

y = px2 + qx + r .

The value of r is
A. b.
A. –2 .
B. c.
B. –1 .
C. –b .
C. 0.
D. –c .
D. 2.
b
E. 3. E. – .
c
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-13] [1987-CE-MATHS 2-9]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 23

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

7. The figure shows the graph of a quadratic D.

function y = f(x) . Given that the graph has
vertex (2, 18) and it cuts the x-axis at (5, 0) ,
find the quadratic function.

E.

A. y = (x – 2)2 + 18
B. y = –(x – 2)2 + 18
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-41]
C. y = (x + 1)(x – 5)
D. y = –2(x + 1)(x – 5)
E. y = 2(x – 1)(x + 5) 9. The figure shows the graph of a quadratic
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-45] function f(x). If the vertex of the graph is
(1, 3) , then f(x) =
8. Which of the following may represent the
graph of y = –x2 + 3x + 10 ?
A.

A. –3(x – 1)2 + 3 .
B. –3(x + 1)2 + 3 .
B. C. –(x – 1)2 + 3 .
D. –(x + 1)2 + 3 .
E. 3(x – 1)2 – 3 .
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-34]

10. In the figure, the graph of y = x2 – 6x + k

touches the x-axis. Find k.

C.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 24

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

A. k0 12. Which of the following may represent the

graph of y = –x2 + 2x – 3 ?
B. k9
C. k = –9 A.
D. k=0
E. k=9
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-5]

11. Which of the following may represent the

graph of y = x2 – 3x – 18 ? B.

A.

C.

B.

D.

C.

E.

D.

[2000-CE-MATHS 2-39]

13. The figure shows the graph of y = x2 + bx +

c . Find b.
E.

[1999-CE-MATHS 2-9]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 25

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

–11 B. The equation of the axis of symmetry of

A. the graph is x = 1 .
2
B. –5 C. The x-intercepts of the graph are –1 and
C. 5 3.
11 D. The y-intercept of the graph is –3.
D.
2 [2007-CE-MATHS 2-5]
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-5]

17. The equation of the quadratic graph shown in

14. In the figure, the graph of y = 2x2 – 4x + c the figure is
passes through the point (1, k) . Find the value
of k.

A. y = (x – 1)(x – 4) .
B. y = –(x + 1)(x + 4) .
C. y = –2(x + 1)(x + 4) .
D. y = –2(x – 1)(x – 4) .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-9]
A. –5
B. –4
C. –3 18. Which of the following statements about the
D. –2 graph of y = 25 – (x – 3)2 is true ?
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-5] A. The x-intercepts of the graph are –2 and
8.
B. The y-intercept of the graph is 25.
15. The figure shows the graph of y = f(x) . If f(x) C. The equation of the axis of symmetry of
is a quadratic function, then f(x) = the graph is x = –3 .
D. The y-coordinate of the vertex of the
graph is 16.
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-7]

Areas in Quadratic Graphs

19. In the figure, the equation of the curve is

y = (x – 2)2 – 1 . The curve intersects the x-
axis at A and B. C is the vertex of the curve.
1 The area of ABC is
A. (x + 1)(x – 4) .
2
B. 2(x + 1)(x – 4) .
1
C. (x – 1)(x + 4) .
2
D. 2(x – 1)(x + 4) .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-7]

16. Which of the following statements about the

graph of y = (x + 1)2 – 4 is true ?
A. The coordinates of the vertex of the
graph are (–1, 4) .

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 26

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

A. 1. Sign of Coefficients in Quadratic Graphs

B. 1.5 .
22.
C. 2.
D. 2.5 .
E. 3.
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-35]

20. The curve in the figure is the graph of

y = –x2 + bx + c . Find the area of the
rectangle OPQR.

The figure above shows the graph of

y = ax2 + bx + c . Determine whether a and c
are positive or negative.
A. a > 0 and c >0
B. a < 0 and c <0
C. a > 0 and c <0
D. a < 0 and c >0
E. it cannot be determined from the given
data
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-32]

A. bc
23. If a, b and c are positive numbers, which of
B. b2
the following is a possible graphical
C. c2 representation of y = ax2 + bx + c ?
D. b2 – 4c A.
2
E. b + 4c
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-41]

21. In the figure, the graph of y = 2x2 – 9x + 4

cuts the x-axis at A and B, and the y-axis at
C. Find the area of ABC.

B.

C.
A. 4
B. 6
C. 7
D. 8
E. 14
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 27

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

D. The graph of y = ax2 + bx + c is given as

shown. Which of the following is / are true ?

(1) a < 0
(2) b < 0
(3) c < 0

A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
E.
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-31]

26. The figure shows the graph of y = ax2 + bx +

c . Which of the following is true ?

[1986-CE-MATHS 2-35]

24.

A. a > 0 , c > 0 and b2 – 4ac > 0

B. a > 0 , c > 0 and b2 – 4ac < 0
C. a > 0 , c < 0 and b2 – 4ac < 0
The figure shows the graph of y = ax2 + bx +
c . Which of the following is / are true ? D. a < 0 , c > 0 and b2 – 4ac > 0
E. a < 0 , c < 0 and b2 – 4ac > 0
(1) a > 0
(2) b > 0 [1998-CE-MATHS 2-12]
(3) c > 0
A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only 27. The figure shows the graph of y = –x2 + ax +
C. (1) and (3) only b . Which of the following is true ?
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-39]

25.

A. a < 0 and b < 0

B. a < 0 and b > 0
C. a > 0 and b < 0
D. a > 0 and b > 0
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-42]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 28

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

28. The figure shows the graph of y = ax2 + x + (1) The solution of the inequality f(x) > k is
b . Which of the following is true ? x < 1 or x > 7 .
(2) The roots of the equation f(x) = k are 1
and 7.
(3) The equation of the axis of symmetry of
the quadratic graph of y = f(x) is x = 3 .
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-8]

A. a > 0 and b < 0

B. a > 0 and b > 0 31.
C. a < 0 and b < 0
D. a < 0 and b > 0
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-6]

29. The figure shows the graph of y = –(x + h)2 +

k . Which of the following must be true ?

The figure shows the graph of y = ax2 – 2x +

b , where a and b are constants. Which of
the following is / are true ?
(1) a > 0
A. h > 0 and k > 0 (2) b < 0
B. h > 0 and k < 0 (3) ab < 1
C. h < 0 and k > 0
D. h < 0 and k < 0 A. (1) only
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-9] B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-8]

HKDSE Problems
32. The figure shows the graph of y = a(x + b)2 ,
30. where a and b are constants. Which of the
following is true ?

In the figure, the quadratic graph of y = f(x)

intersects the straight line L at A(1, k) and
B(7, k) . Which of the following are true ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 29

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

A. a > 0 and b > 0 A. m < 0 and n < 0

B. a > 0 and b < 0 B. m < 0 and n > 0
C. a < 0 and b > 0 C. m > 0 and n < 0
D. a < 0 and b < 0
D. m > 0 and n > 0
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-6]
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

33. Let f(x) be a quadratic function. If the

coordinates of the vertex of the graph of 36. Let f(x) = 3x2 – 6x + k , where k is a
y = f(x) are (3, –4) , which of the following constant. If the y-coordinate of the vertex of
must be true ? the graph of y = f(x) is 7, then k =
A. The roots of the equation f(x) = 0 are A. 1.
integers.
B. 3.
B. The roots of the equation f(x) – 3 = 0
are rational numbers. C. 4.
C. The roots of the equation f(x) + 4 = 0 D. 10 .
are real numbers. [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-35]
D. The roots of the equation f(x) + 5 = 0
are nonreal numbers.
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-34] 37. The figure shows the graph of y = a(x + b)2 ,
where a and b are constants. Which of the
following is true ?
34. The figure shows the graph of y = –2x2 + ax
+ b , where a and b are constants. The
equation of the axis of symmetry of the graph
is

A. a < 0 and b < 0

A. x = 2. B. a < 0 and b > 0
B. x = 3. C. a > 0 and b < 0
C. x = 5. D. a > 0 and b > 0
D. y = 8.
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-8]
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-7]

35. The figure shows the graph of y = mx2 + x + 38. If –1 < a < 0 , which of the following may
n , where m and n are constants. Which of represent the graph of y = (ax + 1)2 + a ?
the following is true ? A.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 30

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

B.

C.

D.

[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-9]

39. The figure shows the graph of y = ( px + 5)2

+ q , where p and q are constants. Which of
the following is true ?

A. p < 0 and q < 0

B. p < 0 and q > 0
C. p > 0 and q < 0
D. p > 0 and q > 0
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-9]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 31

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.3 Transformations of Graphs

Transformations of Graphs
B.
1. Which of the following may represent the graph
of y = f(x) and the graph of y = f(x + 1) on
the same rectangular coordinate system ?

A.

C.

B.

D.

C. [2008-CE-MATHS 2-37]

3.

D.

The figure above shows the graph of y = f(x) .

If f(x) = 3 g(x) , which of the following may
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-38] represent the graph of y = g(x) ?

A.
2. Which of the following may represent the graph
of y = f(x) and the graph of y = f(x) + 2 on
the same rectangular coordinate system ?

A.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 32

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.3 Transformations of Graphs

5. Which of the following may represent

B. the graph of y = f(x) and the graph of
y = f(x – 2) – 2 on the same rectangular
coordinate system ?
A.

C.
B.

C.
D.

D.

[2009-CE-MATHS 2-37]

4.

[2011-CE-MATHS 2-37]

HKDSE Problems

Let f(x) be a quadratic function. The figure 6.

shows the graph of y = f(x) and

A. the graph of y = f(x – 2) .

B. the graph of y = f(x + 2) .
C. the graph of y = f(–x) .
D. the graph of y = –f(x) .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 33

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.3 Transformations of Graphs

If the figure shows the graph of y = f(x) and D.

the graph of y = g(x) on the same rectangular
coordinate system, then
A. g(x) = f(x – 2) – 3.
B. g(x) = f(x – 2) + 3.
C. g(x) = f(x + 2) – 3.
D. g(x) = f(x + 2) + 3.
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-37]

7.
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-31]

8. Which of the following may represent the graph

of y = f(x) and the graph of y = f(x – 2) + 1
on the same rectangular coordinate system ?
A.

The figure above shows the graph of y = f(x) .

If 2 f(x) = g(x) , which of the following may
represent the graph of y = g(x) ?
A.

B.

B.
C.

C. D.

[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 34

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.3 Transformations of Graphs

9. Which of the following may represent the graph

of y = f(x) and the graph of y = 1 – f(x) on 10.
the same rectangular coordinate system ?

A.

The figure above shows the graph of y = f(x) .

x
If g(x) = f( ) , which of the following may
2
represent the graph of y = g(x) ?

A.
B.

B.

C.

C.

D.

D.

[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-38]
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-31]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 35

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.4 Transformations of Axes

HKDSE Problems 1
A. .
81
1. The graph in the figure shows the linear 1
B. .
relation between x and log5 y . If y = abx , 9
then a = C. 9.
D. 81 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-32]

4.

A. 1.
B. 2.
C. 5.
D. 25 . The figure above shows the graph of y = abx ,
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-32] where a and b are constants. Which of the
following graphs may represent the relation
between x and log7 y ?
2. The graph in the figure shows the linear
relation between log3 t and log3 x . If x = kt a , A.
then k =

B.

1
A. .
81
B. 81 .
–4
C. .
5
–5
D. . C.
4
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-37]

3. The graph in the figure shows the linear

relation between x and log3 y . If y = mnx ,
then n =

D.

[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-32]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 36

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 2.4 Transformations of Axes

5. The graph in the figure shows the linear A. y = x2 – 4x + 8

relation between log3 x and log3 y . Which of B. y = x2 + 4x + 8
the following must be true ? C. y = 4x2 – 32x + 64
D. y = 4x2 + 32x + 64
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-33]

A. x2y3 = 729
B. x3y2 = 729
C. x2 + y3 = 729
D. x3 + y2 = 729
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-32]

6. The graph in the figure shows the linear

relation between x and log9 y . If y = abx ,
then b =

A. –2 .
1
B. .
81
1
C. .
2
D. 3.
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-32]

7. The graph in the figure shows the linear

relation between x and y . Which of the
following must be true ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 37

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.1 Surds

Surds 1 1
6. If x + = 1+ 2 , then x2 + =
x x2
1. Which of the following is rational ? A. 1.
3 B. 3.
A. 12
B. 4× 3 C. 1 + 2 2.
C. 8÷ 2 D. 2 + 2 2.
D. 8+ 8 E. 3 + 2 2.
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-6]
E. 3– 2
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-2]

7. If x = a+1 – a, where a > 0, then

1
3–1 3+1 x+ =
2. – = x
3+1 3–1
A. 2.
A. –2 3 .
1 B. 2 a.
B. – 3.
2 C. 2 a+1.
1 D. 2 a+1 – a.
C. 3.
2
E. 2( a + 1 + a) .
D. 2 3. [1989-CE-MATHS 2-43]
E. 4.
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-5]
1 1 1 1
8. + + + =
1+ 2 2+ 3 3+ 4 4+ 5
3. One of the following expressions is different
in value from the other four. Which one is it ? 1
A. .
A. .0234 43200 1– 5
1
B. .234 432 B. .
5–1
C. 2.34 4.32
D. 23.4 .432 C. 1 + 5.
E. 234 .000432 D. 1 – 5.
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-36] E. –1 + 5 .
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-33]

4. 4 + 4x2 – 1 + x2 =
9. If ( 3 + 1) x = 2 , then x =
A. 1 + x.
B. 1 + x2 . A. 2– 3.
C. 3 1 + x2 . B. 3– 1.
D. 3 + 3x2 . C. 1.
E. 3 + 3x . D. 2(2 – 3) .
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-10] E. 4– 3.
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-33]

5. If ( 3 – 2 ) x = 1 , then x =

A. 3+ 2. 5+1 5–1
10. – =
1 5–1 5+1
B. .
3+ 2 A. 0.
1 1 1
C. + . B. .
3 2 2
1 1 C. 3.
D. – .
3 2 D. 5.
3– 2 1
E. . E. + 5.
3+ 2 2
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-6] [1992-CE-MATHS 2-4]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 38

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.1 Surds

b a 1 1
11. Simplify + . 15. – =
a– b a+ b 2–1 3– 2
1 A. –1 + 3.
A.
a– b B. 1 – 3.
a + 2 ab – b C. –1 + 2 2 – 3 .
B.
a–b D. 1 – 2 2 + 3.
b+ a E. 1 + 2 2 – 3.
C.
2 a [1997-CE-MATHS 2-29]
b + 2 ab – a
D.
a–b
5
a+b 16. If ( + 1) x = 2 , then x =
E. 2
a–b
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-4] A. 2 10 – 2 .
B. 2 10 – 4 2 .
C. 2 10 + 4 2 .
1
12. If a = 3+ 2 , then a – = 10 – 1
a D. .
2
A. 0. 2 10 – 4 2
E. .
B. 2 2. 3
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-40]
C. 2 3.
D. 3– 2.
2 3 2 17. If (x + 1)( 3 – 1 ) = 4 , then x =
E. + .
3 2 A. 2 3 – 3.
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-4]
B. 2 3 + 1.
C. 2 3 + 2.
1 1 4 3–1
13. – = D. .
2+ 6 2– 6 2
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-39]
A. – 6.
6
B. – . 18. 25a – 4a =
2
C. 0. A. 3 a.
6 B. 7 a.
D. .
2 C. 21 a .
E. 6. D. 21a .
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-5] [2004-CE-MATHS 2-4]

19. If n is a positive integer, then

3 1 1 1
14. If ( – ) x = 1 , then x = – =
3 2
1+2 n 1–2 n
3 1 4 n
A. – + . A. .
3 2 1 – 4n
3 1 –4 n
B. + . B. .
3 2 1 + 4n
C. –4 3 – 6 . 4 n
C. .
D. 4 3 – 6. 4n + 1
4 n
E. 4 3 + 6. D. .
4n – 1
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-39] [2005-CE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 39

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.1 Surds

3 a a
20. If a > 0 , then – =
2 4a
A. 1.
a
B. .
2
C. a.
D. 2 a.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-37]

21. If a > 0 , then 49a – 25a =

A. 2 a.
B. 12 a .
C. 24a .
D. 74a .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-39]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 40

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.2 Indices
1
Basic Concepts
C.  a 2 – 1 .
b
1 1
1. If a and b are greater than 1, which of the
following statements is / are true ? D. –b2(a – b)2 .
1
(1) a+b = a + b E. b2(a – b)2 .
(2) (a–1 + b–1)–1 = a + b [1977-CE-MATHS 2-13]
(3) a2b3 = (ab)6
2
A. (1) only
27 – 3
B. (2) only 5.   =
C. (3) only
 64 
D. (1) and (2) only 3
A. 4
.
E. None of them
4
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-9] B. 3
.
9
C. 16
.
16
D. 9
.
Simplification of Indices
9
E. – 16 .
2. Which of the following is identical to [SP-CE-MATHS A2-36]
1
– 2
 p  q  3
 q  p 6.
3n+2
=
? 9n
2 2
–
3
p q3 A. 32 .
7 B. 32n .
A.  p 3
C. 32–n .
q D. 3n–2 .
B. ( pq)2 E. 33n+2 .
5
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-37]
C.  q 3
 p
2
(xn+1)2
D.  
p 3 7. =
q x2n–1
E. 1 A. x2 .
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-15] B. x3 .
C. x4 .
2
D. x3–n .
–
5 E. xn–3 .
3. 32 =
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-6]
A. –2 .
1
B. 2
. 8. (3a+b)2 =
1
C. –4 . A. 3a+b+2 .
2 2
1 B. 3a +b .
D. 4
. C.
2
3(a+b) .
E. 4. D. 32a+2b .
2 2
[1974-CE-MATHS A1-1] E. 9a +b .
[1978-CE-MATHS A2-45]
1
(a – b)2 9. 125a ·5b =
4. =
1
A. 625a+b .
b2 B. 625ab .
1
A. (ab – b2)2 . C. 125a+3b .
1 D. 5a+3b .
53a+b .
B.  – 1 .
a 2 E.
b  [1980-CE-MATHS 2-2]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 41

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.2 Indices

5n+2 – 35(5n–1) 15. (2n+1)2 × (2–2n–1) ÷ 4n =

10. =
18(5n+1)
A. 1.
1
A. . B. 22n–1 .
18 2
1 C. 2n +2n .
B. . 2
15 D. 2n –2n .
C.
1
. E. 2–2n+1 .
5
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-3]
D. 5.
E. 5n .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-8]
2n+4 – 2(2n)
16. =
2(2n+3)
7
(a2b–3)2 A. 8
.
11. =
a–2b 7
B. 4
.
A. a2b–7 .
C. 1 – 2n+1 .
B. a2b–5 . 1
C. a6b–2 . D. 2n+4 – 8 .
D. a6b–6 . E. 2n+1 .
E. a6b–7 . [1988-CE-MATHS 2-1]
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-1]

17. 3 n–1 × 3 n+1 =

12. (2x)x = A. 3 n –1 .
2

2
A.
x
2 (x ) . B. 9 n –1 .
B. 2x · x x . C. 3 2n .
C. 2xx . D. 6 2n .
D. 22x . E. 9 2n .
2
E. 2 (x ) . [1989-CE-MATHS 2-1]

[1981-CE-MATHS 2-4]

x
18. =
82x ·43x x
13. =
2x ·162x 3
A. x4 .
A. 23x . 1
B. 22x . B. x4 .
C. 2x . 1

D. 8. C. x2 .
1
E. 1. –
4
D. x .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-2]
3
–
4
E. x .
1 [1989-CE-MATHS 2-3]
14. (x2y–1) ÷ (x2 y–1)2 =

A. xy . 19. (a2n)3 =
B. x y–1 . A. a6n .
C. x y–3 .
1
B. a8n .
3
D. x2 y2 . C. a2n .
3
–
1 D. a6n .
E. x 2 y–2 . E. a8n .
3

[1983-CE-MATHS 2-4] [1990-CE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 42

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.2 Indices

20. (a2a)(3a4a) = (2m)2

25. =
8m
A. 3a6a .
2
B. (3a)6a . A. .
3
C. 3a8a . B. 2–m .
D. 4a6a . C. 2m .
E. (34a)(a6a) . D.
2
2m – 3m .
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-1] 2
E. 22m – 3m .
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-7]
n times

n × n × ... × n (a3b–1)–2
21. Simplify . 26. =
n + n + ... + n (a–1b2)4

n times 1
A. n n–2 A. .
ab3
n
1
B. n2 B. 2 3.
ab
C. n–2 1
n C. .
D. a2b6
2 1
E. 1 D. .
a2b9
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-8] a4
E. .
b6
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-3]
22. (3x)2 =
2
A. 3 (x ) .
an–2 + an–1
B. 3x+2 . 27.
an–2
=
C. 32x .
A. an–1 .
D. 6x .
B. an–2 (1 + a) .
E. 92x . C. 1 + an–1 .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-33] 1
D. 1 + a.
2 E. 1 + a.
a6 – 3
23. Simplify  12  . [2001-CE-MATHS 2-10]
b 
8
b
A. 28. 2x ·8 y =
a4
b18 A. 2x+3y .
B. B. 23x y .
a9
a4 C. 16x+ y .
C.
b8 D. 16x y .
a9 [2002-CE-MATHS 2-3]
D.
b18
1 29. 3x ·9 y =
E.
a4b12
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-4] A. 3x+2y .
B. 3x+3y .
C. 27x+ y .
27x D. 27x y .
24. =
3y
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-4]
9x
A. .
y
x 22n ·9n
y 30. =
B. 9 . 3n
C. 9x – y . A. 62n .
3x
y B. 63n .
D. 3 . C. 12n .
3x– y
E. 3 . D. 122n .
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-2] [2004-CE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 43

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.2 Indices

31. a ·a (a + a) = 37. If a and b are positive numbers, then

1 b
A. a4 . 3 ÷ a =
a
B. 2a3 .
C. a3 + a . b
A. .
D. 3a2 + a . ab

[2005-CE-MATHS 2-1] ab
B. .
b
ab
32. (2x)3 ·x3 = C. .
ab

A. 6x6 . a3b
D. .
b
B. 8x6 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-39]
C. 6x9 .
D. 8x9 .
–1 333
38. 5334 
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-1]
5 =

33. If n is a positive integer, then 32n ·4n = A. –5 .

B. –0.2 .
A. 62n .
C. 0.
B. 63n .
D. 5.
C. 122n .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-1]
D. 123n .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-1]

888
34.  
1 Equations with Indices
(–2)887 =
2
A. –2 . 39. If 25x = 125 , then x =
B. –0.5 . 5
A. .
C. 0. 2
D. 0.5 . 2
B. 5
.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-1]
C. 5.
3
D. 2
.
35. 2n ·3n =
2
A. 5n . E. 3
.

B. 6n . [SP-CE-MATHS 2-2]
C. 8n .
D. 9n .
40. If 92x = 27 , then x =
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-1]
3
A. 2
.
500 1
36.  
1 B. .
(3500)3 =
9 3
2
C. 3
.
A. 0.
B. 3500 . 4
D. 3
.
C. 6500 .
3
D. 18500 . E. 4
.

[2010-CE-MATHS 2-2] [1978-CE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 44

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.2 Indices

41. If 102y = 25 , then 10–y = 46. If 2x ·8x = 64 , then x =

1 3
A. . A. 2
.
5
3
1 B. .
B. –5 . 4
6
1 C. .
C. 25
. 5
1
D. 2.
D. – 25 . E. 4.
1 [1997-CE-MATHS 2-2]
E. 125
.
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-23]
47. If 4x = a , then 16x =
A. 4a .
42. If (10x) y = (2z)(5z) , then which of the B. a2 .
following must be true ? C. a4 .
A. xy = z D. 2a .
B. xy = 2z E. 4a .
C. xy = z2 [1999-CE-MATHS 2-4]

D. xy = z
E. xy = 2z
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-29]
HKDSE Problems

43. If 32k + 1 = 32k + 6 , then k = 48. (3a)2 ·a3 =

1 A. 3a5 .
A. –4 .
B. 6a6 .
1 C. 9a5 .
B. –2 .
D. 9a6 .
1 [SP-DSE-MATHS 2-1]
C. 4
.
1
D. .
2 (2x4)3
49. =
E. 3. 2x5
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-7] A. 3x2 .
B. 3x7 .
C. 4x7 .
44. If 9x+2 = 36 , then 3x = D. 4x59 .
2 [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-1]
A. 3
.
4
B. 3
.
50. (27 ·9n+1)3 =
C. 2.
A. 36n+12 .
D. 6. B. 36n+15 .
E. 9.
C. 39n+12 .
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-34]
D. 69n+18 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-1]
a b c
45. If 5 = 2 = 10 and a, b, c are non-zero,
c c
then + = 51. (2n3)–5 =
a b
1
7 A. .
A. . 32n2
10 1
B. 1. B. .
32n15
C. 7. 1
D. C. .
log 7 . 10n125
1 1 1
E. + . D. .
log 2 log 5 10n243
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-38] [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 45

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.2 Indices

(3y6)4
52. =
3y2
A. 4y5 .
B. 4y8 .
C. 27y12 .
D. 27y22 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-2]

53. 8222 ·5666 =

A. 10666 .
B. 10888 .
C. 40666 .
D. 40888 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-1]

54.  555  3444 =

1
9 
A. 0.
1
B. .
3111
1
C. .
3222
1
D. .
3666
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-2]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 46

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.3 Logarithm

Basic Concepts 5. If 3x = 8 , then x =

8
A. .
1. If a and b are positive numbers, which of the 3
following is / are true ? log 8
B. .
3
(1) log10 (a + b) = log10 a + log10 b
8
a C. log .
(2) log10 = log10 a – log10 b 3
b
D. log 5 .
log10 a a log 8
(3) =
log10 b b E. .
log 3
A. (1) only [1977-CE-MATHS 2-15]
B. (2) only
C. (3) only 1
D. (1) and (2) only 6. If log a = 0.0490 , then log =
a
E. (1), (2) and (3) 1
A. .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-36] 0.0490
B. –0.9510 .
C. –1.9510 .
2. If log x2 + log y2 = log z2 , where x, y and z D. –0.0490 .
are positive numbers, which of the following E. –1.0490 .
must be true ?
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-12*]
(1) x2 + y2 = z2
(2) log x + log y = log z
7. log10 (0.1) =
(3) x2 y2 = z2
A. –2 .
A. (1) only B. –1 .
B. (2) only C. 0.
C. (3) only D. 1.
D. (1) and (2) only E. 2.
E. (2) and (3) only [SP-CE-MATHS A2-38]
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-33]

8. If log a = 0.5678 , then log a =

3. If log a > 0 and log b < 0 , which of the
following is / are true ? A. 0.5678 .
B. 0.5678 ÷ 2 .
a
(1) log > 0 C. 0.5678 – 2 .
b
D. 2 – 0.5678 .
(2) log b2 > 0 E. 2.5678 .
1
(3) log > 0 [1978-CE-MATHS 2-2]
a
A. (1) only
log10 5
B. (2) only 9. What is equal to ?
C. (3) only log10 3
D. (1) and (2) only 5
A. 3
E. (2) and (3) only
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-35]
B. log10 (5 – 3)
C. log10 5 – log10 3
5
D. log10 ( 3 )
E. None of the above
Logarithmic Expressions [1979-CE-MATHS 2-14]

4. 10 log10 b =
10. If n = 10a , then log10 n =
2
A. (log10 b) .
A. 10a .
B. log10 (log10 b) . B. 10n .
C. log10 b . C. na .
D. b. D. an .
E. 10 log10 b . E. a.
[1974-CE-MATHS A1-16] [1980-CE-MATHS 2-4]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 47

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.3 Logarithm

11. If log10 x + log10 4 = log10 (x + 4) , what is 16. If log x : log y = m : n , then x =

the value of x ? my
A. .
A. 0 n
B. 1 B. (m – n) y .
4 C. m – n + y .
C. m
3
D. yn .
D. 4
m log y
E. x may be any positive number E. .
n
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-8] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-34]

12. log10 (x log10 x) = 1

17. If log10 b = 1 + 2 log10 a , then b =
A. (log10 x)2 . A. 10 a .
B. log10 (x2) . B. 10 + a .
C. x log10 x . C. 5a .
D. log10 (log10 x) . a
D. 2
.
E. 10–2 .
a
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-30] E. 1 + 2.
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-5]

13. log10 (a2 – b2) =

18. If log ( p + q) = log p + log q , then
log10 a
A. . A. p = q = 1.
log10 b
q
B. 2 log10 (a – b) . B. p =
q– 1
.
C. 2 log10 a – 2 log10 b . q
D. log10 (a + b) + log10 (a – b) . C. p = .
q+ 1
E. (log10 a + log10 b)(log10 a – log10 b) . q+ 1
D. p = .
q
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-8]
q– 1
E. p = .
q
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-8]
14. log4 2 2 =
3
A. . 19. If log 2 = a and log 9 = b , then log 12 =
8
3 b
B. . A. 2a + .
4 3
1 b
C. . B. 2a + .
4 2
3 2 2
C. a + 3b .
D. 24 . 3
3 1

E. 28 . D. a2 + b2 .
1
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-42] 2 2
E. ab .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-34]

1
15. If 2 = 10 p , 3 = 10 q , express log in terms
6 20. Let x > y > 0 . If log (x + y) = a and
of p and q. log (x – y) = b , then log x2 – y2 =
A. –p – q a+b
1 A. .
2
B.
pq ab
B. .
1 2
C.
p+q C. a+b.
D. pq D. ab .
E. p+q E. a + b.
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-5] [1996-CE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 48

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.3 Logarithm

21. If log (x + a) = 2 , then x = 27. If 10a+b = c , then b =

A. 2 – a. A. log c – a .
B. 100 – a . B. a – log c .
100 c
C. . C. – a.
a 10
D. 2 – log a . D. c – 10a .
E. 100 – log a . [2003-CE-MATHS 2-40]
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-5]

7
28. If 5 = 10a and 7 = 10b , then log =
22. Suppose log10 2 = a and log10 3 = b . 50
Express log10 15 in terms of a and b. A. b – a – 1.
B. b – a + 1.
A. –a + b + 1 b
B. –a + 10b C.
a
.
C. a + 2b b
D. (a + b) b D. .
a+1
10b [2004-CE-MATHS 2-39]
E.
a
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-40]
29. If a and b are positive integers, then log
(abba) =
1
23. If 2 log y = 1 + log x , then A. ab log (ab) .
B. ab (log a)(log b) .
A. y = 10x .
C. (a + b) log (a + b) .
B. y = 100 + x2 .
D. b log a + a log b .
C. y = (10 + x)2 .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-39]
D. y = 10x2 .
E. y = 100x2 .
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-39] a
30. Let a and b be positive numbers. If log
10
= 2 log b , then a =
24. If log (x – a) = 3 , then x =
A. 10b2 .
A. 33+a . B. 20b .
B. a3 . C. b2 + 10 .
C. 1000a . D. 2b + 10 .
D. 1000 + a . [2006-CE-MATHS 2-38]

E. 30 + a .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-38]

Application of Logarithm
25. If log x2 = (log x)2 , then x =
A. 1. 31. Which of the following is the greatest ?
B. 10 . A. 5003000
C. 100 . B. 2 0002500
D. 1 or 10 . C. 2 5002000
E. 1 or 100 . D. 3 000500
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-37] [2007-CE-MATHS 2-39]

26. If log x2 = log 3x + 1 , then x = 32. Which of the following is the best estimate of
12343235 ?
A. 2.
A. 104000
B. 5. B. 105000
C. 30 . C. 1010000
D. 0 or 30 . D. 1020000
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-40] [2009-CE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 49

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.3 Logarithm

33. Which of the following is the least ?

A. 1 2341811
B. 2 3451711
C. 3 4561511
D. 7 8901411
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-39]

HKDSE Problems

1
34. Let b > 1 . If a = log12 b , then =
a
1
A. logb 12 .
B. logb 12 .
1
C. log12 .
b
1
D. .
logb 12
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-36]

35. If x – log y = x2 – log y2 – 10 = 2 , then y =

A. 100 .
B. 2 or –4 .
1
C. 100
or 10 000 .
1
D. 10 000
or 100 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-34]

36. Which of the following is the greatest ?

A. 124241
B. 241214
C. 412142
D. 421124
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-33]

 log9 y = x – 3
37. If  , then y =
 2(log9 y)2 = 4 – x
1
A. –1 or .
2
1
B. 1 or 3 .
7
C. 2 or 2 .
1
D. 3 or 9 .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-34]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 50

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.4 Exponential Graphs

Exponential Graphs
B.

1. The figure shows the graph of y = 4x . The

coordinates of P are

C.

A. (1, 0) .
D.
B. (0, 1) .
C. (4, 0) .
D. (0, 4) .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-37]

2. [2009-CE-MATHS 2-39]

4.

The figure shows the graph of y = ax , the

graph of y = bx and the graph of y = cx on The figure shows the graph of y = ax + b ,
the same rectangular coordinate system, where where a and b are constants. Which of the
a, b and c are positive constants. Which of following must be true ?
the following must be true ?
A. 0 < a <1 and b>0
(1) a > b B. 0 < a <1 and b<0
(2) b > c C. a > 1 and b> 0
(3) a > 1 D. a > 1 and b< 0
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-38]
(4) c > 1
A. (1) and (3) only
5. The figure shows the graph of y = 7–x . The
B. (1) and (4) only
coordinates of R are
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (2) and (4) only
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-38]

3. Which of the following may represent the

graph of y = –3–x ?
A.

A. (1, 0) .
B. (0, 1) .
C. (7, 0) .
D. (0, 7) .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 51

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 3.4 Exponential Graphs

HKDSE Problems

6. The figure shows the graph of y = bx and the

graph of y = cx on the same rectangular
coordinate system, where b and c are positive
constants. If a horizontal line L cuts the
y-axis, the graph of y = bx and the graph of
y = cx at A, B and C respectively, which of
the following are true ?

(1) b < c
(2) bc > 1
AB
(3) AC = logb c

A. (1) and (2) only

B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-32]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 52

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.1 Change of Subjects

Change of Subjects ab
5. If x = , then a =
a–b
1 1 1 x–b
1. If = – , then r is equal to A.
bx
.
p q r
2 bx
A.  pq  . B.
x–b
.
 p + q
2 bx
B. 
pq  C. .
b–x
 p – q .
bx
p – q 2
C. 
D. .
b+x
 pq  . b
q–p E. .
D. . x–b
pq [1979-CE-MATHS 2-4]
pq
E. .
p–q
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-14]
6. If P (1 + k)n = Q , then k =
Q 1–
A. ( )n – 1 .
P
p v P
2. If = , then v = B. ( )– n – 1 .
mc c2 – v2 Q
pc Q
A. ± . C. ( )– n – 1 .
mc + p P
pc Q
B. ± . D. 1 – ( )– n .
mc – p P
pc Q 1–
C. ± . E. 1 – ( )n .
m2c2 – p2 P
pc [1979-CE-MATHS 2-25]
D. ± .
m2c2 + p2
p2c2 y + (n – 1) z
E. ± 2 2 . 7. If x = , then n =
m c + p2 n+1
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-10]
x–y+ z
A. .
z
a± bx – c x+y– z
3. If y = , then x = B. .
2 z
4y2 – a2 y–x– z
A. + c. C. .
b x+z
4y2 – a2 + c y–x– z
D. .
B.
b
. x–z
y+x– z
4( y – a)2 + c E. .
C. . x–z
b
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-7]
(2y – a)2 – c
D. .
b
(2y – a)2 + c –bx + ay – c
E. . 8. If x = , then y =
b a + by
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-9]
ax + bx + c
A. .
a – bx
–1 ± 1 – 4ac ax + bx + c
4. If d = , then c = B. – .
2a a – bx
ax + bx + c
A. 4a2d 2 . C. .
a + bx
B. –ad 2 .
ax + bx + c
C. ad 2 – d . D. – .
a + bx
D. –ad 2 + d . ax – bx – c
–ad 2 – d . E. .
E. a – bx
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-17] [1981-CE-MATHS 2-3]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 53

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.1 Change of Subjects

M 1 2 y4
9. If H = K + and r > 0 , then r = D. (a – 2 ) .
4 (r2 + 2)n b x
1 1 2 x2
–n E. (a – 2 ) .
 
2
b y
 
M
A. – 2  .
  4 (H – K ) 
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-3]

n
–
 
M 2
B. – . 2b (2y – x)
 4 (H – K )  13. If a =
x – 3y
, then y =
1
1
  2 a + 2b
 
M n
C.  –  .
2 A. x.
  4 (H – K ) 
3a + 4b

a – 2b
1 B. x.
–3a + 4b
  – .
M 2n
D. a + 2b
 4 (H – K )  C. – x.
1 3a + 4b
1
  2 3a + 4b
4  n – 2  .

D. x.
E. a + 2b
  M (H – K )   –3a + 4b
E. x.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-6] a – 2b
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-2]

1
10. If x = , then y =
1 2 ab 1
+ 14. If = , then b =
y z ka + b k
2x a
A. . A. .
z a–k
z ka
B. . B. .
xz – z ka – 1
z – 2x ka
C. . C. .
xz 1 – ka
xz k2a
D. . D. .
2x + z a–k
xz 2
E. . ka
z – 2x E. .
k–a
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-4]
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-3]

11. If 10kx+a = P , then x =

15. If a – b2 + c2 = d , then c =
1
A. (10 P–a) . A. d – a + b.
k
P–a B. a – d – b.
B. log10 .
k C. ± d 2 – a2 + b2 .
1 D. ± a2 – d 2 – b2 .
C. log10 P – a .
k E. ± (a – d )2 – b2 .
1
D. (log10 P – a) . [1985-CE-MATHS 2-5]
k
1
E. (log10 P + a) . x+y
k
16. If 1 – = a (a  0) , then y =
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-5] y–x
A. x.
y2 x
12. If x = , then z = B. (a – 2) .
a2 + bz a
x
1 y4 C. (a – 1) .
A. ( – a2) . a
b x2 x
1 x2 D. (2 – a) .
B. ( – a2) . a
b y4 x
1 2 x2 E. (1 – a) .
C. (a – 4 ) . a
b y [1986-CE-MATHS 2-3]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 54

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.1 Change of Subjects

b + 3cd 1
17. If a = , then c = 21. If a = 1 – , then b =
b – 3cd 1–b
a 1
A. . A. 1– .
6d 1–a
b 1
B.
3d
. B. 1– .
1+a
b (a – 1) 1
C. . C. 1+ .
6d 1–a
b (a + 1) 1
D. . D. 1+ .
a–1 1+a
b (a – 1) 1
E. . E. –1 + .
3d (a + 1) 1–a
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-3] [1992-CE-MATHS 2-2]

1+y n
18. If x =
1–y
, then y = 22. If s = [2a + (n – 1) d ] , then d =
2
x–1 2(s – an)
A. . A. .
x n(n – 1)
1+x 2(s – an)
B. . B. .
1–x n–1
x+1 s
C. . C. .
x–1 n(n – 1)
x–1 as – n
D. . D. .
x+1 a(n – 1)
1–x 4(s – an)
E. . E. .
1+x n(n – 1)
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-2] [1993-CE-MATHS 2-2]

ab + 1 2x – 1
19. If x = , then b = 23. If y = , then x =
a–b x+2
ax – 1 1 + 3y
A. . A. .
a+x 2
ax – 1 1 + 2y
B. . B. .
a–x 2+y
1 – ax 1 + 2y
C. . C. .
a+x 2–y
1 – ax 1 – 2y
D. . D. .
a–x 2+y
ax + 1 1 – 2y
E. . E. .
a–x 2–y
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-3] [1994-CE-MATHS 2-2]

1 + mx x+y
20. If y = , then x = 24. If = 1 , then y =
1 – mx xy
m( y – 1) 1–x
A. . A. .
y+1 x
y–1 x–1
B. . B. .
m( y + 1) x
1–y 2 x
C. . C. .
m(1 + y2) 1–x
m( y – 1)
2
x
D. . D. .
y2 + 1 x–1
y –1
2
1–x
E. . E. .
m( y2 + 1) 1+x
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-4] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-2]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 55

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.1 Change of Subjects

25. If A = 2 r2 + 2 rh , then h = h
29. If A = (a + b) , then b =
2
A. A – r.
A A. 2A – ah .
B. .
r 2
A B. (A – a) .
h
C. – r.
2 r 2A – a
A C. .
D. r– . h
2 r 2A
A D. a– .
E. – 2 r2 . h
2 r
2A
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-4] E. – a.
h
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-1]
a+x c
26. If = (c  d ) , then x =
b+x d
1
c a 30. If a = 2 – , then b =
A. – . 1+b
d b
a–b 1–a
B. . A. .
c–d a–2
b–a a–1
C. . B. .
c–d a–2
ad – bc a+1
D. . C. .
c–d a–2
bc – ad –a – 3
E. .
c–d D. .
a–2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-3]
1–a
E. .
a
y (z – 3) [2001-CE-MATHS 2-1]
27. If x = , then z =
3z
3
A. . x a
3x – y 31. If = , then x =
–3 1+x 1–a
B. .
3x – y
A. a.
3y
C. . 2a
3x – y B. .
1–a
–3y
D. . a
3x – y C. .
1 + 2a
3x – y
E. . a
3y D. .
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-1] 1 – 2a
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-1]

1+b
28. If a = , then b =
1–b b–1
32. If a = , then b =
a–1 b–2
A. .
2 2a – 1
a–1 A.
a–1
.
B. .
2a
2a – 1
a+1 B. .
C. . a+1
a–1
1
a–1 C. .
D. . a–1
a+1
1–a 1
E. . D. .
a+1 a+1
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-3] [2003-CE-MATHS 2-3]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 56

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.1 Change of Subjects

y – 2x 3a
33. If x = , then y = 38. If x = , then a =
2y a + 2b
2x
A. . 2b
1 – 2x A. .
3–x
2x
B. .
2x – 1 B.
2b
.
1 – 2x x–3
C. .
2x 2bx
2x – 1 C. .
D. . 3–x
2x
2bx
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-2] D. .
x–3
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-1]
34. If a = 1 – 2b , then b =
a–1
A. . 2+a 2–x
2
39. If = , then x =
a+1 a x
B. .
2
a
–1 – a A. .
C. . 1+a
2
1–a 2a
D. . B. .
2 1+a
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-2] a
C. .
2+a
35. If 2x – 5y = 7 , then y = 2a
D. .
2+a
5
A. . [2011-CE-MATHS 2-2]
2x – 7
5
B. .
2x + 7
2x – 7
C. .
5
2x + 7 Manipulation of Formula
D. .
5
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-2]
40. If x2 + y2 = m and x – y = n , then xy =

36. If m = 7 – 3n , then n = 1
A. (m – n2) .
2
7–m
A. . B. m – n2 .
3
7+m 1 2
B. . C. (n – m) .
3 2
3 m
C.
7–m
. D. n2 – .
2
3
D. . n
7+m E. m– .
2
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-2]
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-16]

VT
37. If P = – 2 , then T =
R
41. If x2 + x + 1 = 4 , then –x2 – x + 1 =
P
A. + 2R .
V A. 0.
RP + 2 B. –2 .
B. .
V
C. –3 .
R  + 2 .
P
C.
V  D. –4 .
R (P + 2) E. –5 .
D. .
V
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-2] [SP-CE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 57

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.1 Change of Subjects

2a2 47. If the value of y2 + 3y + 7 is 2, what is the

42. If 2a = 3b , then = value of 2y2 + 6y – 3 ?
3b2
9
A. . A. –13
4
3 B. –7
B. . C. 7
2
C. 1. D. 14
2 E. it cannot be found from the information
D. . given
3
8 [1980-CE-MATHS 2-29]
E. .
27
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-3]
1 1 1 1 1
48. If – = , and x = 2, z = 3, then
x y z
43. If x + y = a and xy = b , then (x – y) = 2
y=
A. a2 – 4b .
B. a2 – 2b . A. –1 .
C. a2 – b. B. 1.
D. a2 + 2b . C. 5.
E. a2 + b2 . D. 6.
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-11] 1
E. 6
.
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-2]
44. If x + y = 2a and x – y = 2b , then
x2 + y2 =
A. 4ab . 49. If x2 + y2 = 5 and x + y = 3 , then x – y =
B. a2 – b2 . A. 1.
C. 2(a2 – b2) .
B. –1 .
D. 2(a2 + b2) .
E. 4(a2 + b2) . C. 1 or –1 .
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-18] D. 1 or –5 .
E. –1 to 5 .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-38]
4p2
45. If 4p = 9q , then =
9q2
A. 1. x + 3y 3x + y
4 50. If = 2 , find .
2x + y x + 2y
B. .
9
9 A. 2
C. . B. 3
4
2 1
D. 9 . C.
4 2
3
E. 4 . D.
1
9 3
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-3] 6
E.
7
1 1 [1989-CE-MATHS 2-40]
46. If = a + b and = a – b , then x + y =
x y
2 a–b
A.
a
. 51. If 9a2 – b2 = 0 and ab < 0 , then =
a+b
a2 – b2 A. –2 .
B. .
a 1
a – b2
2 B. – .
C. – . 2
b
C. 0.
2a
D. . 1
a – b2
2 D. .
2
–2b
E. . E. 2.
a2 – b2
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-6] [2000-CE-MATHS 2-34]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 58

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.1 Change of Subjects

x + 3y 2 x–y y–1 y+1

52. If = , then = 56. If = , then y =
2x – y 3 x+y c d
c–d
5 A. .
A. – . c+d
6
d–c
3 B. .
B. – . c+d
5 c+d
C. .
3 c–d
C. . c+d
5
D. .
3 d–c
D. . [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-2]
4
5
E. . a b
6 57. If + = 3 , then x =
x y
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-28]
ay
A. .
3y – b
x+y–z ay
B. .
53. If 2x = 3y = 4z , then
x–y+z
= b – 3y
by
1 C. .
A. . 3y – a
5 by
D. .
1 a – 3y
B. .
3 [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-2]

5
C. .
3 a + 4b b
58. If = 2 + , then a =
7 2a a
D. .
5 2b
A. .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-13] 3
3b
B. .
2
5b
C. .
6
HKDSE Problems 6b
D. .
5
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-3]
54. If 5 – 3m = 2n , then m =

A. n.
2n – 5
B. .
3
–2n + 5
C. .
3
–2n + 15
D. .
3
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-2]

55. If 3a + 1 = 3(b – 2) , then b =

A. a + 1.
B. a + 3.
7
C. a+ .
3
5
D. a– .
3
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-2]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 59

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.2 Identities

Basic Concepts 5. Which of the following is an identity / are

identities ?
1. Which of the following is an identity / are (1) x2 + 2x + 1 = 0
identities ? (2) x2 + 2x + 1 = (x + 1)2
(1) (x + 1)(x – 1) = x2 + 1 (3) x2 + 1 > 0
(2) x2 – 2x + 1 = 0 A. (1) only
(3) (x – 2)2 = (2 – x)2 B. (2) only
A. (1) only C. (3) only
B. (2) only D. (1) and (3) only
C. (3) only E. (2) and (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only [2001-CE-MATHS 2-11]
E. (1) and (3) only
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-4]
6. Which of the following is an identity / are
identities ?
2. Which of the following is an identity / are (1) x2 – 4 = 0
identities ? (2) x2 – 4 = (x – 2)2
1 1–x (3) x2 – 4 = (x + 2)(x – 2)
(1) –1 =
x x
(2) (ax + b)(x – b) = ax2 – b2 A. (2) only
(3) 2x2 – 3x + 1 = 0 B. (3) only
C. (1) and (2) only
A. (1) only D. (1) and (3) only
B. (2) only [2006-CE-MATHS 2-6]
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-7]
Determination of Values

3. Which of the following is / are an identity / 7. –3x2 – 3x  –3(x + a)2 + b is an identity in x.

identities ? What are the values of the constants a and b ?
(1) (x + 2)(x – 2) = x2 – 4 A. a = 1, b = 0
(2) (x + 2)(x – 2) = 0 1 3
(3) (x + 2)3 = x3 + 8 B. a= , b=
2 4
A. (1) only 1 3
C. a= , b=–
B. (2) only 2 4
C. (3) only 1 3
D. a=– , b=
D. (1) and (3) only 2 4
E. (2) and (3) only 1 3
E. a=– , b=–
2 4
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-7]
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-32]

4. Which of the following is / are an identity /

identities ? 2 x+1 a
8. Given the identity + +
x–1 (x – 1)2 (1 – x)2
(1) x2 = 4 bx – 2
 , find the values of the constants a
(2) (2x + 3)2 = 4x2 + 12x + 9 (x – 1)2
(3) (x + 1)2 = x2 + 1 and b.
A. (1) only A. a = 1, b = 3
B. (2) only B. a = 3, b = 1
C. (3) only C. a = 1 , b = –3
D. (1) and (2) only D. a = 3 , b = –1
E. (2) and (3) only E. a = –1 , b = 3
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-7] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 60

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.2 Identities

9. If p(x2 – x) + q(x2 + x)  4x2 + 8x , find p and 15. If 3x2 + ax + 7  3(x – 2)2 + b , then
q.
A. a = –12 , b = –5 .
A. p = 4, q = 8 B. a = –12 , b = 7 .
B. p = –8 , q = 4 C. a = –4 , b = 3 .
C. p = –2 , q = 6 D. a = 0 , b = –5 .
D. p = 2, q = 6 E. a = 0 , b = 19 .
E. p = 6 , q = –2 [2000-CE-MATHS 2-10]

[1991-CE-MATHS 2-36]
16. If (x + 1)2 + P(x + 1)  x2 + Q , then

10. If 3x2 + ax – 5  (bx – 1)(2 – x) – 3 , then A. P = –2 , Q = –1 .

B. P = –2 , Q = 1 .
A. a = –5 , b = –3 . C. P = 2 , Q = –1 .
B. a = –5 , b = 3 . D. P = 2, Q = 1.
C. a = –3 , b = –5 . [2002-CE-MATHS 2-6]
D. a = 5 , b = –3 .
E. a = 3, b = 5.
17. If (2x + 3)(x – a)  2x2 + b(x + 1) , then
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-5]
A. a = –3 and b = 9 .
–1 11
B. a= and b = .
11. If 3x2 + 6x + 1  3(x + b)2 + c , then c = 3 3
1 7
A. –8 . C. a= and b = .
3 3
B. –2 .
D. a = 3 and b = –9 .
C. 0.
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-6]
1
D. .
3
E. 1. 18. If a(2x – x2) + b(2x2 – x)  –5x2 + 4x , then a
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-10] =
A. –1 .
B. 1.
2 a b –2 .
12. If  + , find a and b. C.
x2 – 1 x+1 x–1 D. 2.
A. a = 2, b = 1 [2004-CE-MATHS 2-10]
B. a = 1, b = 2
C. a = 1, b = 1 19. If x2 + 2ax + 8  (x + a)2 + b , then b =
D. a = 1 , b = –1
E. a = –1 , b = 1 A. 8.
B. a2 + 8 .
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-8]
C. a2 – 8 .
D. 8 – a2 .
13. If (x + 3)2 – (x + 1)(x – 3)  P(x + 1) + Q , [2005-CE-MATHS 2-10]
find P and Q.
A. P = 2, Q = 4 20. If a and b are constants such that
B. P = 2, Q = 10 a(x2 – x) + b(x2 + x)  2x2 + 4x , then a =
C. P = 4, Q = 2 A. –1 .
D. P = 4, Q = 8 B. 1.
E. P = 8, Q = 4 C. 2.
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-5] D. 3.
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-5]

14. If (3x – 1)(x – a)  3x2 + bx – 2 , then 21. If h and k are constants such that
A. a = 2 , b = –1 . hx + (x – 3)2  x2 + 10x + k , then
B. a = 2 , b = –7 . A. h = 10 and k = –9 .
C. a = –2 , b = 5 . B. h = 10 and k = 9.
D. a = –2 , b = –5 . C. h = 16 and k = –9 .
E. a = –2 , b = –7 . D. h = 16 and k = 9.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-6] [2010-CE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 61

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.2 Identities

HKDSE Problems 28. If m and n are constants such that

4x2 + m(x + 1) + 28 = mx(x + 3) + n(x – 4) ,
then n =
22. Let p and q be constants. If x2 + p(x + 5) + q
 (x – 2)(x + 5) , then q = A. –8 .
B. –7 .
A. –25 . C. 4.
B. –10 . D. 16 .
C. 3. [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-8]
D. 5.
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-4]

23. Let m and n be constants. If m(x – 3)2 +

n(x + 1)2  x2 – 38x + 41 , then m =
A. –4 .
B. –1 .
C. 3.
D. 5.
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-4]

24. If p and q are constants such that x2 + p 

(x + 2)(x + q) + 10 , then p =
A. –4 .
B. –2 .
C. 6.
D. 10 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-3]

25. If a, b and c are non-zero constants such that

x(x + 3a) + a  x2 + 2(bx + c) , then a : b : c =
A. 2:3:1.
B. 2:3:4.
C. 3:2:6.
D. 6:4:3.
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-8]

26. If p and q are constants such that

px(x – 1) + x2  qx(x – 2) + 4x , then p =
A. 1.
B. 2.
C. 3.
D. 4.
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-3]

27. If m and n are constants such that

x2 + mx + n  (x + 4)(x – m) + 6 , then n =
A. –8 .
B. –2 .
C. 2.
D. 6.
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 62

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.3 Operations on Polynomials

Expansion 7. (x + x)( y + y + y) =
A. 6xy .
1. (x – 1)2 – (x + 1)2 =
B. 2x + 3y .
A. 2. C. x2y3 .
B. –2 . D. 6x2y3 .
C. 4x . [2007-CE-MATHS 2-3]
D. –4x .
E. 2(x2 + 1) .
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-2]
8. (2x2 – 3x + 1) – 2(x2 + 2x – 1) =
A. x – 1.
1 1 B. –7x + 3 .
2. (x – )2 – (x + )2 =
x x C. 4x2 + x – 1 .
A. –4 . D. 4x2 – 7x + 3 .
B. 0. [2008-CE-MATHS 2-4]
C. 4.
2
D. – 2. 9. (3x – 5)(2x2 + 5x – 3) =
x
1
E. 2(x2 + ). A. 6x3 + 5x2 – 34x + 15 .
x2
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-5]
B. 6x3 – 5x2 + 34x + 15 .
C. 6x3 + 25x2 + 16x + 15 .
D. 6x3 – 25x2 – 16x + 15 .
3. (–x + x2)2 = [2009-CE-MATHS 2-4]
A. –x2 + x4 .
B. x2 + x4 .
C. –x2 + 2x3 + x4 . 10. (x – 2y)(x + 2y – 2) =
D. –x2 + 2x3 – x4 . A. x2 + 2y2 + 2x + 4y .
E. x2 – 2x3 + x4 . B. x2 + 2y2 – 2x + 4y .
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-33] C. x2 – 4y2 + 2x + 4y .
D. x2 – 4y2 – 2x + 4y .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-3]
4. Simplify (x2 – 3x + 1)(x2 + 3x + 1) .
A. x4 + 1
B. x4 – x2 + 1
C. x4 + x2 + 1
Factorisation
D. x4 – 3x2 – 2 3 x – 1
E. x4 + 3 x3 – 2 3 x2 + 3x + 1
11. If x2 + 5x – 6 = (x –  )(x –  ) and  >  ,
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-3]
then  =
A. –1 .
5. (2x2 – 3x + 1)(2 – 3x) = B. 1.
A. 6x3 – 5x2 – 3x + 2 . C. 2.
B. 6x3 – 13x2 – 9x – 2 . D. 3.
C. –6x3 + 13x2 – 9x + 2 . E. 6.
D. –6x3 – 5x2 – 3x + 2 . [SP-CE-MATHS 2-4]
E. –6x3 – 5x2 – 9x + 2 .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-2]
12. Which one of the following is a factor of
8a3 + b3 ?
6. (2x – 3)(x2 + 3x – 2) = A. 2a – b
A. 2x3 + 3x2 + 5x – 6 . B. 4a2 + b2
B. 2x3 + 3x2 + 5x + 6 . C. 4a2 – 2ab + b2
C. 2x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 6 . D. 4a2 + 2ab + b2
D. 2x3 + 3x2 – 13x + 6 . E. 4a2 + 4ab + b2
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-4] [SP-CE-MATHS A2-34]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 63

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.3 Operations on Polynomials

13. a2 – b2 – c2 + 2bc = 18. In factorizing the expression a4 + a2b2 + b4 ,

we find that
A. (a – b – c)2 .
A. (a2 – b2) is a factor.
B. (a + b – c)2 .
B. (a2 + b2) is a factor.
C. (a + b + c)(a – b – c) . C. (a2 – ab – b2) is a factor.
D. (a + b – c)(a – b – c) . D. (a2 – ab + b2) is a factor.
E. (a + b – c)(a – b + c) . E. it cannot be factorized.
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-15] [1993-CE-MATHS 2-39]

19. Factorize a2 – 2ab + b2 – a + b .

14. 2ab – a2 – b2 =
A. (a – b)(a – b – 1)
A. (a – b)2 . B. (a – b)(a – b + 1)
B. (–a – b)2 . C. (a – b)(a + b – 1)
C. (–a + b)2 . D. (a + b)(a – b + 1)
E. (a – b – 1)2
D. –(a + b)2 .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-35]
E. –(a – b)2 .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-1]
20. Factorize 2an+1 – 7an – 30an–1 .
A. (an – 6)(2a + 5)
15. Which of the following expressions cannot be B. an(a + 6)(2a – 5)
factorized ? C. an(a – 6)(2a + 5)
A. x3 – 125 D. an–1(a + 6)(2a – 5)
E. an–1(a – 6)(2a + 5)
B. 4x2 – 9y2
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-36]
C. x3 + 125
D. 4x2 + 9y2
21. Which of the following expressions has / have
E. 3x2 + 6xy + 3y2 b – c as a factor ?
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-33]
(1) ab – ac
(2) a (b – c) – b + c
(3) a (b – c) – b – c
16. a3 + 8a–3 =
2 4 A. (1) only
A. (a – )(a2 + 2 + 2 ) . B. (1) and (2) only
a a
C. (1) and (3) only
1 1 D. (2) and (3) only
B. (a – )(a2 + 1 + 2 ) .
2a 4a E. (1), (2) and (3)
1 1 1 [1996-CE-MATHS 2-6]
C. (a + )(a2 – + 2 ) .
2a 2 4a
2 4
D. (a + )(a2 – 4 + 2 ) . 22. 9 – a2 – b2 + 2ab =
a a
2 4 A. (3 – a – b)(3 – a + b) .
E. (a + )(a2 – 2 + 2 ) . B. (3 – a – b)(3 + a – b) .
a a
C. (3 – a – b)(3 + a + b) .
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-7]
D. (3 – a + b)(3 + a – b) .
E. (3 – a + b)(3 + a + b) .
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-4]
17. Which of the following is a factor of
4(a + b)2 – 9(a – b)2 ?

A. 5b – a 23. Factorize x2 – y2 + 2x + 1 .
B. 5a + b A. (x + y + 1)(x + y – 1)
C. –a – b B. (x + y + 1)(x – y + 1)
C. (x + y – 1)(x – y + 1)
D. 13b – 5a
D. (x + y – 1)(x – y – 1)
E. 13a – 5b E. (x – y + 1)(x – y – 1)
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-6] [1998-CE-MATHS 2-8]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 64

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.3 Operations on Polynomials

24. x2 – y2 – x + y = 30. ab + ac – a2 – bc =
A. (x – y)(x – y – 1) . A. (a – b)(b + c) .
B. (x – y)(x + y – 1) . B. (a – b)(c – a) .
C. (x – y)(x + y + 1) . C. (a – c)(b + c) .
D. (x + y)(x – y – 1) . D. (a + b)(c – a) .
E. (x + y)(x – y + 1) . [2010-CE-MATHS 2-4]
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-2]

25. Factorize x2 – x – xy + y .
HKDSE Problems
A. (x – y)(x – 1)
B. (x – y)(x + 1)
C. (x + y)(x – 1) 31. a2 – b2 + 2b – 1 =
D. (1 – x)(x + y) A. (a – b – 1)(a + b – 1) .
E. (1 + x)( y – x) B. (a – b – 1)(a + b + 1) .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-2] C. (a – b + 1)(a + b – 1) .
D. (a – b + 1)(a – b – 1) .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-3]
26. Which of the following is a factor of
2(a – b)2 – a2 + b2 ?
A. a – 3b 32. x3 (2x + x) =
B. a – 2b A. 3x4 .
C. a+b B. 2x5 .
D. a + 3b C. 3x5 .
E. 3a – b D. 2x6 .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-22] [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-1]

27 33. p2 – q2 – p – q =
27. x3 – =
x3
A. ( p + q)( p – q – 1) .
3 9
A. (x + )(x2 – 6 + ). B. ( p + q)( p + q – 1) .
x x2 C. ( p – q)( p – q + 1) .
3 2 9 D. ( p – q)( p + q – 1) .
B. (x + )(x – 3 + ).
x x2
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-3]
3 2 9
C. (x – )(x + 6 + ).
x x2
3 2 9 34. (4x + y)2 – (4x – y)2 =
D. (x – )(x + 3 + ).
x x2
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-39]
A. 0.
B. 2y2 .
C. 8xy .
28. pr + qr – ps – qs = D. 16xy .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-2]
A. ( p + q)(r – s) .
B. ( p + q)(s – r) .
C. ( p – q)(r – s) . 35. h – k + hm – km – hn + kn =
D. ( p – q)(s – r) .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-4] A. (h + k)( – m + n) .
B. (h + k)( + m – n) .
C. (h – k)( – m + n) .
29. Which of the following must have x + y as a
factor ? D. (h – k)( + m – n) .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-3]
(1) x2 – y2
(2) x2 + y2
(3) x(x + y) – x – y 36. u2 – v2 – 5u + 5v =
A. (1) only A. (u – v)(u + v – 5) .
B. (2) only B. (u – v)(u + v + 5) .
C. (1) and (3) only C. (u + v)(u – v – 5) .
D. (2) and (3) only D. (u + v)(u – v + 5) .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-5] [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-2]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 65

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.3 Operations on Polynomials

37. (x + 1)(x2 + x + 1) =
A. x3 + 1 .
B. (x + 1)3 .
C. x3 + x2 + x + 1 .
D. x3 + 2x2 + 2x + 1 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-1]

38. 16 – (2x – 3y)2 =

A. (4 – 2x – 3y)(4 + 2x + 3y) .
B. (4 – 2x – 3y)(4 + 2x – 3y) .
C. (4 – 2x + 3y)(4 + 2x + 3y) .
D. (4 – 2x + 3y)(4 + 2x – 3y) .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-3]

39. 3m2 – 5mn + 2n2 + m – n =

A. (m – n)(3m – 2n + 1) .
B. (m – n)(3m + 2n + 1) .
C. (m + n)(3m – 2n – 1) .
D. (m + n)(3m + 2n – 1) .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 66

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.4 Remainder & Factor Theorems

Remainder Theorem 6. P(x) is a polynomial. When P(x) is divided

by (5x – 2) , the remainder is R. When P(x) is
divided by (2 – 5x) , then the remainder is
1. What is the remainder if ax25 – x2 + x + 7 is
divided by x + 1 ? A. R.
A. a + 5 B. –R .
2
B. a + 7 C. R.
5
C. 5 – a
2
D. 7 – a D. .
5
E. 9 – a
2
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-39] E. – .
5
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-37]
2. When f(x) is divided by (2x + 1) , the
remainder is
7. Find the remainder when x3 – x 2 + 1 is
A. f(2) . divided by 2x + 1 .
B. f(1) . A. –11
C. f(–1) . 5
1 B.
D. f( ) . 8
2 7
1 C.
E. f(– ) . 8
2 9
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-6] D.
8
E. 5
2 [1996-CE-MATHS 2-5]
3. When the expression x + px + q is divided
by x + 1 , the remainder is 4. Find the value
of 2p – 2q + 1 .
8. Let f(x) = (2x – 1)(x + 1) + 2x + 1 . Find the
A. –3 remainder when f(x) is divided by 2x + 1 .
B. –5
A. –1
C. –7
1
D. –9 B. –
2
E. It cannot be determined.
C. 0
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-8] D. 1
E. 2
4. Let f(x) = ax2 + bx + c . When f(x) is divided [2001-CE-MATHS 2-3]
by (x – 1) , the remainder is 10. When f(x) is
divided by (x + 1) , the remainder is 6. Find
9. The remainder when x2 + ax + b is divided
the value of b.
by x + 2 is –4 . The remainder when
A. –4 ax2 + bx + 1 is divided by x – 2 is 9. The
B. –2 value of a is
C. 2 A. –3 .
D. 4 B. –1 .
E. It cannot be found. C. 1.
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-5] D. 3.
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-38]

5. Let f(x) = ax – 5 and g(x) = 27x – 18x + 4 .

2 3

If both expressions leave the same remainder 10. Let k be a positive integer. When
when divided by 3x + 1 , then a = x2k+1 + kx + k is divided by x + 1 , the
A. –74 . remainder is
B. 0. A. –1 .
C. 36 . B. 1.
D. 76 . C. 2k – 1 .
E. 126 . D. 2k + 1 .
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-6] [2005-CE-MATHS 2-40]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 67

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.4 Remainder & Factor Theorems

11. Let k be a non-zero constant. When 16. Let F(x) = 2x3 + 3x2 – 11x – 6 . Given that
x3 + kx2 + 2kx + 3k is divided by x + k , the F(2) = 0 and F(–3) = 0 , then F(x) can be
remainder is k. Find k. factorized as
A. –1 A. (x + 2)(x – 3)(2x + 1) .
B. 1 B. (x + 2)(x – 3)(2x – 1) .
C. (x – 2)(x + 3)(2x + 1) .
C. –2
D. (x – 2)(x – 3)(2x + 1) .
D. 2 E. (x – 2)(x + 3)(2x – 1) .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-40] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-34]

12. When x2009 + x2008 + x2007 + ...+ x is divided 17. Which one of the following is a factor of
by x + 1 , the remainder is x3 – 4x2 + x + 6 ?
A. (x + 1)(x – 2)
A. –1 .
B. (x + 1)(x + 2)
B. 0. C. (x – 1)(x + 2)
C. 1. D. (x – 1)(x – 3)
D. 2009 . E. (x – 1)(x + 3)
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-41] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-3]

18. If a polynomial f(x) is divisible by x – 1 ,

then f(x – 1) is divisible by
Factor Theorem A. x – 2.
B. x + 2.
–3 C. x – 1.
13. If f(x) = ax2 + bx + c and f( ) = 0 , then D. x + 1.
5
E. x.
which of the following is a factor of ax2 + bx
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-41]
+ c?
A. x+3
19. If f(x) = x99 + 99x + k is divisible by x + 1 ,
B. 3x + 5 then k =
C. 3x – 5
A. –100 .
D. 5x + 3
B. –98 .
E. 5x – 3 C. 98 .
[1978-CE-MATHS A2-49] D. 100 .
E. 198 .
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-3]
14. If x + 2 is a factor of x2 + ax + b , then
2a – b + 3 =
20. If 2x2 + x + m is divisible by x – 2 , then it
A. –7 . is also divisible by
B. –1 . A. x + 3.
C. 0. B. 2x – 3 .
D. 1. C. 2x + 3 .
E. 7. D. 2x – 5 .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-4]
E. 2x + 5 .
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-6]

15. Let a and b be constants. If 3x3 – ax2 + 5x – 21. Let f(x) = 2x3 – x2 – 7x + 6 . It is known
3b is divisible by x + 3 , then 3a + b = ? that f(–2) = 0 and f(1) = 0 . f(x) can be
A. –32 factorized as
B. –22 A. (x + 1)(x + 2)(2x – 3) .
C. 22 B. (x + 1)(x – 2)(2x + 3) .
C. (x – 1)(x + 2)(2x + 3) .
D. 32
D. (x – 1)(x + 2)(2x – 3) .
E. it cannot be determined E. (x – 1)(x – 2)(2x + 3) .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-7] [1998-CE-MATHS 2-6]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 68

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.4 Remainder & Factor Theorems

22. Let f(x) = x3 – 2x2 – 5x + 6 . It is known Miscellaneous

that f(1) = 0 . f(x) can be factorized as

A. (x – 1)2(x + 6) . 27. Let f(x) = 3x3 – 4x + k . If f(x) is divisible

by x – k , find the remainder when f(x) is
B. (x – 1)(x + 1)(x + 6) . divided by x + k .
C. (x – 1)(x – 2)(x + 3) .
A. 2k
D. (x – 1)(x + 2)(x – 3) .
B. k
E. (x + 1)(x – 2)(x – 3) . C. 0
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-9] D. –k
E. –k – 1
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-34]
23. Let f(x) = x3 + 2x2 + ax + b . If f(x) is
divisible by x + 1 and x – 2 , f(x) can be
factorized as 28. The expression x2 – 2x + k is divisible by
(x + 1) . Find the remainder when it is divided
A. (x – 1)(x + 1)(x – 2) . by (x + 3) .
B. (x + 1)2(x – 2) .
A. 1
C. (x – 3)(x + 1)(x – 2) . B. 4
D. (x + 3)(x + 1)(x – 2) . C. 12
E. x(x + 1)(x – 2) . D. 16
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-48]
E. 18
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-9]

24. If f(x) = x3 – 7x + 6 is divisible by

29. It is given that F(x) = x3 – 4x2 + ax + b . F(x)
x2 – 3x + k , then k =
is divisible by x – 1 . When it is divided by
A. –2 . x + 1 , the remainder is 12. Find a and b.
B. 2. A. a = 5 , b = 10
C. –3 . B. a = 1, b = 2
D. 3. C. a = –3 , b = 6
D. a = –4 , b = 7
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-40]
E. a = –7 , b = 10
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-38]

25. Let f(x) be a polynomial. If f(x) is divisible

by x – 1 , which of the following must be a 30. Let f(x) = x3 + 2x2 + k , where k is a
factor of f(2x + 1) ? constant. If f(–1) = 0 , find the remainder
when f(x) is divided by x – 1 .
A. x
B. x–3 A. –1
C. 2x – 1 B. 0
C. 2
D. 2x + 1
D. 6
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-40]
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-2]

26. Let k be a constant. If x3 + 5x2 + 3kx – k is 31. Let f(x) = 2x2 + ax – 3 , where a is a
divisible by x – 1 , find the value of k. constant. If f(x) is divisible by 2x + 1 , find
the remainder when f(x) is divided by x – a .
A. –3
B. –1 A. –52
B. 22
C. 0
C. 46
D. 1 D. 72
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-41] [2011-CE-MATHS 2-40]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 69

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.4 Remainder & Factor Theorems

HKDSE Problems

32. Let f(x) = x3 + 2x2 – 7x + 3 . When f(x) is

divided by x + 2 , the remainder is
A. 3.
B. 5.
C. 17 .
D. 33 .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

33. Let f(x) = x4 – x3 + x2 – x + 1 . When f(x) is

divided by x + 2 , the remainder is
A. –2 .
B. 0.
C. 11 .
D. 31 .
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

34. If k is a constant such that x3 + 4x2 + kx – 12

is divisible by x + 3 , then k =
A. –25 .
B. –1 .
C. 1.
D. 17 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-4]

35. Let f(x) = x13 – 2x + k , where k is a constant.

If f(x) is divisible by x + 1 , find the
remainder when f(x) is divided by x – 1 .
A. 0
B. –1
C. 2
D. –2
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-9]

36. Let f(x) = 4x3 + kx + 3 , where k is a

constant. If f(x) is divisible by 2x + 1 , find
the remainder when f(x) is divided by x + 1 .
A. –7
B. –6
C. 0
D. 5
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-6]

37. Let p(x) = 2x2 – 11x + c , where c is a

constant. If p(x) is divisible by x – 7 , find
the remainder when p(x) is divided by 2x + 1 .
A. –26
B. –15
C. 15
D. 26
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-7]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 70

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.5 H.C.F. & L.C.M.

H.C.F. & L.C.M. 6. The L.C.M. of x, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 5x5 is

A. x.
1. 8abc3 is the H.C.F. of 24ab2c3 and B. 5x5 .
C. 60x5 .
A. 12a2bc4 .
D. 120x5 .
B. 30a2bc3 . E. 120x15 .
C. 32a2bc5 . [1991-CE-MATHS 2-6]
D. 40ab2c3 .
E. 48a3bc5 .
7. The L.C.M. of P and Q is 12ab3c2 . The
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-11]
L.C.M. of X, Y and Z is 30a2b3c . What is
the L.C.M. of P, Q, X, Y and Z ?
2. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of three expressions A. 360a3b6c3
are a2b2c and a4b6c4 respectively. Two of the B. 60a2b3c2
expressions are a2b3c4 and a3b2c2 . The third C. 60ab3c2
expression is D. 6a2b3c
E. 6ab3c
A. a3b3c .
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-40]
B. a3b6c4 .
C. a4b2c .
8. Find the H.C.F. and L.C.M. of ab2c and abc3 .
D. a4b6c .
E. a4b6c2 . H.C.F. L.C.M.
A. a a2b3c4
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-33]
B. abc ab2c3
C. abc a2b3c4
3. The L.C.M. of 12a2b and 18ab3c is D. ab2c3 abc
E. a2b3c4 abc
A. 6ab . [1993-CE-MATHS 2-11]
B. 6a2b3c .
C. 36ab . 9. Find the L.C.M. of 4x2yz and 6xy3 .
D. 36a2b3c .
A. 2xy
E. 216a3b4c .
B. 12x2y3
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-31] C. 12x2y3z
D. 24x2y3z
E. 24x3y4z
4. 8abc3 is the H.C.F. of 24ab2c3 and
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-3]
2 4
A. 12a bc .
B. 30a2bc3 . 10. The L.C.M. of 210xy2 and 30x2yz is
C. 32a2bc5 .
A. 30xy .
D. 40ab2c3 . B. 70xyz .
E. 48a3bc5 . C. 210x2y2z .
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-40] D. 630x3y3z .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-38]

5. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of three expressions

are xyz2 and x3y5z4 respectively. If two of
the expressions are x2y3z3 and x3yz2 , find the H.C.F. & L.C.M. with Factorisation
third expression.
A. x2y3z3 11. The H.C.F. of a3 – 1 and a4 – 1 is
B. x2y5z3 A. 1.
C. xy3z3 B. a + 1.
D. xy5z4 C. a – 1.
D. a2 + 1 .
E. xy3z4 E. a2 – 1 .
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-37] [1983-CE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 71

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.5 H.C.F. & L.C.M.

12. The L.C.M. of 2a2 – 2b2 and a3 – 2a2b + ab2 HKDSE Problems
is
A. a – b. 18. The H.C.F. and the L.C.M. of three
expressions are ab2 and 4a4b5c6 respectively.
B. a (a – b)(a + b) .
If the first expression and the second
C. 2a (a – b)(a + b) . expression are 2a2b4c and 4a4b2c6 respectively,
D. 2a (a – b)2(a + b) . then the third expression is
E. 2a (a – b)3(a + b) .
A. ab2 .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-6] B. ab5 .
C. 2ab2c .
13. Find the H.C.F. of (2x – 1)(x2 – 6x + 9) and D. 2ab5c .
(x2 – 3x)(4x2 – 1) . [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-31]

A. (x – 3)
B. (2x – 1) 19. The L.C.M. of a2 + 4a + 4 , a2 – 4 and a3 + 8
is
C. (x – 3)(2x – 1)
D. x(x – 3)2(2x – 1)(2x + 1) A. a + 2.
E. there is no H.C.F. B. (a – 2)(a + 2)2(a2 – 2a + 4) .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-40] C. (a – 2)(a + 2)2(a2 + 2a + 4) .
D. (a – 2)(a + 2)4(a2 – 2a + 4) .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-31]
14. The L.C.M. of (x – 1)2 , x2 – 1 and x3 – 1 is
A. x – 1. 20. The H.C.F. of 3x4y2z , 4xy5z and 6x2y3 is
B. (x – 1)4(x + 1)(x2 + x + 1) . A. xy2 .
C. (x – 1)2(x + 1)(x2 + x + 1) . B. xy2z .
D. (x – 1)2(x + 1)(x2 – x + 1) . C. 12x4y5z .
E. (x – 1)(x + 1)(x2 + x + 1) . D. 12x7y9z2 .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-3] [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-31]

21. The L.C.M. of 9a2b , 12a4b3 and 15a6 is

15. The L.C.M. of x3 – x and x4 – 1 is
A. 3a2 .
A. x – 1.
B. 3a2b .
B. (x – 1)(x + 1) . C. 180a6b3 .
C. x (x – 1)(x + 1)(x2 + 1) . D. 180a12b4 .
D. (x – 1)(x + 1)(x2 + 1)(x2 + x + 1) . [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-31]
E. x (x – 1)2(x + 1)2(x2 + 1) .
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-6]

16. The L.C.M. of 2 – b , 4 – b2 and 8 – b3 is

A. (2 – b)(2 + b)(4 – 4b + b2) .
B. (2 – b)(2 + b)(4 + 4b + b2) .
C. (2 – b)(2 + b)(4 – 2b + b2) .
D. (2 – b)(2 + b)(4 + 2b + b2) .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-38]

17. The H.C.F. of x2(x + 1)(x + 2) and x(x + 1)3

is
A. x(x + 1) .
B. x(x + 1)(x + 2) .
C. x2(x + 1)3 .
D. x2(x + 1)3(x + 2) .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 72

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.6 Algebraic Fractions
–1

 
Algebraic Fractions x y
+ +2
 
y x
5. =
x y
1. 2
2
–
1
x –1 x+1
+
1
1–x
=  y
–
x 
2 x –y
A. . A. .
x–1 x +y
2 x +y
B. . B. .
x+1 x –y
–2 x+y
C. . C. – .
x–1 x–y
2 2
–2 x +y
D. . D. .
x+1 x2 – y 2
4 x2 – y 2
E. . E. .
x2 – 1 x2 + y 2
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-1] [1981-CE-MATHS 2-5]

a+b a–b 2a 1
– 6. + =
2.
a–b a+b
= a2 – 4b2 2b – a
1
A. 4ab . A. .
a + 2b
2ab 2a – 1
B. .
a2 – b2 B.
(a + 2b)(a – 2b)
.
4ab 2a + 1
C. .
a2 – b2 C.
(a + 2b)(a – 2b)
.
2
2b 3a + 2b
D. . D. .
a2 – b2 (a + 2b)(a – 2b)
2(a2 + b2) a + 2b
E. . E. .
a2 – b2 (a + 2b)(a – 2b)
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-24] [1982-CE-MATHS 2-1]

x–2 – y–2 7. (a–2 – 3b–1)–1 =

3. =
x–1 – y–1
3a2 + b
–1 –1 A. .
A. x +y . a2b
B. x–1 – y–1 . 3a2 – b
x–3 – y–3 . B. .
C. a2b
1 3b – a 2
D. . C. .
x–y a2b
1 2
E. . ab
D. .
x+y b – 3a2
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-5] 3a2b
E. .
3b – a2
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-3]
1
x+
1 1 x
4. + + =
x+1 x–1 1 6 5
x– 8. – =
x x2 – 9 x 2 + x – 6
1 1
A. . A. .
x+1 (x – 2)(x – 3)
1 1
B. . B. .
x–1 (x + 2)(x + 3)
x+1 1
C. . C. .
x–1 (x + 2)(x – 3)
1 1
D. . D. .
(x + 1)(x – 1) (x – 2)(x + 3)
2
x + 4x + 1 x – 27
E. . E. .
(x + 1)(x – 1) (x – 2)(x + 3)(x – 3)
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-2] [1983-CE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 73

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.6 Algebraic Fractions

1 1 13. (x + y)–1(x–2 – y–2) =

+ 3
a3 b
9. = 1 1
1 1 A. – .
+ x3 y3
a b
1 1
1 1 B. – .
x2y xy2
A. + .
a2 b2 1 1
1 1 1 C. – .
B. + + 2. xy2 x2y
a2 ab b
1 1
1 1 1 D. – .
C. – + 2. x2 y2
a2 ab b
1 1
D. a2 – ab + b2 . E. + 2.
x2y xy
E. a2 + ab + b2 .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-4]
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-2]

x2
3 – 3y
2
4 3
10. – 2 = 14. 3 =
(x – 2)(x + 1) x – 1
2
(x – 3y)
1
A. .
(x – 1)2(x + 1) A.
1
(x – 3y) .
2
x+2
B. . 2
(x – 2)(x + 1)(x – 1) B. (x – 3y) .
9
x + 10
C. . C. 2 (x + 3y) .
(x – 2)(x + 1)(x – 1) 1
x – 10 D. 2
(x + 3y) .
D. .
(x – 2)(x + 1)(x – 1) 2
E. (x + 3y) .
x – 3x – 10
2 9
E. .
(x – 2)(x + 1)(x – 1)2 [1986-CE-MATHS 2-2]

[1984-CE-MATHS 2-1]
2

15. 
x y
+ =
2 1 4x  y x
11. – – =
1 + x 1 – x x2 – 1
(x + y)2
A. .
1 xy
A. .
1–x x2 + y 2
1 B. .
xy
B. .
x–1 x+y+2
1 – 7x C. .
xy
C. .
x2 – 1 x+y
1 – 7x D. .
xy
D. .
1 – x2 E. 1.
3x + 1 [1986-CE-MATHS 2-30]
E. .
1 – x2
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-1]

 x – 1
2 2
16. 
x + 1
b a  x  – x  =
–
a b 2
12. = A. .
1 1 x
–
a b 4
B. .
x
A. a + b.
B. a – b. 2
C. .
x2
C. –a + b .
D. –a – b . 4
D. .
1 1 x2
E. + . E. 0.
a b
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-2] [1987-CE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 74

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.6 Algebraic Fractions

x2 – 2x x2 – 2x – 15 y–x
17. × 2 = A. .
x – 25x
3 x +x–6 x+y
1 x–y
A. . B. .
x–5 x+y
x–2 x
B. . C. .
(x + 2)(x – 5) y
1 D. x + y.
C. . E. x – y.
x+5
1 [1990-CE-MATHS 2-2]
D. .
x
x–3
E. .
(x + 3)(x – 5) 1 1
22. – =
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-3] 1 – x2 (1 + x)2
2
A. .
1 1 (1 – x2)(1 + x2)
18. + 2 =
2x – x2 x +x–6 2x2
B. .
(1 – x )(1 + x2)
2
3
A.
x(2 – x)(x + 3)
. 2x2
C. .
–3 (1 – x )(1 + x)2
2

B. . 2
x(x + 2)(x – 3) D. .
6–x (1 – x)(1 + x)2
C. . 2x
x(2 – x)(x + 2)(x – 3) E. .
x–6 (1 – x)(1 + x)2
D. .
x(2 – x)(x + 2)(x – 3) [1991-CE-MATHS 2-2]
2x + 3
E. .
x(2 – x)(x + 3)
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-6]
1 1
+ 3
x3 y
23. =
1 1
27x3 – 8 +
19. = x y
3x – 2
1 1
A. (3x – 2)2 . A.
x2
+
y2
.
B. 9x2 – 4.
1 1 1
C. 9x2 + 4. B. + + .
x2 xy y2
D. 9x2 – 6x + 4 .
E. 9x2 + 6x + 4 . 1 2 1
C. + + .
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-2]
x2 xy y2
1 2 1
D. – + .
x2 xy y2
2 n n
(1 – x ) + (1 – x) 1 1 1
20. = E. – + .
(1 – x)2n x2 xy y2
(1 + x)n + 1 [1991-CE-MATHS 2-5]
A. .
(1 – x)n
2–x–x 2
B. . 1 1
(1 – x)2 24. + =
(1 + x)n + 1 a b
C. .
(1 – x)2 a+b
n
(1 – x) + 1 A. .
D. . ab
(1 + x)n ab
n 2n B. .
2–x –x a+b
E. .
1 – x2n 1
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-41] C. .
ab
2
x–y D. .
a+b
1–
x+y 1
21. = E. .
x+y a+b
1–
x–y [1992-CE-MATHS 2-1]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 75

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.6 Algebraic Fractions

2 1 2 3
– 29. – =
x y x2 – 1 x 2 – x – 2
25. =
4y x –1
– A. .
x y (x – 1)(x – 2)
A. 2y – x . –1
B. .
B. 2y + x . (x + 1)(x – 2)
1 –1
C. . C. .
2y – x (x + 1)(x + 2)
1 –1
D. . D. .
2y + x (x – 1)(x + 1)(x – 2)
1 –x – 7
E. . E. .
4y – x (x – 1)(x + 1)(x – 2)
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-36] [1998-CE-MATHS 2-39]

y x 2 x–1
( – 1)(1 – ) 30. – =
x y x2 – 1 x2 – 2x – 3
26. Simplify .
x y
– –x2 + 2x + 5
y x A. .
(x – 1)(x + 1)(x + 3)
x–y
A. –x2 + 2x + 7
x+y B. .
x–y (x – 1)(x + 1)(x + 3)
B. – –x2 – 5
x+y C. .
x+y (x – 3)(x – 1)(x + 1)
C. x2 – 5
x–y D. .
x+y (x – 3)(x – 1)(x + 1)
D. – –x2 + 4x – 7
x–y
E. .
E. –1 (x – 3)(x – 1)(x + 1)
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-37] [1999-CE-MATHS 2-40]

1 1 3x – 1 a b 2ab
27. Simplify + + . 31. Simplify + + 2 .
x–1 x+1 1 – x2 a+b b–a a – b2
1 a+b
A. A.
1–x a–b
1 a–b
B. B. –
1+x a+b
1 –a2 + b2 + 4ab
C. – C.
1+x a2 – b2
3x + 1
D. a2 + b2
1 – x2 D.
a2 – b2
1 – 5x
E. E. 1
1 – x2
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-36] [2000-CE-MATHS 2-37]

4 3 1–x x–1
28. Simplify – 2 . 32. + =
x2 –4 x –x–2 x2 + 4x – 5 x+1
1 x2 + 3x – 6
A. A. .
(x + 1)(x + 2) (x + 1)(x + 5)
1 x2 + 5x – 4
B. B. .
(x + 1)(x – 2) (x + 1)(x + 5)
1 (x + 4)(x – 1)
C. C. .
(x – 1)(x – 2) (x + 1)(x + 5)
x + 10 (x – 1)(x – 4)
D. D. .
(x + 1)(x – 2)(x + 2) (x + 1)(x – 5)
x – 10 (x – 1)(x – 6)
E. E. .
(x – 1)(x – 2)(x + 2) (x + 1)(x – 5)
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-28] [2001-CE-MATHS 2-47]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 76

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.6 Algebraic Fractions

2x 1 1
33. 1 – = 37. – =
1 n+3 3–n
x–
x
6
x–3 A. .
9 – n2
A. .
x–1
6
x2 – 3 B.
n2 – 9
.
B. .
x2 – 1
2n
x2 + 1 C.
9 – n2
.
C. .
x2 – 1
2n
x2 + 1 D. .
D. – 2 . n2 – 9
x –1
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-37] [2007-CE-MATHS 2-2]

10 2 –k 1
34. – = 38. – =
x2 + x – 6 x – 2 1–k k–1

2 A. 1.
A. .
x+3
k+1
–2 B. .
B. . k–1
x+3
k+1
13 – 2x C.
1–k
.
C. .
(x + 3)(x – 2)
k2 + 1
16 – 2x D. .
D. . k2 – 1
(x + 3)(x – 2)
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-3]
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-37]

3 2 1 2
– 39. – =
x y a–2 1–a
35. =
4x 9y
– 3
y x A. .
(a – 1)(a – 2)
1 a–3
A. .
2x – 3y B.
(a – 1)(a – 2)
.
1
B. . 3a – 1
2x + 3y C. .
(a – 1)(a – 2)
–1
C.
2x – 3y
. 3a – 5
D. .
(a – 1)(a – 2)
–1
D. .
2x + 3y [2009-CE-MATHS 2-3]
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-37]

1 1
40. + =
36.
1
–
1
= 2x – 3 2x + 3
x+1 x–1
6
2 A. .
A. . 2x2 – 3
1 – x2
4x
2 B. .
B. . 2x2 – 3
x2 – 1
6
2x C. .
C. . 4x2 – 9
1 – x2
2x 4x
D. .
D.
x2 – 1
. 4x2 – 9
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-3] [2010-CE-MATHS 2-3]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 77

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 4.6 Algebraic Fractions

HKDSE Problems

1 x–1
41. + =
2–x (x – 2)2
–3
A. .
(2 – x)2
1
B. .
(2 – x)2
–2x + 3
C. .
(2 – x)2
2x – 3
D. .
(2 – x)2
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-31]

1 1
42. – =
x2 – 2x + 1 x2 + x – 2
1
A. .
(x – 1)(x + 2)
1
B. .
(x – 1)2(x + 2)
3
C. .
(x – 1)2(x + 2)
2x + 1
D. .
(x – 1)2(x + 2)
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-31]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 78

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.1 Equations in One Variable

Quadratic Equations 7. Solve x(x – 6) = x .

A. x = 6
1. If x(x + 1) = 2(x + 1) , then x is equal to B. x = 7
A. 1 only C. x = 0 or x = 6
B. 1 or 2 D. x = 0 or x = 7
C. 1 or –2 [2004-CE-MATHS 2-7]
D. –1 or 2
E. –1 or –2
8. Solve 3x2 = 21x .
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-35]
A. x = 3
B. x = 7
2. The solution of the equation (x – a) = C. x = 0 or x = 3
(x – a)(x – b) is D. x = 0 or x = 7
A. x = a only [2006-CE-MATHS 2-8]
B. x = b only
C. x = b + 1 only
D. x = a or x = b
E. x = a or x = b + 1 Other Equations
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-33]
9. What is / are the root(s) of the equation
3. It is given that x (2x + 3) = x (3x – 4) . x = ? 5x + 1 – x = 1 ?

A. 0 only A. x = 0 only
B. 7 only 1
B. x= only
C. 0 or 7 4
3 4 C. x = 4 only
D. – or only 1
2 3 D. x = 0 or x =
3 4 4
E. 0, – or E. x = 0 or x = 4
2 3
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-9] [1978-CE-MATHS A2-50]

1 1 10. What are the roots of the equation

4. If x + = 2 + , then x =
x 2 (x – 3)2(x + 1) = –(x + 1)2(x – 3) ?
A. 2 only. A. 1 only
B. –2 only. B. 1, –3 only
1 C. –1, 3 only
C. only.
2 D. 1, –1, –3
D. –2 or 2 . E. 1, –1, 3
1 [1982-CE-MATHS 2-7]
E. or 2 .
2
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-33]
11. What is / are the root(s) of 5 – x = x – 3?

5. If (x – 2)(x – 3) = (a – 2)(a – 3) , solve for x. A. 4 only

B. 1 and 4 only
A. x = 0 or 5 C. –1 and –4 only
B. x = 2 or 3 D. –4 and 4 only
C. x = a or 2 E. –4, –1, 1 and 4
D. x = a or 3 [1984-CE-MATHS 2-7]
E. x = a or 5–a
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-39]
12. For what value(s) of x does the equality
(x + 1)(x − 2)
6. Solve (x – 1)(x – 3) = x – 3 . = x + 1 hold ?
x−2
A. x = 1 A. –1 only
B. x = 2 B. 2 only
C. x = 0 or 3 C. Any value
D. x = 1 or 3 D. Any value except –1
E. x = 2 or 3 E. Any value except 2
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-10] [1992-CE-MATHS 2-3]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 79

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.1 Equations in One Variable

Coefficients of Equations

13. If 3  { x  R : 2x2 – x + k = 0 } , then k =

A. –24 .
B. –21 .
C. –15 .
D. –12 .
E. –6 . A. x2 + 10(10 – x) + 20 = 100
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-48] B. x2 + 20(10 – x) + 20 = 100
1 2
C. x + 10x + 20 = 100
2
1 2
D. x + 10(10 – x) + 20 = 100
2
Practical Problems 1 2 10(10 – x)
E. x + + 20 = 100
2 2
14. $M is to be divided between Tom and Mary. [1998-CE-MATHS 2-11]
Tom gets $x, which is c times what Mary
gets. Find x in terms of c and M.
17. A piece of wire of length 36 cm is cut into
M two parts. One part, x cm long, is bent into
A.
c+1 a square and the other part is bent into a
cM circle. If the length of a side of the square is
B. equal to the radius of the circle, which of the
c+1
cM following equations can be used to find x ?
C.
c–1 36 – 4x
A. x =
c+1 2
D.
cM 36 – x
B. x =
(c + 1)M 2
E.
c x 36 – 4x
C. =
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-6] 4 2
x 36 – x
D. =
4 
15. If the price of an orange rises by $1, then 5 x 36 – x
fewer oranges could be bought for $100. E. =
4 2
Which of the following equations gives the [2001-CE-MATHS 2-13]
original price $x of an orange ?

100
A. = 5 18. In the figure, the area of the trapezium is
x+1
12 cm2 . Which of the following equations can
100 100 be used to find x ?
B. – = 5
x+1 x
100 100
C. – = 5
x x+1
100 100
D. – = 5
x–1 x
100 100
E. – = 5
x x–1
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-43]

A. x(x + 2) = 12
16. In the figure, ABCD is a square of side B. x(x + 2) = 24
10 cm . If AE = AF and the area of CEF is C. x2 – x(x – 2) = 12
20 cm2 , which of the following equations can D. x2 – x(x – 2) = 24
be used to find AF ? [2005-CE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 80

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.1 Equations in One Variable

19. Let x be the smaller one of two consecutive

integers. If the sum of the squares of the two
integers is less than three times the product of
the two integers by 1, then
A. x2 + (x + 1)2 = 3x(x + 1) – 1 .
B. x2 + (x + 1)2 = 3x(x + 1) + 1 .
C. 3(x2 + (x + 1)2) = x(x + 1) – 1 .
D. 3(x2 + (x + 1)2) = x(x + 1) + 1 .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-4]

20. Let x be the larger one of two consecutive

odd numbers. If the sum of the squares of
the two odd numbers is less than four times
the product of the two odd numbers by 2,
then
A. x2 + (x – 1)2 = 4x(x – 1) + 2.
B. x2 + (x – 1)2 = 4x(x – 1) – 2.
C. x2 + (x – 2)2 = 4x(x – 2) + 2.
D. x2 + (x – 2)2 = 4x(x – 2) – 2.
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-7]

HKDSE Problems

21. Let a be a constant. Solve the equation

(x – a)(x – a – 1) = (x – a) .
A. x = a+1
B. x = a+2
C. x = a or x = a + 1
D. x = a or x = a + 2
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-6]

22. Let k be a constant. Solve the equation

(x – k)2 = 4k2 .
A. x = 3k
B. x = 5k
C. x = –k or x = 3k
D. x = –3k or x = 5k
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-6]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 81

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.2 Nature of Quadratic Roots

Nature of Quadratic Roots 7. Find the range of values of k such that the
quadratic equation x2 + 2x – k = 2 has two
1. The equation x2 + kx + k = 0 has equal roots distinct real roots.
(k being a constant). k = A. k > –3
A. 4 only. B. k  –3
B. –4 only. C. k > –1
C. 0 or 4. D. k  –1
D. 0 or –4. [2006-CE-MATHS 2-9]
E. 4 or –4.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-10]
8. If the quadratic equation x2 + bx + 4b = 0
has equal roots, then b =
2. If the equation x2 – 6x + k = 0 has real roots,
find all possible values of k. A. 4.
B. 16 .
A. k  9 C. 0 or 4 .
B. k  –9 D. 0 or 16 .
C. k = 9 [2009-CE-MATHS 2-8]
D. k  9
E. k  –9
9. Let k be a constant. Find the range of values
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-9]
of k such that the quadratic equation x2 + 6x
+ k = 3 has no real roots.
3. Which of the following equations has / have
A. k < 9
equal roots ?
B. k > 9
(1) x2 = x C. k < 12
(2) x2 + 2x + 1 = 0 D. k > 12
(3) (x + 3)2 = 1 [2010-CE-MATHS 2-10]

A. (2) only
B. (3) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (1) and (3) only HKDSE Problems
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-7]
10. Find the range of values of k such that the
4. If the equation x2 – 4x + k = 1 has no real quadratic equation x2 – 6x = 2 – k has no real
roots, then the range of values of k is roots.

A. k > 4. A. k < –7
B. k  4. B. k > –7
C. k > 5. C. k < 11
D. k  5. D. k > 11
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-7]
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-5]

5. If the equation 4x2 + kx + 9 = 0 has equal 11. Let k be a constant. If the quadratic equation
positive roots, then k = 3x2 + 2kx – k = 0 has equal roots, then k =

A. –6 . A. –3 .
B. 6. B. 3.
C. –12 . C. –3 or 0 .
D. 12 . D. 0 or 3 .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-6] [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-6]

6. If the quadratic equation kx2 + 6x + (6 – k) = 12. Let a be a constant. If the quadratic equation
0 has equal roots, then k = x2 + ax + a = 1 has equal roots, then a =
A. –6 . A. –1 .
B. –3 . B. 2.
C. 3. C. 0 or –4 .
D. 6. D. 0 or 4 .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-8] [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-4]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 82

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.2 Nature of Quadratic Roots

13. If k is a constant such that the quadratic

equation x2 + kx + 8k + 36 = 0 has equal
roots, then k =
A. –6 .
B. 12 .
C. –4 or 36 .
D. –18 or 2 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-8]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 83

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.3 Relations between Quadratic Roots

Relations between Quadratic Roots 5. If  and  are the roots of 3x2 – x – 1 = 0 ,

1 1
then 2 + 2 =
1. If  and  arethe roots of equation  
1 1 A. 7.
x2 + 3x + 7 = 0 , then + =
  B. 3.
10 C. 1.
A.
21
. D. –1 .
3 E. –5 .
B. . [1984-CE-MATHS 2-5]
7
7
C. .
3 6. If  and  are the roots of x2 + 2x – 4 = 0 ,
3 then 2 ·2  =
D. – .
7 1
7 A. .
E. – . 16
3 1
B. .
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-12] 4
C. 2 .
D. 4 .
2. One of the roots of the quadratic equation E. 16 .
3x2 + kx + 2 = 0 is 2. The other root is [1985-CE-MATHS 2-9]
A. 1.
2 7. If  and  are the roots of the equation
B. .
3 2
2x2 + x + 3 = 0 , find the value of  – .
C.
1
.  +
3
A. –3
1 B. –2
D. – .
3 C. 2
2 D. 3
E. – .
3 E. It cannot be determined.
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-32] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-6]

3. 6x2 + kx + 6 = 0 is a quadratic equation in 8. If  and  are the two roots of x2 – 8x – 4

which k is a constant. Its roots  and  are 1 1
= 0 , then the value of + is
positive. log10  + log10  =  
A. 0. A. –2 .
1
B. 1. B. – .
2
C. log10 6 . 1
D. log10 (–k) . C. – .
4
k 1
E. log10 (– ) . D. .
6 2
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-31] E. 2.
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-4]

4. If  and  are the roots of 2x2 – 3x – 4 = 0 ,

then  2 + 3 +  2 = 9. If p and q are the roots of the equation
1 x2 – x + 3 = 0 , then (2 p–2)(2q–2) =
A. . 1
4 A. .
1 32
B. 4 . 1
4 B. .
8
C. 5.
1
1 C. .
D. 8 . 2
4
D. 8 .
E. 13 . E. 32 .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-7] [1990-CE-MATHS 2-8]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 84

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.3 Relations between Quadratic Roots

10. If  and  are the roots of the quadratic 14. The difference of the roots of the equation
equation x2 – 3x – 1 = 0 , find the value of 7
2x2 – 5x + k = 0 is . Find k.
1 1 2
+ .
  A. –6
A. –3 B. –3
B. –1 3
C. –
1 2
C. – D. 3
3
2 51
D. E.
3 16
E. 3 [1997-CE-MATHS 2-30]

[1993-CE-MATHS 2-12]

15. If a, b are distinct real numbers and

2
 a + 4a + 1 = 0
 3 2 – h  – b = 0  2 , find a2 + b2 .
11. If   and  , then  b + 4b + 1 = 0
 3 2 – h – b = 0
 + = A. 1
B. 9
b
A. – . C. 14
3
b D. 16
B. . E. 18
3
C. h. [2001-CE-MATHS 2-39]
h
D. – .
3
h 16. Let k be a constant. If  and  are the roots
E. . of the equation x2 – 3x + k = 0 , then
3
 2 + 3 =
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-8]
A. 3 – k.
B. 3 + k.
12. If  ,  are the roots of the equation C. 9 – k.
x2 – 4x – 3 = 0 , then  2 +  +  2 =
D. 9 + k.
A. –13 . [2003-CE-MATHS 2-41]
B. 5.
C. 13 .
D. 16 .   2 = 4 + 3
17. If    and  2 , then
E. 19 .   = 4 + 3
( + 1)( + 1) =
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-39]
A. –6 .
B. 0.
13. If  and  are the roots of the equation C. 2.
 
2x2 + 4x – 3 = 0 , find + . D. 8.
 
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-42]
22
A. –
3
16 18. If the sum and the product of two numbers
B. –
3 are 34 and 120 respectively, then the
14 difference between the two numbers is
C. –
3
A. 24 .
8
D. – B. 26 .
3
2 C. 28 .
E. D. 30 .
3
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-11] [2008-CE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 85

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.3 Relations between Quadratic Roots

Quadratic Equations of Given Roots HKDSE Problems

23. If the roots of the quadratic equation

19. If the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 are p and q, x2 – kx + 3 = 0 are  and , then  3 +  3 =
then the roots of 4ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 are
A. k3 .
A. p and q. B. k3 – 3k .
B. 2p and 2q. C. k3 – 9k .
D. k3 – 12k .
C. 4p and 4q. [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-33]
1 1
D. p and q.
2 2
 3 =  2 – 5
1 1 24. If    and  , then   =
E. p and q.  3 =  2 – 5
4 4
A. 3.
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-18] B. –3 .
C. 5.
D. –5 .
20.  and  are the roots of the equation [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-35]
x2 – 5x – 7 = 0 . What is the equation whose
roots are  + 1 and  + 1 ? 25. If  is a root of the equation 4x2 – 5x – 1 =
0 , then 7 + 10 – 8 2 =
A. x2 – 3x + 3 = 0
B. x2 – 3x – 11 = 0 A. 5.
B. 7.
C. x2 – 5x + 1 = 0 C. 9.
D. x2 – 7x – 1 = 0 D. 11 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-7]
E. x2 – 7x – 7 = 0
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-6]
26. Let k be a constant. If the roots of the
quadratic equation x2 + kx – 2 = 0 are  and
 , then  2 +  2 =
21. If the roots of a quadratic equation are
a + b and a – b , then the equation is A. k2 .
B. k2 + 4 .
A. x2 – (a2 – b)x + a = 0 . C. k2 – 4 .
D. k2 – 8 .
B. x2 + (a2 – b)x + 2a = 0 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-34]
C. x2 + 2ax – a2 + b = 0 .
D. x2 + 2ax + a2 – b = 0 .
E. x2 – 2ax + a2 – b = 0 .
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-8]

22. If p is a root of ax2 + bx + c = 0 , which of

x–3 2 x–3
the following is a root of a( ) + b( )
2 2
+ c = 0?

A. 2p + 3
B. 2p – 3
C. 3 – 2p
p+3
D.
2
p–3
E.
2
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-44]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 86

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.4 Simultaneous Equations

Simultaneous Linear Equations  3 – y = 1

x
5. Solve  1 .
 3x + 4y = 2
1. If  2x + 3y = 1 , then x + y =
 2y –
2x
= 1

5 7
A. –3 . A. x= , y=
4 4
B. –1 . 11 1
B. x= , y=
C. 0. 4 11
D. 1. 11 13
C. x= , y=
E. 3. 4 22
11 7
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-8] D. x= , y=
6 11
6 7
E. x= , y=
11 11
2. Solve the following equations :
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-8]
x–1 = y+2 = x+y–5
A. x = 1, y = –2 6. Solve the simultaneous equations :
B. x = 1, y = 4
 2x + 3 = –1
C. x = 4, y = 1 y
D. x = 7, y = –2
 1
.
 x – y = 7
E. x = 7, y = 4
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-8] A. (0, –3)
B. (1, –1)
1
3. If x = 3, y = 2 satisfy the simultaneous C. (4, – )
3
 ax + by = 2 D. (4, –3)
equations  bx – ay = 3 , find the values of
1
a and b. E. (22, – )
15
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-4]
A. a = 0, b = 1
B. a = 0 , b = –1
5 1 7. If (x, y) = (–2, 1) is a solution of the
C. a= , b=–
6 4  ax – by + 8 = 0
simultaneous equations  ,
1 37  bx + ay + 1 = 0
D. a=– , b= then a =
13 39
12 5 A. –3 .
E. a=– , b=
13 13 B. 2.
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-39] 9
C. .
4
D. 3.
4. Solve the simultaneous equations : [2002-CE-MATHS 2-8]

 4x – y = 6
3
 y . 8. If m + 2 = n – 1 = 3m + n – 46 , then n =
 2x + 6 = –1 A. 15 .
B. 16 .
1
A. x = – , y = –12 C. 17 .
2
D. 18 .
1
B. x = – , y = 12 [2008-CE-MATHS 2-8]
2
1
C. x = , y = –12 9. If 2p + q = p – q = 3 , then q =
2
1 A. –1 .
D. x = , y = 12
2 B. 1.
5 7 C. 2.
E. x= , y=–
24 2 D. 3.
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-7] [2010-CE-MATHS 2-8]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 87

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.4 Simultaneous Equations

 y = x + 3x – 2
2
Simultaneous Quadratic Equations
14. If  , then
 y = –x + 3

10. Find the real value of x such that A. x = –1 .

2
 x +x+1 = k B. x = –1 or 5.
 x–1 = 7 , where k is a constant. C. x = –2 or 1.
 k D. x = –5 or 1.
A. 3 E. x = –5 or 8.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-8]
B. 2
C. 1
 y = x – 1
2
D. –1
15. If  , then y =
E. –3  y = 2x – 2

[1986-CE-MATHS 2-8] A. –4 .
B. 0.
C. 1.
11. Let m be a constant. Find the value of x D. 0 or 8 .
2
 x +x+1 = m E. –4 or 4 .
such that  26 .
 x–1 = m
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-5]

A. 1
 y = x – 4x – 44
2
B. 2 16. If  y = –2x + 4 , then y =
C. 3
A. –32 or 52 .
D. 4
B. –12 or 16 .
E. 5
C. –12 or 96 .
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-35] D. –8 or 20 .
E. 12 or 24 .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-12]
 y = x –k
2
12. If the simultaneous equations 
 y = x
2
have only one solution, find k.  y = x + 4
17. If  y = –3x + 4 , then y =
A. –1
1 A. 0.
B. – B. 13 .
4
C. 0 or –3 .
C. –4
D. 4 or 13 .
1
D. [2003-CE-MATHS 2-7]
4
E. 1
 pq + 2q = 10
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-13] 18. If  4p + q = 14 , then q =

A. 2.
2 2
 x + y = 13 B. 3.
13. Solve  x + y = 1 . –3
C. or 3 .
2
 x = –2
A.  D. 2 or 20 .
 y = 3
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-8]
 x = –6
B. 
 y = 7
 x = 2  x = –3   = 2 – 3
C.  or  y = 4 19. If  , then  =
 y = –1   = 4 – 3
 x = –2  x = 3 A. 4.
D.  or  y = –2
 y = 3 B. 13 .
 x = –6  x = 7 C. 0 or 4 .
E.  or 
 y = 7  y = –6 D. –3 or 13 .
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-10] [2005-CE-MATHS 2-7]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 88

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.4 Simultaneous Equations

20. If p = q2 – 12q + 6 = 2q – 7 , then p = HKDSE Problems

A. 1 or 13 . 24. If m + 2n + 6 = 2m – n = 7 , then n =
B. –1 or –13 .
A. –4 .
C. –5 or 19 . B. –1 .
D. –9 or –33 . C. 3.
D. 11 .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-42]
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

25. The price of 2 bowls and 3 cups is $506. If

the price of 5 bowls and the price of 4 cups
Practical Problems are the same, then the price of a bowl is
A. $88 .
B. $92 .
21. The price of 6 oranges and 3 apples is $42 C. $110 .
while the price of 8 oranges and 5 apples is D. $115 .
$60. Find the price of an apple. [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-8]

A. $3
B. $4 26. If p + 3q = 4 and 5p + 9q = 2 , then p =
C. $5 A. –5 .
D. $6 B. –3 .
C. 3.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-7] D. 5.
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-3]

22. In the figure, the rectangle ABCD is divided

into eight identical rectangles. Find the area 27. If 4 +  = 7 + 3 = 5 , then  =
of the rectangle ABCD. A. –3 .
B. –2 .
C. 2.
D. 3.
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

A. 40 cm2
B. 80 cm2
C. 96 cm2
D. 112 cm2
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-7]

23. The price of 5 pens and 4 pencils is $46

while the price of 2 pens and 3 pencils is
$24. Find the price of 3 pens and 2 pencils.

A. $20
B. $24
C. $26
D. $30
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-6]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 89

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.5 Graphical Solutions of Equations

Graphical Methods 4. In the figure, find the coordinates of the mid-

point of AB.
x2
1. The graphs of y = and y = x + 2
2
intersect at the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) .
Which of the following equations has roots x1
and x2 ?
A. x2 – x – 2 = 0
B. x2 + x + 2 = 0
C. x2 – 2x – 4 = 0
D. x2 – 4x – 8 = 0
7 35
E. 2x2 – x – 2 = 0 A. (– , )
2 2
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-31]
5 25
B. (– , )
2 4
2. The diagram shows the graphs of 5 37
C. (– , )
y = ax2 + bx and y = cx + d . The solutions 2 2
of the equation ax2 + bx = cx + d are 5 13
D. ( , )
2 2
7 35
E. ( , )
2 2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-31]

5. Suppose the graph of y = x2 – 2x – 3 is

given. In order to solve the quadratic equation
2x2 – 6x – 3 = 0 , which of the following
straight lines should be added to the given
graph ?

A. –1, 1 A. y = 4x
3
B. –1, 2 B. y = x–
2
C. 0, 1
3
D. 0, 3 C. y = –x +
2
E. 1, 3
D. y = 2x – 3
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-7] E. y = –2x + 3
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-40]

3. In the figure, the line y = mx + k cuts the

curve y = x2 + bx + c at x =  and x =  .
Find the value of  .
Location of Roots

6. Given that r is the only real root of x5 + x –

1 = 0 , which of the following ranges contains
r?
A. –2 < r < –1
B. –1 < r < 0
C. 0<r<1
D. 1<r<2
E. 2<r<3
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-8]

A. –b 7. x Sign of f(x)
B. c 1.22 +
C. m–b 1.23 +
D. k–c 1.24 +
E. c–k 1.25 –
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-38] 1.245 +

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 90

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.5 Graphical Solutions of Equations

From the table, a root of the equation Method of Bisection (Out of Syllabus)
f(x) = 0 must be
A. 1.20, correct to 2 decimal places.
11. In which of the following cases the equation
B. 1.24, correct to 2 decimal places. f(x) = 0 cannot be solved by the method of
C. 1.25, correct to 2 decimal places. bisection ?
D. 1.245, correct to 3 decimal places.
E. 1.2475, correct to 4 decimal places.
A.
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-32]

8. Which of the following intervals must contain

a root of 2x3 – x2 – x – 3 = 0 ?
(1) –1 < x < 1
(2) 0 < x < 2
(3) 1 < x < 3
A. (1) only
B. (2) only B.
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (2) and (3) only
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-36]

9. x Sign of f(x)
3.56 +
3.58 –
3.57 + C.
3.575 +

From the table, a root of the equation

f(x) = 0 is
A. 3.57 (correct to 3 sig. fig.) .
B. 3.575 (correct to 4 sig. fig.) .
C. 3.5775 (correct to 5 sig. fig.) .
D. 3.5725 (correct to 4 sig. fig.) .
E. 3.58 (correct to 3 sig. fig.) . D.
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-36]

10. From the table, which of the following

intervals must contain a root of f(x) – x = 0 ?

x f(x)
–2 1.2
–1 0.8
0 0.7
1 0.2 E.
2 –0.1
3 0.8

A. –2 < x < –1
B. –1 < x < 0
C. 0<x<1
D. 1<x<2
E. 2<x<3
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-40] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-7]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 91

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 5.5 Graphical Solutions of Equations

12. The method of bisection is used to find the 15. It is known that the equation 2x3 = 12x – 9
root of sin x + x – 1 = 0 starting with the has only one root in the interval –3  x  –2 .
interval [0, 2] . After the first approximation, The method of bisection is used to find the
the interval which contains the root becomes root starting with the interval –3  x  –2 .
[0, 1] . Find the interval which contains the After the first approximation, the interval
root after the third approximation. which contains the root becomes –3  x 
A. [0, 0.25] –2.5 . Find the interval which contains the
B. [0.25, 0.75] root after the third approximation.
C. [0.5, 0.75] A. –2.625  x  –2.5
D. [0.5, 1] B. –2.75  x  –2.625
E. [0.75, 1] C. –2.875  x  –2.75
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-41] D. –3  x  –2.875
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-41]

13.

In the figure, the graph of y = f(x) intersects

the x-axis at P and Q only. In order to find
a root of f(x) = 0 using the method of
bisection, which of the following intervals can
you start with ?
(1) –1 < x < 0
(2) –1 < x < 1
(3) 1 < x < 2
A. (1) only
B. (3) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-41]

14. The figure shows part of a page torn off from

a mathematics book. According to the
information shown, which of the following is
a root of the equation f(x) = 0 ?

A. 0.6 (correct to 1 decimal place)

B. 0.7 (correct to 1 decimal place)
C. 0.8 (correct to 1 decimal place)
D. 0.9 (correct to 1 decimal place)
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 92

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.1 Rate

Rate 1 1
C. +
x y
1. The distance between P and Q is d metres. A 2 2
D. +
man ran from P to Q in x seconds, and back x y
from Q to P in y seconds. What was the xy
E.
average speed of the man in metres per x+y
second for the whole journey ? [1979-CE-MATHS 2-35]

x+y
A.
2d 5. A certain sum of money is just sufficient to
xd + yd pay the wages of one man for m days or the
B.
2 wages of one boy for n days. For how many
1 d d days will this sum be just sufficient to pay
C. ( + )
2 x y the wages of one man and one boy together ?
d
D. A. m+n
x+y m+n
2d B.
E. 2
x+y 1 1
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-7] C. +
m n
m+n
D.
2. If Mr. Chan walks x miles in y hours, then mn
how many miles can he walk in w minutes at mn
E.
the same speed ? m+n
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-28]
xw
A. miles
y
xy 6. A factory employs x workers each working n
B. miles
w hours a day. The whole factory produces k
wy watches per day. If y workers go on leave,
C. miles
x then how many hours a day should the
xy remaining workers work in order to produce
D. miles
60w the same number of watches per day ?
xw nx
E. miles A.
60y y
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-40] ny
B.
x
3. A train travelled a journey of d km at a nx
C.
speed of x km/h . How many hours would ky
have been saved if its speed had been 10 nx
D.
km/h faster ? x–y
n (x – y)
x (x + 10) E.
A. x
d [1981-CE-MATHS 2-38]
d
B.
x (x + 10)
x + 10 x 7. A man drives 20 km at 40 km/h . At what
C. ( – ) speed must he drive on his return journey so
d d
1 1 that the average speed for the double journey
D. ( – ) is 60 km/h ?
x x + 10
d d A. 50 km/h
E. ( – )
x x + 10 B. 80 km/h
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-43]
C. 100 km/h
D. 120 km/h
4. A piece of work can be completed by A alone E. 160 km/h
in x days, or by B alone in y days. If A and [1982-CE-MATHS 2-12]
B work together, how many days will they
take to complete the work ?
8. Two men cycle round a circular track which
A. x+y is 3 km long. If they start at the same time
x+y and at the same spot but go in opposite
B.
2 directions with speeds 6 km/h and 9 km/h

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 93

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.1 Rate

respectively, for how long must they cycle 13. A man walks from place A to place B at a
before they meet for the first time ? speed of 3 km/h and cycles immediately back
to place A along the same road at a speed of
A. 12 minutes 15 km/h . The average speed for the whole
B. 15 minutes trip is
C. 18 minutes
D. 24 minutes A. 5 km/h .
E. 60 minutes B. 6 km/h .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-14] C. 9 km/h .
D. 10 km/h .
E. 12 km/h .
9. A man drives a car at 30 km/h for 3 hours
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-43]
and then at 40 km/h for 2 hours. His average
speed for the whole journey is
A. 14 km/h . 14. John goes to school and returns home at
B. 30 km/h . speeds x km/h and (x + 1) km/h respectively.
C. 34 km/h . The school is 2 km from John’s home and
D. 35 km/h . the total time for the two journeys is 54
E. 70 km/h . minutes. Which of the following equations can
be used to find x ?
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-14]
x x+1 54
A. + =
2 2 60
10. A alone can complete a job in 8 hours. B alone 2 2 54
takes 12 hours and C alone takes 6 hours. B. + =
x x+1 60
After A and B have worked together on the
1
job for 3 hours, C joins them. How much [x + (x + 1)]
2 54
longer will they take to complete the job ? C. =
4 60
A. 1 hour 4 54
1 D. 1 =
B. 1 hour 60
2 2
[x + (x + 1)]
C. 2 hours 54
1 E. 2x + 2(x + 1) =
60
D. 2 hours
2 [1999-CE-MATHS 2-42]
E. 3 hours
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-15]

11. It takes John 40 minutes to walk from his Travel Graphs

home to school. If he increases his walking
speed by 2 km/h, then it takes only 30
minutes. What is the distance between John’s
home and his school ?
A. 1 km
B. 4 km
C. 6 km
D. 8 km
E. 12 km
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-14]

12. A man drives a car at 45 km/h for 3 hours

and then at 50 km/h for 2 hours. His average
speed for the whole journey is
A. 47 km/h .
B. 47.5 km/h . The figure above shows the travel graph of a
C. 48 km/h . passenger train and a goods train travelling on the
D. 48.5 km/h . railway line between town A and town B which are
E. 49 km/h . 350 km apart. Study the graph and answer the
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-11] following two questions.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 94

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.1 Rate

15. Which of the following statements are correct ?

(1) The goods train travelled from town B to
town A.
(2) When the 2 trains met, the goods train
was not in motion.
(3) Between noon and 8:00 p.m., the goods
train travelled a greater distance than the
passenger train.
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-28]

16. What is the average speed of the passenger

train on its return journey ?
A. 3.75 km/h
B. 40 km/h
C. 60 km/h
D. 75 km/h
E. 80 km/h
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-29]

HKDSE Problems

17. Mary performs a typing task for 7 hours. Her

average typing speeds for the first 3 hours and
the last 4 hours are 63 words per minute and
56 words per minute respectively. Find her
average typing speed for the 7 hours.
A. 17 words per minute
B. 35 words per minute
C. 59 words per minute
D. 60 words per minute
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-11]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 95

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.2 Ratio & Proportion

Ratio 3
7. If r = h3 – 7r3 , then the ratio r : h is
1. If a : b = 2 : 3 and b : c = 4 : 3, then A. 1:8.
a:b:c =
B. 1:2 2.
A. 2:3:4. C. 1:2.
B. 2:4:3.
C. 4:6:3. D. 1: 2.
D. 8 : 9 : 12 . 3
E. 1: 2.
E. 8 : 12 : 9 .
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-13] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-1]

2. If 3x – 2y = x + 3y , then x2 : y2 = 8. If a : b = 3 : 2 , b : c = 4 : 3, then
A. 2:5. a+b:b+c =
B. 5:2. A. 7 : 10 .
C. 4 : 25 .
B. 5:7.
D. 25 : 4 .
E. 1:4. C. 1:1.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-12] D. 7:5.
E. 10 : 7 .
3. If 2x = 3y = 5z , then x : y : z = [1987-CE-MATHS 2-34]

A. 2:3:5.
B. 5:3:2. 1 1 1
C. 6 : 10 : 15 . 9. If 3a = 2b = 5c , then : : =
a b c
D. 15 : 10 : 6 .
E. 25 : 9 : 4 . A. 3:2:5.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-10] B. 5:2:3.
1 1 1
C. : : .
3 2 5
4. Three numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 5 . The
ratio of their average to the largest of the 1 1 1
D. : : .
three numbers is 5 2 3
A. 1:3. 1 1 1
E. : : .
B. 1:2. 2 3 5
C. 3:5. [1987-CE-MATHS 2-42]
D. 2:3.
E. 2:1.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-43] 10. If a : b = 3 : 4 and b : c = 2 : 5 , then a2 : c2 =
A. 3 : 10 .
3x + 2y B. 9 : 25 .
5. If = 1 , then x+y: x–y =
x + 5y C. 9 : 100 .
A. 1: 5. D. 36 : 25 .
B. 3:2. E. 36 : 100 .
C. 5: 6. [1990-CE-MATHS 2-9]
D. 5:1.
E. 7:2.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-11] 1 1
11. If : = 2 : 3 and a : c = 4 : 1 , then
a b
a:b:c =
6. If a : b = 1 : 2 and b : c = 1 : 3, then
a+b:b+c = A. 12 : 8 : 3 .
A. 1:5. B. 8:3:2.
B. 2:3. C. 4:6:1.
C. 3:4. D. 2:3:8.
D. 3:5.
E. 2:3:4.
E. 3:8.
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-11] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-10]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 96

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.2 Ratio & Proportion

12. If a : b = 2 : 3 , a : c = 3 : 4 and b : d = 5 : 2 , 18. If 81x = 272y and x, y are non-zero integers,

find c : d . then x : y =
A. 1:5 A. 2:3.
B. 16 : 45 B. 3:4.
C. 10 : 3
C. 4:3.
D. 20 : 9
E. 5:1 D. 3:2.
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-10] [2003-CE-MATHS 2-13]

13. If a : b = 2 : 3 and b : c = 5 : 3, then 19. If (a – b) : (b – 2a) = 2 : 3 , then a : b =

a+b+c
=
a–b+c A. 3:5.
A. –2 . B. 5:3.
5 C. 5:7.
B. .
2 D. 7:5.
C. 4. [2004-CE-MATHS 2-13]
17
D. .
2
E. 31 . 20. Let x and y be non-zero numbers. If 2x – 3y
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-35] = 0 , then (x + 3y) : (x + 2y) =
A. 3:2.
14. If a : b = 2 : 3 , a : c = 3 : 4 and a : d = 4 : 5 ,
B. 4:3.
then b : c : d =
C. 9:7.
A. 2:3:4. D. 11 : 8 .
B. 3:4:5.
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-13]
C. 3 : 6 : 10 .
D. 18 : 16 : 15 .
E. 40 : 45 : 48 .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-42]
21. Let x, y and z be non-zero numbers. If x : y
= 1 : 2 and y : z = 3 : 1 , then (x + y) : ( y + z) =

15. If 125x = 25 y and x, y are non-zero, find A. 3:4.

x : y. B. 4:3.
C. 8:9.
A. 1 : 25
B. 1:5 D. 9:8.
C. 2:3 [2006-CE-MATHS 2-13]
D. 3:2
E. 5:1
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-12] 22. Let a and b be non-zero numbers. If
7a + 5b = 3a + 8b , then a : b =
x + 2y A. 3:4.
16. If = 5 , then x : y =
3x – 4y B. 4:3.
A. 3:7. C. 10 : 13 .
B. 7:3. D. 13 : 10 .
C. 7 : 11 .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-13]
D. 9:7.
E. 11 : 7 .
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-15]
2m – n
23. Let m and n be non-zero numbers. If
m – 2n
17. If x : y = 3 : 4 and 2x + 5y = 598 , find x. = 3 , then m : n =
A. 23 A. 1:5.
B. 26 B. 5:1.
C. 69
C. 5:7.
D. 78
E. 104 D. 7:5.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-12] [2011-CE-MATHS 2-12]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 97

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.2 Ratio & Proportion

Applications of Ratio 29. If A, B and C can finish running the same

distance 3, 4 and 5 minutes respectively, then
24. On a plan, 1 cm represents 50 cm . On the A’s speed : B’s speed : C’s speed =
plan, the area of a classroom is 100 cm2 . A. 3:4:5.
What is the actual area of the classroom in
B. 5:4:3.
m2 ?
C. 9:8:7.
A. 25 D. 20 : 15 : 12 .
B. 50 E. 25 : 16 : 9 .
C. 500 [1986-CE-MATHS 2-42]
D. 2500
E. 5000
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-38] 30. The radii of two solid spheres made of the
same material are in the ratio 2 : 3 . If the
smaller sphere weighs 16 kg , then the larger
25. The running speeds of three boys A, B and C one weighs
are in the ratios a : b : c . The time that A, B
and C takes to complete a 1500 m race are A. 24 kg .
in the ratios B. 36 kg .
A. a:b:c. C. 48 kg .
B. c:b:a. D. 54 kg .
C. b+c:a+c:a+b. E. 60 kg .
1 1 1 [1987-CE-MATHS 2-4]
D. : : .
a b c
a b c
E. : : . 31. If a is 10% less than b and b is 10% greater
b c a
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-36] than c, then a : c =
A. 1:1.
26. The daily wages of a man and a boy are in B. 9 : 10 .
the ratio 2 : 1 . In a day a man has to work C. 10 : 9 .
8 hours but a boy only 6 hours. The hourly D. 99 : 100 .
wages of a man and a boy are in the ratio E. 100 : 99 .
A. 8:3. [1987-CE-MATHS 2-41]
B. 2:1.
C. 3:2.
D. 4:3. 32. The weight of a gold coin of a given
E. 1:1. thickness varies as the square of its diameter.
If the weights of two such coins are in the
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-39]
ratio 1 : 4 , then their diameters are in the
ratio
27. The scale of a map is 1 : 20 000 . On the map, A. 1:2.
the area of a farm is 2 cm2 . The actual area
B. 2:1.
of the farm is
C. 1:4.
A. 400 m2 . D. 4:1.
B. 800 m2 . E. 1 : 16 .
C. 40 000 m2 .
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-44]
D. 80 000 m2 .
E. 8 000 000 m2 .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-40] 33. The costs of two kinds of coffee A and B are
$12 / kg and $20 / kg respectively. In what ratio
by weight should A and B be mixed so that
28. A is 25% taller than B. B is 25% shorter the mixture will cost $15 / kg ?
than C. A’s height : C’s height =
A. 4:3
A. 1:1.
B. 5:4. B. 5:2
C. 3:4. C. 5:3
D. 5:3. D. 3:2
E. 15 : 16 . E. 5:4
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-12] [1989-CE-MATHS 2-36]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 98

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.2 Ratio & Proportion

34. If 1 U. S. dollar is equivalent to 7.8 H. K. 38. If 1 Australian dollar is equivalent to 4.69

dollars and 1000 Japanese yen are equivalent H.K. dollars and 100 Japanese yen are
to 53.3 H. K. dollars, how many Japanese yen equivalent to 5.35 H.K. dollars, how many
are equivalent to 50 U. S. dollars ? Japanese yen are equivalent to 1 Australian
dollar ? Give your answer correct to the
A. 1 463 nearest Japanese yen.
B. 3 417
C. 7 317 A. 4
B. 25
D. 8 315
C. 88
E. 20 787 D. 114
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-10] E. 2509
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-13]

35. Coffee A and coffee B are mixed in the ratio

x : y by weight. A costs $50 / kg and B costs 39. Tea A and tea B are mixed in the ratio x : y
$40 / kg. If the cost of A is increased by 10% by weight. A costs $80 / kg and B costs $100 /
while that of B is decreased by 15%, the cost kg . If the cost of A is increased by 10% and
of the mixture per kg remains unchanged. that of B is decreased by 12%, the cost of
Find x : y . the mixture per kg remains unchanged. Find
x : y.
A. 2:3
B. 5:6 A. 1:1
C. 6:5 B. 2:3
D. 3:2 C. 3:2
D. 5:6
E. 55 : 34
E. 6:5
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-45]
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-36]

36. The following table shows the compositions of 40. If 1 Euro is equivalent to 6.94 H. K. dollars
Tea A and Tea B which are mixtures of and 1 U. S. dollar is equivalent to 7.78 H. K.
Chinese tea and Indian tea : dollars, how many Euros are equivalent to 100
U. S. dollars ? Give your answer correct to the
Ratio of Chinese tea and nearest Euro.
Indian tea by weight
A. 89
Tea A 3:1 B. 112
Tea B 2:3 C. 129
D. 144
If 4 kg of tea A and 10 kg of tea B are [2002-CE-MATHS 2-10]
mixed, find the ratio of Chinese tea and
Indian tea in the mixture.
41. The scale of a map is 1 : 4 000 . If the actual
A. 2:5 area of a sports field is 8 000 m2 , find its
B. 16 : 17 area on the map.
C. 1:1 A. 0.02 cm2
D. 5:4 B. 0.05 cm2
E. 23 : 17 C. 2 cm2
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-44] D. 5 cm2
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-15]

37. In a map of scale 1 : 500 , the length and

breath of a rectangular field are 2 cm and 42. A box contains two kinds of coins : $5 and $2.
3 cm respectively. Find the actual area of this The ratio of the number of $5 coins to the
field. number of $2 coins is 4 : 5 . If the total value
of the coins is $90, then the total number of
A. 30 m2 coins in the box is
B. 150 m2
A. 9.
C. 1 500 m2
B. 18 .
D. 3 000 m2 C. 27 .
E. 15 000 m2 D. 36 .
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-11] [2004-CE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 99

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.2 Ratio & Proportion

43. The scale of a map is 1 : 20 000 . If two Proportion

buildings are 3.8 cm apart on the map, then
the actual distance between the two buildings 48. a, b, c are positive numbers such that
is a b
= = k (k being a constant), which of the
b c
A. 0.076 km .
following must be true ?
B. 0.76 km .
C. 7.6 km . (1) b2 = k2
a+b
D. 76 km . (2) = k
b+c
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-15] a
(3) = k2
c
A. (2) only
44. The scale of a map is 1 : 8000 . If the area B. (3) only
of a park on the map is 2 cm2 , then the C. (1) and (2) only
actual area of the park is D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
A. 4 000 m2 .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-39]
B. 6 400 m2 .
C. 12 800 m2 .
a c
D. 16 000 m2 . 49. If = = k and a, b, c, d are positive, then
b d
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-15] which of the following must be true ?
a+c
A. =k
b+d
45. The costs of rice of brand A and rice of B. ab = cd = k
brand B are $8 / kg and $4 / kg respectively. If C. ac = bd = k
x kg of rice of brand A and y kg of rice of D. a = c = k
brand B are mixed so that the cost of the ac
mixture is $5 / kg , find x : y . E. =k
bd
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-7]
A. 1:2
B. 2:1
a c
C. 1:3 50. If = , which of the following must be
b d
D. 3:1 true ?
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-13] a b
(1) =
c d
a+b c+d
46. The scale of a map is 1 : 5000 . If the area (2) =
b d
of a garden on the map is 4 cm2 , then the a–b c–d
actual area of the garden is (3) =
b d
A. 100 m2 . A. (1) only
B. 200 m2 . B. (1) and (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
C. 10 000 m2 . D. (2) and (3) only
D. 20 000 m2 . E. (1), (2) and (3)
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-13] [1998-CE-MATHS 2-16]

47. If tea of brand A costs $80 / kg and tea of

brand B costs $40 / kg , then a mixture of HKDSE Problems
4 kg of tea of brand A and 6 kg of tea of
brand B costs
51. If x, y and z are non-zero numbers such that
A. $52 / kg . 2x = 3y and x = 2z , then (x + z) : (x + y) =
B. $56 / kg . A. 3:5.
C. $60 / kg . B. 6:7.
C. 9:7.
D. $64 / kg .
D. 9 :10 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-15] [SP-DSE-MATHS 2-13]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 100

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.2 Ratio & Proportion

52. Let  and  be non-zero constants. If 58. The cost of flour of brand X is $42 / kg . If 3
( +  ) : (3 –  ) = 7 : 3 , then  :  = kg of flour of brand X and 2 kg of flour of
brand Y are mixed so that the cost of the
A. 5:9. mixture is $36 / kg , find the cost of flour of
B. 9:5. brand Y.
C. 19 : 29 .
D. 29 : 19 . A. $27 / kg
B. $30 / kg
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-12]
C. $32 / kg
D. $39 / kg
53. If x and y are non-zero numbers such that [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-13]
6x + 5y
= 7 , then x : y =
3y – 2x
59. The scale of a map is 1 : 20 000 . If the area
A. 4:5. of a zoo on the map is 4 cm2 , then the
B. 4 : 13 . actual area of the zoo is
C. 5:4. A. 8 × 104 m2 .
D. 13 : 4 . B. 1.6 × 105 m2 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-9] C. 3.2 × 105 m2 .
D. 1 × 106 m2 .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-11]
54. The actual area of a playground is 900 m2 . If
the area of the playground on a map is
36 cm2 , then the scale of the map is
A. 1 : 25 .
B. 1 : 50 .
C. 1 : 500 .
D. 1 : 250 000 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-12]

4 5 7
55. It is given that = = , where a, b
5a 7b 9c
and c are positive numbers. Which of the
following is true ?
A. a < b < c
B. a < c < b
C. b < a < c
D. b < c < a
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-12]

56. Let a, b and c be non-zero numbers. If a : c

= 5 : 3 and b : c = 3 : 2 , then (a + c) : (b + c)
=
A. 7:5.
B. 8:5.
C. 16 : 15 .
D. 19 : 15 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-11]

57. If x and y are non-zero numbers such that

(3y – 4x) : (2x + y) = 5 : 6 , then x : y =
A. 7:8.
B. 8 : 29 .
C. 9 : 32 .
D. 13 : 34 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-11]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 101

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.3 Variations

Direct & Inverse Variations 1

D. x 
y
1 1
1. It is given that x  . If y increases by E. x  2
y y
100%, then [1995-CE-MATHS 2-11]

A. x increases by 50%.
B. x increases by 75%. 6. It is given that y varies inversely as x3. If x
C. x decreases by 50%. is increased by 100%, then y is
D. x decreases by 75%.
E. x decreases by 100%. A. increased by 800%.
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-49] B. increased by 700%.
C. decreased by 300%.
D. decreased by 87.5%.
2. y varies inversely as x2. If x is increased by E. decreased by 12.5%.
100%, then y is
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-45]
A. increased by 100%.
B. increased by 300%.
C. decreased by 25%. 7. It is given that y varies inversely as x. If x
D. decreased by 75%. is increased by 50%, then y is decreased by
E. decreased by 100%. 1
A. 33 % .
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-39] 3
B. 50% .
2
1 C. 66 % .
3. Given that y  . If x is increased by 25%, 3
x
D. 100% .
find the percentage change in y.
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-15]
A. Decreased by 20%
B. Decreased by 25%
C. Decreased by 80%
D. Increased by 20%
E. Increased by 25% Joint Variation
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-35]
8. If x varies inversely as y2 and y varies as z,
then x varies as
4. Let x vary inversely as y . If y is increased
by 69%, then x will be A. z.
B. z2 .
A. increased by 23.1% (3 sig. fig.).
B. increased by 30%. C. z4 .
C. decreased by 23.1% (3 sig. fig.). 1
D. .
D. decreased by 30%. z
E. decreased by 76.9% (3 sig. fig.). 1
E. .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-43]
z2
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-18]

5. x and y are two variables. The table below

shows some values of x and their 9. If z varies directly as x and inversely as y,
corresponding values of y. then
xz
x 2 3 6 12 A. = a constant .
y
y 36 16 4 1 yz
B. = a constant .
x
Which of the following may be a relation z2
between x and y ? C. = a constant .
xy
A. x  y z2y
D. = a constant .
B. x  y x
1 E. xyz = a constant .
C. x 
y [1978-CE-MATHS 2-31]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 102

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.3 Variations

10. If z varies inversely as x and directly as y, 14. If x varies inversely as y and directly as z2,
then then
A. xyz is a constant. x
A. is a constant.
xz yz2
B. is a constant.
y xy
B. is a constant.
yz z2
C. is a constant.
x xz2
C. is a constant.
xz2 y
D. is a constant.
y z2
z2 D. is a constant.
y
E. is a constant.
xy 1
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-9] E. + z2 is a constant.
y
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-17]
2
11. Suppose x varies directly as y and inversely
as z. Find the percentage increase of x when
y is increased by 20% and z is decreased by 15. y varies directly as x2 and inversely as z . If
20%. y = 1 when x = 2 and z = 9 , find y when
x = 1 and z = 4 .
A. 15.2%
B. 20% 2
A.
C. 50% 3
D. 72.8% 8
B.
E. 80% 3
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-11]
1
C.
6
3
12. The price of a cylindrical cake of radius r and D.
8
height h varies directly as the volume. If r = 9
5 cm and h = 4 cm , the price is $30. Find E.
26
the price when r = 4 cm and h = 6 cm .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-35]

16. Suppose z varies directly as x2 and inversely

as y. When x = 4 and y = 3 , z = 2 . When
x = 2 and z = 3 , y =
A. $25 1
A. .
B. $28.80 2
C. $31.50 B. 1.
D. $36 C. 2.
E. $54 D. 18 .
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-14] [2003-CE-MATHS 2-14]

13. Suppose x varies directly as y and inversely as

z. When y = 2 and z = 3 , x = 7 . When y = 17. If z varies directly as y2 and inversely as x,
6 and z = 7 , x = which of the following must be constant ?

A. 1. A. xy2z
49 y2z
B. . B.
9 x
C. 9. xz
C.
49 y2
D. .
4 z
D.
E. 49 . xy2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-39] [2005-CE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 103

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.3 Variations

18. It is given that x varies directly as y and

inversely as z2. If y is decreased by 10% and B.
z is increased by 20%, then x is decreased by
A. 10% .
B. 23.6% .
C. 25% .
D. 37.5% .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-14]

19. Suppose that y varies directly as x and

inversely as z2. If x and z are both decreased C.
by 20%, then y
A. is decreased by 17%.
B. is decreased by 20%.
C. is increased by 20%.
D. is increased by 25%.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-14]

D.
20. It is given that z varies directly as x and
directly as y2. If x is decreased by 20% and
y is increased by 15%, then z
A. is increased by 5.8%.
B. is decreased by 5.8%.
C. is increased by 8%.
D. is decreased by 8%.
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-16]

E.
21. It is given that a varies directly as b and
inversely as c2. When b = 6 and c = 3 ,
a = –2 . When a = –9 and c = 4 , b =
A. 5.
B. 36 .
C. 48 .
D. 576 .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-13]

[1990-CE-MATHS 2-43]

Partial Variation
1
23. Let y vary partly as and partly as x. When
x
22. Which of the following graphs shows that y is 25
x = 1 , y = 5 and when x = 4 , y = . Find
partly constant and partly varies inversely as x ? 2
y when x = 2 .
A.
5
A.
2
B. 4
25
C.
4
D. 7
17
E.
2
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-9]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 104

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.3 Variations

24. Suppose y is partly constant and partly varies HKDSE Problems

inversely as x. When x = 1 , y = 7 and when
x = 3 , y = 3 . Find y when x = 2 .
29. It is given that z varies directly as x and
A. 2.5 inversely as y. When x = 3 and y = 4 , z =
18 . When x = 2 and z = 8 , y =
B. 3.5
C. 4 A. 1.
D. 5 B. 3.
C. 6.
E. 6.5
D. 9.
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-29]
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-14]

25. It is known that y varies partly as x and 30. If z varies directly as x and inversely as y2,
partly as x. When x = 1 , y = 4 and when which of the following must be constant ?
x = 4 , y = 10 . Find y when x = 16 . x
A.
A. 28 y2z
z
B. 52 B.
xy2
C. 80
yz
D. 256 C.
x2
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-16] xz
D.
y2
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-13]
26. It is given that y is partly constant and partly
varies directly as x. When x = 2 , y = 17 and
when x = 4 , y = 11 . Find the value of x 31. It is given that y partly varies directly as x2
when y = 5 . and partly varies inversely as x. When x = 1 ,
y = –4 and when x = 2 , y = 5 . When
A. –3 x = –2 , y =
B. 6 A. –11 .
C. 8 B. –5 .
D. 112 C. 5.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-14] D. 11 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-10]

27. It is known that f(x) varies partly as x and

partly as x2. If f(1) = 5 and f(2) = 16 , then 32. It is given that z varies directly as x and
f(3) = inversely as y . If y is decreased by 64%
and z is increased by 25%, then x
A. 21 .
B. 27 . A. is increased by 20%.
B. is increased by 80%.
C. 33 .
C. is decreased by 25%.
D. 57 . D. is decreased by 75%.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-15] [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-13]

28. It is given that y is partly constant and partly 33. If z varies inversely as x and directly as the
varies inversely as x. When x = 1 , y = –1 cube of y, which of the following must be
and when x = 2 , y = 1 . Find the value of x constant ?
when y = 2 .
A. xy3z
A. –4 B. x3yz3
B. 1 y3
C.
xz
C. 2.5
y
D. 4 D.
x3z3
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-14] [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-13]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 105

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 6.3 Variations

34. It is given that z varies as x3 and y2. When

x = 2 and y = 1 , z = 14 . When x = 3 and
y = –2 , z =
A. –189 .
B. –126 .
C. 126 .
D. 189 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-12]

35. It is given that z varies directly as x and

inversely as y. If x is decreased by 36% and
y is increased by 60%, then z
A. is increased by 24%.
B. is increased by 28%.
C. is decreased by 40%.
D. is decreased by 50%.
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-12]

36. It is given that y is the sum of two parts,

one part is a constant and the other part
varies as x2. When x = 1 , y = 7 and when x
= 2 ,
y = 13 . If x = 3 , then y =
A. 19 .
B. 20 .
C. 23 .
D. 47 .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-12]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 106

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.1 General Sequences

General Sequences 5. In the following sequence, the 1st term, the

2nd term and the 3rd term are 1, 2 and 3
n (n + 1) respectively. For any positive integer n, the
1. If the n th term of a series is , what (n + 3) th term is the sum of the (n + 2) th term,
n+2
is the ratio of the (n – 1) th term to the the (n + 1) th term and the n th term. Find the
(n + 1) th term ? 9th term of the sequence.
1, 2, 3, 6, 11, ...
A. n (n – 1)(n + 3) : (n + 1)2(n + 2)
B. n (n – 1)(n + 2) : (n + 3) A. 51
C. (n + 1)2(n + 2) : n (n – 1)(n + 3) B. 68
D. (n + 3) : n (n – 1)(n + 2) C. 125
E. None of the above D. 230
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-16] [2009-CE-MATHS 2-12]

2. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 3 6. If the sum of the first n terms of a sequence
dots. For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th is n2 + 2n , then the 5th term of the sequence
pattern is formed by adding (2n + 3) dots to is
the n th pattern. Find the number of dots in A. 9.
the 6th pattern. B. 11 .
C. 13 .
... D. 35 .
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-42]

A. 35
B. 37 7. Which of the following may represent the n th
C. 48 –1 2 –3 4
term of the sequence 0, , , , , ... ?
D. 50 4 5 6 7
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-12] n–1
A. (–1)n
n+1
n–1
3. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 4 B. (–1)n
n+2
dots. For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th n
pattern is formed by adding 4 dots to the n th C. (–1)n+1
n+3
pattern. Find the number of dots in the 9th n–1
pattern. D. (–1)n+1
n+2
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-12]
...

8. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 4

A. 36 dots. For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th
B. 40 pattern is formed by adding 3 dots to the n th
C. 81 pattern. Find the number of dots in the 8th
D. 100 pattern.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-9]
...

4. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 10

dots. For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th A. 22
pattern is formed by adding (2n + 5) dots to B. 25
the n th pattern. Find the number of dots in C. 28
the 7th pattern. D. 31
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-9]
...

A. 50 HKDSE Problems
B. 65
C. 82 9. Let an be the n th term of a sequence. If
D. 101 a1 = 4 , a2 = 5 and an+2 = an + an+1 for any
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-11] positive integer n, then a10 =

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 107

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.1 General Sequences

A. 13 . 14. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 1 dot.

B. 157 . For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th pattern
C. 254 . is formed by adding (2n + 2) dots to the n th
D. 411 . pattern. Find the number of dots in the 7th
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-11]
pattern.

10. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 1 dot.

For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th pattern A. 29
is formed by adding n dots to the n th pattern. B. 34
Find the number of dots in the 8th pattern. C. 39
D. 44
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-13]

A. 22
B. 29
C. 36
D. 37
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-12]

11. Let an be the n th term of a sequence. If

a2 = 7 , a4 = 63 and an+2 = an+1 + an for any
positive integer n, then a5 =
A. 56 .
B. 70 .
C. 91 .
D. 119 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-14]

12. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 5

dots. For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th
pattern is formed by adding 4 dots to the n th
pattern. Find the number of dots in the 6th
pattern.

A. 21
B. 25
C. 29
D. 33
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-13]

13. In the figure, the 1st pattern consists of 9

dots. For any positive integer n, the (n + 1) th
pattern is formed by adding 5 dots to the n th
pattern. Find the number of dots in the 7th
pattern.

A. 29
B. 34
C. 39
D. 44
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 108

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.2 Arithmetic Sequences

Basic Concepts 5. Let a, b and c be positive integers. Which of

the following must be arithmetic sequences ?
1. Which of the following is / are in arithmetic (1) a + 10, 2a + 7, 3a + 4, 4a + 1
progression ?
(2) 8b – 1, 82b – 2, 83b – 3, 84b – 4
(1) 0.2, 0.22, 0.222, 0.2222
(3) log c3, log c8, log c13, log c18
1 2
(2) 1, 1 , 1 , 2
3 3 A. (1) and (2) only
(3) 1, –2, 3, –4 B. (1) and (3) only
A. (2) only C. (2) and (3) only
B. (3) only D. (1), (2) and (3)
C. (1) and (2) only
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-43]
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-17]

General Term of Arithmetic Sequences

2. Three distinct numbers x, y and z are in
arithmetic progression. Which of the following
is / are also in arithmetic progression ? 6. The n th term of an arithmetic progression is
(1) x + 10, y + 10, z + 10 given by (3n + c) where c is a constant. If
(2) 10x, 10y, 10z the 1st term of the progression is –4, what is
the 5th term ?
(3) x2 , y2 , z2
A. (1) and (2) only A. 22
B. (1) and (3) only B. 16
C. (2) and (3) only C. 14
D. (1), (2) and (3) D. 11
E. None of (1), (2) and (3) E. 8
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-39]
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-19]

3. If the common difference of the A.P. a1, a2,

a3, ... is d, then the common difference of the 7. The first and the second terms of an
A.P. 2a1 + 3, 2a2 + 3, 2a3 + 3, ... is arithmetic progression are (13a – 2b) and
(11a + b) respectively. What is the eighth
A. 2. term ?
B. 3.
C. d. A. –a + 19b
D. 2d . B. –3a + 22b
E. 2d + 3 . C. a + 16b
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-42]
D. 8a + 8b
E. None of the above
4. If a, b, c, d are consecutive terms of an [1979-CE-MATHS 2-50]
arithmetic sequence, which of the following
must be true ?
(1) b – a = d – c 8. The first term of an arithmetic progression is
(2) d, c, b, a are consecutive terms of an 6 and its tenth term is three times its second
arithmetic sequence term. The common difference is
(3) a < b < c < d
A. 18 .
A. (1) only B. 4.
B. (1) and (2) only C. 3.
C. (1) and (3) only
D. 2.
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3) E. 1.
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-13] [1980-CE-MATHS 2-11]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 109

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.2 Arithmetic Sequences

9. The n-th term of the arithmetic progression Arithmetic Mean

2, 6, 10, 14, ...
is 15. If log10 x , log10 y , log10 z are in A.P., then
x+z
A. 2n2 . A. y = 10 2 .
B. 4n .
C. 4n – 2 . x+z
B. y = .
D. 4n + 2 . 2
E. 6 – 4n . C. y2 = x + z .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-11] D. y2 = xz .
xz
E. y = 10 .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-11]
10. The sixth term and the eleventh term of an
arithmetic progression are 10 and 30
respectively. The first term is 16. If 10 arithmetic means are inserted between a
A. –14 . and b, then the last one is
B. –10 . 10a + b
C. 10 . A. .
11
D. 50 . 9a + b
E. 54 . B. .
10
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-9] 10(b – a)
C. .
11
a + 9b
11. p, q, r, s are in A.P. If p + q = 8 and D. .
10
r + s = 20 , then the common difference is
a + 10b
A. 3. E. .
11
B. 4. [1989-CE-MATHS 2-34]
C. 6.
D. 7.
E. 12 . 17. Let a, x1, x2, b and a, y1, y2, y3, b be two
x –x
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-38] arithmetic progressions. 2 1 =
y3 – y2
3
A. .
12. Find the n-th term of the A.P. 4, 2, 0, –2, ... . 4
4
A. 2 + 2n B. 3
.
B. 4 – 2n C. 1.
C. 4 + 2n 4
D. 6 – 2n D. 5
.
E. (5 – n)n 5
E. 4
.
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-12]
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-38]

13. The 1st and 10th terms of an arithmetic

sequence are 2 and 29 respectively. The 20th 18. If 3, a, b, c, 23 are in A.P., then a + b + c =
term of the sequence is A. 13 .
A. 56 . B. 26 .
B. 58 . C. 33 .
C. 59 . D. 39 .
D. 60 . E. 65 .
E. 62 . [1993-CE-MATHS 2-10]
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-15]

19. If four arithmetic means are inserted between

14. The first negative term in the arithmetic 12 and 27, then the sum of the four
sequence 2006, 1998, 1990, ... is arithmetic means is
A. –8 . A. 78 .
B. –6 . B. 90 .
C. –4 . C. 105 .
D. –2 . D. 117 .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-42] [2005-CE-MATHS 2-42]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 110

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.2 Arithmetic Sequences

Summation of Arithmetic Sequences 25. The sum of the first ten terms of an
arithmetic progression is 120. If the common
20. An arithmetic progression consists of 10 terms. difference is 4, then the first term is
The first term is 4. The sum of the 10 terms A. –12 .
is 130. What is the last term ? B. –6 .
A. 13 C. –2 .
B. 14 D. 2.
C. 17 E. 6.
D. 22 [1984-CE-MATHS 2-8]
E. 23
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-24]
26. If the five interior angles of a convex
pentagon form an A.P. with a common
21. The sum of the first n terms of the arithmetic difference of 10º, then the smallest interior
progression angle of the pentagon is
3, 5, 7, ...
A. 52º .
is B. 72º .
A. n2 . C. 88º .
B. n2 – 1 . D. 98º .
C. n2 + n . E. 108º .
D. n2 + 2n . [1986-CE-MATHS 2-43]
1 2
E. (n + n) .
2
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-11] 27. If the sum to n terms of an A.P. is n2 + 3n ,
find the 7th term of the A.P.

22. The sum of the first five terms of an A. 16

arithmetic progression is 15. If the fourth B. 18
term is 7, the first term is C. 54
D. 70
A. –5 .
B. –3 . E. It cannot be found.
C. –1 . [1991-CE-MATHS 2-40]
D. 1.
E. 10 .
28. If the product of the first n terms of the
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-34]
sequence
10, 102, 103, ... , 10n, ...
23. $9000 is divided among A, B and C. A’s exceeds 1055, find the minimum value of n.
share, B’s share and C’s share, in that order,
form an arithmetic progression. If B’s share is A. 9
three times A’s share, how much does C get ? B. 10
A. $1500 C. 11
B. $3000 D. 12
C. $4500 E. 56
D. $5000 [1994-CE-MATHS 2-41]
E. $6000
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-35]
29. In an A.P., the sum of the first 2 terms is 3
and the sum of the first 3 terms is 2. The
24. In an arithmetic progression, the first term is common difference is
3 and the common difference is 2. If the sum 5
of the first n terms of the arithmetic A. – .
3
progression is 143, then n = B. –1 .
A. 10 . C. 1 .
B. 11 . 5
D. .
C. 12 . 3
D. 13 . 7
E. 14 . E. .
3
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-38] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-42]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 111

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.2 Arithmetic Sequences

30. The n-th term of an arithmetic sequence is 36. If the 3rd term and the 12th term of an
3 + 2n . Find the sum of the first 50 terms of arithmetic sequence are 42 and 6 respectively,
the sequence. then the sum of the first n terms of the
sequence is
A. 103
B. 2575 A. 28n + 2n2 .
C. 2700 B. 32n + 2n2 .
D. 2750 C. 52n – 2n2 .
E. 5400 D. 56n – 2n2 .
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-35] [2011-CE-MATHS 2-44]

31. The n-th term of an arithmetic sequence is

2 + 5n . Find the sum of the first 100 terms
of the sequence. HKDSE Problems
A. 502
B. 12 450 37. If the 3rd term and the 6th term of an
C. 25 200 arithmetic sequence are 18 and –6 respectively,
D. 25 450 then the 2nd term of the sequence is
E. 25 700 A. –8 .
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-10] B. 10 .
C. 26 .
32. The sum of the first n terms of an arithmetic D. 34 .
sequence is n2. Find the 10th term of the [SP-DSE-MATHS 2-36]
sequence.
A. 19 38. The n th term of a sequence is 2n + 3 . If the
B. 21 sum of the first m terms of the sequence is
C. 28 less than 3000, then the greatest value of m is
D. 31
E. 100 A. 52 .
B. 53 .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-14]
C. 56 .
D. 57 .
33. The 10th term of an arithmetic sequence is 29 [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-35]
and the sum of the first 10 terms is 155. The
2nd term of the sequence is
39. Let an be the n th term of an arithmetic
A. 2. sequence. If a18 = 26 and a23 = 61 , which of
B. 4.7 . the following are true ?
C. 5.
D. 43 . (1) a14 < 0
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-11]
(2) a1 – a2 < 0
(3) a1 + a2 + a3 + ... + a27 > 0
34. Let an be the n th term of an arithmetic A. (1) and (2) only
sequence. If a1 = 10 and a2 = 13 , then B. (1) and (3) only
a21 + a22 + ... + a30 = C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
A. 765 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-37]
B. 835 .
C. 865 .
D. 1605 . 40. The n th term of a sequence is 2n – 19 .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-11] Which of the following is / are true ?
(1) 25 is a term of the sequence.
35. Let an be the n th term of an arithmetic (2) The sequence has 10 negative terms.
sequence. If a1 = a2 – 6 and a1 + a2 + ... + (3) The sum of the first n terms of the
a28 = 1624 , then a1 = sequence is n2 – 18n .
A. –52 . A. (1) only
B. –26 . B. (2) only
C. –23 . C. (1) and (3) only
D. 139 . D. (2) and (3) only
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-44] [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 112

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.2 Arithmetic Sequences

41. Which of the following are arithmetic

sequences ?
(1)  30,  45,  60
(2) 30 , 45 , 60
(3)  – 30 ,  – 45 ,  – 60
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-36]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 113

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.3 Geometric Sequences

Basic Concepts 5. Let x, y, z are in G.P., which of the

following must be true ?
1. If x  0 , which of the following is / are (1) x + 3, y + 3, z + 3 are in G.P.
geometric progressions ? (2) 3x, 3y, 3z are in G.P.
(3) x2 , y2 , z2 are in G.P.
(1) x, x2, x3, x4
(2) x, 2x, 3x, 4x A. (1) only
(3) x, –x2, x3, –x4 B. (2) only
C. (3) only
A. (1) only D. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (2) only E. (2) and (3) only
C. (1) and (3) only [1991-CE-MATHS 2-41]
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
6. a, b, c, d are 4 consecutive terms of a
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-37]
geometric sequence. Which of the following
must be true ?
2. Which of the following must be geometric (1) b2 = ac
progression(s) ? b d
(2) =
a c
(1) log10 3, log10 9, log10 27, log10 81
d c
(2) 0.9, 0.99, 0.999, 0.9999 (3) = ( )3
a b
(3) 1, –3, 9, –27
A. (2) only
A. (1) only B. (1) and (2) only
B. (3) only C. (1) and (3) only
C. (1) and (3) only D. (2) and (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only E. (1), (2) and (3)
E. (1), (2) and (3) [1997-CE-MATHS 2-37]

[1984-CE-MATHS 2-38]
7. Which of the following could be a geometric
sequence / geometric sequences ?
1 1 1
3. If , , are in geometric progression, then (1) 3, 33, 35, 37, …
a b c
which of the following is true ? (2) 9, 99, 999, 9999, …
(3) 10, –100, 1000, –10000, …
A. b2 = ac
1 A. (3) only
B. b2 = B. (1) and (2) only
ac
C. (1) and (3) only
a+c D. (2) and (3) only
C. b =
2 E. (1), (2) and (3)
a+c [2000-CE-MATHS 2-16]
D. b =
2ac
2ac
E. b =
a+c
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-38] General Term of Geometric Sequences

8. If 1, 1 + 2k, 1 + k are in geometric

4. Which of the following is a G.P. / are G.P.s ?
progression and k  0 , then the common ratio
(1) 5, 0.5, 0.05, 0.005, 0.0005 of the progression is
(2) log 5, log 50, log 500, log 5000, 3
log 50 000 A. – .
2
(3) 5, 5 sin 70º, 5 (sin 70º)2, 5 (sin 70º)3, 3
5 (sin 70º)4 B. – .
4
1
A. (1) only C. – .
2
B. (2) only
1
C. (3) only D. .
2
D. (1) and (3) only 5
E. (1), (2) and (3) E. .
2
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-9] [1977-CE-MATHS 2-35]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 114

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.3 Geometric Sequences

9. The n-th term of the geometric progression D. 22n–2

3, 6, 12, 24, ... E. –22n–2
is [1992-CE-MATHS 2-42]

A. 3 × 2n .
B. 3 × 2 (n – 1) .
1
C. 3 × 2n . 14. The n th term of a geometric sequence is – .
2n
D. 3 × 2n–1 .
3 Find the first term and the common ratio.
E. .
n–1 first term common ratio
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-12]
1
A. –1
2
10. The 2n-th term of the geometric progression, 1 1
8, –4, 2, –1, ... , is B. – –
2 2
1 1 1
A.
22n+2
. C. –
2 2
–1 1
B. . D. – 1
22n+2 2
1 1
C. . –
22n–3 E. 1
2
1
D. . [2001-CE-MATHS 2-15]
22n–4
–1
E. .
22n–4
15. If the 2nd term and the 5th term of a
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-31]
geometric sequence are –3 and 192
respectively, then the common ratio of the
11. The second term and the fifth term of a sequence is
1
geometric progression are –12 and 40 A. –8 .
2
B. –4 .
respectively. The first term is
C. 4.
1
A. 1 . D. 8.
2
B. 6 . [2005-CE-MATHS 2-11]
C. 8 .
D. 15 .
E. 18 . 16. If a – 6, a, a + 5 is a geometric sequence,
then the common ratio of the sequence is
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-10]
A. –30 .
5
12. Given that x  0 and –x, x, 3x2 are in G.P., B. .
6
find x.
6
A. –1 C. .
5
1
B. – D. 6.
3
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-44]
C. 3
1
D.
3 17. The product of the 1st term and the 2nd term
E. 1 of a geometric sequence is 18 while the
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-5] product of the 3rd term and the 4th term of
the sequence is 288. The product of the 4th
term and the 5th term of the sequence is
1
13. Find the (2n)th term of the G.P. – , 1, –2,
2 A. 576 .
4, ... . B. 864 .
A. 22n C. 1152 .
B. –22n D. 5184 .
C. –22n–3 [2011-CE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 115

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.3 Geometric Sequences

Geometric Mean 23. The sum of the 4th term and the 5th term of
a geometric sequence is –4. If the sum of the
18. Thegeometric mean of two numbers is 2. If first two terms is 32, find the first term of
onenumber is –16, then the other number is the sequence.
A. 4. A. –6
B. 8. –1
B.
C. –32 . 2
1 C. 19
D. – . D. 64
4
1 [2003-CE-MATHS 2-10]
E. – .
8
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-15]
24. Let an be the n th term of a geometric
sequence. If a7 = 32 and a9 = 8 , which of
19. If the geometric mean of two positive numbers the following must be true ?
a and b is 10, then log a + log b =
1 (1) a1 > 0
A.
2
. (2) a1 – a2 > 0
B. 1 . (3) a2 + a3 + a4 + ... + a100 > 0
C. 2 . A. (1) and (2) only
D. 10 . B. (1) and (3) only
E. 100 . C. (2) and (3) only
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-43] D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-43]

20. If the geometric mean of two positive numbers

a and b is 100, then the arithmetic mean of 25. The sum of the first 2 terms of a geometric
log a and log b is sequence is 8 and the 3rd term of the
1 sequence is 18. Find the 1st term of the
A. . sequence.
2
B. 1 . A. 2
C. 2 . B. 3
D. 10 . C. 2 or 32
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-43] D. 3 or 32
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-44]

21. If 81, a, b, 3 is a geometric sequence, then

b–a =
A. –18 . Summation to Infinity
B. 18 .
C. –26 . 26. The first term of an infinite geometric
D. 26 . progression is –15 and the second term is 10.
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-44] What is the sum of all the positive terms ?
A. 6
B. 9
Summation of Geometric Sequences C. 18
D. 30
E. 45
22. If a  ±1 , then 1 + a2 + a4 + ... + a2n = [1978-CE-MATHS 2-44]
1 – a2n
A. .
1–a
1–a 2n 27. The common ratio of a geometric progression
B. . is r. If the progression could be summed to
1 – a2
2n+1 infinity, then
1–a
C. .
1–a A. r > 0.
2n+1
1–a B. r > 1.
D. . r > –1 .
1 – a2 C.
1–a 2n+2 D. –1 < r < 1 .
E. . –1  r  1 .
1 – a2 E.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-37] [1979-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 116

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.3 Geometric Sequences

28. Which of the following can be summed to 1

infinity ? D.
8
(1) The arithmetic progression 4, 3, 2, 1, ... . 5
E.
(2) The geometric progression 27, 9, 3, 1, ... . 8
(3) The geometric progression 16, –8, 4, [1989-CE-MATHS 2-39]
–2, ... .
A. (2) only
B. (1) and (2) only 32. Let a > b > 0 . If a and b are respectively
C. (1) and (3) only the 1st and 2nd terms of a geometric
D. (2) and (3) only progression, the sum to infinity of the
progression is
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-35] 1
A. .
a–b
a
29. 1, –0.1, 0.01, –0.001, ... is a geometric B. .
1–b
progression. What is its sum to infinity ?
ab
A. 0 C. .
b–a
B. 1
a2
C. 0.99 D. .
10 a+b
D. a2
11 E. .
10 a–b
E.
9 [1990-CE-MATHS 2-6]
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-36]

81
30. 33. If the sum to infinity of a G.P. is and its
4
second term is –9, the common ratio is
1
A. – .
... 3
1
—– 1 –— 2 1
B. .
3
The figure shows an infinite number of 4
squares. The length of a side of the first C. – .
3
square is 1. The side of each subsequent
square is equal to half of the side of the 4
D. .
preceding one. Find the sum of the areas of 3
the infinite number of squares. 4
E. – .
A. 4 9
B. 2 [1994-CE-MATHS 2-12]
5
C.
3
3 34. The sum to infinity of a G.P. is 2. If the
D. 3
2 first term is , find the common ratio.
4 2
E.
3 1
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-7] A. –
2
1
B. –
31. If the sum to infinity of the G.P. 1, –t, t 2, 4
2 1
–t 3, ... is , find the fourth term. C.
3 4
1
A. – 1
16 D.
2
1
B. – 3
8 E.
1 2
C. [1996-CE-MATHS 2-13]
16

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 117

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.3 Geometric Sequences

35. The first term of a geometric sequence is a. Relationships with Arithmetic Sequences
3
If the sum to infinity of the sequence is a ,
4
then its common ratio is 39. Three positive numbers a, b and c are in
1 geometric progression. Which of the following
A. – . are true ?
3
1 1 1 1
B. – . (1) , , are in geometric progression.
4 a b c
1
C. . (2) a2 , b2 , c2 are in geometric progression.
4
1 (3) log10 a , log10 b , log10 c are in arithmetic
D. . progression.
3
3
E. . A. (1) and (2) only
4
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-36] B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
36. Find the sum to infinity of the geometric D. (1), (2) and (3)
1 1 1
sequence –1, , – 2 , 3 , ... , where x > 1 . E. None of them
x x x
–1 [1983-CE-MATHS 2-39]
A.
x–1
–1
B.
x+1 40. If the quadratic equation ax2 – 2bx + c = 0
–x has two equal roots, which of the following is
C.
x–1 / are true ?
–x
D. (1) a, b, c form an arithmetic progression.
x+1
x (2) a, b, c form a geometric progression.
E.
x+1
b
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-43] (3) Both roots are .
a

37. The sum of the first two terms of a geometric A. (1) only
sequence is 3 and the sum to infinity of the B. (2) only
sequence is 4. Find the common ratio of the C. (3) only
sequence.
D. (1) and (2) only
1
A. – E. (2) and (3) only
7
1 [1992-CE-MATHS 2-35]
B.
7
1
C.
4
1 41. Given that the positive numbers p, q, r, s are
D. – in G.P., which of the following must be true ?
2
1 1 (1) kp, kq, kr, ks are in G.P., where k is a
E. – or
2 2 non-zero constant.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-44]
(2) ap, aq, ar, as are in G.P., where a is a
positive constant.
38. The sum of all the positive terms in the (3) log p, log q, log r, log s are in A.P.
geometric sequence 4, –2, 1, ... is
A. 8. A. (1) only
8 B. (2) only
B. .
3
C. (1) and (2) only
16
C. . D. (1) and (3) only
3
16 E. (1), (2) and (3)
D. .
5
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-37]
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 118

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 7.3 Geometric Sequences

42. Let a, b and c be positive integers. If 46. Let an be the n th term of a geometric
b = ac , which of the following must be sequence. If a3 = 21 and a7 = 189 , which of
true ? the following must be true ?

(1) log a2, log b2, log c2 is an arithmetic (1) The common ratio of the sequence is less
sequence. than 1.
(2) Some of the terms of the sequence are
(2) a3, b3, c3 is a geometric sequence.
irrational numbers.
(3) 4a, 4b, 4c is a geometric sequence. (3) The sum of the first 99 terms of the
A. (1) and (2) only sequence is greater than 3 × 1024 .
B. (1) and (3) only A. (1) only
C. (2) and (3) only B. (2) only
D. (1), (2) and (3) C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-43]
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-36]

43. If h, 5, k are the first 3 terms of an

arithmetic sequence and h, 4, k are the first 3
terms of a geometric sequence, then h2 + k2 =
A. 36 .
B. 68 .
C. 84 .
D. 100 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-43]

HKDSE Problems

44. If m > 1 , which of the following are

geometric sequences ?
(1) 2m, 22m, 23m, 24m
(2) m, 2m2, 3m4, 4m8
(3) log m, log m2, log m4, log m8
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-37]

45. Let xn be the n th term of a geometric

sequence. If x6 = 216 and x8 = 96 , which of
the following must be true ?
(1) x3 = 729
x
(2) 5 > 1
x7
(3) x2 + x4 + x6 + ... + x2n < 2015
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 119

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.1 Linear Inequalities

Basic Concepts 5. a, b and k are real numbers. If k > 0 and

a > b , which of the following must be true ?

1. If p, q, r  N , which of the following (1) a2 > b2

statements is true ? (2) –a < –b
(3) ka > kb
A. If p > q and q > r , then r = p .
A. (2) only
B. If p > q and q = r , then r < p . B. (3) only
C. If p = q and q < r , then r < p . C. (1) and (3) only
D. If p < q and q < r , then r < p . D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
E. If p < q and q = r , then r < p .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-34]
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-13]

6. If a and b are non-zero real numbers and

a > b , which of the following must be true ?
2. If 0 < x < 1 , then of the four numbers x, x2,
1 (1) a2 > b2
and x , which is the largest and which is
x 1 1
the smallest ? (2)
a
> b
(3) a3 > b3
A. x largest, x2 smallest
A. (2) only
1
B. largest, x smallest B. (3) only
x
C. (1) and (2) only
1 D. (2) and (3) only
C. largest, x2 smallest
x E. (1) and (3) only
D. x largest, x smallest [1984-CE-MATHS 2-35]

E. x largest, x2 smallest
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-9] 7. If a > 0 and b < 0 , which of the following
is / are negative ?
1 1
(1) –
1 a b
3. If 0 < x < 1 , which of x, x2, , x is the a b
x (2) +
smallest ? Which is the largest ? b a
a2 b2
(3) –
A. x is the smallest, x2 is the largest b a
1 A. (1) only
B. is the smallest, x is the largest B. (3) only
x
1 C. (1) and (2) only
C. x is the smallest, is the largest D. (1) and (3) only
x
E. (2) and (3) only
1
D. x2 is the smallest, is the largest [1986-CE-MATHS 2-36]
x
E. x2 is the smallest, x is the largest
8. If 2 < x < 3 and 3 < y < 4 , then the range
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-34] x
of values of is
y
1 x 3
4. If x and y are real numbers, what is the A. < < .
2 y 4
minimum value of the expression (x + y)2 – 1 ? 1 x
B. < < 1.
A. –5 2 y
2 x 3
B. –1 C. < < .
3 y 4
C. 0 2 x
D. < < 1.
D. 3 3 y
E. It cannot be determined 4 x 3
E. < < .
3 y 2
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-38] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 120

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.1 Linear Inequalities

9. If x and y are integers with x > y , which of 13. If a < b < 0 , then which of the following
the following is / are true ? must be true ?

(1) x2 > y2 (1) a2 < b2

1 1 (2) ab < a2
(2) < 1 1
x y (3) <
a b
(3) 10x > 10 y
A. (1) only
A. (3) only B. (2) only
B. (1) and (2) only C. (3) only
C. (1) and (3) only D. (1) and (2) only
D. (2) and (3) only E. (1) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3) [1997-CE-MATHS 2-33]

[1987-CE-MATHS 2-36]
14. If a > b , which of the following must be
true ?
10. If 3x > –2y and y < 0 , then
(1) –a < –b
x 3 (2) a + b > b
A. >– .
y 2 (3) a2 > b2
x 2
B. > . A. (1) only
y 3
B. (2) only
x 2
C. < . C. (3) only
y 3
D. (1) and (2) only
x 2
D. >– . E. (1), (2) and (3)
y 3
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-38]
x 2
E. <– .
y 3
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-7] 15. If a and b are real numbers such that ab > 0 ,
which of the following must be true ?
a
11. If a < b < 0 , which of the following must be (1) > 0
b
true ?
(2) a + b > 0
A. –a < –b (3) a2 + b2 > 0
a A. (1) and (2) only
B.
b
<1
B. (1) and (3) only
C. a2 < b2 C. (2) and (3) only
D. 10a < 10b D. (1), (2) and (3)
E. a–1 < b–1 [2010-CE-MATHS 2-11]

[1990-CE-MATHS 2-36]

16. If x and y are non-zero numbers with x < y ,

which of the following must be true ?
12. If x < 0 < y , then which one of the following
must be positive ? (1) –x > –y
1 1
A. x+y (2) 2 > 2
x y
B. x–y (3) x3 < y3
C. y–x A. (1) and (2) only
D. xy B. (1) and (3) only
y C. (2) and (3) only
E.
x D. (1), (2) and (3)
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-37] [2011-CE-MATHS 2-4]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 121

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.1 Linear Inequalities

Linear Inequalities 21. 2y – 3 > 4y + 2x + 5 is equivalent to

A. y > x + 4.
17. Which of the following inequalities is B. y < x + 4.
equivalent to 2m – 5n < 9 ? C. y > –x – 4 .
9 – 2m D. y < –x – 4 .
A. n < E. y > x + 1.
5
2m – 9 [1981-CE-MATHS 2-10]
B. n <
5
2m + 9
C. n < 22. Let a > 2 . The inequality 2x – 2a < ax + 5a
5
is equivalent to
2m – 9
D. n > 7a
5 A. x > .
2m + 9 2–a
E. n > 7a
5 B. x < .
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-33]
2–a
–3a
C. x > .
2–a
18. If a – 3b < 5 , then –3a
D. x < .
5– a 2–a
A. b <
3
. –7a
E. x > .
a– 5 2–a
B. b < . [1982-CE-MATHS 2-32]
3
a+ 5
C. b < .
3 23. 2x – 3a – 4 > 3x + 5a + 6 is equivalent to
a– 5
D. b >
3
. A. x > –8a – 10 .
B. x > 2a – 10 .
a+ 5
E. b > . C. x < –8a – 10 .
3
1
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-8] D. x < (2a + 2) .
5
1
E. x > (2a + 2) .
19. 3x – 2y > 6 is equivalent to 5
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-8]
3
A. y > x + 3.
2
3 24. Solve the inequality x log10 0.1 > log10 10 .
B. y > x – 3.
2
A. x > –1
3
C. y < x + 3. B. x > 1
2
C. x > 100
3 D. x < 1
D. y < x – 3.
2 E. x < –1
3
E. y < 3– x. [1987-CE-MATHS 2-37]
2
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-16]
25. The solution of 2(3 – x) > –4 is
20. Which of the following is equivalent to A. x < 5.
y > 2 + 5x + 4y ? B. x > 5.
2 + 5x C. x < 10 .
A. y > D. x > 10 .
3
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-9]
2 + 5x
B. y <
3
2 + 5x 26. The solution of 15  4(x + 2) – 1 is
C. y > –
3
2 + 5x A. x  –2 .
D. y < – B. x  2.
3
2 + 5x C. x  –2 .
E. y > D. x  2.
5
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-22] [2007-CE-MATHS 2-6]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 122

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.1 Linear Inequalities

27. If x is a positive integer satisfying the 32. The solution of x > 1 and 13 < 3x – 2 < 25
inequality x – 5  1 – x , then the least value is
of x is
A. x > 1.
A. 0. B. 1 < x < 5.
B. 1. C. 1 < x < 9.
C. 2. D. 5 < x < 9.
D. 3. [2003-CE-MATHS 2-8]

[2009-CE-MATHS 2-9]
33. The solution of –2x < 3 – x or 3x + 3 > 0
is
28. The solution of 2(1 – x) + 5  17 is
A. x > –3 .
A. x  –5 . B. x > –1 .
B. x  –5 . C. –3 < x < –1 .
C. x  –12 . D. x < –3 or x > –1 .
D. x  –12 . [2004-CE-MATHS 2-9]

[2011-CE-MATHS 2-5]

HKDSE Problems
Compound Linear Inequalities
34. The solution of 5 – 2x < 3 and 4x + 8 > 0
is
29. Find the values of x which satisfy both
2x – 16 A. x > –2 .
–x < 4 and > –2 . B. x > –1 .
3
C. x > 1.
A. –4 < x < 5 D. –2 < x < 1 .
B. x < –4
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-9]
C. x > –4
D. x<5
E. x>5 35. The solution of 4x > x – 3 or 3 – x < x + 7
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-9]
is
A. x > –2 .
B. x < –2 .
30. Solve 1 < –3x + 4 < 10 . C. x > –1 .
A. –2 < x < 1 D. x < –2 or x > –1 .
B. –1 < x < 2 [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-9]

C. x < –2 or x > 1
D. x < –1 or x > 2 36. The solution of 15 + 4x < 3 or 9 – 2x > 1
E. no solution is
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-7]
A. x < –3 .
B. x > –3 .
31. Find the values of x which satisfy both C. x < 4.
x + 3 > 0 and –2x < 1 . D. x > 4.
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-7]
A. x > –3
1
B. x>– x–1
2 37. The solution of x – > 5 or 1 < x – 11
1 2
C. x> is
2
1 A. x > 9.
D. –3 < x < –
2 B. x > 10 .
1 C. x > 11 .
E. –3 < x <
2 D. x > 12 .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-6] [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 123

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.1 Linear Inequalities

38. If a > b and k < 0 , which of the following

must be true ?
(1) a2 > b2
(2) a + k > b + k
a b
(3) 2 > 2
k k
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-6]

39. The solution of –3x < 6 < 2x is

A. x > –2 .
B. x > 0.
C. x > 3.
D. –2 < x < 3 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-7]

40. The solution of 18 + 7x > 4 or 5 – 2x < 3

is
A. x > –2 .
B. x > –1 .
C. x > 1.
D. –2 < x < 1 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-6]

41. The solution of –5x > 21 – 2x and 6x – 18

< 0 is
A. x < –7 .
B. x < 3.
C. –7 < x < 3 .
D. x < –7 or x > 3 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-7]

42. The solution of 6 – x < 2x – 3 or 7 – 3x >

1 is
A. x < 2.
B. x > 3.
C. 2 < x < 3.
D. x < 2 or x > 3 .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 124

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.2 Quadratic Inequalities

Quadratic Inequalities 6. 4x2 – 9  0 is equivalent to

3 3
A. x  or x  – .
1. For all x  R such that P = { x : x (3x + 2) > 2 2
0 } and Q = { x : 3x2 – x – 2 < 0 } , what is 3 3
B.  x  –2 .
P  Q? 2
3 3
A. {x : x > 1} C. –  x  .
2 2
2
B. {x : x < – } 3 3
3 D. x  – or x  .
2 2
2
C. { x : x < – or x > 1 } 3 3
3 E. x  – or x  .
2 2
2
D. {x : – < x < 0} [1984-CE-MATHS 2-33]
3
E. {x : 0 < x < 1}
7. What is the following is the solution of
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-20]
(x – 1)(x – 3)  0 and x – 2  0 ?
A. x  2
2. Solve the inequality (4x + 3)(x – 4) > 0 . B. x  3
A. x>4 C. 2  x3
3 D. 1  x2
B. 4>x>–
4 E. 1  x3
3 [1985-CE-MATHS 2-36]
C. – >x
4
3 8. How many integers x satisfy the inequality
D. – > x or x > 4
4 6x2 – 7x – 20  0 ?
3
E. x>– A. 0
4
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-9] B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
3. 2x2 – 2  0 is equivalent to E. 4
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-37]
A. x  1.
B. x  –1 .
C. –1  x  1 . 9. If the solution of the inequality x2 – ax + 6 
D. x  1 or x  –1 . 0 is c  x  3 , then
E. x  1 or x  –1 . A. a = 5, c = 2.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-29] B. a = –5 , c = 2 .
C. a = 5 , c = –2 .
D. a = 1 , c = –2 .
4. 5 – 9x – 2x2 > 0 is equivalent to E. a = –1 , c = 2 .
1 [1993-CE-MATHS 2-40]
A. x > .
2
B. x < –5 . 10. If x(x + 1) < 5(x + 1) , then
1
C. –5 < x < . A. x < 5.
2
1 B. x < –5 or x > 1 .
D. x < –5 or x > . C. x < –1 or x > 5 .
2
D. –5 < x < 1.
1
E. x > –5 or x < . E. –1 < x < 5.
2
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-6]
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-8]

11. If 3 is a root of the equation x2 – x + c = 0 ,

5. 12 – x – x < 0 is equivalent to
2
solve x2 – x + c > 0 .
A. x < –4 . A. x < –2 or x > 3
B. x > 3. B. x < 2 or x > 3
C. –4 < x < 3 . C. x > –6
D. x < –3 or x > 4 . D. –2 < x < 3
E. x < –4 or x > 3 . E. 2<x<3
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-34] [1996-CE-MATHS 2-40]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 125

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.2 Quadratic Inequalities

12. Find the values of x which satisfy both 17. If x2 – kx + 9  0 for all real values of x,
–2x < 3 and (x + 3)(x – 2) < 0 . what is the value of k ?
A. x < –3 A. k = –6 only
B. x>2 B. k = 6 only
3 C. –6  k  6
C. –3 < x < –
2 D. k = 6 or –6 only
3 E. k  –6 or k  6
D. – <x<2
2
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-37]
3
E. x < –3 or x > –
2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-32] 18. Find the range of values of k such that the
equation x2 + (k – 2)x + 1 = 0 has real roots.
13. Solve x2 + 5x – 6  0 . A. k=4
B. 0<k<4
A. –6  x 1
C. 0k4
B. –3  x  –2
D. k < 0 or k > 4
C. –1  x 6
E. k  0 or k  4
D. x  –6 or x  1
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-40]
E. x  –1 or x  6
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-3]

14. Solve x2 + 10x – 24 > 0 . Graphical Method

A. x < –12 or x > 2
B. x < –6 or x > –4 19. In the figure, the line y = ax + b cuts the
C. x < –2 or x > 12 curve y = kx2 at x = c and x = d . Find the
D. –12 < x < 2 range of values of x for which kx2 < ax + b .
E. –2 < x < 12
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-7]

15. Solve (2x – 1)2 + 2(2x – 1) – 3 > 0 .

A. 0<x<2
B. –1 < x < 1
C. x < 0 or x > 2
D. x < –1 or x > 1
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-9]

A. c < x<d
Nature of Quadratic Roots B. c < x<0
C. x < c or x > d
D. x < c
16. If the roots of the equation x2 + x + m = 0
are real ; and the roots of the equation E. x > d
–mx2 + x + 1 = 0 are imaginary, which of [1988-CE-MATHS 2-37]
the following is the condition on m that
satisfies both statements ?
20. From the figure, if   x   , then
1
A. m<–
4
1
B. m
4
1 1
C. – <m<
4 4
1 1
D. – m<
4 4
1 1
E. – <m
4 4
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-19]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 126

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.2 Quadratic Inequalities

A. ax2 + (b – m) x + (c – k)  0.
B. ax2 + (b – m) x + (c – k) < 0.
C. ax2 + (b – m) x + (c – k) = 0.
D. ax2 + (b – m) x + (c – k) > 0.
E. ax2 + (b – m) x + (c – k)  0.
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-38]

21. The figure shows the graph of y = f(x) , where

f(x) is a quadratic function. The solution of
f(x) < 3 is

A. a < x < d.
B. b < x < c.
C. x < a or x > d .
D. x < b or x > c .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-10]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 127

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

Linear Inequalities
B.
1. If b < 0 and c < 0 , which of the following
shaded regions may represent the solution of
x + by + c  0 ?
A.

C.

B.

D.

C.

[2004-CE-MATHS 2-43]

3. Which of the following shaded regions may

represent the solution of y  x − 9 ?
D.
A.

E.

B.

[1998-CE-MATHS 2-41]

2. Which of the following shaded regions may

represent the solution of x  y − 2 ?
C.
A.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 128

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

D. E. y

O
x
-1 1

[2009-CE-MATHS 2-44]
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-37]

Feasible Regions 5. Which of the following shaded regions

represents the solution set of x + y  0 and
4. Which of the following shaded regions x – y  0?
represents the solution set of x – y  0 and
x2  1 ? A. y

A. y

x
O
x
O 1

B. y
B. y

x
O O
x
1

C. y
C. y

x
x O
-1 O 1

D. y D. y

O O x
x
-1 1

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 129

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

E. y D. y
x=y
5

O x 4

[1978-CE-MATHS 2-49] x
O 2 5
2x + y = 4 x+y=5

x  0, E. y

y  0,
x=y


5
6. If x + y  5 , in which of the following

2x + y  4 ,
x  y, 4
shaded regions do all the points satisfy the
above inequalities ?

A. y
x=y x
5 O 2 5
2x + y = 4 x+y=5

[1982-CE-MATHS 2-33]
4

7.

x
O 2 5
2x + y = 4 x+y=5

B. y
x=y
5

4
Which of the following systems of inequalities
determine the shaded region in the figure ?

 x  1
A.  x+y  1
 x  y
x
O 2 5  x  1
2x + y = 4 x+y=5
B.  x+y  1
C. y  x  y
x=y
 x  1
5
C.  x+y  1
 x  y
4
 x  1
D.  x + y  1
 x  y
 x  1
E.  x+y  1
2 5
x  x  y
O 2x + y = 4 x+y=5 [1985-CE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 130

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

10. Which one of the following shaded regions

8. represents the solution of

 2  x+y  6
 0  x 4 ?
 0  y 4

A.

In the figure, which region represents the

solution to the following inequalities ?
 x – 3y  0
 x–y+2  0 B.
 x+y–4  0
A. I
B. II
C. III
D. IV
E. V
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-36]

9. C.

D.
Which of the following systems of inequalities
is represented by the shaded region in the
figure ?

 x + 2y  6
A.  5x + 2y  10
 y  0
 x + 2y  6
B.  5x + 2y  10
 x  0 E.
 x + 2y  6
C.  5x + 2y  10
 x  0
 x + 2y  6
D.  5x + 2y  10
 y  0
 x + 2y  6
E.  5x + 2y  10
 y  0
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-5] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 131

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

11. 13.

Which of the following systems of inequalities

has its solution represented by the shaded
region in the figure ?
Which of the following shaded regions
represents the solution of  x+y  6
A.  x  y
 y  0  x  6
 x – y  –3 ?  x+y  6
 x + 2y  0 B.  x  y
 y  6
A. I
 x+y  6
B. II C.  x  y
C. III  x  6
D. IV  x +y  6
D.  x  y
E. V  y  6
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-8]  x +y  6
E.  x  y
 x  6
12. [1997-CE-MATHS 2-9]

14.

In the figure, (x, y) is any point in the

shaded region (including the boundary). Which
of the following is / are true ?

(1) x  y According to the figure, which of the

following represents the solution of
(2) x + y  4
(3) x  6  0  x 4
 x  y ?
A. (1) only
 0  y 3
B. (2) only A. Region I
C. (3) only B. Region II
C. Regions I and VI
D. (1) and (3) only
D. Regions II and III
E. (2) and (3) only E. Regions II, III, IV
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-9] [2000-CE-MATHS 2-42]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 132

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

15.
17.

The shaded region in the figure represents the

solution of one of the following systems of
inequalities. Which is it ?

 2x − y  0 Which of the regions in the figure may

A.  x+y  6 represent the solution of
 x  0
 2x − y  0  x  2
B.  x+y  6  x+y  2 ?
 y  0
 x−y  0
 2x − y  0
A. Region I
C.  x+y  6
 y  0 B. Region II
 2x − y  0
C. Region III
D.  x+y  6
 y  0 D. Region IV
 2x − y  0
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-41]
E.  x+y  6
 x  0
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-49]
18.
16.

Which of the following systems of inequalities

has its solution represented by the shaded
region in the figure ? Which of the regions in the figure may
 3x − 2y  0 represent the solution of
A.  x+y  10
 x  0  y  4
3x − 2y  0  x+y  8 ?
  2x + y  8
B.  x+y  10
 x  0
A. Region I
 3x − 2y  0
C.  x+y  10 B. Region II
 y  0 C. Region III
 3x − 2y  0
D.  x+y  10 D. Region IV
 y  0 [2007-CE-MATHS 2-43]
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-43]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 133

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

A. A
19.
B. B
C. C
D. D
E. E
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-30]

21. y
(0, 3) (3, 3)

x+y=6

x
0 (4, 0)
Which of the following systems of inequalities 2x + 3y = 0
has its solution represented by the shaded
region in the figure ? Let p = 2x + 3y . Under the following
−x  constraints
 y 1
 +y  x  0
A.

x
x  0
6
 y  0
 y −x  1 x4 ,
B. 

x
x
+y 
 0
6
 xy + y3  6
 y −x  1 what is the greatest value of p ?
C.  x +y  6
 y  0 A. 8
−x  B. 14
 y 1
C. 15
D.  x +y  6
 y  0 D. 16
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-43] E. 17
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-32]

22.
Optimal Solutions

20. y

10
9 A
8
7 B E
6
5
4 C Find the greatest value of 3x + 2y if (x, y) is
3 a point lying in the region OABCD (including
2 the boundary).
1 D A. 15
0 x B. 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C. 12
In the figure, which point in the shaded D. 9
region will make the value of x – 2y a E. 8
minimum ? [1993-CE-MATHS 2-6]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 134

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

In the figure, O is the origin. The equation

23.
of AB is 2x + y – 8 = 0 and the equation of
BC is 2x + 3y – 12 = 0 . If (x, y) is a point
lying in the shaded region OABC (including
the boundary), then the greatest value of x +
3y + 4 is
A. 8.
B. 13 .
C. 16 .
D. 28 .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-41]

26.
In the figure, (x, y) is a point in the shaded
region (including the boundary) and x, y are
integers. Find the greatest value of 3x + y .
A. 7
B. 8
C. 9.2
D. 10
E. 10.5
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-5]

24.
In the figure, the equations of PQ and QR are
3x + y = 36 and x + y = 20 respectively. If
(x, y) is a point lying in the shaded region
OPQR (including the boundary), then the least
value of 2x – 3y + 180 is
A. 72 .
B. 120 .
C. 160 .
D. 204 .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-42]

In the figure, find the point (x, y) in the

27.
shaded region (including the boundary) at
which bx – ay + 3 attains its greatest value.
A. (0, 0)
B. (–a, b)
C. (a, b)
D. (b, –a)
E. (b, a)
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-43]

25.
In the figure, the equations of AB and BC are
x + 3y = 18 and 2x + y = 16 respectively. If
(x, y) is a point lying in the shaded region
OABC (including the boundary), then the
greatest value of 3x – y + 16 is
A. 10 .
B. 30 .
C. 40 .
D. 70 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-42]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 135

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

28. 30.

The figure shows a shaded region (including

the boundary). If (h, k) is a point lying in
the shaded region, which of the following are
true ?
(1) k  3
(2) h – k  –3
(3) 2h + k  6
In the figure, the equations of PQ, QR and
A. (1) and (2) only
RS are x – y = 7 , x + y = 5 and y = 3
B. (1) and (3) only
respectively. If (x, y) is a point lying in the
C. (2) and (3) only
shaded region PQRS (including the boundary),
D. (1), (2) and (3)
at which point does 2x – 3y + 35 attain its
greatest value ? [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-36]

A. P
B. Q 31. Consider the following system of inequalities :
C. R  x  2
D. S y  0
 x + 4y  22

[2011-CE-MATHS 2-42]
4x – y  20
Let D be the region which represents the
solution of the above system of inequalities. If
HKDSE Problems (x, y) is a point lying in D, then the greatest
value of 3y – 4x + 15 is

29. A. 3.
B. 17 .
C. 22 .
D. 30 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-37]

32.

Which of the triangular regions in the figure

may represent the solution of
 0 x  6
 0  y  3?
 x  2y
A. OAC
B. OBD
The figure shows a shaded region (including
C. OCE the boundary). If (a, b) is a point lying in
D. ODF the shaded region, which of the fol1owing are
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-35] true ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 136

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 8.3 Linear Programming

(1) a  4
(2) a  b – 5
(3) a  10 – 2b
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-36]

33.

In the figure, PQ and SR are parallel to the

x-axis. If (x, y) is a point lying in the shaded
region PQRS (including the boundary), at
which point does 7y – 5x + 3 attain its
greatest value ?
A. P
B. Q
C. R
D. S
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-35]

34. Consider the following system of inequalities :

 y  9
 x–y–9  0
 x+y–9  0
Let R be the region which represents the
solution of the above system of inequalities. If
(x, y) is a point lying in R, then the greatest
value of x – 2y + 43 is
A. 25 .
B. 43 .
C. 52 .
D. 61 .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 137

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

Lengths in Rectilinear Figures ab

D.
a2 + b2
1. ABC is a triangle right-angled at C. AC = 8 ; ab
BC = 12 . If CDEF is a square, then ED = E.
a + b2
2

[1978-CE-MATHS A2-53]

4. In the figure, ABCD represents the cross-

section of a rectangular box leaning against a
vertical wall. AB = 70 cm , BC = 100 cm . If
C is 80 cm above the floor, how high is A
above the floor ?

A. 3.6
B. 4
C. 4.8
D. 6
E. 6.4
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-51]

2. In the figure, ABCD is a square of side 8 cm .

If AP = CQ = 6 cm , what is the distance
between the parallel lines PB and DQ ? A. 38 cm
B. 40 cm
C. 42 cm
D. 45 cm
E. 56 cm
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-18]

5. In the figure, ABCD is a square of side 2a.

M and N are the mid-points of AB and CD
respectively. h is the height of the
A. 2.0 cm parallelogram MBND. h =
B. 1.8 cm
C. 1.6 cm
D. 1.5 cm
E. 1.2 cm
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-26]

3. In the figure, PQRS is a rectangle. PQ = a ,

QR = b . What is the distance between Q and
PR ?

1
A. a.
2
2
B. a.
5
5
C. a.
a2 + b2 2
A.
ab 2
D. a.
a2 + b 2 3
B.
ab 2
a2 + b2 E. a.
4
C.
ab [1982-CE-MATHS 2-50]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 138

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

6. In the figure, all the corners are right-angled. 8. In the figure, ABCD and EFGH are two
If the perimeter of the figure is 40, then x = squares of side 1. They are placed one upon
the other with their centres both at O to form
a star with 16 sides, each of length x. Find x.

A. 0.25

B. 2 2
A.
7
C. 2.5 1
B.
3
D. 4
2
C.
E. 4.5 5
1
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-11]
D.
2+ 2
1
E.
1+ 2
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-48]
7. In the figure, ABC, ACD, ADE and AEF are
right angled isosceles triangles. If AB = BC =
1 , how long is AF ? 9. In the figure, ABEF, BCGH and CDIJ are
three squares. If AB = 2 and BC = 6 and F,
H, J lie on a straight line, then CD =

A. 2 5

B. 4

C. 2 3
A. 8.
D. 3 B. 10 .
C. 12 .
E. 5 D. 16 .
E. 18 .
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-24]
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-25]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 139

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

10. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. A. 61

AB  BD, AB = 3 and BC = 5 . AC = B. 9
C. 10
D. 6 3
E. 109
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-25]

13. In the figure, ABCD is a square of side a and

BDEF is a rhombus. CEF is a straight line.
Find the length of the perpendicular from B to
DE.
A. 10 .
B. 12 .
C. 13 .
D. 26 .
E. 2 13 .
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-53]

11. Referring to the figure, find the length of the

line segment joining P and Q.
1
A. a
2
2a
B.
3
a
C.
2
3
D. a
2
E. a
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-54]

A. 25 14. In the figure, ABCD and EFGH are two

squares and ACH is an equilateral triangle.
B. 10 5 Find AB : EF .
C. 18
D. 8 5
E. 194
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-22]

12. In the figure, ABCD is a square with side 6.

If BE = CE = 5 , find AE.

A. 1:2
B. 1:3
C. 1: 2
D. 1: 3
E. 2: 3
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-52]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 140

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

15. In the figure, a rectangular piece of paper 18. In the figure, AC = 3AB . Find AB correct to
ABCD is folded along EF so that C and A 3 significant figures.
coincide. If AB = 12 cm , BC = 16 cm , find
BE.

A. 3.5 cm
B. 4.5 cm A. 1.26 cm
B. 1.41 cm
C. 5 cm
C. 1.79 cm
D. 8 cm
D. 2.83 cm
E. 12.5 cm
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-25]
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-53]

19. In the figure, the length of the line segment

16. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium with joining A and F is
AB // DC , ABC = 90º and MN is the
perpendicular bisector of AD. If AB = 9 ,
BN = 2 and NC = 6 , find CD.

A. 68 .
B. 77 .
C. 82 .
D. 85 .
1 [2005-CE-MATHS 2-30]
A. 4
2
3
B. 6
4
C. 7
Areas of Rectilinear Figures
D. 41
E. 113
20. In the figure, ABCD is a square of area
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-54] 16 cm2 . APB is an isosceles triangle right-
angled at P. What is the area of APB ?
17. In the figure, AB = 2BC . Find BC correct to
3 significant figures.

A. 0.775 cm A. 4 cm2
B. 1.00 cm B. 8 cm2
C. 1.34 cm C. 2 2 cm2
D. 1.73 cm D. 4 2 cm2
E. 1.80 cm E. 8 2 cm2
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-31] [SP-CE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 141

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

21. The length of a side of a rhombus is 10 cm . A. 20

If its shorter diagonal is of length 12 cm , B. 40
what is the area of the rhombus in cm 2 ? C. 80
A. 60 D. 89
B. 96 E. 4 89
C. 100 [1981-CE-MATHS 2-40]
D. 120
E. 192
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-14] 25. In the figure, ABC is an equilateral triangle of
side 2a. P and Q are the mid-points of AB
and AC respectively. PQRS is a rectangle.
22. What is the area, in cm2, of an equilateral What is the area of PQRS ?
triangle of side x cm ?
3 2
A. x
4
3 2
B. x
2
1 2
C. x
4
1 2
D. x
2
E. 3 x2
A. a2
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-20]
1 2
B. a
2
23. In the figure, ABCD is a square with AB = 5 . 2 2
AP = BQ = CR = DS = 1 . What is the area of C. a
3
PQRS ? 1 2
D. a
3
3 2
E. a
2
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-50]

26. In the figure an equilateral triangle is inscribed

in a circle of radius a. What is the area of
the triangle ?

A. 9
B. 15
C. 16
D. 17
E. 18
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-22]

24. In the figure, BAC = 90º, AB = 8 , AC = 5

and AX  BC . BCDE is a rectangle with 3 2
CD = AX . What is the area of the rectangle A. a
2
BCDE ?
3 3 2
B. a
4
3 2
C. a
4
D. a2
3 3 2
E. a
2
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-39]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 142

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

27. Four identical trapeziums, each of area 30. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB // DC , AB
16 cm2 , are drawn inside a square of side = 8 cm , DC = 18 cm , AD = BC = 13 cm .
10 cm as shown in the figure. What is the Find the area of the trapezium.
height of each trapezium ?

A. 156 cm2
B. 169 cm2
C. 216 cm2
D. 312 cm2
1 E. 338 cm2
A. cm .
2
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-12]
B. 1 cm .
C. 2 cm .
D. 3 cm . 31. In the figure, ABCD is a square of side a and
MNPQ is a square of side b. The four
E. 4 cm . trapeziums are identical. The area of the
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-40] shaded region is

28. If the lengths of the diagonals of a rhombus

are 2 cm and 4 cm respectively, what is the
area of the rhombus ?

A. 2 cm2
B. 4 cm2
C. 8 cm2
3b2 + a2
D. 16 cm2 A.
4
.
E. It cannot be determined 3b2 – a2
B. .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-12] 2
5b2 + a2
C. .
4
29. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. E is a 5b2 – a2
point on BC such that AED = 90º. AD = 13 D. .
4
and DE = 5 . The area of ABCD = (a – b)2
E. + b2 .
4
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-12]

32. An equilateral triangle and a square have equal

Area of the triangle
perimeters. =
A. 30 . Area of the square
B. 52 .
C. 60 .
D. 65 .
E. 120 .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 143

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

9 3 35. In the figure, ABCD is a square and ABE is

A. . Area of ABE
16 an equilateral triangle. =
Area of ABCD
3
B. .
4
3
C. .
3
4 3
D. .
9
E. 1. 1
A. .
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-14] 4
1
B. .
3
33. In the figure, the equilateral triangle ACE of 3
side 4 cm is inscribed in the circle. Find the C. .
8
area of the inscribed regular hexagon ABCDEF. 3
D. .
4
3
E. .
2
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-41]

36. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangular field of

length p metres and width q metres. The path
around the field is of width 2 metres. Find
the area of the path.

A. 8 3 cm2
B. 8 2 cm2
C. 4 3 cm2
D. 4 2 cm2
A. (4p + 4q) m2
E. 16 cm2 B. (2p + 2q + 4) m2
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-16] C. (2p + 2q + 16) m2
D. (4p + 4q + 16) m2
E. ( pq + 4p + 4q + 16) m2
34. In the figure, the rectangle has perimeter [1994-CE-MATHS 2-14]
16 cm and area 15 cm2 . Find the length of
its diagonal AC.
37. In the figure, area of ABC : area of square
BCDE = 2 : 1 . Find PQ : BC .

A. 32 cm
B. 34 cm
C. 7 cm
D. 226 cm
E. 241 cm
A. 1:2
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-38] B. 1:3

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 144

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

C. 1:4 41. In the figure, a square of side x cm is cut

D. 2:3 into 9 equal squares. If the total perimeter of
E. 3:4 the 9 small squares is 72 cm more than the
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-46] perimeter of the original square, then x =

38. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium. Find its

area.

A. 6.
B. 8.
C. 9.
D. 12 .
E. 18 .
A. 36 cm2 [2000-CE-MATHS 2-7]
B. 45 cm2
C. 48 cm2
D. 72 cm2 42. The figure shows a trapezium of area 6 cm2 .
E. 90 cm2 Find x.
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-14]

39. In the figure, the area of ABCD is

A. 2
B. 3
A. 36 . C. 4
B. 40 . D. 6
C. 44 .
E. 11
D. 4 21 + 24 .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-8]
E. 4 29 + 24 .
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-17]
43. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle formed by
four squares each of area 1 cm2 . DB is a
40. In the figure, find the area of the pentagon diagonal. Find the area of the shaded region.
ABCDE.

9
A. cm2
10
7
B. cm2
8
5
C. cm2
A. 16 cm2 6
B. 18 cm2 4
D. cm2
C. 20 cm2 5
D. 24 cm2 3
E. cm2
E. 32 cm2 4
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-21] [2000-CE-MATHS 2-12]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 145

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

44. In the figure, CAB is a semicircle and ABCD A. 1:1.

is a parallelogram. Find the area of ABCD. B. 1:2.
C. 25 : 49 .
D. 49 : 50 .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-44]

48. If the area of a regular 10-sided polygon is

123 cm2 , find the length of the side of the
A. 65 cm2 10-sided polygon. Give the answer correct to
B. 60 cm2 the nearest 0.l cm .
C. 52 cm2
D. 32.5 cm2 A. 3.9 cm
E. 30 cm2 B. 4.0 cm
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-31] C. 6.8 cm
D. 8.0 cm
45. The figure shows a regular pentagon. Find its [2004-CE-MATHS 2-19]
area correct to the nearest 0.01 cm2 .

49. In the figure, ABCD is a rhombus and CDE

is an equilateral triangle. If ADE is a straight
line, then the area of the quadrilateral ABCE
is

A. 3.63 cm2
B. 5.88 cm2
C. 6.18 cm2
D. 6.88 cm2 A. 2 3 cm2 .
E. 8.51 cm2 B. 3 3 cm2 .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-9]
C. 4 3 cm2 .
D. 6 3 cm2 .
46. The length of a side of a regular 8-sided
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-16]
polygon is 6 cm . Find its area, correct to 3
significant figures.
A. 27.6 cm2 50. In the figure, the area of the trapezium ABCD
B. 29.8 cm2 is
C. 66.5 cm2
D. 174 cm2
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-16]

47. In the figure, ABCD and PQRS are two

rectangles of equal perimeter. If AB : BC = 3 :
2 and PQ : QR = 4 : 3 , then area of ABCD :
area of PQRS = A. 345 cm2 .
B. 349 cm2 .
C. 690 cm2 .
D. 698 cm2 .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-17]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 146

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

51. In the figure, the area of the trapezium is Areas of Similar Figures
96 cm2 . Find x.
54. In the figure, ABCD and PQRS are similar
rectangles, each representing a television
screen. If AC is 40 cm and PR is 60 cm ,
what is the ratio of the areas of the rectangles
ABCD and PQRS ?

A. 1
B. 5
C. 7
D. 11 A. 2:3
B. 3:4
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-7]
C. 4:9
D. 9 : 16
E. It cannot be found from the information
52. In the figure, ABCD is a semicircle of given.
diameter 26 cm . It is given that CDEF is a [1979-CE-MATHS 2-43]
rectangle such that E and F are points lying
on AB. If AE = 1 cm , find the area of the
rectangle CDEF. 55. In the figure, the rectangles are similar.
PQ = a , QR = b . If AC = 2PR , what is the
area of ABCD ?

A. 120 cm2
B. 130 cm2 A. 2ab
C. 288 cm2 B. 4ab
C. 2(a2 + b2)
D. 312 cm2
D. 2(a + b) a2 + b2
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-20] E. 2ab a2 + b2
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-43]

53. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. If M is a

point lying on AC such that DM is
perpendicular to AC, then AM : MC =
HKDSE Problems

56. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. T is

a point lying on AB such that DT is
perpendicular to AB. It is given that
CD = 9 cm and AT : TB = 1 : 2 . If the area
of the parallelogram ABCD is 36 cm2 , then
the perimeter of the parallelogram ABCD is

A. 3:4.
B. 4:3.
C. 9 : 16 .
D. 16 : 9 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-26]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 147

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

A. 26 cm . A. 144 cm2 .
B. 28 cm. B. 160 cm2 .
C. 30 cm . C. 178 cm2 .
D. 32 cm . D. 288 cm2 .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-18] [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-15]

57. In the figure, AB = 1 cm , BC = CD = DE = 60. In the figure, AB = AE and BAE = BCD =

2 cm and EF = 3 cm . Find the distance CDE = 90º. If BC = CD = DE = 16 cm ,
between A and F correct to the nearest then the area of the pentagon ABCDE is
0.1 cm .

A. 7.2 cm
B. 7.4 cm
C. 8.0 cm A. 71 cm2 .
D. 8.1 cm B. 128 cm2 .
C. 192 cm2 .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-20]
D. 224 cm2 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-15]
58. In the figure, AB = 4 cm , BC = CD = DE =
8 cm and FG = 9 cm . Find the perimeter of
AEH. 61. In the figure, N is a point lying on AC and E
is a point lying on DN. If DN = 6 cm and
EN = 5 cm , then the area of ABC is

A. 60 cm
B. 74 cm
C. 150 cm
D. 164 cm
A. 24 cm2 .
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-18]
B. 30 cm2 .
C. 96 cm2 .
59. In the figure, the area of quadrilateral ABCD D. 192 cm2 .
is [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-15]

62. The diameters AC and BD of the circle ABCD

intersect at the point E. If AEB = 90º and
AC = 24 cm , then the area of AEB is
A. 41 cm2 .
B. 72 cm2 .
C. 144 cm2 .
D. 288 cm2 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-21]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 148

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

63. In the figure, ABC is a straight line. If A. 6.

AB = 24 cm , AD = 40 cm , BD = 32 cm and B. 8.
CD = 68 cm , then BC = C. 9.
D. 10 .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-19]

A. 43 cm .
B. 54 cm .
C. 55 cm .
D. 60 cm .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-16]

64. In the figure, D is a point lying on AC such

that BD is perpendicular to AC. It is given
that AC = 14 cm and BD = 12 cm . If the
area of ABD is greater than the area of
BCD by 24 cm2 , then the perimeter of
ABC is

A. 30 cm .
B. 42 cm .
C. 54 cm .
D. 84 cm .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-14]

65. In the figure, the length of the line segment

joining A and H is

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 149

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

Definition of  4. In the figure, an equilateral triangle is

inscribed in a circle of radius 1. The
circumference of the circle is greater than the
1.  is defined as perimeter of the triangle by
circumference of a circle
A. .
diameter of the circle
area of a circle
B. .
radius of the circle
22
C. 7
.
D. 3.142 .
E. 3.1416 .
A. 4 – 3 3 .
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-38]
3 3
B. 4 – .
2
2. The real number  is C. 2 – 3.
3 3
22 D. 2 – .
A. . 2
7
B. 3.1416 . E. 2 – 3 3 .
C. the ratio of the area of a circle to the [1990-CE-MATHS 2-40]
square of its diameter.
D. the ratio of the circumference of a circle
to its radius. 5. From a rectangular metal sheet of width 3 cm
and length 40 cm , at most how many circles
E. the ratio of the circumference of a circle
each of radius 1 cm can be cut ?
to its diameter.
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-22]

A. 20
Lengths in Circles
B. 21
C. 22
3. In the figure, ABCD is a square of side 2a. D. 23
Four quadrants of radius a arc drawn with A,
E. 24
B, C and D as centres. If the circle with
centre O touches all the four quadrants, what [1991-CE-MATHS 2-44]
is the diameter of the circle O ?

6. In the figure, the three circles touch one

another. XY is their common tangent. The
two larger circles are equal. If the radius of
the smaller circle is 4 cm , find the radii of
the larger circles.

A. a
A. 8 cm
B. 2a
B. 10 cm
C. 2 2a C. 12 cm
D. 2( – 2) a D. 14 cm
E. 2( 2 – 1) a E. 16 cm
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-46] [1993-CE-MATHS 2-54]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 150

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

Areas of Circles 10. In the figure, O is the centre of two

concentric circles. AB is tangent to the
7. The area of a circle is A cm2 . Its smaller circle. If AB = 2 , find the area of the
circumference is s cm . Express s in terms of shaded part.
A.
A. s = 2 A
B. s = 2 A
C. s = 2 A
A
D. s =

2A
E. s =
 
A.
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-39] 2
B. 
C. 2
8. The perimeter of the given figure ABCDE is D. 4
2( + 4) cm . The upper portion AED is a E. It cannot be found.
semi-circle and the lower portion ABCD is a
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-33]
rectangle. AB : BC = 1 : 2 . What is the area
of the given figure ?
11. In the figure, there are nine circles, each of
radius 1. Find the shaded area.

A. 8 cm2
B. 2 cm2 A. 9 – 9
C. 4 cm2 B. 36 – 9
D. 4( + 2) cm2 C. 40 – 9
E. 2( + 4) cm2 D. 10 – 10
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-41]
E. 40 – 10
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-13]

9. In the figure, a regular hexagon of side 2 cm

is inscribed in a circle. The area of the circle 12. Three equal circles of radii 1 touch each other
is greater than the area of the hexagon by as shown in the figure, shaded area =


A. 1– .
2

B. 3– .
2

A. (3 – 6) cm2 C. 2 3– .
2
B. (3 –3 3 ) cm2 
C. (4 – 6) cm2 D. 3–
6
.
D. (4 –3 3 ) cm2 
E. (4 –6 3 ) cm2 E. 2 3– .
6
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-16] [1990-CE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 151

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

13. In the figure, a square is inscribed in a circle 15. The figure shows a rectangular inscribed in a
with radius 1 cm . Find the area of the circle. Find the area of the shaded region
shaded region. correct to the nearest 0.1 cm2 .

A. 60.0 cm2
A. ( – 2) cm2
B. 72.7 cm2
B. ( – 2 ) cm2 C. 132.7 cm2
C. ( – 1) cm2 D. 470.9 cm2
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-17]
D. (2 – 2) cm2
E. (2 – 1) cm2

[1999-CE-MATHS 2-21]

Mensuration of Circles in Ratio

16. In the figure, ABCD is a straight line with

AB = BC = CD . Three circles I, II and III are
14. In the figure, PXQ, QYR and RZP are drawn respectively on AB, AC and AD as
semicircles with areas A1 cm2 , A2 cm2 and diameters. Areas of circle I : Area of circle II :
A3 cm2 respectively. If A1 = 12 and A2 = 5 , Area of circle III =
find A3 .

A. 1:2:3.
B. 1:2:4.
A. 13 C. 1:4:9.
B. 17 D. 1 : 4 : 16 .
E. 1 : 8 : 27 .
C. 169
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-10]
D. 13
169
E.
8
 17. The figure shows the circumscribed circle P
and the inscribed circle Q of the square
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-25] ABCD. Find area of P : area of Q .

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 152

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

Mensuration of Sectors

20. In the figure, a circle, centre C, of radius

1 cm is inscribed in a sector AOB of radius
3 cm . The length of arc AB =
A

A. 2:1
B. 2:1 O
C
C. 2 2:1
D.  :1
E. 4:1 B
1
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-46] A.
2
 cm .
2
B.
3
 cm .
18. In the figure, C1 and C2 are two circles. If 3
area of region I : area of region II : area of C.
4
 cm .
region III = 2 : 1 : 3 , then radius of C1 :
D.  cm .
radius C2 =
3
E.
2
 cm .
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-24]

360º
21. The angle of a sector is 2 radians (i.e. )

and its perimeter is 12 cm . The area of the
sector is
A. 6 cm2 .
B. 9 cm2 .
A. 9 : 16 . C. 16 cm2 .
B. 2:3. D. 18 cm2 .
C. 3:4. E. 36 cm2 .
D. 2: 3. [1977-CE-MATHS 2-26*]
E. 3:2.
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-46]
22. In the figure, the radius of the circle is r.
The area of the shaded part is
19. In the figure, the radii of the two circles are
3 cm and 1 cm respectively. Find the ratio
of the area of the shaded part to that of the
smaller circle.


A. r2 – .
4

B. r(r – ).
A. 2:1 4
B. 3:1 
C. r2(1 – ).
C. 4:1 4
D. 8:1 D. r2(1 –  ) .
E. 9:1 E. r2( – 1) .
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-19] [SP-CE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 153

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

23. What is the size of the angle of a circular 26. The figure below shows a sector. The length
sector whose area is 5 cm2 and whose radius of arc AB is 12 cm . If the area of the sector
is 10 cm ? is 36 cm2 , then AOB =
9
A. degrees

18
B. degrees

90
C. degrees

270
A. degrees .
D.
360
degrees 
 360
B. degrees .
900 
E. degrees
 450
C. degrees .
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-30*] 
720
D. degrees .

24. A wire of length b is bent to form the 1080
E. degrees .
perimeter of a sector of radius r. The angle 
of the sector in degrees is [1979-CE-MATHS 2-17*]

b 180º
A. × .
r  27. The perimeter of a sector is 16 and its angle
360
r 180º is degrees. What is the area of the
B. × . 
b–r  sector ?
r 180º
C. × . A. 16
b – 2r 
B. 32
b – r 180º C. 64
D. × .
r  D. 16
b – 2r 180º E. 32
E. × .
r  [1980-CE-MATHS 2-41*]
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-30*]

28. The radius of a sector is 3 cm and the

perimeter is 10 cm . What is the area of the
25. In the figure, ABC is any triangle. Three sector ?
circular arcs, with vertices as centres and radii
1 cm . What is the total length of the 3 arcs ? A. 6 cm2
B. 12 cm2
C. 15 cm2
D. 18 cm2
E. 45 cm2
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-46]

29. In a circle, the angle of a sector is 30º and

the radius is 2 cm . The area of the sector is

A. 6 cm A. 120 cm2 .
B. 60 cm2 .
B. 5 cm
30
4.5 cm C. cm2 .
C. 
D. 4 cm 2
D. cm2 .
E. It cannot be found from the information 3
given. 
E. cm2 .
3
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-40] [1982-CE-MATHS 2-22]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 154

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

30. In the figure, OACB is a sector of a circle of A. 3 cm2 .

radius 6 cm . Arc ACB is longer than the B. 6 cm2 .
chord AB by
C. 9 cm2 .
D. 3 cm2 .
E. 6 cm2 .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-20]

33. In the figure, the radius of the sector is r and

POQ = xº. If the area of the sector is A,
then x =
A. ( – 3) cm
2A
B. 2( – 3) cm A. .
r2
C. 3( – 1) cm
360A
D. 6( – 1) cm B.
r2
.
E. 3(2 – 3) cm 360A
C. .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-23]  r2
180A
D. .
r2
31. In the figure, the two concentric circles are of
180A
radius 2 cm and 4 cm respectively. Each E. .
circle is divided into 6 equal parts by 6 radii.  r2
What is the area of the shaded region ? [1984-CE-MATHS 2-47]

34. The figure shows two sectors with radii r and

2r. If these two sectors are equal in area,
then 1 : 2 =

A. 2:1.
B. 3:1.
C. 4:1.
A. 12 cm2 D. 5:1.
B. 10 cm2 E. 6:1.
C. 9 cm2 [1986-CE-MATHS 2-9]
D. 6 cm2
E. 2 cm2
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-42] 35. In the figure, if the area of the sector is x,
︵
then ACB =
32. In the figure, OAB is a sector of a circle.
2x
Radius OA is 3 cm long and arc AB = 2 cm . A. .
The area of the sector is r
x
B. .
2 cm r
A B 2x
C. .
r2
x
D. .
3 cm 90r
90x
E. .
r
O [1986-CE-MATHS 2-18]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 155

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

36. In the figure, ABCD is a square. Arcs AC A. 1 cm .

and BD are drawn with centres D and C 3
︵ ︵ B. cm .
respectively, intersecting at O. AO : OC = 2
C. 2 cm .
D.  cm .
E. 2 cm .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-17*]

39. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle of

radius 4. The area of the shaded region is

A. 1: 2.
B. 1: 3.
C. 1:2.
D. 1:3.
E. 2:3.
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-47]

37. Three circles, centres A, B and C touch each

4
other as shown in the figure. The radii of the A. – 4.
3
two circles with centre A and B are both 1
cm and radius of the circle with centre C is 4
B. – 8.
3 cm . Find the area of the shaded part in 3
cm2. 4
C. – 4 3.
3
2
D. – 4.
3
8
E. – 8.
3
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-52]

40. In the figure, AOC' is a straight line. OAA',

OBB' and OCC' are 3 sectors. If OA = 4r ,
OB = 2r and OC' = r , find the total area of
the sectors in terms of r.


A. 3–
3

B. 3–
6

C. 2 3–
3
 A. 7 r2
D. 2 3– 7 2
6
B.
2
r
E. It cannot be determined.
7 2
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-52]
C.
4
r
7 2
38. The circumference of a circle is 6 cm . The
D.
6
r
length of an arc of the circle which subtends 7 2
60 E.
12
r
an angle of degrees at the centre is
 [1988-CE-MATHS 2-18]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 156

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

41. ABCD is a square of side 2 cm . O is the BD s

mid-point of AD. A sector with centre O is (1) =
XZ t
inscribed in the square as shown in the figure. area of sector ABCD s
What is the area of the sector ? (2) =
area of sector WXYZ t
BAD s
(3) =
XWZ t
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (2) and (3) only
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-32]
 2
A. cm
2
B. 2 3 cm2 44. In the figure, TB touches the semi-circle at B.
TA cuts the semi-circle at P such that
C. 3 cm2
TP = PA . If the radius of the semi-circle is 2,
2
D.
3
 cm2 find the area of the shaded region.
4
E.
3
 cm2
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-49]

42. In the figure, ABCD is a G-shaped curve,

where ABC is an arc of a circle and DC is a
radius. If the length of the curve ABCD is
the same as that of the complete circle, find
the angle subtended by the arc ABC at the
centre. A. 12 – 
B. 8 –
C. 6 –
D. 4–
E. 2(4 –  )
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-13]

45. Find the perimeter of the sector in the figure.

( rad = 180º)

A. 270º
180
B. (180 + )º

C. 240º
180
D. (360 – )º

E. 315º A. 2.25 cm
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-50*]
B. 3 cm
C.   + 3 cm
 60 
43. D. 4.5 cm
E. 6 cm
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-15]

46. In the figure, the radii of the sectors OPQ

In the figure, ABCD and WXYZ are sectors of and ORS are 5 cm and 3 cm respectively,
︵ ︵
equal radii. If BCD : XYZ = s : t , then which Area of shaded region
=
of the following is / are true ? Area of sector OPQ

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 157

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

A. 9
B. 10
C. 11.25
D. 12
E. 12.5
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-44]

4
A. .
25 49. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle.
2 Find the area of the major segment ABC.
B. .
5
9
C. .
25
16
D. .
25
21
E. .
25
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-42]

47. In the figure, OACB is a sector of radius r.


If AOB = (i.e. 60º) , find the area of the 
3 A. r2
shaded part. 4
3 2
B. r
4

C.   – 1  r2
4 2
D.  3 – 1  r2
 4 2
E.  3 + 1  r2
 4 2
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-45]

A.   – 3  r2
6 4  50. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle.
 1
B.  –  r2
AB and AC are tangents to the circle at B and
 6 4 C respectively. Area of the shaded region =

C.  –
3 2
 3 2 r
 1
D.  –  r2
 3 2
 3 2
E. r– r
3 4
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-15]


A. (2 – ) cm2 .
48. In the figure, CDEF is a sector of a circle 6
which touched AB at E. If AB = 25 and 
BC = 15 , find the radius of the sector. B. (2 – ) cm2 .
3

C. ( 3– ) cm2 .
6

D. ( 3– ) cm2 .
3
3 
E. ( – ) cm2 .
2 6
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 158

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

51. In the figure, BEA is a semicircle. ABCD is 54. In the figure, OABC is a sector. Find the
a rectangle and DC touches the semicircle at area of the shaded region.
E. Find the area of the shaded region.

A. 9
B. 18 A. ( – 2) cm2
C. 36 B. (2 – 4) cm2
D. 36 – 9 C. (4 – 8) cm2
E. 36 + 9 D. (8 – 8) cm2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-16]
E. (8 – 16) cm2
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-23]
52. In the figure, BCA is a semicircle. If AC = 6
and CB = 4 , find the area of the semicircle.
55. In the figure, ABC is a semicircle. Find the
area of the shaded part.

5
A.
2

13 6 cm2
B.
2
 A.
B. 15 cm2
C. 10
C. (6 – 9 3) cm2
D. 13
E. 26 D. (6 + 9 3) cm2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-18] E. (12 – 9 3) cm2
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-46]

53. In the figure, OXY is a sector with centre O.

If Z is the mid-point of YO, find area of
56. In the figure, ABCD is a semicircle. Find the
OXZ : area of sector OXY .
area of the shaded region correct to the
nearest 0.01 cm2 .

A. 1:2 A. 5.33 cm2

B. 2 : 3 B. 2.87 cm2
C. 2 : 3 C. 2.67 cm2
D. 3 : 2 D. 1.33 cm2
E. 3 3 : 2 E. 0.17 cm2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-48] [1999-CE-MATHS 2-25]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 159

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

57. The figure shows a square, a triangle and a 59. In the figure, A, B and C are the centres of
sector with areas a cm2 , b cm2 and c cm2 three equal circles, each of radius 1 cm . Find
respectively. the area of the shaded region.

A.   – 3  cm2
Which of the following is true ? 2 2 

A. a>b>c B.   – 3 3  cm2
2 4 
B. a>c>b
C.   + 3  cm2
C. b>a>c 2 4 
D. b>c>a 
D. cm2
2
E. c>a>b

E.
  – 3  cm2
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-32]
2 4 
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-26]

58. In the figure, OABC is a sector. Find the

length of the arc ABC.
60. In the figure, OCD and OAB are two sectors.
︵
The length of AB is

2
A. cm
3 8
A.
3
 cm
B. 4 cm
10
C. 5 cm B.
3
 cm

D. 6 cm C. (2 + 2) cm
E. 12 cm D. 4 cm
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-25] [2002-CE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 160

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors
︵
61. In the figure, OAB is a sector and AB =  64. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. B
cm . Find the area of the sector. and C are points lying on the circle. If OC =
2 cm and OA = 1 cm , then the area of the
shaded region OABC is

A.
3
 cm2 
2 A. cm2 .
2
B. 3 cm2 2
9 B. cm2 .
C.  cm2 3
2
 3 +   cm2 .
D. 6 cm2 C.
 2 3
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-19]
D.  3 + 2  cm2 .
 3 
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-19]
62. In the figure, OAB is a sector. The perimeter
and the area of the sector are x cm and
︵
y cm2 respectively. If x = y , then AB = 65. In the figure, OAB is a sector with centre O.
If the perimeter of the sector OAB is 12 cm ,
find OA correct to the nearest 0.01 cm .

A. 5 cm
B. 10 cm
5 A. 3.36 cm
C. cm B. 3.91 cm
3
C. 4.31 cm
10
D. cm D. 7.64 cm
3
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-16]
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-45]

63. In the figure, OAB is a sector of radius 2 cm . 66. In the figure, OAB and OCD are sectors with
︵ centre O. It is given that the area of the
If the length of AB is 3 cm , then the area
shaded region ABCD is 54 cm2 . If
of the sector OAB is AC = 6 cm , then OA =

3
A. cm2 .
2
A. 15 cm .
B. 3 cm2 .
B. 21 cm .
C. 4 cm2 . C. 24 cm .
D. 6 cm2 . D. 30 cm .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-19] [2008-CE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 161

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

67. In the figure, OAB is a sector of radius 70. In the figure, O is the centre of the sector
r cm . If AOB = 120º and the area of the OABC. If the area of OAC is 12 cm2 , find
sector is 12 cm2 , then r = the area of the segment ABC.

A. 3( – 2) cm2
A. 3. B. 3( – 1) cm2
B. 4. C. 6( – 2) cm2
C. 6. D. 6( – 1) cm2
D. 18 . [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-15]
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-20]

71. In the figure, OAB and OCD are sectors with

68. If the radius and the area of a sector are ︵ ︵
12 cm and 48 cm2 respectively, find the centre O. If AB = 12 cm , CD = 16 cm
perimeter of the sector correct to the nearest and OA = 30 cm , then AC =
0.1 cm .
A. 25.1 cm .
B. 36.6 cm .
C. 49.1 cm .
D. 99.4 cm .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-16]

A. 5 cm .
HKDSE Problems B. 10 cm .
C. 20 cm .
69. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. C D. 40 cm .
and D are points lying on the circle. OBC [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-16]
and BAD are straight lines. If OC = 20 cm
and OA = AB = 10 cm , find the area of the
shaded region BCD correct to the nearest cm2. 72. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle
ABCD. If AB = 12 cm and CD = 6 cm , then
the area of the shaded region is

A. 214 cm2
B. 230 cm2
C. 246 cm2
D. 270 cm2
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 162

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

A. (12 – 9) cm2 .
B. (12 + 9) cm2 .
C. (12 – 9 3) cm2 .
D. (12 + 9 3) cm2 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-21]

73. In the figure, the diameter of the semicircle

ABC is 3 cm . If AC = 2 cm , find the area
of the shaded region correct to the nearest
0.01 cm2 .

A. 0.23 cm2
B. 0.52 cm2
C. 0.64 cm2
D. 1.07 cm2
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-16]

74.

In the figure, OAB and OCD are sectors with

centre O, where OA = 33 cm and OC = 39
cm . The area of the shaded region ABDC is
72 cm2 . Which of the following is / are true ?
(1) The angle of the sector OAB is 60º.
(2) The area of the sector OAB is 11 cm2 .
(3) The perimeter of the sector OCD is 13
cm .
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-19]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 163

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

Areas in Proportion 3. In the figure, BQ : QC = 4 : 3 , and AP : PQ

Area of ABP
= 1 : 3 . Then =
Area of ABC
1. In AFG, points B, C, D and E divide AF
Area of APE
into 5 equal parts. CP // EG .
Area of AGF
=

1
A. .
1 3
A. .
2 1
B. .
1 4
B. .
3 1
C. .
7
2
C. . 1
5
D. .
8
3
D. . 1
5 E. .
9
4
E. . [1978-CE-MATHS A2-54]
5
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-50]

4. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. AB is

1
produced to P such that BP = AB . Then
2. In ABC, PQ // BC . The area of APQ is 4. 2
The area of PQB is 6. What is the area of Area of APD
=
QBC ? Area of ABCD

3
A. .
4
2
B. .
3
A. 8
1
B. 9 C. .
2
C. 10 1
D. .
3
D. 12
1
E. 15 E. .
4
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-52] [1979-CE-MATHS 2-44]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 164

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

5. In the figure, F is the mid-point of AB. E is A. 80 .

a point on AC such that AE : EC = 2 : 1 . B. 60 .
Area of BFE C. 45 .
=
Area of BCE D. 40 .
A E. 36 .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-50]

F
E 8. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle E, F, G
and H are points on the four sides such that
EF // DB // GH . AF = FB and HC = 2 BH .
B C What fraction of the area of ABCD is shaded ?
1
A.
2
2
B.
3
C. 1
3
D.
2
E. 2
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-53]

13
A.
6. In the figure, X and Y are points on AB and 36
BC respectively such that AX : XB = 3 : 2 and 5
B.
BY : YC = 4 : 3 . If the area of ABC = 70 , 12
then the area of AXY = 25
C.
36
25
D.
72
47
E.
72
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-52]

9. In the figure, BD = a , DC = b and the area

of ABD = s . Find the area of ABC.
A. 16 .
B. 24 .
C. 30 .
D. 40 .
E. 42 .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-52]

7. In the figure, XY // BC . AX : XB = 2 : 1 . If
the area of the trapezium BCYX = 20 , then
the area of ABC = s(a + b)
A.
a
A
s(a + b)
B.
b
s(a + b)2
C.
a2
s(a + b)2
X Y D.
b2
s(a + b2)
2
E.
a2
B C [1987-CE-MATHS 2-21]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 165

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

10. In the figure, ABCD and ABEF are A. 14 .

Area of ABCD B. 16 .
parallelograms. =
Area of ABEF C. 18 .
D. 20 .
E. 22 .
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-11]

13. In the figure, ABCD is a square and AE =

Area of AED
BE . =
Area of ABCD

AD
A. .
AF
BC
B. .
BF
BC
C. .
EF
2
AD
D. .
AF 2
2
BC 1
E. . A.
EF 2 2
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-24]
3
B.
8
11. In the figure, DE // BC and AB // EF . If AE : 1
C.
EC = 1 : 2 , then area of ADE : area of 3
parallelogram BFED = 1
D.
4
1
E.
8
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-11]

14. In the figure, D and E are points on AB and

AC respectively such that ABC = AED ,
AD = 8 , AE = 5 and EC = 15 . If the area of
ADE is 16, then the area of the quadrilateral
BCED is
A. 1:2.
B. 1:3.
C. 1:4.
D. 1:5.
E. 1:6.
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-54]

12. In the figure, PQRS is a rectangle with PQ =

24 and PS = d . T is the mid-point of PQ. V A. 200 .
area PTVS B. 100 .
is a point on SR and = 2 . SV =
area TQRV C. 96 .
D. 84 .
E. 40 .
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-37]

15. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E

and F are the mid-points of AB and DC
respectively. BF and ED cut AC at P and Q
respectively. If the area of ABCD is 48, find
the area of the shaded part.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 166

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

2
B.
3
3
C.
4
4
D.
5
E. 1
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-53]
A. 6
B. 8
C. 9.6 18. In the figure, AD : DB = 1 : 2 , AE : EC = 3 : 2 .
D. 12 Area of BDE : Area of ABC =
E. 16
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-53]

16. In the figure, AC cuts BD at O. The areas of

AOB, AOD and BOC are 7 cm2 , 12 cm2
and 10.5 cm2 respectively. Find the area of
OCD.

A. 1:3.
B. 2:5.
C. 3:4.
D. 4 : 25 .
E. 36 : 65 .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-45]

19. In the figure, DE = DB , AC = 13 and

A. 5.5 cm2 BC = 5 . Area of ADE : Area of ACB =
B. 8 cm2
C. 8.5 cm2
D. 15.5 cm2
E. 18 cm2
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-54]

17. In the figure, M is the mid-point of BC and

AD = 2DB . AM and CD intersect at K. Find A. 64 : 169 .
area of ADK B. 5 : 13 .
.
area of AKC C. 4:9.
D. 8 : 13 .
E. 2:3.
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-47]

20. In the figure, area of ACD : area of BCD

=

1
A.
2

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 167

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

A. 1:1. 23. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. CDE is a

B. a:b. straight line and AE // BD . If the area of
ABCD is 24 and F is a point on BC such
C. b:a. that BF : FC = 3 : 1 , find the area of DEF.
D. a2 : b2 .
E. b2 : a2 .
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-15]

Area of triangle CDE 1

21. In the figure, if = ,
Area of triangle BCE 2
Area of triangle CDE
find . A. 2
Area of trapezium ABCD
B. 3
C. 4
D. 6
E. 8
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-53]

24. In the figure, AB // DC . If the areas of ABE

and CDE are 4 and 9 respectively, find the
1 area of BCE.
A.
10
1
B.
9
1
C.
8
1
D. A. 4
7
B. 5
1 C. 6
E.
6
D. 6.5
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-46] E. 9
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-54]

22. In the figure, DE : EF =

25. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. M is the
midpoint of BC and AC intersects MD at N.
Area of NCD : area of ABMN =

A. 1:1.
B. 2:1. A. 1:2.
C. 3:1. B. 1:3.
C. 2:3.
D. 3:2.
D. 2:5.
E. 4:1.
E. 4:7.
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-52] [1999-CE-MATHS 2-54]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 168

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

26. In the figure, AEC and BED are straight lines. 29. In the figure, ABDF and ACEG are straight
If the area of ABE = 4 cm2 and the area of lines. If the area of ABC is 16 cm2 and the
BCE = 5 cm2 , find the area of CDE. area of quadrilateral BDEC is 20 cm2 , then
the area of quadrilateral DFGE is

A. 4.5 cm2
B. 5 cm2
C. 6 cm2
D. 6.25 cm2 A. 24 cm2 .
E. 9 cm2 B. 28 cm2 .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-54] C. 36 cm2 .
D. 44 cm2 .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-17]
27. In the figure, ADB, BEC and CFA are straight
lines. If the area of ABC is 225 cm2 , find
the area of the parallelogram DECF. 30. In the figure, AEDC is a parallelogram. If
AB : BC = 1 : 2 and AF : FE = 2 : 1 , then the
area of ABF : area of BCD =

A. 81 cm2
B. 108 cm2 A. 1:2.
C. 126 cm2 B. 1:3.
D. 135 cm2 C. 1:4.
E. 162 cm2 D. 2:9.
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-50]
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-18]

28. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E 31. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram and E
and F are points on AD and BC respectively is a point on AD such that AE : ED = 1 : 3 .
such that AB // EF . EF meets AC at G. If
If the area of ABE is 3 cm2 , then the area
AG : GC = 1 : 2 , then area of ABFG : area of
of the shaded region is
EGCD =

A. 1:2. A. 9 cm2 .
B. 1:4. B. 15 cm2 .
C. 3:4. C. 21 cm2 .
D. 5:8. D. 24 cm2 .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-44] [2004-CE-MATHS 2-17]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 169

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

32. In the figure, AD and BC meet at E. If

CE : EB = 3 : 1 , then area of ABD : area of
CDE =

A. 10 cm2 .
A. 1:1. B. 12 cm2 .
B. 1:3. C. 15 cm2 .
C. 2:3. D. 16 cm2 .
D. 4:9.
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-19]
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-18]

33. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E is

a point lying on AB. If EC and BD intersect HKDSE Problems
at F, then the ratio of the area of DEF to
the area of CBF is 36. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. F is
a point lying on AD. BF produced and CD
produced meet at E. If CD : DE = 2 : 1 , then
AF : BC =

A. 1:1.
B. 1:2.
C. 2:1.
D. 2:3.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-19]

34. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. M is A. 1:2.

a point lying on BC such that BM : MC = 1 : B. 2:3.
2 . If BD and AM intersect at G and the area C. 3:4.
of BGM is 1 cm2 , then the area of the D. 8:9.
parallelogram ABCD is
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-23]

37. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. E is the

mid-point of BC. F is a point lying on CD
such that DF = 2CF . If the area of CEF is
1 cm2, then the area of AEF is

A. 9 cm2 .
B. 11 cm2 .
C. 12 cm2 .
D. 24 cm2 .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-21]

35. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E is

the mid-point of AB. F and G are points A. 2 cm2 .
lying on CD such that DF = FG = GC . BG B. 3 cm2 .
and CE intersect at H. If the area of BCH C. 4 cm2 .
is 6 cm2 , then the area of the quadrilateral D. 6 cm2 .
EFGH is [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-17]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 170

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

38. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E

and F are points lying on AB and CD
respectively. AD produced and EF produced
meet at G. It is given that DF : FC = 3 : 4
and AD : DG = 1 : 1 . If the area of DFG is
3 cm2 , then the area of the parallelogram
ABCD is

A. 18 cm2 .
B. 21 cm2 .
C. 27 cm2 .
D. 33 cm2 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-17]

41. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E is

a point lying on CD such that DE : EC = 2 :
3 . AD produced and BE produced meet at F
while AE produced and BC produced meet at
A. 12 cm2 . G. If the area of DEF is 8 cm2 , then the
area of CEG is
B. 14 cm2 .
C. 18 cm2 .
D. 21 cm2 .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-17]

39. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium with

AD // BC and AD : BC = 2 : 3 . Let E be the
mid-point of BC. AC and DE intersect at F.
If the area of CEF is 36 cm2 , then the area A. 12 cm2 .
of the trapezium ABCD is B. 18 cm2 .
C. 20 cm2 .
D. 27 cm2 .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-17]

42. In the figure, ABCD, CDEF and EFGH are

squares. AG cuts CD and EF at P and Q
respectively. Find the ratio of the area of the
quadrilateral DEQP to the area of the
quadrilateral ABCP.
A. 216 cm2 .
B. 264 cm2 .
C. 280 cm2 .
D. 320 cm2 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-18]

A. 1:2
40. In the figure, B is a point lying on AC such
B. 2:3
that AB : BC = 3 : 2 . It is given that AE // BD .
If the area of BCD and the area of CDE C. 3:5
are 4 cm2 and 8 cm2 respectively, then the D. 4:9
area of the trapezium ABDE is [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 171

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.3 Areas in Proportion

43. In the figure, ABCD and BEDF are

parallelograms. E is a point lying on BC such
that BE : EC = 2 : 3 . AC cuts BF and DE at
G and H respectively. If the area of ABG is
135 cm2 , then the area of the quadrilateral
DFGH is

A. 60 cm2 .
B. 81 cm2 .
C. 90 cm2 .
D. 144 cm2 .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 172

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

Mensuration of Solids

1. A cube of edge 4 cm floats upright in water

3
with of its volume immersed. The total
4
surface area under water is

A. 72 cm2 .
B. 64 cm2 .
C. 60 cm2 .
D. 52 cm2 . 3
A. 
E. 48 cm2 . 32
1
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-12] B.
6

1
C.
3

2. If the height, the width and the length of a
rectangular block are in the ratios of 1 : 2 : 3 2
respectively and its total surface area is D.
3

88 cm2 , then the height of the block is 4
E.
3

A. 8 cm .
B. 6 cm . [1979-CE-MATHS 2-26]

C. 4 cm .
D. 2 cm . 5. In the figure, the areas of the surfaces A, B,
E. 1 cm . C of the cuboid are 10 cm2 , 14 cm2 and 35
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-42] cm2 respectively. What is the volume of the
cuboid ?

3. A solid wooden cylinder of base radius 3 cm B

and height 10 cm is to be cut into a right
circular cone of the same base radius and
height. The volume of wood to be cut away A
C
is

A. 49 cm3
B. 70 cm3
C. 140 cm3
D. 350 cm3
E. 4900 cm3
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-39]

A. 10 cm3 .
B. 20 cm3 . 6. The total area of the six faces of the solid
C. 30 cm3 . cube in the figure is 96 cm2 . What is the
length of the diagonal AB ?
D. 60 cm3 .
E. 90 cm3 . B
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-23]

4. A dragonfly is tied to a string 1 metre long

attached to a corner of a room. (See figure.)
The walls and the floor are at right angles to
one another. In how much space, in m3, can
the dragonfly move ? A

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 173

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

A. 6 2 cm 9. A right circular cone of altitude 3r and base

radius r has the same volume as a cube of
B. 4 3 cm side x. x =
C. 4 2 cm A.  r3 .
D. 2 6 cm B. r .
1
E. 4 cm C.
3
r .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-16] 3
D. 3 r .
3
E. r .
7. 50 m [1982-CE-MATHS 2-14]
m
20

10. A hollow cylindrical metal pipe, 1 m long,

A X Y B has an external radius and an internal radius
1m 1m of 5 cm and 4 cm respectively. The volume
F 2m 2m C of metal is
E D A. 90 cm3 .
30 m B. 100 cm3 .
C. 180 cm3 .
The figure above represents a 50 m × 20 m D. 900 cm3 .
swimming pool. The pool is in the shape of E. 1800 cm3 .
a prism with a rectangular surface and four
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-13]
vertical walls. The dimensions of the sidewall
ABCDEF are as shown in the figure. What is
the capacity of the pool in m3 ? 11. A rectangular box, without a lid, is 40 cm
long, 30 cm wide and 10 cm height. The
A. 1200 area of the external surface of the box is
B. 1500
A. 2 600 cm2 .
C. 1800 B. 3 400 cm2 .
D. 2000 C. 3 500 cm2 .
D. 3 800 cm2 .
E. It cannot be determined E. 12 000 cm2 .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-42] [1984-CE-MATHS 2-13]

12. The base radii of two right circular cylinders

8. are in the ratio 2 : 3 . If the two cylinders
have the same height, what is the ratio of
12 cm 60o 12 cm
their curved surface area ?
A. 2:3
B. 4:9
Figure (a) Figure (b) C. 8 : 27
D. 8 : 27
The cone in Figure (b) is formed by bending E. None of the above.
the sector in Figure (a). The angle of the [1984-CE-MATHS 2-43]
sector is 60º and the radius is 12 cm . The
radius of the base of the cone is
13. A cone of base radius 2r cm and height
A. 2 cm . h cm has a volume of 60 cm3 . The volume
of a cylinder of base radius r cm and height
B. 4 cm . 4h cm is
C. 6 cm . A. 60 cm3 .
D. 2 cm . B. 120 cm3 .
360 C. 180 cm3 .
E. cm . D. 240 cm3 .

E. 360 cm3 .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-47]
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-43]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 174

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

14. 9 3
r A. cm2 .
4
R r B. 9 cm2 .
27 3
C. cm2 .
4
Right circular D. 9 3 cm2 .
Sphere
cylineder
E. 12 3 cm2 .
In the figure, if
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-40]
Volume of the sphere 9
= ,
Volume of the right circular cylinder 2
R
then = 17. A solid rectangular iron block, 4 cm × 2 cm ×
r
1 cm , is melted and recast into a cube. The
3 decrease in the total surface area is
A. .
2
3
B. .
2
C. 3 .
3
9
D. .
3
2
9 A. 1 cm2 .
E. .
2
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-12]
B. 2 cm2 .
C. 3 cm2 .
D. 4 cm2 .
15. ABCDEFGH is a cube of side 3 cm . A
tetrahedron DACH is cut away along the plane E. 5 cm2 .
ACH. The volume of the remaining solid is [1987-CE-MATHS 2-13]

B C

A 18. Figure A shows a circular measuring cylinder

D 4 cm in diameter containing water. Three iron
balls, each of diameter 2 cm, are dropped
into the cylinder as shown in Figure B. What
is the rise in the water level ?
F
G

E H

A. 6 cm3 .
B. 9 cm3 .
C. 13.5 cm3 .
D. 18 cm3 .
E. 22.5 cm3 .
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-38]

16. The total surface area of a regular tetrahedron

of side 3 cm is 1
A. cm
4
1
B. cm
3
1
C. cm
2
D. 1 cm
3 cm E. 2 cm
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 175

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

19. A solid iron sphere of radius r is melted and A. 0.75 m3

recast into a circular cone and a circular B. 0.84 m3
cylinder. If both of them have the same C. 0.858 m3
height h and the same base radius r, find h
D. 1.008 m3
in terms of r.
E. 1.608 m3
r
A. [1992-CE-MATHS 2-13]
2
9r
B.
16
2r 23. Find the ratio of the volume of the
C. tetrahedron ACHD to the volume of the cube
3
3r ABCDEFGH in the figure.
D.
4
E. r
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-10]

20. In the figure, the circular cylinder and the

circular cone have the same height. The
radius of the base of the cylinder is twice that
of the cone. If the volume of the cone is
20 cm3 , what is the volume of the cylinder ?

A. 1:8
B. 1:6
C. 1:4
D. 1:3
E. 1:2
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-15]
A. 40 cm3
B. 80 cm3
C. 120 cm3
D. 240 cm3 24. In the figure, the base of the conical vessel is
inscribed in the bottom of the cubical box. If
E. 300 cm3
the box and the conical vessel have the same
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-11]
capacity, find h : r .

21. The length, width and height of a cuboid are

in the ratios 3 : 2 : 1 . If the total surface area
of the cuboid is 88 cm2 , find its volume.
A. 6 cm3
B. 48 cm3
C. 48 2 cm3
D. 96 2 cm3
E. 384 cm3
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-12]

22. The figure shows a solid platform with steps

on one side and a slope on the other. Find
its volume.
A. 24 : 
B. 3:1
C. 6:
D. 3:
E. 8 : 3
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 176

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

27. In the figure, a solid wooden sphere of radius

25. 3 cm is to be cut into a cube of side x cm .
Find the largest possible value of x.

A. 3 2
The figure shows a solid consisting of a B. 2 3
cylinder of height h and a hemisphere of
radius r. The area of the curved surface of C. 3
the cylinder is twice that of the hemisphere. 3
D. 2
2
Find the ratio E. 3
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-48]
volume of cylinder : volume of hemisphere .

A. 1:3 28. In the figure, A and B are two right solid

B. 2:3 cylinders with the same base radius 1. If the
heights of A and. B are 1 and 2 respectively,
C. 3:4 the total surface area of A
find .
D. 3:2 the total surface area of B

E. 3:1
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-17]

26. In the figure, the solid consists of a cylinder

and a right circular cone with a common base
which is a circle of radius 3 cm . The height 1
of the cylinder is 10 cm and the slant height A.
8
of the cone is 5 cm . Find the total surface 1
area of the solid. B.
4
1
C.
2
3
D.
5
2
E.
3
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-18]

29. The figure shows a right circular cylinder with

AC being a diameter of its upper face. AB
and CD are two vertical lines on the curved
surface. A curve is drawn on the surface of
the cylinder from B to C. Find its shortest
A. 75 cm3 possible length.

B. 84 cm3
C. 93 cm3
D. 105 cm3
E. 114 cm3
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-15]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 177

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

A. 2 cm 32. The figure shows a right circular cone of base

radius 4 cm and height 3 cm . Find the area
B. 2  + 4 cm
2
of its curved surface.
C. 4 2 cm
D. 4  2 + 1 cm
E. 4  2 + 4 cm
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-27]

30. The figure shows a frustum of a right circular A. 12 cm2

cone. The radii of the upper face and the B. 16 cm2
base are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively. If the
height is 3 cm , find the volume. C. 20 cm2
D. 24 cm2
E. 48 cm2
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-20]

33. The figure shows a test tube consisting of a

cylindrical upper part of radius 1 cm and a
hemispherical lower part of the same radius.
A. 3 cm3 If the height of the test tube is 12 cm , find
9 its capacity.
B.
2
 cm3
35
C.
11
 cm3 A.
3
 cm3
2
37
D. 7 cm3 B.
3
 cm3
15 38
E.
2
 cm3 C.  cm3
3
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-45] 40
D.
3
 cm3
68
31. In the figure, the rocket model consists of E.
3
 cm3
three parts. Parts I and III can be joined
together to form a right circular cone. Part II
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-22]
is a right cylinder. Find the volume of the
rocket model.

34. The figure shows a right prism. Find its total

surface area.

A. 104 cm2
A. 260 cm3
B. 108 cm2
B. 360 cm3
C. 114 cm2
C. 620 cm3
D. 120 cm2
D. 720 cm3
E. 900 cm3 E. 140 cm2
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-49] [1999-CE-MATHS 2-22]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 178

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

35. In the figure, a cylindrical vessel of internal 3 3

diameter 6 cm contains some water. A steel A.
2
ball of radius 2 cm is completely submerged 3 2
in the water. Find the rise in the water level. B.
2
3
C.
2
D. 3 3
E. 3 2
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-33]

38. In the figure, ABCDEF is a right triangular

prism. It is cut into two parts along the
plane PQRS, which is parallel to the
32 face BCDF, and AP : PB = 2 : 5 . Find
A. cm volume of the prism APQRES
27
.
8 volume of the prism ABCDEF
B. cm
27
16
C. cm
9
4
D. cm
9
8
E. cm
3
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-23]

36. In the figure, the solid consists of a right 2

A.
circular cone and a hemisphere with a 7
common base. Find the volume of the solid. 4
B.
25
4
C.
49
8
D.
125
8
E.
343
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-43]

39. In the figure, the solid consists of a cylinder

and a hemisphere with a common base of
A. 30 cm3 radius 6 cm . Find the total surface area of
B. 33 cm3 the solid.
C. 48 cm3
D. 54 cm3
E. 72 cm3
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-24]

37. In the figure, a solid wooden sphere of radius

r cm is to be cut into a cube of side 3 cm .
Find the smallest possible value of r.

A. 132 cm2
B. 168 cm2
C. 204 cm2
D. 240 cm2
E. 324 cm2
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-8]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 179

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

40. In the figure, a solid right circular cone of

height 12 cm is put into a cylinder which has
the same internal radius as the base radius of
the cone. Water is then poured into the
cylinder until the water level just reaches the
tip of the cone. If the cone is removed, what
is the height of the water in the cylinder ?

2
A. cm .
3
9
B. cm .
8
8
C. cm .
9
8
D. cm .
A. 3 cm 27
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-45]
B. 4 cm
C. 6 cm
D. 8 cm 43. The figure shows a right circular cone of base
E. 9 cm radius 6 cm and height 8 cm . Find its
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-24] volume.

41. The figure shows a hemisphere, a right

circular cone and a right cylinder with equal
base radii. Their volumes are a cm3 , b cm3
and c cm3 respectively.

A. 32 cm3
B. 60 cm3
Which of the following is true ? C. 96 cm3
A. a < b < c D. 288 cm3
B. a < c < b [2003-CE-MATHS 2-20]

C. c < a < b
D. c < b < a 44. In the figure, the solid consists of a right
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-19] circular cone and a hemisphere with a
common base. Find the total surface area of
the solid.
42. In the figure, P and Q are two right
cylindrical vessels each containing some water.
The two vessels are placed on the same
horizontal surface. The internal base radii of
P and Q are in the ratio 1 : 3 . A and B are
two cubes with sides in the ratio 1 : 2 . A and
B are put into P and Q respectively. Suppose
both cubes are totally immersed in water
without any overflow. If the rise in water
level in P is 1 cm , then the rise in water
level in Q is

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 180

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

A. 136 cm2 A. 75 cm3

B. 248 cm2 B. 90 cm3
C. 264 cm2 C. 93 cm3
D. 392 cm2 D. 108 cm3
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-21] [2006-CE-MATHS 2-18]

45. The figure shows a solid right circular cone of 48. In the figure, sector OXY is a thin metal sheet.
height 5 cm and slant height 13 cm . Find By joining OX and OY together, which of the
the total surface area of the cone. following right circular cones can be folded ?

A. 144 cm2
B. 156 cm2
C. 240 cm2
A.
D. 300 cm2
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-17]

46. The figure shows a right triangular prism.

Find the volume of the prism.
B.

C.
A. 36 cm3
B. 72 cm3
C. 36 3 cm3
D. 72 3 cm3
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-18]
D.
47. In the figure, the solid consists of a
hemisphere of radius 3 cm joined to the
bottom of a right circular cylinder of height
8 cm and base radius 3 cm . Find the volume
of the solid.
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-20]

49. If the length of a side of a regular tetrahedron

is 3 cm , then the height of the tetrahedron is
A. 3 cm .
B. 3 cm .
C. 6 cm .
3 3
D. cm .
2
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 181

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

50. In the figure, the volume of the right prism is A. 128 cm3 .
B. 332 cm3 .
C. 384 cm3 .
D. 768 cm3 .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-19]

54. The base of a solid right pyramid is a square.

If the perimeter of the base is 48 cm and the
length of each slant edge of the pyramid is
10 cm , then the total surface area of the
pyramid is
A. 456 cm3 . A. 192 cm2 .
B. 540 cm3 . B. 336 cm2 .
C. 552 cm3 . C. 384 cm2 .
D. 636 cm3 .
D. 96 7 cm2 .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-17]
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-17]

51. If a solid metal hemisphere of radius r is

melted and recast into 3 identical solid right 55. The base radius and the height of a right
circular cones of height h and base radius r, circular cylinder are 3 cm and 12 cm
then r : h = respectively while the base radius of a right
circular cone is 6 cm . If the volume of the
A. 2:3. circular cylinder and the volume of the
B. 3:2. circular cone are the same, then the height of
C. 3:4. the circular cone is
D. 4:3. A. 3 cm .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-18] B. 9 cm .
C. 18 cm .
D. 27 cm .
52. The figure shows a solid right circular cone of
height 12 cm . The circumference of the base [2009-CE-MATHS 2-18]

is 18 cm . Find the total surface area of the

circular cone.
56. The volume of a right circular cylinder of
radius R is twice the volume of another right
circular cylinder of radius r. If the heights of
these two circular cylinders are the same, then
R:r =
A. 2:1.
B. 4:1.
C. 2:1.
D. 3:1.
A. 81 cm2
B. 135 cm2 [2010-CE-MATHS 2-18]

C. 216 cm2
D. 324 cm2 57. In the figure, the total surface area of the
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-18] solid right prism is

53. In the figure, the volume of the right prism is

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 182

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

A. 560 cm2 .
B. 621 cm2 .
C. 682 cm2 .
D. 854 cm2 .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-19]

58. In the figure, the total surface area of the

solid right triangular prism is

A. 2 cm
B. 4 cm
C. 6 cm
D. 8 cm
E. 10 cm
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-45]
A. 120 cm2 .
B. 600 cm2 .
C. 660 cm2 .
D. 720 cm2 . 62. A, B, C are three spheres.
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-17] Surface area of A
If = 4 and
Surface area of B
59. If the volume of a solid hemisphere of radius Volume of B
r is equal to the volume of a solid right = 2,
Volume of C
circular cylinder of height h and base radius r,
then r : h = Volume of A
then =
Volume of C
A. 2:3.
B. 3:2. A. 16 .
C. 3:4. B. 8.
D. 4:3.
C. 2.
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-18]
1
D. .
8
1
E. .
16
Mensuration of Similar Solids
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-30]

60. V1 = the volume of a sphere of radius 2a .

V2 = the volume of a sphere of radius 3a . 63. The height of the cone in the figure is h.
Then V1 : V2 = 1
It contains water to a depth of h.
2
A. 2:3. Volume of water
B. 4:9. =
Capacity of the cone
C. 8 : 27 .
D. 4 : 9  .
3 3 1
E. 2: 3. A. .
8
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-34] 1
B. .
4
1
61. A circular hole of diameter 8 cm is drilled in C. .
2
a thin plate for holding a right circular cone.
3
(See figure.) The base of the cone is parallel D. .
4
to the plate. If the base diameter of the cone
is 10 cm and the height of the cone is 20 7
E. .
cm , what is the distance between the base of 8
the cone and the plate ? [1981-CE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 183

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

64. The external and internal radii of a hollow 67. A right conical vessel placed on horizontal
metal sphere are 4 cm and 3 cm respectively. ground contains some water as shown
Volume of metal in the figure. If AD : DB = 2 : 3 , then
= volume of empty space
Volume of the enclosed empty space
=
volume of water
1
A. .
27
1
B. .
3
4
C. .
3
37
D. .
27
64
E. .
27
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-41]
4
A. .
9

65. A solid metal sphere of volume 252 cm3 is 8

B. .
melted and recast into 3 smaller solid spheres 19
whose radii are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3 . The 8
volume of the smaller sphere is C. .
27

A. 5 cm3 . 8
D. .
117
B. 7 cm3 .
8
C. 14 cm3 . E.
125
.
D. 18 cm3 .
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-12]
E. 28 cm3 .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-42]
68.

66. In the figure, the volumes of the pyramids

VABC and VPQR are 27 cm3 and 64 cm3
respectively. Planes ABC and PQR are parallel.
Area of ABC : Area of PQR =

In the figure, a cone of height 3h is cut by a

plane parallel to its base into a smaller cone
of height h and a frustum. Find the ratio of
the volume of the smaller cone to the volume
of the frustum.
A. 27 : 64 . A. 1 : 27
B. 37 : 64 . B. 1 : 26
C. 3:4. C. 1:9
D. 9 : 16 . D. 1:8
E. 27 : 64 . E. 1:7
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-44] [1992-CE-MATHS 2-17]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 184

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

69. In the figure, the paper cup in the form of a 71. In the figure, a right circular cone is divided
circular cone contains 10 ml of water. How into two parts X and Y by a plane parallel to
many ml of water must be added to fill up the base such that the lengths of their slant
the paper cup ? edges are 4 cm and 3 cm respectively. Find
the ratio of the curved surface areas of X and
Y.

A. 16 : 9
B. 16 : 33
C. 16 : 49
A. 20
D. 64 : 27
B. 80 E. 64 : 279
C. 90 [1999-CE-MATHS 2-37]

D. 260
E. 270 72. It is given that A, B and C are solid spheres.
If the volume of B : the volume of C = 1 : 8
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-13] and the surface area of A : the surface area
of B = 9 : 4 , then the radius of A : the
radius of C =

70. In the figure, a right pyramid with a square A. 3:4.

base is divided into three parts A, B and C by B. 3 : 16 .
two planes parallel to the base such that the C. 9:8.
lengths of their slant edges are 1 cm , 2 cm D. 9 : 32 .
and 3 cm respectively.
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-19]

HKDSE Problems

73. The figure shows a right circular cylinder, a

hemisphere and a right circular cone with
equal base radii. Their curved surface areas
are a cm2 , b cm2 and c cm2 respectively.

Find volume of A : volume of B : volume of

C.

A. 1:2:3
B. 1:4:9
Which of the following is true ?
C. 1 : 8 : 27
A. a < b < c
D. 1 : 26 : 189 B. a < c < b
E. 1 : 27 : 216 C. c < a < b
D. c < b < a
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-42]
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-17]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 185

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

74. The figure shows a right circular cone of 77. The height and the base radius of a right
height 8 cm and slant height 17 cm . Find circular cone are 12 cm and 9 cm
the volume of the circular cone. respectively. The figure shows a frustum
which is made by cutting off the upper part
of the circular cone. The height of the
frustum is 8 cm . Find the volume of the
frustum.

A. 255 cm3
B. 345 cm3
C. 480 cm3
D. 600 cm3
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-16]
A. 210 cm3
B. 312 cm3
C. 324 cm3
75. In the figure, the solid consists of a right
D. 936 cm3
circular cone and a hemisphere with a
common base. The base radius and the height [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-16]
of the circular cone are 3 cm and 4 cm
respectively. Find the total surface area of the
78. The figure shows a right prism. Find the
solid.
volume of the prism.

A. 216 cm3 .
B. 240 cm3 .
C. 300 cm3 .
D. 328 cm3 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-18]

A. 30 cm 2

B. 33 cm2 79. The base radius of a right circular cone is 2

times the base radius of a right circular
C. 48 cm2 cylinder while the height of the circular
D. 51 cm2 cylinder is 3 times the height of the circular
cone. If the volume of the circular cone is
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-17]
36 cm3 , then the volume of the circular
cylinder is

76. If the height of a regular tetrahedron is 2 cm , A. 27 cm3 .

then the volume of the tetrahedron is B. 48 cm3 .
C. 81 cm3 .
A. 2 cm3 . D. 144 cm3 .
B. 3 cm3 . [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-15]

C. 6 cm3 .
D. 3 3 cm3 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-40]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 186

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.5 Percentage Change in Mensuration

Percentage Change in Mensuration 5. A solid sphere is cut into two hemispheres.

The percentage increase in the total surface
area is
1. If the height and the base diameter of a cone
are doubled, the new volume of the cone will A. 25% .
be 1
B. 33 % .
3
A. 2 times the original volume. C. 50% .
B. 2 times the original volume. D. 75% .
C. 4 times the original volume. E. 100% .
D. 4 times the original volume. [1983-CE-MATHS 2-45]
E. 8 times the original volume.
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-35] 6. The length and the width of a cuboid are
each increased by 10% and the height remains
unchanged. The percentage increased in
2. If the length of a rectangle is increased by volume is
10% and the width decreased by 10%, which
of the following is true ? A. 10% .
B. 20% .
A. Its area remains the same. C. 21% .
B. Its area is decreased by 1%. D. 24% .
C. Its area is increased by 1%. E. 33% .
D. Its area is decreased by 10%. [1985-CE-MATHS 2-42]

E. Its area is increased by 10%.

[1980-CE-MATHS 2-13] 7. A cylindrical hole of radius r is drilled
through a solid cylinder, base radius 2r and
height r, as shown in the figure. The
3. If the surface area of a spherical soap bubble percentage increase in the total surface area is
increases by 44%, its volume increases by

A. 20% .
B. 33.1% .
C. 60% .
D. 66% .
E. 72.8% .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-15] A. 0% .
2
B. 16 % .
3
4. Some air escapes from a spherical balloon of C. 20% .
volume a3. The balloon keeps its spherical D. 25% .
shape and is now of volume b3. What is the
percentage decrease in the radius ? 1
E. 33 % .
3
a–b [1988-CE-MATHS 2-45]
A. × 100%
a
a–b
B. × 100% 8. A blanket loses 10% of its length and 8% of
b
its width after washing. The percentage loss
3 a3 – b3 in area is
C. × 100%
a3
A. 18.8% .
3 a3 – b3 B. 18% .
D. × 100%
b3 C. 17.2% .
a3 – b3 D. 9% .
E. × 100%
a3 E. 8% .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-15] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-11]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 187

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 9.5 Percentage Change in Mensuration

9. The length of a rectangle is decreased by 20%.

If the area remains unchanged, find the
percentage increase of its width.
1
A. 1 %
4
1
B. 12 %
2
2
C. 16 %
3
D. 20%
E. 25%
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-43]

10. The length of a rectangle is decreased by 20%

but its breadth is increased by k%. If the area
of the rectangle remains unchanged, find the
value of k.
A. 20
B. 25
C. 75
D. 80
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-11]

HKDSE Problems

11. If the length and the width of a rectangle are

increased by 20% and x% respectively so that
its area is increased by 50%, then x =
A. 20 .
B. 25 .
C. 30 .
D. 35 .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-12]

12. If the circumference of a circle is increased by

40%, then the area of the circle is increased
by
A. 18% .
B. 20% .
C. 40% .
D. 96% .
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-11]

13. If the angle and the radius of a sector are

decreased by x% and 50% respectively so that
its area is decreased by 90%, then x =
A. 20 .
B. 40 .
C. 60 .
D. 80 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-10]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 188

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.1 Symmetry in Plane Figures

Rotation of Figures
C.

1.

D.

If the plane figure above is rotated

anticlockwise about the point O through 90º,
which of the following is its image ? [2008-CE-MATHS 2-25]

A.
3.

B.
If the plane figure above is rotated
anticlockwise about the point O through 270º,
which of the following is its image ?

C. A.

D. B.

[2006-CE-MATHS 2-25]

C.
2.

D.

If the plane figure above is rotated

anticlockwise about the point O through 135º,
which of the following is its image ?
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-24]
A.

4.

B.

If the plane figure above is rotated

anticlockwise about the point O through 270º,
which of the following is its image ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 189

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.1 Symmetry in Plane Figures

A. (1) and (2) only

A.
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-25]

6. Which of the following triangles have

reflectional symmetry but do not have
rotational symmetry ?
B. (1)

(2)

C.

(3)

D.
(4)

[2011-CE-MATHS 2-25]
A. (1) and (3) only
B. (1) and (4) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (2) and (4) only
Rotational Symmetry
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-26]

5. Which of the following plane figures have

rotational symmetry ? 7. In the figure, the regular hexagon is divided
into six equilateral triangles and two of them
(1)
are shaded. The number of folds of rotational
symmetry of the hexagon is

(2)

(3) A. 2.
B. 3.
C. 4.
D. 6.
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 190

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.1 Symmetry in Plane Figures

Reflectional Symmetry HKDSE Problems

8. In the figure, the square ABCD is divided into 11. In the figure, the two 6-sided polygons show
nine identical squares and four of them are
shaded. The number of axes of reflectional
symmetry of the square ABCD is

A. a rotation transformation.
B. a reflection transformation.
A. 2.
C. a translation transformation.
B. 4.
D. a dilation transformation.
C. 5.
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-25]
D. 8.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-26]
12. Which of the following parallelograms have
rotational symmetry and reflectional symmetry ?
9. In the figure, the rhombus ABCD is divided
into sixteen identical rhombuses and six of (1)
them are shaded. The number of axes of
reflectional symmetry of the rhombus ABCD is

(2)

(3)

A. 2.
B. 3.
C. 4.
D. 6. A. (1) and (2) only
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-26] B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-24]
Miscellaneous
13. In the figure, the regular octagon is divided
10. Which of the following statements about a into eight identical isosceles triangles and four
cube must be true ? of them are shaded. The number of axes of
(1) The number of planes of reflection is 9. reflectional symmetry of the octagon is
(2) All the axes of rotational symmetry
intersect at the same point.
(3) The angle between any two intersecting
axes of rotational symmetry is 90º.
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 191

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.1 Symmetry in Plane Figures

A. 2.
B. 4.
C. 8.
D. 16 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-15]

14. The figure below consists of eight identical

regular hexagons. The number of axes of
reflectional symmetry of the figure is

A. 2.
B. 4.
C. 6.
D. 8.
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 192

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

Angles in Plane Figures 4. In ABC, AB and AC are produced as shown.

Express x in terms of y and z.
1. In the figure, x =

xo

65o 15o
3xo
y+z
A. 50 . A. x =
2
B. 45 .
y+z
C. 40 . B. x = – 90
2
D. 35 .
C. x = y + z – 180
E. 20 . D. x = 180 – y – z
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-28] E. x = 360 – y – z
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-8]

2. In ABC, IB and IC are bisectors of B and

C respectively. A = 70º. BIC = 5. In the figure, ABCDE is a regular pentagon.
ADB =

A. 100º .
B. 110º .
C. 120º . A. 35º .
D. 125º . B. 36º .
E. 135º . C. 40º .
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-21]
D. 54º .
E. 72º .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-21]
3. In ABC, AB = BC and AD bisects BAC.
ABC =
6. In the figure, ABCD is a square and ABE is
an equilateral triangle. ADE = ?

A. 51º . A. 72º
B. 48º . B. 74º
C. 46º . C. 76º
D. 44º . D. 78º
E. 39º . E. None of the above
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-19] [1980-CE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 193

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

7. In the figure, AD and BE bisect A and B A.  a2

respectively. C = B. 2 a2
C. 4 a2
D. 2 a2
E. It cannot be determined
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-28]

10. In the figure, x =

A. 50º .
B. 68º .
C. 74º .
D. 78º .
E. 80º .
A. a – b.
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-44]
B. a + b – 180º .
C. a + b – 90º .
D. 180º – a + b .
8. With the notation in the figure, express a + b E. 360º – a – b .
+ c + d in terms of x. [1982-CE-MATHS 2-24]

11. In the figure, ABCD is a square and PAB is

an equilateral triangle. CPD =

A. x – 180º
B. x
A. 20º .
C. 540º – x B. 25º .
D. 360º – x C. 30º .
E. 180º – x D. 32º .
E. 36º .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-53]
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-25]

9. In the figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral. The 12. In the figure, D is a point on BC such that
shaded portions are four sectors with centres AD = CD and AB = AC = BD . B =
at A, B, C and D. Their radii are all equal to
a. What is the total area of the four sectors ?

1
A. 22 º .
2
B. 30º .
C. 36º .
D. 45º .
E. 60º .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-26]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 194

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

13. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. AC and 16. In the figure, x = ?

BC intersect at K. PAK is an equilateral
triangle. PBK =

A. 31 .
B. 34 .
A. 48º . C. 40 .
B. 50º . D. 48 .
C. 52º . E. It cannot be determined.
D. 54º . [1984-CE-MATHS 2-23]
E. 60º .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-51]
17. In the figure, A, D, E and B lie on a straight
line. CE bisects ACB and CD  AB . DCE
14. In the figure, D is a point on BC and =
AC = AD = BD . CAD =

A. 20º .
B. 25º . 1
C. 30º . A. (xº – yº) .
2
D. 35º . 1
E. 40º . B. (xº + yº) .
2
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-22] C. xº – yº .
1
D. 90º – (xº + yº) .
15. The sum of the six marked angles in the 2
figure is E. 90º – (xº – yº) .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-24]

18. In the figure, x =

A. 360º .
B. 540º .
C. 600º .
D. 720º . A. 77º .
E. 900º . B. 84º .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-23] C. 96º .

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 195

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

D. 103º . A. 27º
E. 115º . B. 24º
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-23] C. 21º
D. 18º
E. 15º
19. In the figure, if AB = AC and AD = BD = [1989-CE-MATHS 2-21]
BC , then ACB =

22. In the figure, ABCDE is a regular pentagon.

Find AFD.

A. 30º .
B. 32º . A. 120º
C. 36º . B. 112º
D. 40º . C. 110º
E. 72º . D. 108º
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-54]
E. 100º
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-23]

20. Referring to the figure, find y.

23. In the figure, if CD = CF , CE = BE and
DA = DB , then C =

A. 30º
A. 20 B. 36º
B. 30 C. 40º
C. 40 D. 45º
D. 50 E. 60º
E. 80 [1990-CE-MATHS 2-52]
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-20]

24. In the figure, ABCDE and ABXYZ are two

21. In the figure, ABCDE is a regular pentagon identical regular pentagons. Find AEZ.
and ABYE is a rhombus. Find CAY.

A. 15º
B. 18º
C. 24º
D. 30º
E. 36º
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 196

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

25. In the figure, ABC and CDE are equilateral 28. In the figure, AB = AD and BC = CD . If
triangles. Find ADE. BAD = 80º and ADC = 65º, then BCD =

A. 15º A. 100º .
B. 35º B. 130º .
C. 40º C. 145º .
D. 150º .
D. 45º
E. 160º .
E. 50º [1994-CE-MATHS 2-24]
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-51]

29. In the figure, x, y and z are the exterior

angles of ABC. If x : y : z = 4 : 5 : 6 , then
26. In the figure, EB and EC are the angle
BAC =
bisectors of ABC and ACD respectively. If
A = 40º, find E.

A. 48º .
B. 84º .
A. 20º C. 96º .
B. 25º D. 120º .
C. 30º E. 132º .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-25]
D. 35º
E. 40º
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-51]
30. In the figure, AB = AC and AD = AE. DAC
=

27. In the figure, BA // DE and AC = AD . Find

.

A. 34º
B. 54º A. 45º .
C. 70º B. 50º .
D. 72º C. 55º .
D. 60º .
E. 76º
E. 65º .
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-25] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-25]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 197

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

31. In the figure, a + b + c + d + e + f = 34. In the figure, find x.

A. 52º
B. 58º
C. 61º
A. 270º .
D. 70º
B. 360º .
C. 450º . E. 81º
D. 540º . [1997-CE-MATHS 2-17]
E. 720º .
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-53]
35. In the figure, ABCDE is a regular pentagon
and ABF is an equilateral triangle. Find .
32. According to the figure, which of the
following must be true ?

A. 66º
A. a+b = c+d
B. 84º
B. a+d = b+c
C. a + b + c + d = 360º C. 90º
D. a + b + c + d = 540º D. 96º
E. 2a + 2b – c – d = 720º . E. 108º
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-54]
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-19]

33. In the figure, ABCDE is a regular pentagon

and ABF is an equilateral triangle. Find x. 36. In the figure, AB = BC = CA = CD . Find
CBD.

A. 20º
A. 120º B. 25º
B. 126º C. 27.5º
C. 144º D. 30º
D. 156º
E. 35º
E. 168º
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-28] [1998-CE-MATHS 2-30]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 198

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

37. In the figure, ACD and ECB are straight lines. 40. In the figure, x =
If EAC = CAB and EA = EB , find x.

A. 22º
B. 34º
C. 44º
A. 50º.
D. 46º
E. 68º B. 55º.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-28] C. 60º.
D. 65º.
38. In the figure, ABCDE is a regular pentagon E. 70º.
and ABFG is a square. Find x. [2001-CE-MATHS 2-20]

41. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a regular

octagon. x + y + z =

A. 18º
B. 27º
C. 30º
D. 36º A. 60º.
E. 45º B. 67.5º.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-29] C. 82.5º.
D. 90º.
39. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. Find [2002-CE-MATHS 2-27]
BDE .

42. In the figure, ABC is a straight line. If

BD // CE , then DCE =

A. 30º A. 56º.
B. 35º B. 68º.
C. 40º C. 112º.
D. 50º
D. 124º.
E. 55º
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-19] [2004-CE-MATHS 2-27]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 199

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

43. In the figure, ABCD is a square. If CEF is 46. In the figure, AY and CY are the angle
an equilateral triangle, then CBF = bisectors of BAX and DCX respectively.
AXC = 100º, then AYC =

A. 45º. A. 40º.
B. 50º. B. 50º.
C. 60º. C. 60º.
D. 80º. D. 80º.
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-27]
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-28]

44. In the figure, x =

47. In the figure, AB // CD and AC = BD . If
CAD = 20º and ADB = 80º, then ADC
=

A. 50º.
B. 60º.
C. 70º. A. 30º.
D. 90º. B. 40º.
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-28]
C. 50º.
D. 60º.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-27]
45. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E, F
and G are points lying on BC, CD and DA
respectively. AE and AF divide BAD into
three equal parts and BG bisects ABC. If 48. According to the figure, which of the
AE and AF intersect BG at H and I following must be true ?
respectively, then GIF + GHE =

A. a+b = c
A. 120º.
B. 150º. B. a + b = c + 90º
C. 180º. C. a + c = b + 540º
D. 210º. D. a + b + c = 720º
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-52] [2008-CE-MATHS 2-28]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 200

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

49. In the figure, ABCD is a rhombus and ABE is A. 75º

a straight line. If BCE = 40º and BC = CE , B. 90º
then CAD = C. 95º
D. 105º
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-23]

53. In the figure, BED is a diagonal of the

parallelogram ABCD. If DCE = 20º ,
AED = 130º and CE = DE , then BAE =

A. 35º.
B. 40º.
C. 45º.
D. 50º.
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-26]

50. In the figure, x = A. 100º

B. 105º
C. 110º
D. 115º
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-27]

A. 50º.
B. 60º.
C. 70º.
Interior Angles of Polygons
D. 80º.
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-28]
54. The sum of the interior angles of a 10-sided
polygon is
51. In the figure, C is a point lying on AB such A. 10 right angles.
that AC = AD . If AB // ED , find ADE . B. 12 right angles.
C. 16 right angles.
D. 20 right angles.
E. 24 right angles.
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-13]

55. The sum of the interior angles of a convex

polygon is greater than the sum of the exterior
A. 20º angles by 360º. How many sides has the
B. 30º polygon ?
C. 40º
A. 3
D. 50º B. 4
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-25] C. 5
D. 6
E. 8
52. In the figure, D is a point lying on AB such
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-22]
that AD = BD = CD . Find x + y .

56. The exterior angles of a pentagon are xº, 2xº,

3xº, 4xº and 5xº. The smallest interior angle
of the pentagon is
A. 120º .
B. 60º .
C. 48º .
D. 36º .
E. 24º .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 201

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

57. If the sum of the interior angles of a convex

62. A B
n-sided polygon is 4 times the sum of the
exterior angles polygon, then n =
A. 4.
C
B. 6.
C. 8.
D. 10 . D
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-27] In the figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral with
AB = BC and AD = DC . Which of the
following is / are true ?
58. If each interior angle of a regular n-sided
polygon is 144º, then n = (1) BAD = BCD
(2) AC  BD
A. 10 . (3) BD bisects AC
B. 12 .
A. (1) only
C. 14 .
B. (1) and (2) only
D. 16 . C. (1) and (3) only
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-27] D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-51]
59. Each interior angle of a regular 24-sided
polygon is
63.
A. 144º.
B. 160º.
C. 165º.
D. 171º.
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-27]
In the figure, AB // DC and DAB = DBC .
Which of the following is / are true ?
60. If the sum of the exterior angles of a regular AB BD
n-sided polygon is 3 times an interior angle of (1) =
BD DC
the polygon, then n = AB AD
(2) =
A. 3. BD BC
B. 4. AD BD
(3) =
C. 6. BD CD
D. 12 . A. (1) only
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-28] B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (2) and (3) only
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-53]
Properties of Quadrilaterals

64.
61. Which of the following are properties of a
rhombus ?
(1) All the four sides are equal in length.
(2) The diagonals are perpendicular to each
other.
(3) The diagonals are equal in length.
A. (1) only In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium with
B. (1) and (2) only AB // DC . AH bisects BAD and DH bisects
C. (1) and (3) only ADC. Which of the following must be true ?
D. (2) and (3) only (1) AHD = 90º
E. (1), (2) and (3) (2) ADC = BCD
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-14] (3) BAD + BCD = 180º

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 202

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

A. (1) only A. 52º

B. (2) only B. 58º
C. (3) only C. 64º
D. (1) and (3) only D. 76º
E. (2) and (3) only [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-19]
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-51]

68. Which of the following statements about a

65. regular 12-sided polygon are true ?
(1) Each exterior angle is 30º.
(2) Each interior angle is 150º.
(3) The number of axes of reflectional
symmetry is 6.
A. (1) and (2) only
In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium. Which of
B. (1) and (3) only
the following must be true ?
C. (2) and (3) only
(1) AED is an equilateral triangle. D. (1), (2) and (3)
(2) EBCD is a parallelogram. [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-22]
(3) AB = 2DC .
A. (1) only
69. If an interior angle of a regular n-sided
B. (2) only polygon is 4 times an exterior angle of the
C. (1) and (2) only polygon, which of the following is / are true ?
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3) (1) The value of n is 10.
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-38] (2) The number of diagonals of the polygon
is 10.
(3) The number of folds of rotational
symmetry of the polygon is 10.

Other Problems A. (1) only

B. (2) only
66. When the hour hand has turned through an C. (1) and (3) only
angle of xº, what is the angle through which D. (2) and (3) only
the minute hand has turned ? [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-21]

A. 6xº
B. 12xº 70. If an interior angle of a regular n-sided
C. 60xº polygon is greater than an exterior angle by
D. 360xº 100º, which of the following are true ?
E. 3600xº
(1) The value of n is 10.
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-10]
(2) Each exterior angle of the polygon is 40º.
(3) The number of axes of reflectional
symmetry of the polygon is 9.
A. (1) and (2) only
HKDSE Problems
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
67. In the figure, AB = BC and D is a point D. (1), (2) and (3)
lying on BC such that CD = DE . If AB // CE ,
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-22]
find CDE.

71. If an interior angle of a regular polygon is 5

times an exterior angle of the polygon, which
of the following is / are true ?
(1) Each interior angle of the polygon is 150º.
(2) The number of diagonals of the polygon
is 6.
(3) The number of folds of rotational
symmetry of the polygon is 6.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 203

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

A. (1) only 75. In the figure, AB = BC and D is a point

B. (2) only lying on AE such that AC = AD . If AE // BC ,
C. (1) and (3) only then ABC =
D. (2) and (3) only
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-22]

72.

A. 44º
B. 56º
According to the figure, which of the C. 62º
following must be true ? D. 68º
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-18]
(1) a + c = 180º
(2) a + b – c = 180º
(3) b + c = 360º
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-15]

73. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E is

a point lying on CD such that BE = CE . If
ADC = 114º, then ABE =

A. 48º
B. 57º
C. 62º
D. 66º
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-17]

74. If the sum of the interior angles of a regular

n-sided polygon is 3240º, which of the
following is true ?
A. The value of n is 16.
B. Each exterior angle of the polygon is 18º.
C. The number of diagonals of the polygon
is 20.
D. Each interior angle of the polygon is 160º.
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-24]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 204

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.3 Congruent & Similar Triangles

Congruent Triangles
3.

1. In which of the following 3 cases are the

given data sufficient for the triangles to be
congruent ? The figures are not necessarily
drawn to scale.

(1)

(2)
In the figure, PTQ, SQR and RUT are
equilateral triangles. Which of the following is
/ are true ?

(3) (1) UPT  RQT

(2) PU = QS
(3) PQSU is a parallelogram
A. All of them
B. None of them
C. (1) and (2) only
A. (1) only D. (1) and (3) only
B. (1) and (2) only E. (2) and (3) only
C. (1) and (3) only [1990-CE-MATHS 2-54]
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
4. In the figure, which of the pairs of triangles
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-22] must be congruent ?
(1)
2.

In ABC and XYZ, it is given that (2)

B = Y and C = Z .
If it is also given that

(1) A = X , is there sufficient information

to prove that ABC  XYZ ?
(3)
(2) AB = XY , is there sufficient information
to prove that ABC  XYZ ?
(3) BC = YZ , is there sufficient information
to prove that ABC  XYZ ?
(1) (2) (3)
A. not sufficient not sufficient sufficient
A. (1) only
B. not sufficient sufficient not sufficient
B. (2) only
C. sufficient not sufficient sufficient C. (1) and (3) only
D. not sufficient sufficient sufficient D. (2) and (3) only
E. sufficient sufficient sufficient E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-47] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-54]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 205

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.3 Congruent & Similar Triangles

Similar Triangles
(2)

5. In the figure, AD bisects BAC, and cuts BC

at E. Which of the triangles ACE, ABD and
BDE are similar ?

AC and BC intersect at E.

(3)

BC produced meets the tangent AT at T.

A. ACE and ABD only Which of the above figures contains one or
B. ACE and BDE only more pairs of similar triangles ?

C. ABD and BDE only A. (1) only

D. The three triangles are similar B. (1) and (2) only
E. No two of them are similar C. (1) and (3) only
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-41] D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
6. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle BEF = [1981-CE-MATHS 2-52]
90º. Which two of the triangles I, II, III, and
IV must be similar ?
8.

A. I and II
B. I and III In the figure, AB = CD , CAB = ECD and
C. II and III ABC = CDE . Which of the following
D. II and IV must be true ?
E. III and IV (1) ABC  CDE
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-26] (2) ABC ~ EAC
(3) EAC is an isosceles triangle
7. (1) A. (1) only
B. (3) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
BAC = 90º, AD  BC . [2000-CE-MATHS 2-24]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 206

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.3 Congruent & Similar Triangles

9. Which of the following pairs of triangles is / A. I and III are similar.

are similar ? B. I and IV are similar.
(1) C. II and III are similar.
D. II and IV are similar.
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-27]

12. If AC = BD and AB // DC , how many pairs

(2) of similar triangles are there in the figure ?

(3)

A. 2 pairs
B. 3 pairs
C. 4 pairs
D. 5 pairs
A. (2) only
B. (3) only [2005-CE-MATHS 2-26]
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-19]
Applications

10. 13. In ABC, AP = 3 , AQ = 6 and QC = 4 . If

APQ = ACB , then PB =

In the figure, ABC and AFED are straight

lines. ABF = CDE and BE // CD . Which
of the following triangles are similar ?
(1) ABF
(2) AEB A. 7.
(3) ADC B. 8.
A. (1) and (2) only C. 10 .
B. (1) and (3) only D. 17 .
C. (2) and (3) only E. 20 .
D. (1), (2) and (3) [1986-CE-MATHS 2-51]
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-26]

14. In the figure, ADE = ACB. Find x.

11. Which of the following statements about the
triangles in the figure must be true ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 207

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.3 Congruent & Similar Triangles

A. 4 17. ABCD is a parallelogram. Let E be the mid-

B. 8 point of AD. If ABE = CBD = DBE ,
C. 10 which of the following are true ?
D. 12 (1) AB = BD
E. 16 (2) ABC = 135º
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-26] (3) ABE  DBE
A. (1) and (2) only
15. In the figure, AEB and ADC are straight lines. B. (1) and (3) only
Find ED. C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-20]

10
A. cm
3
40
B. cm
13
C. 3 cm
D. 40 cm
E. 80 cm
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-30]

HKDSE Problems

16. In the figure, ABCD is a square. BC is

produced to G such that CDG = 25º. E is a
point lying on AB such that AE = CG . If F
is a point lying on BC such that CDF = 20º,
then DFE =

A. 60º .
B. 65º .
C. 70º .
D. 73º .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 208

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.4 Mid-point & Intercept Theorems

Mid-point & Intercept Theorems A. 1:2:3.

B. 1:2:2.
1. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium and C. 1:3:5.
EF // AB // DC . AE = 2 ED . If AB = 21 cm , D. 2:3:5.
CD = 15 cm , then EF = E. 2:4:5.
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-53]
A
E
D
4. In ABC, PQ // MN // BC . If AP : PM : MB =
1 : 3 : 6 , then PQ : MN : BC =

B F C

A. 17 cm .
B. 17.5 cm .
C. 18 cm .
D. 18.5 cm .
E. 19 cm .
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-31]
A. 1:2:3.
B. 1:2:5.
2. In the figure, AX // BY // CZ . ABC and XYZ C. 1:3:6.
are straight lines. AX = 4 ; BY = 6 ; CZ = 11 . D. 1:4:9.
AB : BC = E. 1 : 4 : 10 .
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-25]

5. In the figure, AB // CD // EF . ACF, BCE and

BDF are straight lines. AB = 12 , EF = 6 .
CD = ?

A. 2:3.
B. 2:5.
C. 2:7.
D. 4 : 11 .
E. 6 : 11 .
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-24]
A. 4.5
B. 4
3. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. ABW, C. 3.6
WXYZ and CDZ are straight lines. If BC = 5 , D. 3
BX = 1 and AY = 3 , then WX : XY : YZ = E. 2
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-54]

6. In the figure, AC // DE , FG // BC and

AD : DF : FB = 1 : 2 : 3 . If BE = 10 , find FG.

A. 5
B. 6

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 209

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.4 Mid-point & Intercept Theorems

C. 8 A. 1:1:1.
D. 9 B. 1:2:6.
E. 10
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-22]
C. 2:1:3.
D. 2:3:4.
7. In the figure, E and F are the mid-points of E. 8 : 12 : 9 .
AB and AC respectively. G and H divide DB [1997-CE-MATHS 2-52]
and DC respectively in the ratio 1 : 3 . If
EF = 12 , find GH.
10. In the figure, ABCD, AFE, CGE and FGD are
straight lines. If AB = BC = 2CD , then CG :
GE =

A. 3
B. 4
A. 1:2.
C. 6
D. 8 B. 1:3.
E. 12 C. 1:4.
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-25]
D. 1:5.
E. 1:6.
8. In the figure, AB = 16 , CD = 8 , BF = 9 ,
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-50]
GD = 4 , EG = 2 . Find GC.

11. In the figure, ABCD and AGFE are straight

lines. Find CF.

A. 4.5
B. 5
C. 6
D. 8
E. 10
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-53]

9. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. PDC,

PQRS and ABS are straight lines. If AQ = 4 ,
QD = 2 and BR = RC = 3 , then PQ : QR : RS
A. 4 cm
=
B. 3 cm
7
C. cm
2
5
D. cm
2
7
E. cm
3
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-52]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 210

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.4 Mid-point & Intercept Theorems

12. In the figure, E and F are the mid-points 15. In the figure, ABCD and AGFE are straight
of AB and AC respectively. G and H are lines. If BC = 2 cm , CD = 3 cm , BG = 6 cm
points on BD and CD respectively such that and CF = 10 cm , then DE =
DG DH 3
= = . If EF = 6 cm , then GH =
GB HC 5

A. 12 cm .
B. 14 cm .
C. 15 cm .
A. 3.6 cm D. 16 cm .
B. 4.5 cm
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-28]
C. 7.2 cm
D. 7.5 cm
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-50] 16. In the figure, OABC and OFED are straight
lines. If AB : BC = 2 : 3 and FA : DC = 1 : 5 ,
then OA : AB =
13. In the figure, ABD and ACE are straight lines.
If AC : CE = 3 : 4 , then BC : DE =

A. 1:2. A. 1:1.
B. 3:4.
B. 1:2.
C. 3:7.
C. 5:8.
D. 4:7.
D. 5 : 13 .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-28]
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-29]

14. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram and

ADH, EBC and EFGH are straight lines. If 17. In the figure, ACE and BDF are straight lines.
AD = 6 , DH = 4 and EB : BC = 3 : 4 , then If the areas of the quadrilaterals ABDC and
EF : GH = CDFE are 16 cm2 and 5 cm2 respectively,
then the length of AB is

A. 4.5 cm .
A. 1:1.
B. 3:4. B. 5 cm .
C. 5:4. C. 5.5 cm .
D. 9:8. D. 6 cm .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-53] [2005-CE-MATHS 2-43]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 211

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.4 Mid-point & Intercept Theorems

18. In the figure, ABC and AED are straight lines.

If AB = 8 cm , BC = 4 cm and CD = 9 cm ,
then BE =

32
A. cm .
9
9
B. cm .
2
C. 5 cm .
D. 6 cm .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-26]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 212

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

Basic Properties in Circles 4. In the figure, diameter AB is produced to K.

K = 20º; BCK = 48º. BAC =
1. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. y =

yo

xo
O

A. 20º.
B. 22º.
x C. 24º.
A. . D. 28º.
2
x E. 48º.
B. 180 – . [SP-CE-MATHS 2-45]
2
C. 180 – x .
D. 360 – x . 5. In the figure, diameter AB and chord DC when
E. 360 – 2x .
produced meet at K. K = 20º; BCK = 48º.
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-29]
BDC =

2. In the figure, CD is a diameter of the circle.

AB  CD . If AB = 8 cm and CK = 1 cm , the
length of the diameter is
C

A B
K

A. 20º.
B. 22º.
C. 24º.
D. 28º.
D E. 32º.
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-48]
A. 7.5 cm .
B. 8.5 cm .
C. 15 cm . 6.
D. 17 cm .
E. 19 cm .
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-30]

3. In the figure, ACB is a semi-circle. CD  AB .

AD = 6 ; DB = 2 . CD =

In the figure, circle O is a fixed circle and XY

A. 2. is a fixed straight line. AOB is a variable
B. 4. diameter. AC  XY ; BD  XY . As AOB varies,
C. 3. which of the following is / are constant ?
D. 2 3. (1) AC + BD
E. 6. (2) AC – BD
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-27] (3)  + 

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 213

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

A. (1) only A. 70º.

B. (2) only B. 65º.
C. (3) only C. 60º.
D. (1) and (2) only D. 55º.
E. (1) and (3) only E. 50º.
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-55] [1978-CE-MATHS A2-48]

7. In the figure, AB and BC are two equal chords 10. In the figure, diameter AB = 2 . CAB = 18º.
of the circle, centre O. OAB = Minor arc BC =

A. .
10

B. .
5
3
C. .
10
4
D. .
5
9
E. .
A. 30º. 10
B. 31º. [1980-CE-MATHS 2-42*]
C. 35º.
D. 59º.
E. 62º. 11.
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-8]

8. In the figure, the chords AB and DC, when

produced, and meet at P. Express  APD in
terms of x and y.

In the figure, AB = AC . D is the mid-point of

arc BC. Which of the following is / are true ?
(1) AD bisects  BAC
(2) BC  AD
(3) AD is a diameter of the circle
A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only
A. y–x
C. (1) and (3) only
B. 2y – x
D. (2) and (3) only
C. 2( y – x)
1 E. (1), (2) and (3)
D. 2
( y + x) [1980-CE-MATHS 2-49]
1
E. x + 2y
[1978-CE-MATHS A2-47] 12. In the figure, AOB is a diameter of the circle,
centre O. CD is the perpendicular bisector of
OA. Which of the angles a, b, c, d is / are equal
9. In the figure, AB and PQ are two parallel 30º?
chords in the circle. O is the centre. PAB =

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 214

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

A. a only A. 21º.
B. a and b only B. 31º.
C. a, b and c only
D. a, b, c and d C. 38º.
E. None of them D. 52º.
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-50]
E. 59º.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-24]
13. In the figure, AC and BC are diameters of two
semi-circles touching each other internally at C.
PQC is a straight line. If AB = 1 , then PQ =
16. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle
with centre at O. The length of the minor arc
AC is twice the length of the minor arc CD.
 BOD =

A. cos  .
B. sin  .
C. tan  .
1
D. .
sin 
1
E. .
cos 
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-52]
A. 72º.
B. 90º.
14. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. PAB C. 108º.
is a straight line. x + y = D. 132º.
E. 144º.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-26]

17. In the figure, AKC and BKD are two chords of

the circle.  CBD =

A. 2 .
B. 90º +  .
C. 180º –  .
D. 180º – 2 .
E. 180º .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-54]

15. In the figure, BE is a diameter of the circle.

ABC and EDC are straight lines. xº =

A. a – b.
B. a + b.
C. a + b – 90º .
1
D. 2
a.

1
E. 2
a + b.

[1982-CE-MATHS 2-27]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 215

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

18. In the figure, BP is a diameter of the circle. A. 31º.

The minor arc AB and the radius are of equal B. 35º.
length. APB = C. 42º.
D. 45º.
E. 56º.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-53]

21. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle.

AP = AQ , AB = 10 and BP = 8 , PQ =

90º
A. .

180º
B. .

C. 30º .
D. 45º .
E. 60º .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-47*]

19. In the figure, the length of the minor arc CD is

half the length of the minor arc BC.  ACD =
A. 5.
B. 6.
C. 6.4 .
D. 8.
E. 9.6 .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-53]

22. In the figure, ABCD is a rhombus. B is the

centre of the circle.  ABC =

A. 30º.
B. 35º.
C. 40º.
D. 45º.
E. 50º.
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-53]

20. In the figure, chords AB and CD intersect at E.

The length of the minor arc BD is three times
the length of the minor arc AC.  BAD =
A. 105º.
B. 120º.
C. 130º.
D. 135º.
E. 150º.
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-25]

23. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle

ABC. If arc AC has the same length as AB,
then CAB =

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 216

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

D. 180º – c .
c
E. 180º – .
2
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-45]

26. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. If

AB = 12 and AC = 13 , then cos  =

A. 90º .
90
B. (90 – )º .

180
C.* (90 – )º .

360
D. (90 – )º .

90 5
E. (180 – )º radians .
 A.
12
.
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-48*]
5
B. .
13
24. In the figure, chords AC and BD meet at E and 12
C. .
AB // DC . If  CED = 104º, find  ABD. 13
12
D. .
25
13
E. .
25
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-47]

27. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle of

diameter 13. AC = 12 . sin  =

A. 76º
B. 52º
C. 38º
D. 14º
E. It cannot be determined.
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-20]

25. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. 5

A. .
a+b = 12
5
B. .
13
313
C. .
13
12
D. .
13
13
E. .
12
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-22]

A. 180º.
B. c. 28. In the figure, O1 and O2 are the centres of the
c two circles, each of radius r and AB = 12 .
C. .
2 Find r.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 217

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

31. In the figure, AB is a diameter and BAC =

30º. If the area of ABC is 3 , then the
radius of the circle is

1
A. 1
2 A. .
2
B. 2
B. 1.
C. 4
C. 2.
D. 6
E. 8 D. 3.
E. 2.
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-52]
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-48]

29. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle of 32. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find
radius 6 cm . The area of the shaded part is a + c.

A. 2 cm2 .
A. b
B. 4 cm2 .
B. 2b
C. 6 cm2 . C. 180º – b
D. 9 cm2 . D. 360º – b
E. 12 cm2 . E. 360º – 2b
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-38] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-21]

︵ ︵ ︵ ︵ ︵
30. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. If 33. In the figure, AB : BC : CD : DE : EA = 1 : 2 : 3 :
OR // PQ and  ROQ = 42º, find  RMQ . 4 : 5 . Find  .

A. 21º
A. 30º
B. 42º B. 36º
C. 63º C. 60º
D. 84º D. 72º
E. 126º E. 120º
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-21] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-52]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 218

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

34. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find A. 100º

. B. 110º
C. 120º
D. 135º
E. 140º
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-26]

37.

A. 42º
B. 36º
C. 24º
D. 21º
E. 18º
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-24]

︵ ︵ ︵
In the figure, if BC : CA : AB = 1 : 2 : 3 , which
35.
of the following is / are true ?

(1)  A :  B : C = 1 : 2 : 3
(2) a : b : c = 1 : 2 : 3
(3) sin A : sin B : sin C = 1 : 2 : 3
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. If
the diameter AOB rotates about O, which of the [1993-CE-MATHS 2-49]
following is / are constant ?
(1)  +  38. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. If
(2) AC + BD 
(3) AC × BD AC = 3 and BAC = (i.e. 30º) , find the
6
A. (1) only diameter AB.
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (1) and (3) only
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-52]

36. In the figure, AB is a diameter. Find  ADC .

3
A.
2
B. 6
3 3
C.
2
D. 2 3
E. 3 3
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-21*]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 219

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

39. In the figure, ABCD is a semi-circle, CDE and

BAE are straight lines. If CBD = 30º and
 DEA = 22º, find x.

A. 38º A. 20º
B. 41º B. 27.5º
C. 44º C. 35º
D. 52º D. 37.5º
E. 60º E. 40º
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-25]
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-51]

43.
40. In
︵ the ︵
figure,︵OABCD is sector of a circle. If
AB = BC = CD , then x =

In the figure, AC is the angle bisector of

 BAD . Which of the following statements must
be true ?
(1) BCE ~ ADE
A. 105º. (2) ABC ~ AED
B. 120º. (3) ABC ~ BDA
C. 135º.
D. 144º. A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only
E. 150º.
C. (1) and (3) only
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-52]
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-50]
41. In the figure, ABCD is a semi-circle. CAD =
︵ ︵ ︵
44. In the figure, AB = 2 , BC = 3 , CD = 4 and
︵
DA = 6 . Find  BCD .

A. 25º.
B. 40º.
C. 45º.
D. 50º.
E. 65º. A. 72º
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-22] B. 84º
C. 90º
D. 96º
42. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find E. 144º
x. [1997-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 220

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

45. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle and 48. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle.
ABD is a straight line. CBD = Find x.

A. 2 .
B. 4 . A. 26º
C. 90º +  . B. 32º
C. 38º
D. 180º –  . D. 52º
E. 180º – 2 . E. 64º
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-28] [1999-CE-MATHS 2-27]

46. In the figure, AD is a diameter of the circle. If 49. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle.
︵ ︵ ︵
AB : BC : CD = 3 : 5 : 7 , then  ADC = EAOB and EDC are straight lines. Find x.

A. 36º. A. 40º
B. 45º. B. 46º
C. 48º. C. 57º
D. 66º
D. 49º.
E. 68º
E. 72º.
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-20]
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-29]

︵ ︵ ︵
50. In the figure, AB : BC : CD = 2 : 1 : 3 . Find 
47. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. Find ADC .
x.

A. 12º
A. 56º
B. 20º B. 60º
C. 24º C. 63º
D. 40º D. 72º
E. 60º E. 84º
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-26] [2000-CE-MATHS 2-46]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 221

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles
︵ ︵
51. In the figure, AEC is a diameter and DEB is a 54. In the figure, AED = 1 and CFD = 4 . If
straight line. Find x.  ABC = 100º, then  ABD =

A. 54º
B. 70º
C. 74º
D. 92º A. 18º.
B. 20º.
E. 94º
C. 24º.
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-18] D. 25º.
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-29]

52. In the figure, ABCD is a semicircle,

AB : BD = 4 : 3 . Find AB correct to the nearest 55. In the figure, ABC is a semicircle with
0.1 cm . ︵ ︵
BC = 7 and  ACB = 55º. Find AB.

A. 5.7 cm A. 9
B. 7.6 cm B. 10
C. 10.7 cm C. 11
D. 14
D. 13.0 cm
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-25]
E. 14.3 cm
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-32]
56. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle
ABCD. If EAB and EDOC are straight lines and
53. In the figure, O is the centre of the semicircle EA = AO , find  AEO .
ABCD and BC // AD . If COD = 42º, then x
=

A. 48º.
B. 63º. A. 18º
B. 24º
C. 84º.
C. 27º
D. 90º. D. 36º
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-28] [2004-CE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 222

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

57. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle ABC. ︵ ︵

60. In the figure, ABCD is a circle. If CD = 2DA
Find x. ︵ ︵
= 2AB = 2BC , then x =

A. 17.5º
B. 27.5º A. 108º.
C. 35º
B. 112º.
D. 55º
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-24]
C. 120º.
D. 144º.
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-50]
58. In the figure, ABCD is a circle. AC and BD
meet at E. If AD = 4 , EC = 5 and BE = 4 ,
then BC = 61. In the figure, ABCD is a circle. AB produced
and DC produced meet at E. If AC and BD
intersect at F, then  ABD =

A. 6.
B. 7.
C. 8.
D. 10 .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-25] A. 41º.
B. 52º.
59. In the figure, ABC is a circle. If  ABC = 30º C. 56º.
︵
and AC = 4 , then the circumference of the D. 60º.
circle is [2005-CE-MATHS 2-24]

62. In the figure, ABCD is a circle. If AC is a

diameter of the circle and AB = BD , then
CAD =

A. 24 .
B. 48 .
C. 8 .
D. 16 .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-26]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 223

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

A. 18º.
B. 21º.
C. 27º.
D. 36º.
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-25]

︵ ︵
63. In the figure, ABCD is a circle. If AB : BC :
︵ ︵
CD : DA = 1 : 2 : 3 : 3 and E is a point lying on
BD, then CAE = A. sin  .
B. cos  .
C. tan  .
1
D. .
tan 
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-48]

66. In the figure, ABCD is a circle. If AB = AC ,

AB // DC and  ABD = 40º, then CBD =

A. 45º
B. 50º
C. 55º
D. 60º
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-51]

64. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle ABC. A. 10º.

If OBC = 50º and  ACO = 20º, then  BOA B. 20º.
= C. 30º.
D. 40º.
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-49]

67. In the figure, AD is a diameter of the circle

ABCD. It is given that XBCY is a straight line.
If AD = 20 cm and BC = 12 cm , then AX + DY
=

A. 50º.
B. 60º.
C. 70º.
D. 80º.
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-46]

A. 12 cm .
65. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle B. 16 cm .
ABCD. It is given that AC and BD intersect at C. 32 cm .
CD D. 36 cm .
E. If AED =  , then =
AB [2010-CE-MATHS 2-49]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 224

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

68. In the figure, ABCDE is a circle. AC and BD C. 180º – xº – yº .

intersect at F. If AE // BD , DAE = 20º and D. 180º – xº + yº .
CFD = 70º, then CBD = E. 360º – xº – yº .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-24]

71. In the figure, circle AXB passes through the

centre of circle AYB. y =

A
Y yo
xo X

B
A. 20º. A. 2x .
B. 35º. B. 180 – 2x .
C. 45º. C. 180 – x .
D. 50º. 1
D. (90 – x) .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-48] 2
1
E. (180 – x) .
2
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-25]
Cyclic Quadrilaterals

69. In the figure, ABCDEF is a hexagon inscribed 72. In the figure, AB = BC = CD . AED =
in a circle. What is x + y + z equal to ?
C D

B
25o

A. 270 A E
B. 360
A. 50º
C. 450
D. 540 B. 65º
E. the sum, x + y + z, is not a constant. C. 75º
D. 90º
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-32]
E. 105º
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-47]
70. In the figure, the two circles intersect at A and
B. CAE and CBD are straight lines. CED =
73.
E
A
yo C
xo

A. yº .
B. 180º – yº .

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 225

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. PQ 76. In the figure, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
is a diameter. Which of the following is / are BA is produced to E. DA bisects CAE .
true ?  BCD =
(1) a = b
(2) c = 2a
(3) c + d = 180º
A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-52]

74. In the figure, chords AB and CD intersect at P. A. 40º.

BP = DP . CAD = B. 45º.
C. 50º.
D. 55º.
E. 65º.
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-22]

77. In the figure, A, B, C, D and E lie on a circle.

AC intersects BE at K.  ACD = 100º and
 CDE = 130º. If BE // CD , then  ACB =

A. 58º.
B. 86º.
C. 88º.
D. 92º.
E. 142º.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-24]

75. In the figure, the chords BA and CD, when

produced, meet at P. The chords AD and BC,
A. 25º.
when produced, meet at Q.  B =
B. 30º.
C. 36º.
D. 40º.
E. 42º.
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-25]

78. DA and DC are equal chords of the circle

ABCD. CDB = 40º and  DAB = 100º.
 ADB =

A. 35º.
B. 40º.
C. 45º.
D. 50º.
E. 55º.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-54]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 226

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

A. 20º.
81.
B. 25º.
C. 30º.
D. 35º.
E. 40º.
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-49]

In the figure, O is the centre of two concentric

79. In the figure, AB, BC and CD are three equal circles. ADOEB and CGFB are straight lines.
chords of a circle. If  BAC = a , then Which of the following is / are true ?
 AED = (1) AC // DG
(2) BF = CG
(3) A, E, F, C are concyclic
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-23]

82. In the figure, O is the centre of the smaller

circle. OAB and PQR are straight lines. Find  .

A. 2a .
B. 3a .
C. 90º – a .
D. 180º – 2a .
E. 180º – 3a .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-23]

A. 56º
80. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral with AB = AD B. 108º
and CB = CD . Find  ABC . C. 112º
D. 118º
E. 124º
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-51]

83. In the figure, B is the mid-point of arc AC.

AC = AD . If  ADC = 56º, then  BCD =

A. 75º
B. 90º
C. 105º
D. 120º
E. It cannot be found
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 227

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

A. 84º. ︵ ︵ 1︵
B. 90º. 87. In the figure, AB = BC = CD . Find  ABC .
2
C. 96º.
D. 112º.
E. 124º.
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-52]

84. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle BCD.

ABC and EDC are straight lines. BC = DC and
 AED = 70º. Find  BOD .

A. 100º
B. 105º
C. 112.5º
D. 130º
E. 150º
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-46]
A. 40º
B. 70º
C. 80º 88. The figure shows a circle with diameter AD. If
D. 90º AB = BC = CD , find x + y + z .
E. 140º
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-22]

85. In the figure, points A, B, C and D are

concyclic. Find x.

A. 315º
B. 324º
C. 330º
A. 20º D. 360º
B. 22.5º [2003-CE-MATHS 2-50]
C. 25º
D. 27.5º
89. In the figure, XAB and XDC are straight lines.
E. 30º
If DX = 5 , AX = 6 and AB = 4 , find CD.
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-24]

86. In the figure, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral. If

 DAB = 110º and BC = BD , find  DAC .

A. 5
A. 20º B. 7
B. 35º 10
C. 40º C.
3
D. 55º 24
E. 70º D.
5
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-24] [2003-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 228

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

90. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle A. 120º.

ABCD. If  ADC = 84º and CBO = 38º, then
B. 135º.
 AOB =
C. 150º.
D. 165º.
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-22]

93. In the figure, O is the centre of the semi-circle

ABCD. AC and BD intersect at E. If AD // OC ,
then AED =

A. 64º.
B. 88º.
C. 104º.
D. 168º.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-50]

HKDSE Problems
A. 48º.
91. In the figure, ABCD is a semi-circle. If
B. 55º.
BC = CD , then ADC =
C. 57º.
D. 66º.
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-20]

94. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle

︵ ︵ ︵
ABCD. If AB = BC = 2 CD , then BCD =
A. 118º.
B. 121º.
C. 124º.
D. 126º.
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-21]

92. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle

ABCDE. If ABE = 30° and CDE = 105°,
then AOC =

A. 64º.
B. 87º.
C. 93º.
D. 116º.
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-21]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 229

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

95. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle 97. In the figure, AC is a diameter of the circle
ABCD. If BAO = 28°, BCD = 114° and ABCDE. If ADE = 28°, then CBE =
CDO = 42°, then ABC =

A. 56º.

B. 62º.
A. 90º.
C. 72º.
B. 96º.
D. 76º.
C. 100º.
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-20]
D. 138º.

[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-20]

98. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle

ABCDEF. PQR intersects the circle at A, B, C,
96. In the figure, ABCD is a circle. AC and BD D, E and F. If QPR = 38° and AB = CD =
intersect at E. If AB = AD and AD // BC , then EF , then QOR =
BAE =

A. 53º. A. 109º.

B. 57º. B. 117º.

C. 69º. C. 123º.

D. 74º. D. 142º.

[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-19] [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-21]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 230

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

99. In the figure, AD is a diameter of the circle 101. In the figure, AD is a diameter of the circle
ABCDE. If BAD = 58º and BC = CD , then ABCDE. If BC = CD and ABC = 110º, then
AEC = BED =

A. 32º.
A. 20º.
B. 58º. B. 35º.
C. 40º.
C. 61º. D. 55º.
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-21]
D. 64º.

[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-20]

100. In the figure, ABCD is a rhombus. C is the

centre of the circle BDE and ADE is a straight
line. BE and CD intersect at F. If ADC =
118º, then DFE =

A. 59º.

B. 62º.

C. 78º.

D. 87º.

[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-22]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 231

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

Properties of Tangents A. (  +  )º.

B. (  +  )º – 180º.
1. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. TB C. 90º – (  +  )º.
is a tangent. OAB is a straight line. ATB =
25º. ABT = D. 180º – (  +  )º.
E. 360º – (  +  )º.
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-49]

4. In the figure, AB is a diameter. CTD is a

tangent. AC  CD ; BD  CD . ACT, ATB and
BTD are denoted by I, II and III respectively.

A. 30º.
B. 40º.
C. 45º.
D. 50º.
E. 60º.
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-23]

2. In the figure, TA and TB are tangents. ATB =

50º. ACB =
Which of the following is a true statement about
the triangles ?

A. No two of them are similar.

B. Only I and II are similar.
C. Only I and III are similar.
D. Only II and III are similar.
E. All three of them are similar.
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-54]

5. ABC is a triangle. The circle touches the sides

A. 40º. of ABC at D, E and F as shown in the figure.
B. 50º. Which of the following statements is true ?
C. 60º.
D. 65º.
E. 75º.
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-47]

3. In the figure, circle O touches the three sides of

ABC. B =  º; C =  º. ROQ =

A. FD // AC .
B. BDF is an isosceles triangle.
1
C. FD = 2 AC .
D. ACDF is a cyclic quadrilateral.
E. DEF is an equilateral triangle.
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-56]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 232

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

6. In the figure, the tangent to the circle at C 9. In the figure, PQ touches the circle centre O
meets the diameter AB produced at T. ATC = and radius r, at T. TOS =  . How far is S
from PQ ?

A. 38º.
B. 26º.
C. 19º.
D. 14º. A. r sin 
E. 13º. B. r cos 
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-7]
C. r(1 – sin  )
D. r(1 – cos  )
7. In the figure, AB and CD touch the circle at E E. r(1 – tan  )
and F respectively. If AEG = 100º and
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-33]
EGF = 65º, then GFD =

10. In the figure, the two concentric circles are of

radii a and b, where a > b . A chord of the
greater circle touches the smaller circle. How
long is this chord ?

A. 30º.
B. 35º.
C. 45º.
D. 50º.
E. 60º. A. 2(a – b)
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-9] B. a2 + b2
C. 2 a2 + b2
8. In the figure, PQ touches the circle at C, and D. a2 – b2
the length of minor arc AC is 12 cm . What is
the length of minor arc AB ? E. 2 a2 – b2
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-34]

11. In the figure, the inscribed circle of ABC

touches AC at D. If AB = 7 , AC = 5 and AD
= 2 , then BC =

A. 9 cm
B. 8 cm D
C. 7.5 cm
D. 7 cm
E. 6 cm
B C
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-10]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 233

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

A. 9.5 . 14. In the figure, AT touches the circle at A. In

B. 9. ABC,  A :  B :  C = 2 : 3 : 4 .  =
C. 8.5 .
D. 8.
E. 7.5 .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-27]

12. In the figure, RS is a tangent to the circle at C.

BA is any chord parallel to RCS. Which of the
chords AB, BC and CA must be equal in
length ?

A A. 40º.
B. 50º.
B C. 60º.
D. 70º.
E. 80º.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-25]

S
C 15. In the figure, two circles both with radius
R 2 cm touch each other externally. AP and AQ
are equal tangents to the two circles. AP =
A. AB and BC only
B. AC and BC only
C. AB and AC only
D. All of them
E. No two of them
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-48]

13. A. 3 cm .
B. 2 3 cm .
C. 4 cm .
D. 4 3 cm .
4 3
E. 3
cm .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-27]

In the figure, circle O is inscribed in ABC, 16. In the figure, AB and AC touch the circle at B
touching BC at X. Which of the following must and C. If P is any point on the minor arc BC,
be true ? what is  ?
(1) OX  BC
(2) OA bisects  A
(3) AO produced bisects BC

A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
E. None of them
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 234

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

A. 112º 19. In the figure, the three sides of ABC touch the
B. 118º circle at the points P, Q and R.  PQR =
C. 124º
D. 146º
E. It cannot be determined
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-51]

17. In the figure, PQ and RS touch the circle at A

and C respectively.  ABC =

A. 30º.

B. 50º.

C. 55º.
A. 48º.
B. 60º. D. 70º.
C. 84º. E. 75º.
D. 90º.
E. 96º. [1983-CE-MATHS 2-25]
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-28]

18. In the figure, TP and TQ touch the circle at P 20. In the figure, PQ and XY touch the circle at A
and Q respectively. R is the point on TQ and B respectively. PQ // XY and  QAC = 60º.
produced such that PR passes through the centre
 CBX =
O of the circle.  QPR =

A. 150º.

B. 135º.

C. 120º.
A. 55º.
B. 40º. D. 110º.
C. 35º.
D. 30º. E. 100º.
E. 20º.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-54]
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-54]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 235

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

21. In the figure, AB and AC touch the circle at B A. 10º.

and C respectively. A = B. 20º.
C. 25º.
D. 30º.
E. 35º.
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-53]

24.

A. 30º.
B. 40º.
C. 50º.
D. 80º.
E. 85º.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-24]

In the figure, the circle touches the sides of

22. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. TA ABC at X, Y and Z. O is the centre of the
and TB touch the circle at A and B respectively. circle. Which of the following must be true ?
OA = 2 . The length of the arc APB is
(1) OA bisects  BAC
A (2) A, X, O and Z are concyclic
2 (3) AX = AZ
P
O 45o T A. (3) only
B. (1) and (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
B
D. (2) and (3) only
 E. (1), (2) and (3)
A. .
4 [1985-CE-MATHS 2-54]

B. .
2
3 25. In the figure, AB and AC are tangents to the
C. .
4 circle BCD. If BDC = 50º, then A =
3
D. .
2
E. 3 .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-25]

23. In the figure, FG touches the circle at E. The

chord CB is produced to meet FG at A.
 ACE =

A. 130º.
B. 100º.
C. 85º.
D. 80º.
E. 50º.
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-50]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 236

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

26. A circle, centre O, touches the sector ABC A. 35º.

internally at D, E and F. C = 60º and AC = B. 40º.
18 . Find the radius of the circle.
C. 55º.
A D. 65º.
E. 70º.
F D [1987-CE-MATHS 2-53]

O
60o 29. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle of
C B radius 5. AB is a tangent and AO = 12 . AC =
E

A. 9
B. 6
C. 5
D. 4
E. 3
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-53]

27. In the figure, PQ is a diameter and PT is a

tangent of the circle. QT cuts the circle at R.
Let Q =  and PQ = x , then TR =

A. 13
B. 17
C. 219
D. 244
E. 269
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-21]
x
A. .
cos 
x 30. In the figure, TP and TQ are tangents to the
B. .
sin  circle PQR. If  RPQ = 70º and  PTQ = 50º,
x then  RQP =
C. .
sin  tan 
D. x sin  tan  .
E. x cos  tan  .
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-54]

28. In the figure, C is the centre of the circle.

ABCD is a straight line. AQR touches the circle
at Q. If  DAR = 20º, then  DQR =

A. 20º
B. 45º
C. 50º
D. 60º
E. 70º
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-24]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 237

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

31. In the figure, TC is a tangent to the circle at C A. 84º.

and AB // DC . If  BCT = 48º, then  = B. 96º.
C. 106º.
D. 114º.
E. 132º.
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-50]

34. In the figure, TA and TB are tangents to the

circle ABC. If TA  TB and BD  AC , find
 CBD .

A. 48º.
B. 72º.
C. 84º.
D. 90º.
E. 96º.
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-24]

32. In the figure, TQ is a tangent to the circle at A.

If arc AC = arc BC and  PAQ = 48º, then 
QAC =
A. 30º
B. 40º
C. 45º
D. 50º
E. 60º
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-51]

35. In the figure, AB, AC and BC are three tangents

touching the circle at D, E and F respectively.
If AC = 24 , BC = 18 and ACB = 90º, find the
radius of the circle.
A. 42º.
B. 48º.
C. 66º.
D. 71º.
E. 84º.
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-20]

33. In the figure, PA and PC are tangents to the

circle ABC. If  P = 48º, then  ABC =

A. 3
B. 4
C. 5
D. 6
E. 7
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-53]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 238

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

38. In the figure, the circle is inscribed in a regular

36. pentagon. P, Q and R are points of contact.
Find  .

In the figure, TPA and TQB are tangents to the

circle at P and Q respectively. If PQ = PR ,
which of the following must be true ?
A. 30º
(1)  APR = QRP B. 32º
C. 35º
(2) QTP = QPR
D. 36º
(3) QPR =  APR E. 45º
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-26]
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
39. In the figure, ST is a tangent to the smaller
C. (3) only circle. ABC is a straight line. If TAD = 2x
D. (1) and (2) only and  DPC = 3x , find x.

E. (1) and (3) only

[1991-CE-MATHS 2-24]

37. In the figure, TP and TQ are tangent to the

circle of radius 3 cm . Find the length of the
minor arc PQ.

A. 30º
B. 36º
C. 40º
D. 42º
E. 45º
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-27]

40. In the figure, the two circles touch each other

at C. The diameter AB of the bigger circle is
tangent to the smaller circle at D. If DE bisects
 ADC, find  .
A. 3 cm
B. 2 cm
3
C. cm
2
D.  cm

E. cm
2
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 239

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

A. 24º 43. In the figure, PA is tangent to the circle at A,

B. 38º  CAP = 28º and BA = BC . Find x.
C. 45º
D. 52º
E. 66º
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-50]

41. In the figure, TP and TQ are tangents to the

circle at P and Q respectively. If M is a point
on the minor arc PQ and  PMQ =  , then
 PTQ = A. 28º
B. 48º
C. 56º
D. 62º
E. 76º
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-22]

44. In the figure, O is the centre of the inscribed

circle of ABC. If  OAC = 30º and
 OCA = 25º. Find  ABC.

A. .
2
B.  – 90º.
C. 180º –  .
D. 180º – 2 .
E. 2 – 180º.
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-50]

42.

A. 50º
B. 55º
C. 60º
D. 62.5º
E. 70º
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-23]

45. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle,

POQR is a straight line. TR is the tangent to
In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. AB
touches the circle at N. Which of the following the circle at T. PRT =
is / are correct ?

(1) M, N, K, O are concyclic.

(2) HNB ~ NKB
(3)  OAN =  NOB

A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 240

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

A. 20º.
B. 35º. 48.
C. 45º.
D. 50º.
E. 70º.
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-23]

46. In the figure, PB touches the semicircle ADB at

B. PD =

In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. AP,

AB and BR are tangents to the circle at P, Q
and R respectively. Which of the following
must be true ?

(1) AP + BR = AB
(2) OQ bisects  AOB
1
(3)  AOB =  POR
d 2
A. .
2 cos 
A. (1) only
B. d sin  tan  .
B. (2) only
d
C. .
sin  tan  C. (1) and (2) only
d cos  D. (1) and (3) only
D. .
tan 
E. (1), (2) and (3)
d tan 
E. .
cos  [1996-CE-MATHS 2-50]

[1995-CE-MATHS 2-52]

49. In the figure, EC is the tangent to the circle at

47. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. PA C. Find CBD.
is the tangent to the circle at A and CB // PA .
Find x.

A. 40º
A. 21º B. 50º
B. 24º C. 65º
C. 42º
D. 70º
D. 45º
E. 75º
E. 48º
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-26] [1997-CE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 241

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

50. In the figure, CE is tangent to the circle at C. 53. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle, AOB
Find DCE. is a straight line and BCD is the tangent to the
circle at C. Find x.

A. 50º
A. 40º
B. 53º
B. 42º
C. 56º
C. 49º
D. 59º
D. 54º
E. 62º
E. 78º
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-45]
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-49]

54.
51. In the figure, AT is tangent to the circle at T
and ABC is a straight line. Find AT.

In the figure, EAF is a common tangent to the

A. 9 cm circles at the point A. Chords AC and BC of
B. 12 cm the smaller circle are produced to meet the
C. 15 cm larger circle at G and D respectively. Which of
D. 16 cm the following must be true ?
E. 20 cm
(1)  ADG =  EAG
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-50]
(2)  ABD =  AGD
(3)  BAE =  ADB
52. In the figure, AB is tangent to the circle at B. A. (1) only
Find  DCE . B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-51]

55. In the figure, BE and BF are tangents to the

circle at A and C respectively. If  ADC =
100º, then  ABC =

A. 70º
B. 75º
C. 90º
D. 95º
E. 105º
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 242

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

A. 20º.
B. 30º.
C. 40º.
D. 50º.
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-52]

56. In the figure, TS, SQ and QP are tangents to

the circle at T, R and P respectively. If TS // 3
A. .
PQ , TS = 3 and QP = 12 , then the radius of 2
the circle is 12
B. .
7
C. 2.
5
D. .
2
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-50]

59. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle. A

and B are points lying on the circle. If AOC is
a straight line and BC is a tangent to the circle,
then the radius of the circle is
A. 4.5 .
B. 6.
C. 7.5 .
D. 9.
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-51]

57. In the figure, AB and AC are tangents to the 3

A. .
circle at X and Y respectively. Z is a point 2
lying on the circle. If  BAC = 100º, then B. 3.
 XZY = C. 2 3.
D. 3 3.
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-47]

60. In the figure, A, B and C are points lying on

the circle. AB is a diameter of the circle. DB
tangent to the circle at B. If ACD is a straight
line with AC = 4 and CD = 2 , then AB =

A. 40º.
B. 45º.
C. 50º.
D. 55º.
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-49]

A. 2 6.
58. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle and B. 4 3.
AOC is a straight line. If AB and BC are C. 4 6.
tangents to the circle such that AB = 3 and D. 8 3.
BC = 4 , then the radius of the circle is [2007-CE-MATHS 2-49]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 243

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

61. In the figure, AB is the tangent to the circle at A. 65º.

B and ADC is a straight line. If AB : AD = 2 : B. 80º.
1 , then the area of ABD : the area of BCD C. 95º.
=
D. 130º.
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-50]

64. In the figure, BC is a diameter of the circle

ABC. BCD is a straight line and DA is the
tangent to the circle at A. If ABC = 28º, then
ADB =

A. 1 :2.
B. 1 :3.
C. 1 :4.
D. 2 :3.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-51]

62. In the figure, AB is the tangent to the circle at A. 22º.

A. If AB = 20 and BC = 50 , find the radius of B. 28º.
the circle.
C. 34º.
D. 62º.
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-49]

HKDSE Problems

65. In the figure, A, B and C are points lying on

the circle. TA is the tangent to the circle at A.
A. 20 The straight line CBT is perpendicular to TA. If
B. 25 BC = 6 cm , find the radius of the circle correct
C. 29 to the nearest 0.1 cm .
D. 30
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-50]

63. In the figure, XY and XZ are the tangents to the

circle ABCD at A and B respectively. If
AXB = 50º and DAY = 30º, then BCD =

A. 3.2 cm
B. 3.9 cm
C. 4.2 cm
D. 4.7 cm
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 244

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

66. In the figure, A is the common centre of the 68. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle ABC.
two circles. BC is a chord of the larger circle DE is the tangent to the circle at A. If AB is
and touches the smaller circle at D. AD the angle bisector of CAE, then ACO =
produced meets the larger circle at E. F is a
point lying on the smaller circle such that E, D,
A and F are collinear. If BC = 24 cm and
DE = 8 cm , then EF =

A. 26º.

B. 28º.

C. 31º.
A. 13 cm .
B. 16 cm . D. 34º.

C. 18 cm . [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-41]
D. 20 cm .

[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-40]

69. In the figure, PQS is a circle. PQ is produced

to R such that RS is the tangent to the circle at
67. In the figure, PQ is the tangent to the circle S. I is the in-centre of QRS. If IRQ = 12º
ABC at O, where O is the centre of the and PSQ = 70º, then QPS =
semicircle PBQ. It is given that BCP is a
straight line. If BPQ = 12º, then BAC =

A. 24º.

A. 18º. B. 37º.
B. 24º.
C. 43º.
C. 36º.
D. 62º.
D. 54º.
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-41]
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 245

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 10.6 Tangents of Circles

70. In the figure, AB and AC are the tangents to the 72. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle ABC.
circle at B and C respectively. BD is a diameter DE is the tangent to the circle at A. If BAD
of the circle. AC produced and BD produced = 68º and BCO = 26º, then ABC =
meet at E. If AB = 6 cm and AE = 10 cm , then
BD =

A. 42º.
B. 48º.
C. 54º.
D. 64º.
A. 3 cm . [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-40]

B. 5 cm .

C. 6 cm .

D. 8 cm .

[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-40]

71. In the figure, AC is a diameter of the circle

ABCD. PB and PD are tangents to the circle.
AD produced and BC produced meet at Q. If
BPD = 68º, then AQB =

A. 22º.

B. 28º.

C. 32º.

D. 34º.

[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-40]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 246

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 11 Locus

HKDSE Problems A. –8
B. –7
1. If P is a moving point in the rectangular C. 7
coordinate plane such that the distance between D. 8
P and the point (20, 12) is equal to 5, then [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-27]
the locus of P is a
A. circle.
B. square.
C. parabola.
D. triangle.
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-24]

2. The coordinates of the points A and B are

(2, 5) and (4, –1) respectively. Let P be a
moving point in the rectangular coordinate
plane such that AP = BP . Find the equation
of the locus of P.
A. x – 3y + 3 = 0
B. x – 3y – 7 = 0
C. x – 3y + 13 = 0
D. 3x + y – 11 = 0
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-24]

3. The equations of the straight lines L1 and L2

are 2x + 3y = 5 and 4x + 6y = 7 respectively.
If P is a moving point in the rectangular
coordinate plane such that the perpendicular
distance from P to L1 is equal to the
perpendicular distance from P to L2, then the
locus of P is a
A. circle.
B. square.
C. parabola.
D. straight line.
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-24]

4. The coordinates of the points A and B are

(2, 0) and (1, 5) respectively. If P is a
moving point in the rectangular coordinate
plane such that P is equidistant from A and B,
then the locus of P is
A. the perpendicular bisector of AB.
B. the circle with AB as a diameter.
C. the straight line which passes through A
and B.
D. the angle bisector of AOB, where O is
the origin.
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-24]

5. It is given that A and B are two distinct

points lying on the circle x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y –
87 = 0 . Let P be a moving point in the
rectangular coordinate plane such that AP =
BP . The equation of the locus of P is x + 2y
+ k = 0 , where k is a constant. Find k.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 247

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.1 Polar Coordinates

Polar Coordinates HKDSE Problems

6. The rectangular coordinates of the point P are

1. If the polar coordinates of the points A and B
are (5, 45º) and (12, 135º) respectively, then (–3, –3 3) . If P is rotated anticlockwise
the distance between A and B is about the origin through 90º, then the polar
coordinates of its image are
A. 3.
A. (3, 150º) .
B. 7. B. (3, 330º) .
C. 13 . C. (6, 150º) .
D. 17 . D. (6, 330º) .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-23]
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-27]

7. The rectangular coordinates of the point P are

2. If the rectangular coordinates of the point A (–1, 3) . If P is reflected with respect to the
are (–1, 1) , then the polar coordinates of A x-axis, then the polar coordinates of its image
are are
A. (1, 135º) . A. (2, 210º) .
B. (1, 225º) . B. (2, 240º) .
C. (4, 210º) .
C. ( 2, 135º) .
D. (4, 240º) .
D. ( 2, 225º) . [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-23]
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-30]

8. The rectangular coordinates of the point A are

3. If the polar coordinates of the point P are ( 3, –1) . If A is reflected with respect to the
(2, 300º) , then the rectangular coordinates of y-axis, then the polar coordinates of its image
P are are
A. (1, 210º) .
A. (– 3, 1) .
B. (1, 240º) .
B. (–1, 3) . C. (2, 210º) .
C. (1, – 3) . D. (2, 240º) .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-23]
D. ( 3, –1) .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-30]
9. The polar coordinates of the points P, Q and
R are (3, 160º) , (4, 280º) and (6, 340º)
4. If the polar coordinates of the point are respectively. The perpendicular distance from
(6, 210º) , then the rectangular coordinates of Q to PR is
the point are A. 2.
B. 3.
A. (–3, –3 3) .
C. 2 3.
B. (–3, 3 3) .
D. 3 3.
C. (–3 3, –3) . [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-25]
D. (–3 3, 3) .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-30]

5. If the polar coordinates of the point P are

(2, 150º) , then the rectangular coordinates of
P are
A. (–1, 3) .
B. ( 3, –1) .
C. (1, – 3) .
D. (– 3, 1) .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-30]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 248

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.2 Rectangular Coordinates

Distance between Points 5. If the length of the line segment joining the
points (2, 3) and (k, 1 – k) is 4, then k =
1. If P is the point (x, 0) , Q the point (0, 1) A. 2.
and R the point (0, x) , and PQ = 2RQ , then B. 4.
x satisfies C. 0 or 4 .
A. x2 – 4x + 1 = 0 . D. –2 or 2 .
B. 3x2 – 8x + 3 = 0 . [2002-CE-MATHS 2-30]
C. x2 – 2x + 3 = 0 .
D. 3x2 – 4x + 3 = 0 .
E. x2 + 2x – 3 = 0 .
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-17]
Collinear Points

2. If d is the distance between the point (a, b) 6. If the points (1, 1) , (3, 2) and (7, k) are on
and (b, a) , then d 2 = the same straight line, then k =
A. 0. A. 3.
B. a2 + b2 . B. 4.
C. 2(a2 + b2) . C. 6.
D. (a – b)2 . D. 7.
E. 2(a – b)2 . E. 10 .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-29] [1993-CE-MATHS 2-27]

3. The distance between (1 – k, k) and (2, 1 + k) 7. The points A(4, –1) , B(–2, 3) and C(x, 5) lie
is 26 . k = on a straight line. Find x.

A. 4. A. –5
B. 6. B. –4
C. –4 or 6 . C. 0
D. 4 or –6 . D. 2
E. –4 or –6 . E. 5
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-26] [1994-CE-MATHS 2-26]

4. In the figure, A, B and C are points on a

rectangular coordinate plane. AC and BC are
parallel to the x-axis and y-axis respectively. Mid-Point
If the coordinates of C are (2, 1) and the
equation of the straight line AB is y = 2x + 3 , 8. If (–2, 3) is the mid-point of (a, –1) and
find the distance between A and B. (4, b) , then b =
A. –7 .
B. 7.
C. –8 .
D. 8.
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-31]

9. The coordinates of the points A and B are

(–2, a) and (b, 7) respectively. If the
A. 5 coordinates of the mid-point of AB are (1, 5) ,
3 5 then a =
B.
2
A. 0.
C. 37 B. 3.
D. 3 5 C. 4.
E. 65 D. 17 .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-34] [2008-CE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 249

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.2 Rectangular Coordinates

Point of Division 4
A. ( , 3)
3
8
10. The point P divides AB internally so that B. ( , 5)
3
AP : PB = 2 : 1 . The coordinates of A and B
are (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) respectively. The 8 5
C. ( , )
coordinates of P are 5 17
12 23
A.  2x1 + x2 , 2y1 + y2  D. ( ,
5 5
)
 3 3  8 19
E. ( , )
B.  1
x + 2x 2 y 1 + 2y2  7 7
 3 , 3  [1997-CE-MATHS 2-47]

C.  2x1 – x2 , 2y1 – y2 
 3 3 
14. A(7, 14) and B(1, 2) are two points. C is a
 1
x – 2x 2 y –
1 2y2  point on AB produced such that AB : BC =
D.
 3 , 3  2 : 1 . Find the coordinates of C.
E.  x1 + x2 , y1 + y2  (–5, –10)
 3 3  A.
B. (–2, –4)
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-26]
C. (3, 6)
D. (5, 10)
E. (10, 20)
11. ABCD is a line segment. AB : BC : CD =
3 : 2 : 1 . If A = (4, 5) , D = (10, 11) , find C. [1998-CE-MATHS 2-54]

A. (5, 6)
B. (6, 7)
C. (7, 8) Vertices of Polygons
D. (8, 9)
E. (9, 10) 15. In the figure, A(5, 3) , B(b, 1) and C(c, 1) are
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-27] the vertices of a triangle. If AB = AC , then
b+c =

12. A(–3, 2) and B(1, 3) are two points. C is a

point on the AB produced such that AB : BC =
1 : 2 . Find the coordinates of C.
5 7
A. (– , )
3 3
1 8
B. (– , )
3 3
7
C. (3, )
2
D. (5, 4)
E. (9, 5)
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-53]
A. 3.
B. 5.
13. In the figure, AEB and ADC are straight lines. C. 6.
ED // BC and ED : BC = 2 : 3 . If the D. 8.
coordinates of A and B are (4, 7) and (0, 1) E. 10 .
respectively, find the coordinates of E. [1988-CE-MATHS 2-28]

16. PQRS is a parallelogram with vertices

P = (0, 0) , Q = (a, b) and S = (–b, a) . Find R.
A. (–a, –b)
B. (a, –b)
C. (a – b, a – b)
D. (a – b, a + b)
E. (a + b, a + b)
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-28]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 250

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.2 Rectangular Coordinates

17. The mid-points of the sides of a triangle are 21. The coordinates of the point A are (–3, 3) . If
(3, 4) , (2, 0) and (4, 2) . Which of the A is reflected with respect to the straight line
following points is a vertex of the triangle ? x = 1 to the point B, then the distance
between A and B is
A. (3.5, 3)
B. (3, 2) A. 4.
B. 5.
C. (3, 1)
C. 6.
D. (1.5, 2)
D. 8.
E. (1, 2)
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-30]
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-31]

22. If the point R (–4, –3) is reflected with respect

18. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. The to the straight line y + 7 = 0 to the point S,
coordinates of B are then the coordinates of S are
A. (–4, –10) .
B. (–4, –11) .
C. (–10, –3) .
D. (–11, –3) .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-29]

23. The coordinates of the point A are (–3, 2) . If

A is translated downwards by 7 units to the
point B, then the coordinates of the reflection
image of B with respect to the straight line
A. (3, 2) . x = 1 are
B. (3, 5) .
A. (5, 5) .
C. (4, 5) .
B. (5, –5) .
D. (4, 6) . C. (–5, 5) .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-32] D. (–5, –5) .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-29]

19. If the points (0, 0) , (2, 0) and (1, b) are the

vertices of an equilateral triangle, then b =

A. 1. HKDSE Problems
B. 3.
C. 1 or –1 . 24. If the point (–4, 3) is rotated anti-clockwise
D. 3 or – 3 . about the origin through 180°, then the
coordinates of its image are
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-31]
A. (–3, –4) .
B. (3, 4) .
C. (–4, –3) .
D. (4, –3) .
Transformation of Points
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-26]

20. If the point (3, –2) is rotated clockwise about

the origin through 90°, then the coordinates of 25. If the point (–2, –1) is reflected with respect
its image are to the straight line y = –5 , then the
coordinates of its image are
A. (2, 3) .
A. (–8, –1) .
B. (3, 2) .
B. (–2, –9) .
C. (–2, –3) .
C. (–2, 11) .
D. (–3, –2) . D. (12, –1) .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-29] [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-25]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 251

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.3 Centres of a Triangle

1. Let O be the origin. If the coordinates of the 5. The coordinates of two vertices of a triangle
points A and B are (6, 0) and (0, 6) are (–4, –8) and (6, 2) . If the coordinates of
respectively, then the coordinates of the in- the circumcentre of the triangle are (k, –4) ,
centre of ABO are then k =
A. (0, 0) . A. –1 .
B. (2, 2) . B. 0.
C. (3, 3) . C. 1.
D. (6 – 3 2, 6 – 3 2) . D. 2.
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-48] [2009-CE-MATHS 2-52]

2.
HKDSE Problems

6. Let O be the origin. If the coordinates of the

points A and B are (18, –24) and (18, 24)
respectively, then the x-coordinate of the
orthocentre of OAB is
A. –14 .
B. 10 .
In the figure, ABC is an acute-angled triangle, C. 12 .
AB = AC and D is a point lying on BC such D. 25 .
that AD is perpendicular to BC. Which of the
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-42]
following must be true ?
(1) The circumcentre of ABC lies on AD.
7. Let O be the origin. If the coordinates of the
(2) The orthocentre of ABC lies on AD.
points A and B are (0, 12) and (30, 12)
(3) The centroid of ABC lies on AD. respectively, then the y-coordinate of the
A. (1) and (2) only circumcentre of OAB is
B. (1) and (3) only A. 6.
C. (2) and (3) only B. 8.
D. (1), (2) and (3) C. 12 .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-49] D. 15 .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-43]

3. If ABC is an obtuse-angled triangle, which

of the following points must lie outside ABC ? 8. Let O be the origin. The coordinates of the
points P and Q are (0, 60) and (96, 48)
(1) The centroid of ABC
respectively. The x-coordinate of the
(2) The circumcentre of ABC orthocentre of OPQ is
(3) The orthocentre of ABC
A. 6.
A. (1) and (2) only B. 32 .
B. (1) and (3) only C. 45 .
C. (2) and (3) only D. 48 .
D. (1), (2) and (3) [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-42]
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-50]

9. Let O be the origin. The coordinates of the

4. Let O be the origin. If the coordinates of the points P and Q are ( p, 0) and (0, q)
points A and B are (48, 0) and (24, 18) respectively, where p and q are positive
respectively, then the y-coordinate of the numbers. If the in-centre of OPQ lies on the
orthocentre of ABO is straight line 3x + 4y = 3p , then p : q =
A. –7 . A. 2:3.
B. 6. B. 4:3.
C. 8. C. 4:9.
D. 32 . D. 7 : 24 .
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-52] [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 252

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

Slope of Straight Lines 4. In the figure, OA = AB . If the slope of AB is

m, find the slope of OA.

1. The gradient of the straight line (x + y + 1) +

k(x – y – 1) = 0 is

1+k
A. .
k–1
1+k
B. .
1–k
1–k
C. .
1+k
k–1
D. .
1+k
E. 1.
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-36]
A. –1
1
2. The slope of the straight line passing through B.
m
(–3, 4) and (4, –3) is
1
A. 7. C. –
m
B. –7 .
1 D. m
C. .
7 E. –m
D. 1.
E. –1 . [1995-CE-MATHS 2-28]

[SP-CE-MATHS 2-42]

5. In the figure, PQRS is a parallelogram. Find

3. In the figure, the slopes of the straight lines the slope of PR.
1, 2, 3 and 4 are m1, m2, m3 and m4
respectively. Which of the following is true ?

13
A.
15

15
B.
13

9
C.
A. m1 > m2 > m3 > m4 11
B. m2 > m1 > m3 > m4 11
C. m1 > m2 > m4 > m3 D.
9
D. m2 > m1 > m4 > m3
E. –5
E. m4 > m3 > m2 > m1
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-33]
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 253

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

6. In the figure, L1, L2, L3 and L4 are straight

lines. If m1, m2, m3 and m4 are the slopes of A. y
L1, L2, L3 and L4 respectively, which of the
following must be true ?

x
0

B. y

x
0

C. y
A. m1 < m2 < m3 < m4
B. m1 < m2 < m4 < m3
C. m2 < m1 < m3 < m4
D. m2 < m1 < m4 < m3 x
0
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-32]
D. y

Coefficients of Straight Lines

x
0
7. In the figure, the equation of the straight line E. y
is y = mx + c . Which one of the following
is true ?

x
0

[1984-CE-MATHS 2-29]

9. If a, b and c are all positive, which of

the following may represent the graph of
ax + by + c = 0 ?

A. m > 0 and c > 0 A.

B. m > 0 and c < 0

C. m < 0 and c > 0
D. m < 0 and c < 0
E. m > 0 and c = 0
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-35] B.

8. If a, b and c are positive real numbers, which

of the following graphs could represent the
line ax + by + c = 0 ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 254

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

C.
A.

D.
B.

E.
C.

[1996-CE-MATHS 2-29]

10. If a < 0 and b > 0 , which of the following D.

may represent the graph of y = ax + b ?
A.

[2004-CE-MATHS 2-29]

B. 12. If k < 0 , which of the following may represent

the graph of the straight line x – y = k ?
A.

C.

B.

D.

C.

[2002-CE-MATHS 2-4]

11. If a > 0 , b > 0 and c < 0 , which of the

following may represent the graph of the
straight line ax + by + c = 0 ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 255

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

D. A. (a)
B. (b)
C. (c)
D. (d)
E. (e)
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-14]

[2006-CE-MATHS 2-28]
15. If the line 2x – 3y + c = 0 passes through the
point (1, 1) , then c =
13. A. –2 .
B. –1 .
C. 0.
D. 1.
E. 2.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-26]

16. The equation of the line passing through

(1, –1) and perpendicular to the x-axis is
A. x –1 = 0.
B. x +1 = 0.
C. y –1 = 0.
The figure shows the graph of the straight line D. y +1 = 0.
ax + by + 1 = 0 . Which of the following is E. x +y = 0.
true ? [1983-CE-MATHS 2-27]
A. a > 0 and b > 0
B. a > 0 and b < 0
17. The equation of the perpendicular bisector of
C. a < 0 and b > 0 the line joining (1, 2) and (7, 4) is
D. a < 0 and b < 0
A. 3x + y + 15 = 0 .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-32]
B. 3x + y – 15 = 0 .
C. 3x – y + 9 = 0 .
D. 3x – y – 9 = 0 .
E. x + 3y – 13 = 0 .
Equations of Straight Lines [1985-CE-MATHS 2-27]

14. 18. In the figure, the equation of the straight line

L is

A. x – 3 = 0.
B. x –y–3 = 0.
C. x –y+3 = 0.
Five straight lines (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) are D. x +y–3 = 0.
drawn in the figure above. Which one is the E. x +y+3 = 0.
graph of x – 2y = 1 ? [1995-CE-MATHS 2-27]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 256

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

19. In the figure, the equation of the straight line 22. In the figure, the equation of the straight line
L is L is

A. x +y = 4.
A. x +y+2 = 0.
B. x –y = 4.
B. x +y–2 = 0. C. x +y = –4 .
C. x –y+2 = 0. D. x –y = –4 .
D. x –y–2 = 0. [2009-CE-MATHS 2-32]
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-31]

20. If the straight line 5x – 3y = 30 cuts the Parallel Lines

x-axis and the y-axis at A and B respectively,
then the coordinates of the mid-point of AB
are 23. If the two lines 2x – y + 1 = 0 and
ax + 3y – 1 = 0 do not intersect, then a =
A. (3, –5) .
A. –6 .
B. (–3, 5) . B. –2 .
C. (5, –3) . C. 2.
D. (–5, 3) . D. 3.
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-30]
E. 6.
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-28]

21. In the figure, the straight lines L1 and L2 are

24. Find the equation of the straight line passing
perpendicular to each other. Find the equation
through (–1, 1) and parallel to 5x + 4y = 0 .
of L2.
A. 4x – 5y +9 = 0
B. 4x + 5y +1 = 0
C. 5x – 4y +9 = 0
D. 5x + 4y –1 = 0
E. 5x + 4y +1 = 0
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-32]

25. In the figure, OABC is a parallelogram. If the

equation of OC is 2x – y = 0 and the length
of CB is 3, find the equation of AB.

A. x– 3y = 0
B. x+ 3y = 0
C. 3x – y = 0
D. 3x + y = 0
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-31]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 257

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

A. x – 2y – 3 = 0 1
A. y =  x  5.
B. 2x – y – 3 = 0 a
C. 2x – y + 3 = 0 1
B. y =  x + 5.
D. 2x – y – 6 = 0 a
E. 2x – y + 6 = 0 C. y = ax  5 .
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-32] D. y = ax + 5 .
1
E. y =  x.
a
26. Consider the three straight lines [1986-CE-MATHS 2-22]

L1 : 6x + 4y – 3 = 0 ,
3 29. The line y = mx + c is perpendicular to the
L2 : y = – x + 4 and line y = 3 – 2x . Find m.
2
L3 : 6x – 4y + 3 = 0 . A. 2
Which of the following is / are true ? 1
B. –
2
(1) L1 // L2 C. –2
(2) L2 // L3 1
D.
(3) L1  L3 2
1
A. (1) only E. –
3
B. (2) only [1988-CE-MATHS 2-26]
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (2) and (3) only 30. The equation of the straight line perpendicular
to 2x + y – 3 = 0 and passing through (1, –1)
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-18]
is
A. x + 2y + 1 = 0 .
B. x – 2y – 3 = 0 .
C. –x + 2y – 1 = 0 .
Perpendicular Lines D. 2x + y – 1 = 0 .
E. 2x – y – 3 = 0 .
27. If the slopes of two perpendicular straight [1989-CE-MATHS 2-28]
lines can be represented by two numbers m1
and m2, then we must have
x y
A. m1 + m2 = –1 . 31. If the lines y = mx + b and + = 1 are
a b
B. m1 + m2 = 1. perpendicular, find m.
C. m1 – m2 = 0.
a
D. m1 m2 = 1. A.
b
E. m1 m2 = –1 .
b
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-43] B.
a
C. ab
a
28. In the figure, L1 and L2 are two straight lines D. –
perpendicular to each other and intersecting b
at P on the y-axis. If the equation of L1 is b
E. –
y = ax – 5 , then the equation of L2 is a
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-28]

32. Let A and B be the points (4, –7) and (–6, 5)

respectively. The equation of the line passing
through the mid-point of AB and perpendicular
to 3x – 4y + 14 = 0 is
A. 3x – 4y –1 = 0.
B. 3x + 4y +7 = 0.
C. 4x – 3y +1 = 0.
D. 4x + 3y –7 = 0.
E. 4x + 3y +7 = 0.
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-27]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 258

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

33. Find the equation of the straight line which

passes through (3, –1) and is perpendicular to 37.
2x – y + 1 = 0 .
A. x + 2y – 1 = 0
B. x + 2y + 1 = 0
C. x – 2y – 5 = 0
D. 2x + y – 5 = 0
E. 2x – y – 7 = 0
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-31]
In the figure, L1 and L2 are two straight lines
intersecting at a point on the y-axis. If the
34. Which of the following lines is perpendicular equation of L1 is x + 2y – 2 = 0 , then the
x y equation of L2 is
to the line + = 1?
2 3
A. 2x – y+1 = 0.
A. 3x + 2y = 1 B. 2x – y–2 = 0.
B. 3x – 2y = 1 C. 2x + y+1 = 0.
C. 2x + 3y = 1 D. 2x + y–2 = 0.
D. 2x – 3y = 1 [2004-CE-MATHS 2-30]
x y
E. – = 1
2 3
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-22]
38. If the equation of the straight line L is
x – 2y + 3 = 0 , then the equation of the
straight line passing through the point (2, –1)
35. If the straight lines 2x – 3y + 1 = 0 and and perpendicular to L is
5x + ky – 1 = 0 are perpendicular to each A. x + 2y +3 = 0.
other, find k. B. x + 2y –3 = 0.
15 C. 2x + y +3 = 0.
A. – D. 2x + y –3 = 0.
2
10 [2005-CE-MATHS 2-33]
B. –
3
3
C. 39. The straight line 4x + y – 2 = 0 is
10 perpendicular to the straight line
10
D.
3 A. 4x + y – 9 = 0.
15 B. 4x – y + 9 = 0.
E. C. x + 4y – 9 = 0.
2
D. x – 4y + 9 = 0.
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-6]
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-29]

36. In the figure, the straight lines L1 and L2 40. Find the equation of the straight line which is
intersect at (2, 4) . Find the equation of L1. perpendicular to the straight line x + 2y + 3 =
0 and passes through the point (1, 3) .
A. x + 2y – 7 = 0
B. x – 2y + 5 = 0
C. 2x + y – 5 = 0
D. 2x – y + 1 = 0
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-31]

41. The straight line 2x + 7y = 5 is perpendicular

to the straight line
A. x + 2y = 10
A. 2x + 7y +5 = 0.
B. x – 2y = –6
B. 2x – 7y +5 = 0.
C. 2x + y = 8 C. 7x + 2y +5 = 0.
D. 2x – y = 0 D. 7x – 2y +5 = 0.
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-29] [2010-CE-MATHS 2-31]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 259

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

42. If the straight line x + 3y – 211 = 0 is

perpendicular to the straight line kx – 3y + 211 46.
= 0 , then k =
A. –9 .
B. –1 .
C. 1.
D. 9.
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-31]

Intersection of Lines
In the figure, the two straight lines intersect at
43. Two perpendicular lines kx + y – 4 = 0 and a point on the negative y-axis. Which of the
x – 2y + 3 = 0 intersect at the point (h, k) . following must be true ?
Find h and k.
A. h = –7 , k = –2 (1) ac > 0
1
B. h = –2 , k = (2) km > 0
2
C. h = 1, k = 2 (3) am = ck
1
D. h = –4 , k = – (4) bm = cl
2
E. h = –3 , k = 2
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-28] A. (1) and (3) only
B. (1) and (4) only
44. If the straight lines x – 2y + 5 = 0 and C. (2) and (3) only
ax – y + 1 = 0 intersect at (1, b) , find a and
b. D. (2) and (4) only
A. a = –4 , b = –3 [2010-CE-MATHS 2-32]
B. a = –1 , b = 0
C. a = 1, b = 3
D. a = 2 , b = –3
E. a = 2, b = 3 47. The figure shows the graph of ax + y = 1
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-33] and the graph of x + by = 1 . Which of the
following is true ?

45. In the figure, the straight line L1 : y = ax + b

and the straight line L2 : y = cx + d intersect
at a point on the positive x-axis. Which of
the following must be true ?

A. a>0
B. b>0
A. ab > 0 C. ab < 1
B. cd > 0
C. ac = bd D. ab > 1
D. ad = bc
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-32]
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-33]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 260

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

Division of Points by Lines Bounded Area

48. A(–4, 2) and B(1, –3) are two points. C is a 53. In the figure what is the area of OAB ?
point on the y-axis such that AC = CB . Find
the coordinates of C.
3 1
A. (– , – )
2 2
B. (–1, 0)
C. (1, 0)
D. (0, –1)
E. (0, 1)
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-31]

49. A(–1, –4) and B(3, 4) are two points. The

line x – y = 0 cuts AB at P so that AP : PB
= r : 1 . Find r.
A. 3
B. 2 A. 5
B. 9
C. 1
C. 15
1
D. D. 18
2
E. 20
1
E. [SP-CE-MATHS 2-41]
3
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-50]
54. The area of the triangle enclosed by the line
y = –3x + 12 , the x-axis and the y-axis is
50. P(–10, –8) and Q(4, 6) are two points. If R
is a point on the x-axis such that PR = RQ , A. 48 .
then the coordinates of R are B. 36 .
C. 24 .
A. (–4, 0) . D. 13 .
B. (–3, –1) . E. 4.
C. (–3, 0) . [1978-CE-MATHS 2-45]
D. (–2, 0) .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-31]
55. In the figure, the line ax – 2y + 5 = 0 passes
through the point (3, 4) . What is the area of
51. A(2, 5) and B(6, –3) are two points. If P is a the shaded part ?
point lying on the straight line x = y such
that AP = PB , then the coordinates of P are
A. (–2, –2) .
B. (–2, 4) .
C. (1, 1) .
D. (4, 1) .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-31]

52. The coordinates of the points A and B are

(3, 9) and (7, 1) respectively. If P is a point
lying on the straight line y = x + 1 such that A. 6
AP = PB , then the coordinates of P are 25
B.
4
A. (3, 2) .
C. 10
B. (3, 4) .
D. 12
C. (5, 5) . 25
D. (5, 6) . E.
2
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-31] [1989-CE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 261

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

56. A(0, 0) , B(5, 0) and C(2, 6) are the vertices 59. In the figure, find the area of ABC.
of a triangle. P(9, 5) , Q(6, 6) and R(2, –9)
are three points. Which of the following
triangles has / have area(s) greater than the area
of ABC ?

(1) ABP
(2) ABQ
(3) ABR
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only A. 12
E. (2) and (3) only B. 15
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-28]
C. 16
D. 20
57. In the figure, the shaded part is bounded by E. 25
the axes, the lines x = 3 and x + y = 5 . [2000-CE-MATHS 2-17]
Find its area.

60. In the figure, the area of ABC is

A. 10.5
B. 12
C. 15 A. 3.
D. 19.5 B. 8.
E. 21 C. 9.
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-27] D. 18 .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-32]

58. In the figure, find the area of ABC.

Family of Straight Lines

61. (x + y) + k(x – 3) = 0 represents a family of

straight lines passing through a fixed point.
The fixed point is

A. (3, –3) .
A. 6
B. (3, 0) .
B. 7.5
C. 14 C. (3, 3) .
D. 17.5 D. (–3, 0) .
E. 28 E. (–3, 3) .
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-21] [1979-CE-MATHS 2-52]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 262

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

62. If the straight line 2x + y + k = 0 passes

through the point of intersection of the two 65.
straight lines x + y – 3 = 0 and x – y + 1 =
0 , find k.

A. –4
B. –2
C. 2
D. 4
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-30]

HKDSE Problems

In the figure, the equations of the straight

63. lines L1 and L2 are ax + y = b and cx + y =
d respectively. Which of the following are
true ?

(1) a < 0
(2) a < c
(3) b > d
(4) ad > bc

A. (1), (2) and (3) only

B. (1), (2) and (4) only
C. (1), (3) and (4) only
In the figure, the x-intercepts of the straight D. (2), (3) and (4) only
lines L1 and L2 are 5 while the y-intercepts of [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-25]
the straight lines L2 and L3 are 3. Which of
the following are true ?

(1) The equation of L1 is x = 5 . 66.

3
(2) The slope of L2 is .
5
(3) The point (2, 3) lies on L3.

A. (1) and (2) only

B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-7] The figure shows the graph of the straight line
x + ay + b = 0 . Which of the following are
true ?
64. The coordinates of the points A and B are
(1, –3) and (–5, 7) respectively. If P is a (1) a < 0
point lying on the straight line y = x + 2 (2) b < 0
such that AP = PB , then the coordinates of P
are (3) a < b

A. (–2, 0) . A. (1) and (2) only

B. (–2, 2) . B. (1) and (3) only
C. (0, 2) . C. (2) and (3) only
D. (3, 5) . D. (1), (2) and (3)
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-26] [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-14]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 263

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

69. If the straight lines hx + ky + 15 = 0 and 4x

67. + 3y – 5 = 0 are perpendicular to each other
and intersect at a point on the x-axis, then k
=
A. –12 .
B. –4 .
C. 3.
D. 16 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-25]

In the figure, the two straight lines intersect at 70. The coordinates of the points A and B are
a point on the positive y-axis. Which of the (9, –2) and (–1, 8) respectively. If C is a
following are true ? point lying on the straight line x – 2y = 0
such that AC = BC , then the x-coordinate of
(1) a < 0 C is
(2) c > 0 A. 1.
(3) b = d B. 2.
C. 3.
A. (1) and (2) only D. 4.
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-26]
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3) 71.

[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-25]

68.

In the figure, the equations of the straight

lines L1 and L2 are x + my = n and x + py =
q respectively. Which of the following are
true ?
(1) m < p
(2) n > q
(3) n + m < p + q

In the figure, the equations of the straight A. (1) and (2) only
lines L1 and L2 are ax = 1 and bx + cy = 1 B. (1) and (3) only
respectively. Which of the following are true ? C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
(1) a < 0 [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-23]
(2) a < b
(3) c > 0 72. The straight line L is perpendicular to the
straight line 9x – 5y + 45 = 0 . If the x-
A. (1) and (2) only intercept of L is –3, then the equation of L is
B. (1) and (3) only A. 5x + 9y + 15 = 0.
C. (2) and (3) only B. 5x + 9y + 27 = 0.
D. (1), (2) and (3) C. 9x – 5y + 15 = 0.
D. 9x – 5y + 27 = 0.
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-25]
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-24]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 264

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

1. Two circles are given by : 6. The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 2x + 5y –

x2 + y2 – 8x – 2y – 7 = 0 , 7 = 0 . Which of the following is / are true ?
x2 + y2 + 8x + 2y + 7 = 0 . (1) The circle passes through the point (–1, 1) .
Which of the following is / are correct ? (2) The centre of the circle lies in the
second quadrant.
(1) The circles have the same centre. (3) The circle intersects the x-axis at two
(2) The circles have equal radius. points.
(3) The circles pass through the origin.
A. (2) only
A. (1) only B. (3) only
B. (2) only C. (1) and (2) only
C. (3) only D. (2) and (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only E. (1), (2) and (3)
E. None of (1), (2) nor (3) [1984-CE-MATHS 2-28]
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-39]

7. In the figure, the circle passes through (0, 0)

2. Which of the following points is the centre of and cuts the two axes at (6, 0) and (0, –8) .
the circle x2 + y2 + 6x + 8y – 100 = 0 ? Its equation is
A. (0, 0)
B. (3, 4)
C. (6, 8)
D. (–3, –4)
E. (–6, –8)
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-44]

3. A circle, whose centre is (a, b) , passes

A. x2 + y2 – 3x + 4y = 0.
through the origin. Its equation is
B. x2 + y2 + 3x – 4y = 0.
A. x2 + y2 + ax + by = 0 . C. x2 + y2 + 6x – 8y = 0.
B. x2 + y2 – ax – by = 0 . D. x2 + y2 – 6x + 8y = 0.
C. x2 + y2 + 2ax + 2by = 0 . E. x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y = 0.
D. x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by = 0 . [1985-CE-MATHS 2-28]
E. x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by + a2 + b2 = 0 .
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-19]
8. The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 4x – 5 =
0 . Which of the following is / are true ?
4. A circle has its centre at (3, 4) and passes
through the origin. Its equation is (1) The circle passes through the origin.
(2) The centre lies on the x-axis.
A. x2 + y2 = 25 . (3) The line x – 5 = 0 touches the circle.
B. x2 + y2 – 3x – 4y = 0 .
C. x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y = 0 . A. (2) only
D. x2 + y2 + 6x + 8y = 0 . B. (3) only
E. x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + 25 = 0 . C. (1) and (2) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-28]
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-29]
5. The line x + y + k = 0 (k being a constant)
passes through the centre of the circle
x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y – 6 = 0 . k = 9. Which of the following represents a circle ?
A. –2 . A. 2x2 – 8y + 5 = 0
B. –1 . B. 2x2 + y2 – 4x – 3y = 0
C. 0. C. 3x2 + 3y2 – 5x – 7 = 0
D. 1. D. x2 – y2 – 7x + 6y + 1 = 0
E. 2. E. x2 + y2 + 2xy + 7y – 1 = 0
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-27] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-21]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 265

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

10. Which of the following straight lines divide(s) 14. In the figure, C is the centre of the circle
the circle (x – 1)2 + ( y + 1)2 = 1 into two x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + 21 = 0 . OA and OB are
equal parts ? tangents. If AOB = 2 , find sin  .
(1) x – y – 2 = 0 y
(2) x + y + 2 = 0
(3) x – y + 2 = 0 A
C
A. (1) only
B. (2) only B
C. (3) only 
D. (1) and (2) only x
E. (2) and (3) only O
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-26]
21
A.
5
11. The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y 4
+ 1 = 0 . Which of the following is / are true ? B.
5
(1) The centre is (–2, 1) . 3
C.
(2) The radius is 2 units. 5
(3) The circle intersects the y-axis at two 2
D.
distinct points. 21
A. (1) only 2
E.
B. (2) only 5
C. (3) only [1989-CE-MATHS 2-31]
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (2) and (3) only
15. In the figure, a circle cuts the x-axis at two
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-27]
points 6 units apart. If the circle has centre
(4, 5) , then its equation is
12. Which of the following circles has the lines
x = 1 , x = 5 , y = 4 and y = 8 as its
tangents ?
A. (x – 1)2 + ( y – 4)2 = 4
B. (x – 5)2 + ( y – 8)2 = 4
C. (x – 3)2 + ( y – 6)2 = 4
D. (x – 1)2 + ( y – 8)2 = 4
E. (x – 5)2 + ( y – 4)2 = 4
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-27]

13. In the figure, C is the centre of the circle

x2 + y2 – 8x – 7y + 12 = 0 . If the circle cuts
the x-axis at A and B, find the area of CAB. A. (x – 4)2 + ( y – 5)2 = 25 .
B. (x – 4)2 + ( y – 5)2 = 34 .
y
C. (x – 4)2 + ( y – 5)2 = 52 .
D. (x + 4)2 + ( y + 5)2 = 34 .
E. (x + 4)2 + ( y + 5)2 = 25 .
C [1990-CE-MATHS 2-30]

x 16. The circle x2 + y2 + 4x + ky + 4 = 0 passes

O A B through the point (1, 3) . The radius of the
7 circle is
A.
4 A. 68 .
7
B. B. 48 .
2
C. 7 C. 17 .
D. 8 D. 6.
E. 14 E. 3.
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-30] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-26]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 266

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

17. If 0 < k < h , which of the following circles 22. The equations of two circles are
intersect(s) the y-axis ?
x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y = 0 ,
(1) (x – h)2 + ( y – k)2 = k2 x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y = 0 .
(2) (x – h)2 + ( y – k)2 = h2
(3) (x – h)2 + ( y – k)2 = h2 + k2 Which of the following is / are true ?
A. (1) only (1) The two circles have the same centre.
B. (2) only (2) The two circles have equal radii.
C. (3) only
(3) The two circles pass through the origin.
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (2) and (3) only A. (1) only
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-29] B. (2) only
C. (3) only
18. If the line y = mx + 3 divides the circle D. (1) and (3) only
x2 + y2 – 4x – 2y – 5 = 0 into two equal parts, E. (2) and (3) only
find m. [1994-CE-MATHS 2-29]
1
A. –
4
B. –1 23. The table below shows the centres and the
C. 0 radii of two circles C1 and C2.
5
D. centre radius
4
E. 2 C1 (2, 2) 3
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-30] C2 (5, –2) 2

Which of the following may represent the

19. A circle of radius 1 touches both the positive
relative positions of C1 and C2 ?
x-axis and the positive y-axis. Which of the
following is / are true ? A.
(1) Its centre is in the first quadrant.
(2) Its centre lies on the line x – y = 0 .
(3) Its centre lies on the line x + y = 1 .
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
B.
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
E. (1) and (3) only
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-29]

20. What is the area of the circle x2 + y2 – 10x + C.

6y – 2 = 0 ?
A. 32
B. 34
C. 36
D. 134
E. 138 D.
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-30]

21. AB is a diameter of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x –

2y – 18 = 0 . If A is (3, 5) , then B is
E.
A. (2, 3) .
B. (1, –1) .
C. (–1, –3) .
D. (–5, –7) .
E. (–7, –9) .
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-28] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 267

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

24. In the figure, the equation of the circle is 28. A circle has (a, 0) and (0, b) as the end
points of a diameter. Which of the following
points lie(s) on this circle ?
(1) (–a, –b)
(2) (0, 0)
(3) (a, b)
A. (2) only
B. (3) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-46]
A. x2 + y2 – 5 = 0.
B. x2 + y2 – 2x + y = 0 .
C. x2 + y2 + 2x – y = 0 . 29. The circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 7y – 8 = 0 intersects
D. x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y = 0 . the x-axis at A and B. Find the length of AB.
E. x2 + y2 + 4x – 2y = 0 . A. 2
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-30]
B. 6
C. 7
D. 9
25. The equation of the circle centred at (a, b) E. 85
and tangential to the x-axis is [1998-CE-MATHS 2-52]

A. x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by + a2 = 0 .
B. x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by + b2 = 0 . 30. The equations of two circles are
C. x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by + a2 + b2 = 0 . x2 + y2 + ax – by = 0 and
x2 + y2 – ax + by = 0 .
D. x2 + y2 + 2ax + 2by + a2 = 0 .
E. x2 + y2 + 2ax + 2by + b2 = 0 . Which of the following must be true ?
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-30] (1) The two circles have the same centre.
(2) The two circles have equal radii.
(3) The line joining the centres of the two
26. C1 : x2 + y2 = 4 and C2 : x2 + y2 = 9 are two circles passing through the origin.
circles. A chord AB of C2 touches C1. Find
A. (1) only
the length of AB.
B. (2) only
A. 5 C. (3) only
D. (1) and (2) only
B. 2 5
E. (2) and (3) only
C. 65 [1998-CE-MATHS 2-53]
D. 2 65
E. 10
31. In the figure, find the equation of the circle
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-54] with AB as a diameter.

27. The equation of a circle is given by x2 + y2 –

4x + 6y – 3 = 0 . Which of the following
statements is / are true ?
(1) The centre of the circle is (–2, 3) .
(2) The radius of the circle is 4.
(3) The origin is inside the circle.
A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only A. x2 + y2 – 2x + 2y – 23 = 0
C. (1) and (3) only B. x2 + y2 – 2x + 2y – 3 = 0
D. (2) and (3) only C. x2 + y2 + 2x – 2y – 23 = 0
D. x2 + y2 + 2x – 2y – 3 = 0
E. (1), (2) and (3) E. x2 + y2 – 25 = 0
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-45] [1999-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 268

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

4
32. C. .
3
4
D. 0 or – .
3
4
E. 0 or .
3
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-49]

36. Consider the circle x2 + y2 – 8x – 6y + 21 = 0 .

Find the equation of the chord whose mid-
The figure shows a circle centred at C and point is (5, 2) .
passing through O(0, 0) , A(6, 0) and B(0, 8) .
Which of the following must be true ? A. 9x + 5y – 55 = 0
B. 3x + 4y – 23 = 0
x y
(1) C lies on the line + = 1. C. x+y–7 = 0
6 8
(2) The radius of the circle is 10. D. x–y+3 = 0
(3) OC is perpendicular to AB. E. x–y–3 = 0
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-53]
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (2) only 37. In the figure, the inscribed circle of OPQ
D. (1) and (3) only touches PQ at R. Find the coordinates of R.
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-52]

33. Two circles with equations (x + 1)2 + ( y + 1)2

= 25 and (x – 11)2 + ( y – 8)2 = 100 touch
each other externally at a point P. Find the
coordinates of P.
A. (–3, –2)
7 4
B. ( , )
5 5
C. (3, 2) A.  3 , 2
7
2 
D. (5, )
2 B.  6 , 12 
E. (7, 5)
5 5 
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-53] C.  9, 8
5 5
D.  9 , 16 
34. If the centre of the circle x2 + y2 + kx + 7 7 
(k + 1) y – 3 = 0 lies on x + y + 1 = 0 , find
E.  12 , 12 
k. 7 7
3 [2001-CE-MATHS 2-54]
A.
2
1
B.
2 38. In the figure, x = 0 , y – a = 0 and y + a =
C. 0 0 are tangents to the circle. The equation of
the circle is
D. –1
3
E. –
2
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-48]

35. If the straight line y = mx + 1 is tangent to

the circle (x – 2)2 + y2 = 1 , then m =
4
A. – .
3
B. 0 .

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 269

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

A. x2 + y2 = a2 . 43. In the figure, O is the origin. If the equation

B. x2 + y2 – 2ax = 0 . of the circle passing through O, A, B and C
C. x2 + y2 – 2ay = 0 . is (x + 3)2 + ( y – 4)2 = 25 , then the area of
the rectangle OABC is
D. x2 + y2 + 2ax + 2ay + a2 = 0 .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-52]

39. The equation of a circle is given by (x – a)2 +

( y + b)2 = a2 + b2 , where a > 0 and b > 0 .
Which of the following must be true ?
(1) The centre of the circle is (a, –b) .
(2) The circle passes through the origin.
(3) The circle cuts the x-axis at two distinct
A. 36 .
points.
B. 48 .
A. (1) and (2) only C. 50 .
B. (1) and (3) only D. 64 .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-53]
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-53] 44. In the figure, the circle passing through A(0, 8)
and B(0, 2) touches the positive x-axis. The
equation of the circle is
40. The circle (x – 4)2 + y2 = 36 intersects the
positive x-axis and positive y-axis at A and B
respectively. Find AB.
A. 30
B. 2 30
C. 34
D. 2 34
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-54] A. x2 + y2 – 8x – 10y + 16 = 0 .
B. x2 + y2 + 8x + 10y + 16 = 0 .
C. x2 + y2 – 10x – 10y + 16 = 0 .
41. If the straight line x + y – 3 = 0 divides the D. x2 + y2 + 10x + 10y + 16 = 0 .
circle x2 + y2 + 2x – ky – 4 = 0 into two
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-54]
equal parts, then k =
A. –4 .
45. Consider the circle x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 40 = 0 .
B. 4. Find the slope of the diameter passing through
C. –8 . the point (1, 2) .
D. 8.
A. –5
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-52] B. –3
–1
C.
3
42. The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y –1
+ 1 = 0 . Which of the following is / are true ? D.
5
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-50]
(1) The circle touches the y-axis.
(2) The origin lies outside the circle.
(3) The centre of the circle lies in the 46. A circle C cuts the y-axis at A and B. If
second quadrant. AB = 8 and the coordinates of the centre of C
are (–3, 5) , then the equation of C is
A. (2) only
B. (3) only A. x2 + y2 + 6x – 10y = 0.
B. x2 + y2 – 6x + 10y = 0.
C. (1) and (2) only
C. x2 + y2 + 6x – 10y + 9 = 0.
D. (1) and (3) only D. x2 + y2 – 6x + 10y + 9 = 0.
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-53] [2006-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 270

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

47. A circle C touches the y-axis. If the 51. Let O be the origin. If A and B are points
coordinates of the centre of C are (–3, 4) , lying on the x-axis and the y-axis respectively
then the equation of C is such that the equation of the circumcircle of
OAB is x2 + y2 – 16x – 12y = 0 , then the
A. (x – 3)2 + ( y + 4)2 = 9. equation of the straight line passing through A
B. (x – 3)2 + ( y + 4)2 = 16 . and B is
C. (x + 3)2 + ( y – 4)2 = 9.
A. 3x + 4y – 48 = 0.
D. (x + 3)2 + ( y – 4)2 = 16 .
B. 3x + 4y + 48 = 0.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-51] C. 4x + 3y – 48 = 0.
D. 4x + 3y + 48 = 0.
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-51]
48. Let a be a constant. If the circle x2 + y2 +
ax – 6y – 3 = 0 passes through the point
(–2, 3) , then the area of the circle is 52. A circle cuts the x-axis at P and Q such that
PQ = 6 . If the coordinates of the centre of
A. 8 . the circle are (–5, 2) , find the equation of the
B. 10 . circle.
C. 16 . A. x2 + y2 – 10x + 4y – 5 = 0
D. 55 . B. x2 + y2 – 10x + 4y + 16 = 0
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-52] C. x2 + y2 + 10x – 4y – 5 = 0
D. x2 + y2 + 10x – 4y + 16 = 0
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-52]
49. The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y +
11 = 0 . Which of the following are true ?
53. A circle C touches the x-axis and passes
(1) The coordinates of the centre of the through the point (–3, 1) . If the centre of C
circle are (2, 4) . lies on the y-axis, then the equation of C is
(2) The radius of the circle is 3. A. x2 + y2 – 5y = 0 .
(3) The origin lies outside the circle. B. x2 + y2 – 10y = 0 .
C. x2 + y2 + 3x – y = 0 .
A. (1) and (2) only
D. x2 + y2 + 6x – 2y + 10 = 0 .
B. (1) and (3) only
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-51]
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-53]

HKDSE Problems
50. In the figure, the circle touches the positive x-
axis and the positive y-axis. The coordinates 54. The equation of a circle is 2x2 + 2y2 + 8x –
of the points A and B are (21, 0) and (0, 28) 12y + 3 = 0 . Which of the following are true ?
respectively. If AB passes through the centre (1) The coordinates of the centre of the
of the circle, find the equation of the circle. circle are (–2, 3) .
(2) The radius of the circle is 7.
(3) The point (2, 3) lies outside the circle.
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-27]

55. If the straight line x − y = 0 and the circle

x2 + y2 + 6x + ky − k = 0 do not intersect
with each other, find the range of values of k.
A. x2 + y2 – 12x – 12y + 36 = 0
B. x2 + y2 – 21x – 28y + 196 = 0 A. 2 < k < 18
B. −18 < k < −2
C. x2 + y2 – 24x – 24y + 144 = 0
C. k < 2 or k > 18
D. x2 + y2 – 42x – 56y + 441 = 0 D. k < −18 or k > −2
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-53] [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-41]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 271

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

56. 60. If a diameter of the circle x2 + y2 – 8x + ky –

214 = 0 passes through the point (6, –5) and
the slope of the diameter is –4, then k =
A. −6 .
B. −4 .
C. 13 .
D. 70 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-26]

61. If the straight line x – y = k and the circle

In the figure, the radius of the circle and the x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y – 1 = 0 intersect at A and
coordinates of the centre are r and (h, k) B, then the x-coordinate of the mid-point of
respectively. Which of the following are true ? AB is
(1) h + k > 0 A. 1+k.
(2) r − h > 0 B. 1−k.
(3) r − k > 0 1+k
C. .
A. (1) and (2) only 2
B. (1) and (3) only 1−k
D. .
C. (2) and (3) only 2
D. (1), (2) and (3) [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-42]
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-26]

62. A circle C passes through the point (0, 3) . If

57. Find the range of values of k such that the the coordinates of the centre of C are (–4, 3) ,
circle x2 + y2 + 2x − 4y − 13 = 0 and the then the equation of C is
straight line x − y + k = 0 intersect at two
distinct points. A. x2 + y2 – 8x + 6y + 9 = 0.
B. x2 + y2 – 8x + 6y + 16 = 0 .
A. −9 < k <3
C. x2 + y2 + 8x – 6y + 9 = 0.
B. −3 < k <9
C. k < −9 or k > 3 D. x2 + y2 + 8x – 6y + 16 = 0 .
D. k < −3 or k > 9 [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-26]
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-42]

63. Find the constant k such that the circle

58. The equation of the circle C is 2x2 + 2y2 – 4x x2 + y2 + 2x – 6y + k = 0 and the straight line
+ 8y – 5 = 0 . The coordinates of the points x + y + 4 = 0 intersect at only one point.
P and Q are (–1, 2) and (4, 0) respectively.
Which of the following is / are true ? A. −16
B. −8
(1) The radius of C is 5.
C. 8
(2) The mid-point of PQ lies outside C.
D. 16
(3) If G is the centre of C, then PGQ is
an acute angle. [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-41]

A. (1) only
B. (2) only 64. The equation of the circle C is 3x2 + 3y2 –
C. (1) and (3) only 12x + 30y + 65 = 0 . Which of the following
D. (2) and (3) only are true ?
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-25]
(1) The radius of C is 14.
(2) The origin lies outside C.
59. Find the range of values of k such that the (3) The coordinates of the centre of C are
circle x2 + y2 + 2x − 2y − 7 = 0 and the (2, –5) .
straight line 3x − 4y + k = 0 intersect.
A. (1) and (2) only
A. −8 < k < 22
B. (1) and (3) only
B. −8  k  22
C. k < −22 or k > 8 C. (2) and (3) only
D. k  −22 or k  8 D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-42] [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-27]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 272

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 12.5 Equations of Circles

65. The straight line 2x – y – 6 = 0 and the

circle x2 + y2 – 8y – 14 = 0 intersect at P and
Q. Find the y-coordinate of the mid-point of
PQ.
A. −4
B. −2
C. 2
D. 4
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-41]

66. The equations of the circles C1 and C2 are

x2 + y2 + 8x – 4y – 5 = 0 and 2x2 + 2y2 +
8x – 4y – 5 = 0 respectively. Let G1 and G2
be the centres of C1 and C2 respectively.
Denote the origin by O. Which of the
following is / are true ?
(1) G1, G2 and O are collinear.
(2) The radii of C1 and C2 are equal.
(3) O is equidistant from G1 and G2.
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-26]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 273

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.1 Trigonometric Functions

Trigonometric Ratios (Acute Angles) 5. If 45º <  < 90º, which of the following
must be true ?
1. If cos  = x and 0º <  < 90º, then tan  = (1) tan  > sin 
1 (2) tan  > cos 
A. .
1 – x2 (3) cos  > sin 
B. 1 – x2 . A. (1) and (2) only
1 – x2 B. (1) and (3) only
C. .
x C. (2) and (3) only
x D. (1), (2) and (3)
D. .
1 – x2 [2002-CE-MATHS 2-22]
x
E. ± .
1 – x2
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-17] 6. If  is an acute angle and sin  = cos  , then
cos  =
1
k A. .
2. If 0º <  < 90º and sin  = , then cos  = 2
2
2
k B. .
A. 1– . 2
2
2 3
B. . C. .
2
4 + k2
D. 1.
4 + k2
C. . [2003-CE-MATHS 2-22]
2
2
D. .
4 – k2 7. If 0º <  < 45º, which of the following must
4 – k2 be true ?
E. .
2 (1) tan  < cos 
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-18]
(2) sin  < tan 
(3) sin  < cos 
2ab
3. If tan  = and 0º <  < 90º, then A. (1) only
a2 – b2 B. (3) only
cos  = C. (1) and (2) only
a2 + b2 D. (2) and (3) only
A. .
a2 – b2 [2006-CE-MATHS 2-22]
a –b
2 2
B. .
a 2 + b2
a –b
2 2 8. In ABC, AB : BC : AC = 3 : 4 : 5 . Find
C. . tan A : cos C .
a2 + b 2
a2 – b2 A. 3:5
D. . B. 4:3
a2 + b2
a2 – b2 C. 4:5
E. . D. 5:3
a2 + b2
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-18] [2009-CE-MATHS 2-25]

4. If 0º < x < y < 90º, which of the following

must be true ?
Trigonometric Ratios (Up to 360º)
(1) sin x < sin y
(2) cos x < cos y
5
(3) sin x < cos y 9. If sin  = – and 180º <  < 270º, then tan
7
A. (1) only  =
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (2) only 72 – 52
A. .
D. (1) and (3) only 5
E. (2) and (3) only 72 – 52
B. – .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-17] 5

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 274

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.1 Trigonometric Functions

5 14. sin 300º =

C. .
72 – 52 A. 60º .
5 B. sin 60º.
D. – 2 .
7 – 52 C. – sin 60º .
5 D. cos 60º .
E. . E. – cos 60º .
72 + 5 2
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-21] [1979-CE-MATHS 2-7]

15. If tan  and cos  are both negative, what

10. 1 + cos 180º =
are the possible quadrants in which  could
A. 0. lie ?
B. 1. A. the first quadrant only
C. 2. B. the second quadrant only
D. 1 – 180º . C. the third quadrant only
E. 1 + 180º . D. the fourth quadrant only
E. any of the four quadrant
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-22*]
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-16]

11. tan 225º = 16. When  increases from 180º to 270º, sin 
A. –1 . A. increases from –1 to 0.
B. 0. B. increases from 0 to 1.
C. 1. C. decreases from 1 to 0.
D. decreases from 0 to –1.
D. 2.
E. decreases from 1 to –1.
1
E. . [1979-CE-MATHS 2-40]
2
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-31*]
3
17. If tan x = – and x is an angle in
4
12. If  increases from 135º to 180º, then tan  the second quadrant, what is the value of
increases from sin x + cos x ?
7
A. negative infinity to –1. A. –
5
B. 1 to infinity. 1
C. –1 to 0. B. –
5
D. 0 to 1. 1
C.
E. –1 to 1. 5
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-50]
D. 1
7
E.
5
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-18]
3 2
13. In ABC, cos A = and cos B = .
2 2
Then cos 2(A + B) = 5 2 sin A – 3 cos A
18. If tan A = – , then 3 sin A + 2 cos A =
4
A. 3+ 2.
22
1 A. – .
B. . 7
2 22
1 B. – .
C. – . 23
2 2
C. – .
3 23
D. . 2
2
D. .
23
3
E. – . 22
2 E. .
7
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-46] [1988-CE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 275

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.1 Trigonometric Functions

4 3
19. If tan  = – and  lies in the second 24. The greatest value of is
3 4 + 2 cos 
quadrant, then sin  – 2 cos  = A. 3.
A. 2. 3
B. 2
.
B. –2 .
3
11 C. .
C. . 4
5 3
2 D. 5
.
D. .
5 1
2 E. 2
.
E. – .
5 [1984-CE-MATHS 2-44]
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-18]

25. If 0º    360º, then the largest value of

2 sin2  + cos2  + 2 is

Range of Trigonometric Functions A. 1.

B. 2.
C. 3.
20. What is the smallest possible value of D. 4.
sin x cos y ? E. 5.
A. –1 [1985-CE-MATHS 2-46]
1
B. –2
26. If x and y can take any value between 0 and
C. 0 360, what is the greatest value of 2 sin xº –
1
D. cos yº?
2
E. 1 A. 1
[SP-CE-MATHS A2-45] B. 2
C. 3
D. 5
21. If 0º    360º, the minimum value of E. It cannot be found.
 [1988-CE-MATHS 2-47]
1 + 2 cos
2
is
27. The least value of 9 cos2  – 6 cos  + 1 is
A. –2 .
B. –1 . A. –4 .
C. 0. B. 0.
D. 1. C. 1.
E. 2. D. 4.
E. 16 .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-44]
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-15]

22. If 0º  x  180º and sin x  cos x , what is 28. The greatest value of 1 – 2 sin  is
the range of x ?
A. 5.
A. 0º  x  45º B. 3.
B. 0º  x  90º C. 1.
C. 45º  x  90º D. 0.
D. 45º  x  180º E. –1 .
E. 90º  x  180º [1992-CE-MATHS 2-18]
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-49*]

29. The largest value of 3 sin2  + 2 cos2  – 1 is

23. The maximum value of cos2 3x is
A. 1.
A. 1. 3
B. 2. B. 2
.
C. 3. C. 2.
D. 6. D. 3.
E. 9. E. 4.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-49] [1993-CE-MATHS 2-22]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 276

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.1 Trigonometric Functions

30. The largest value of (3 cos 2 – 1)2 + 1 is 35. For 0º    360º, the least value of
2 + sin 
A. 2. is
2 – sin 
B. 5.
C. 17 . A. –1 .
1
D. 26 . B. .
3
E. 50 .
C. 1.
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-48] D. 3.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-47]

1
31. The greatest value of is
21 – sin x
1
A. 2
. HKDSE Problems
1
B. .
4 36. For 0º    90º , the least value of
C. 1. 30
is
D. 2. 3 sin2  + 2 sin2 (90º –  )
E. 4. A. 5.
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-18] B. 6.
C. 10 .
D. 15 .
32. For 0º   < 90º, the maximum value of [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-23]
2
is
3 + sin2 
2
A. .
5
1
B. .
2
2
C. .
3
D. 1.
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-21]

33. For 0º  x  90º , the least value of

4
is
2 – cos x

A. 0.
B. 1.
C. 2.
D. 4.
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-20]

34. For 0º    90º, the greatest value of

5 – sin 
is
4 + sin 
4
A. .
5
B. 1.
5
C. .
4
D. 2.
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 277

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.2 Trigonometric Relationships

Trigonometric Relationships (1) 5. If A + B + C = 180º, then 1 + cos A cos

(B + C) =

1. If A + B = 180º, which of the following is / A. 0.

are true ? B. sin2 A .
C. 1 + cos2 A .
(1) sin A = sin B D. 1 + sin A cos A .
(2) cos A = cos B E. 1 – sin A cos A .
(3) tan A = tan B [1992-CE-MATHS 2-21]

A. (1) only
B. (2) only sin (180º +  )
6. =
C. (3) only cos (90º –  )
D. (1), (2) and (3) A. tan  .
E. none of them B. – tan  .
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-19] 1
C. .
tan 
D. 1.
cos (90º –  ) E. –1 .
2. =
tan (180º –  ) [1994-CE-MATHS 2-18]

A. cos  .
cos (90º – A) sin (180º – A)
B. – cos  . 7. =
tan (360º – A)
sin2 
C. – . – sin A cos A .
cos  A.
B. sin A cos A .
cos 
2
D. – . C. – cos2 A .
sin 
D. cos2 A .
sin2  E. sin2 A .
E. .
cos  [1997-CE-MATHS 2-40]
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-17]

cos (90º – A) cos (–A)

8. =
3. sin (180º +  ) + sin ( – 90º) = sin (360º – A)

A. sin  + cos  . A. – cos A .

B. cos A .
B. sin  – cos  .
C. sin A .
C. cos  – sin  . cos2 A
D. – .
D. – cos  – sin  . sin A
E. 2 sin  . cos2 A
E. .
sin A
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-16] [1999-CE-MATHS 2-46]

sin ( – 90º) 1
4. = 9. If cos  = and 0º <  < 90º, then
tan ( + 180º) k
tan ( – 270º) =
A. cos  . k
B. – cos  . A. – .
1 – k2
cos2  1
C. . B. – 2 .
sin  k –1
cos2  1
D. – . C. .
sin  k2 – 1
1 D. – k2 – 1 .
E. .
sin  E. k2 – 1 .
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-17] [2000-CE-MATHS 2-51]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 278

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.2 Trigonometric Relationships

3 15. 2 sin (90º –  ) sin 60º – cos 0º cos  =

10. If sin  = and  lies in the first quadrant,
5
then sin (90º –  ) + sin (180º +  ) = A. sin  .
B. 3 sin  .
1 C. 3 cos  .
A. .
5
D. ( 3 – 1) cos  .
–1
B. . [2006-CE-MATHS 2-21]
5
7
C. .
5 16. If x and y are acute angles such that x + y =
–7 90º, which of the following must be true ?
D. .
5
(1) sin x = cos y
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-46]
(2) sin (90º – x) = cos (90º – y)
(3) tan x tan y = 1
11. [1 + cos (180º +  )][1 – cos (180º –  )] = A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
A. sin2  . C. (2) and (3) only
B. (1 – cos  )2 . D. (1), (2) and (3)
C. (1 + cos  )2 . [2007-CE-MATHS 2-20]
D. (1 – cos  )(1 – sin  ) .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-47*]
cos A
17. =
tan (90º – A)
tan (180º –  ) A. sin A .
12. =
cos (90º –  ) B. cos A .
1
1 C. .
A. . sin A
cos 
1
–1 D.
cos A
.
B. .
cos  [2008-CE-MATHS 2-23]
sin 
C. .
cos2 
18. If A and B are acute angles such that A + B
– sin 
D. . = 90º, then cos2 A + sin2 B =
cos2 
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-46] A. 1.
B. 2 sin2 A .
C. 2 cos2 A .
13. If A + B = 180º, which of the following must D. 2 cos2 B .
be true ? [2009-CE-MATHS 2-24]

(1) sin A = sin B

(2) cos A = sin B 19. If  is an acute angle, then tan  + tan (90º–  )
(3) cos A = cos B =
A. (1) only A. 2 tan  .
B. (2) only B. sin  + cos  .
C. (1) and (3) only 1
C. .
D. (2) and (3) only tan 
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-47*] 1
D. .
sin  cos 
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-22]
14. sin (90º – x) + cos (x + 180º) =
A. 0. 20. If x, y and z are the angles of a triangle with
B. –2 cos x . x + y = 90º, which of the following are true ?
C. sin x + cos x . (1) tan x tan y = sin z
D. sin x – cos x . (2) cos y + cos z = sin x
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-45] (3) sin2 x + sin2 y = sin2 z

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 279

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.2 Trigonometric Relationships

A. (1) and (2) only 1

25. tan  + =
B. (1) and (3) only tan 
C. (2) and (3) only
A. 1.
D. (1), (2) and (3)
B. 2 tan  .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-20]
2
C. .
tan 
D. sin  cos  .
1
E. .
Trigonometric Relationships (2) sin  cos 
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-30]
cos x sin x
–
sin x cos x
21. If the expression is simplified, 1 1
cos x sin x 26. – =
+ 1 1
sin x cos x –1 +1
sin  sin 
it becomes
A. 2 tan  .
A. cos2 x – sin2 x .
B. 2 tan2  .
B. (cos x – sin x)2 .
2
C. (cos x + sin x)2 . C. .
cos2 x – sin2 x tan2 
D.
2 sin x cos x
. 2 sin 
D. .
2 cos2 
E.  cos x – sin x  . 2 sin2 
 cos x + sin x  E. .
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-6] cos 
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-16]

1
22. =
1 + tan2  27. tan  sin  –
1
=
cos 
A. sin2  .
A. 0.
B. cos2  .
B. cos  .
C. tan2  .
C. – cos  .
D. 1 + cos2  .
–1
1 D. .
E. 1 + . cos 
tan2 
E. – tan  sin  .
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-26]
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-19]

1 1
23. ( + ) (1 – cos  ) = 28. (sin  + cos  )2 – 1 =
sin  tan 
A. 0.
A. sin  . B. 1.
B. cos  . C. 2 cos2  .
C. sin2  . D. 2 sin  cos  .
D. cos  + 1 . E. –2 sin  cos  .
E. sin  + tan  . [1982-CE-MATHS 2-17]
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-3]

sin  + cos  sin  – cos 

29. + =
1 1 sin  – cos  sin  + cos 
24. + =
1 – sin  1 + sin 
A. 2.
A. 2 sin2  . B. 4 sin  cos  .
B. 2 cos2  . 2 sin  cos 
C. .
C. 2 tan2  . sin2  – cos2 
2 4 sin  cos 
D. . D.
sin2  sin2  – cos2 
.

2 2
E. . E.
cos2  sin  – cos2 
2 .

[1979-CE-MATHS 2-6] [1982-CE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 280

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.2 Trigonometric Relationships

30. sin2  – (sin2  cos4  + sin4  cos2  ) = 1

35. ( + tan  ) (1 – sin  ) =
cos 
A. sin4  .
B. cos4  . A. sin  .
C. – sin4  . B. cos  .
D. – cos4  . C. cos2  .
E. sin2  cos2  . D. 1 + sin  .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-16] E. sin  tan  .
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-16]

tan2 
31. + cos2  =
1 + tan2  cos  1 – cos2 
36. · =
A. 1. 1 – sin2  sin 

B.
1
+ cos2  . A. sin  .
2
B. cos  .
C. cos2  .
C. tan  .
D. 1 + tan2  .
1
E. 1 + cos2  . D. .
sin 
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-17]
1
E. .
cos 
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-19]
1
32. tan  ( – sin  ) =
sin 
A. 1. 37. cos4  – sin4  + 2 sin2  =
B. cos  . A. 0.
C. sin  . B. 1.
1
D. . C. (1 – sin2  )2 .
cos 
D. (1 – cos2  )2 .
1
E. . E. (cos2  – sin2  )2 .
sin 
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-17] [1993-CE-MATHS 2-20]

33. sin4  – cos4  = cos  cos 

38. – =
sin  + 1 sin  – 1
A. –1 .
B. 1 – 2 cos4  . A.
2
.
C. sin  – cos  . cos 
D. sin2  – cos2  . B. –
2
.
E. 2 sin4  – 1 . cos 
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-16]
C. 0.
D. 2 tan  .
E. – 2 tan  .
1 1 [1994-CE-MATHS 2-16]
34. – =
1 1
–1 +1
cos  cos 
cos2 
39. – 1 =
A.
2
. 1 + sin 
tan2 
2 A. – sin  .
B.
sin  .
.
tan  B.
C. 2 tan2  . C. sin  – 2 .
2 cos  sin  (1 – sin  )
D. D. – .
sin2 
.
1 + sin 
2 cos2  sin  (1 – sin  )
E. . E. .
sin  1 + sin 
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-16] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 281

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.2 Trigonometric Relationships

1 cos A sin A
– cos  44. + =
cos  sin A cos A
40. =
tan2  A. 1.
A. sin  .
B. 1 + tan2 A .
C. sin A cos A .
B. cos  .
1
C. cos2  . D. .
sin A cos A
1 [2007-CE-MATHS 2-21]
D. .
cos 
1
E. .
tan 
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-20] Harder Trigonometric Relationships

45. If R sin  = 2 and R cos  = 3 , then R 2 =

1 + sin  cos 
41. + = A. 1.
cos  1 + sin 
B. 5.
A. 1. C. 6.
D. 13 .
B. 2 (1 + sin  ) .
E. 25 .
2
C. . [1978-CE-MATHS 2-10]
cos 
2
D. .
cos  (1 + sin  ) 46. Given that
1
sin  – cos  = 2 , what is the
1 + sin  + cos 
E. . value of sin  cos  ?
cos  (1 + sin  )
1
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-44] A. 2
1
B. 4
sin3  + sin  cos2  C.
3
42. If tan (90º –  ) = 2 , then 8
cos 
3
= D. 4
A. 2. E. it cannot be determined
1 [1981-CE-MATHS 2-43]
B. .
2
1 1
C. . 47. If sin  cos  = 4 , then (sin  + cos  )2 =
5
1 A. 2.
D. – . 3
2
B. 2
.
E. –2 .
C. 1.
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-43] 1
D. 2
.
1
E. 4
.
1
cos  –
cos  [1986-CE-MATHS 2-14]
43. =
sin 
48. cos 90º + cos 180º + cos 270º + cos 360º + ... +
A. – tan  .
cos 1800º =
B. tan  .
A. 0.
– sin3 
C. . B. 1.
cos 
C. –1 .
cos  – 1 D. 10 .
D. .
sin  cos  E. –10 .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-46] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-47*]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 282

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.2 Trigonometric Relationships

49. sin2 1º + sin2 3º + sin2 5º + ... + sin2 87º + 54. (cos (90º +  ) + 1)(sin (360º –  ) – 1) =
sin2 89º =
A. – cos2  .
A. 22 . B. – sin2  .
B. 22.5 . C. cos2  .
C. 44.5 . D. sin2  .
D. 45 . [2014-DSE-MATHS 2-19]
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-46]

cos 180º cos 360º

55. + =
50. cos2 1º + cos2 2º + cos2 3º + ... + cos2 89º + 1 + sin (90º +  ) 1 + sin (270º +  )
cos2 90º =
A. 0.
A. 44 . 2
B. .
B. 44.5 . cos 
C. 45 . 2 cos 
C. .
D. 45.5 . sin2 
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-46] 2 sin 
D. .
cos2 
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-19]

HKDSE Problems

sin  cos (270º –  )

51. + =
cos 60º tan 45º

A. sin  .
B. 3 sin  .
C. 2 sin  – cos  .
D. 2 sin  + cos  .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-19]

cos 60º cos 240º

52. + =
1 – cos (90º –  ) 1 – cos (270º –  )
1
A. .
cos2 
cos 
B. .
tan 
tan 
C. .
cos 
1
D. .
cos  tan 
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-19]

53. For 0º < x < 90º, which of the following

must be true ?
(1) tan x tan (90º – x) = 1
(2) sin x – sin (90º – x) < 0
(3) cos x + cos (90º – x) > 0
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 283

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.3 Trigonometric Equations

Trigonometric Equations 6. Given that 0º    360º, if 2 sin  = 1

and 2 cos  = –1 , then  =
1. The number of solutions of the equation A. 45º only .
cos x = tan x for 0º  x  360º is B. 135º only .
A. 0. C. 225º only .
B. 1. D. 315º only .
E. 45º or 135º or 225º or 315º .
C. 2.
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-22]
D. 3.
E. 4.
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-7] 7. What is the solution of the equation
(sin  – 2)(cos  + 1) = 0 ,

2. If 0º  xº  360º , the solution set of where 0º    360º?

cos2 xº – 3 sin2 xº = 0 is A.  = 30º only
A. {30, 120} . B.  = 90º only
B. {60, 240} . C.  = 180º only
C. {30, 120, 210, 300} . D.  = 30º or 150º
D. {60, 150, 240, 330} . E.  = 30º or 150º or 180º
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-31]
E. {30, 150, 210, 330} .
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-32]
8. If 0º   < 360º, which of the following
equations has exactly one root ?
3. If  is an acute angle, and cos  = 0.4300 ,
then  = A. sin  = –1
1
B. sin  = – 2
A. 64.42º.
B. 64.47º. C. sin  = 0
1
C. 64.50º. D. sin  = 2
D. 64.53º.
E. sin  = 2
E. 64.58º.
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-18]
[1978-CE-MATHS A2-46*]

9. If 0º    360º, the number of roots of the

4. If 0º    90º and sin  = cos 5 , then  equation
could be
2 sin  cos  – cos  = 0
A. 15º . is
B. 22½ º .
A. 0.
C. 30º .
B. 1.
D. 45º .
C. 2.
E. 60º . D. 3.
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-49] E. 4.
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-20]

5. What is the solution of the equation

sin  (sin  – 2) = 0 , 10. How many roots has the equation

where 0º    90º? sin  + sin2  = cos2 

where 0º    360º?
A.  = 0º only
B.  = 30º only A. 0
B. 1
C.  = 45º only
C. 2
D.  = 0º or  = 30º D. 3
E.  = 0º or  = 45º E. 4
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-21] [1982-CE-MATHS 2-48]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 284

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.3 Trigonometric Equations

11. If 0º   < 360º, the number of roots of the 16. Given that sin  cos  > 0 , which of the
equation following is / are true ?
4 sin2  cos  = cos  (1) 0º <  < 90º
is (2) 90º <  < 180º
(3) 180º <  < 270º
A. 2.
B. 3. A. (1) only
C. 4. B. (2) only
D. 5. C. (3) only
E. 6. D. (1) and (2) only
E. (1) and (3) only
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-48]
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-14]

12. If 0º   < 360º, the number of roots of the

equation 17. Given that 0º    180º, how many roots
1 has the equation (sin  + 1)(tan  + 3) = 0 ?
2 sin  + = 3
sin  A. 0
is B. 1
C. 2
A. 0. D. 3
B. 1. E. 4
C. 2. [1989-CE-MATHS 2-18]
D. 3.
E. 4.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-45] 18. If 2 sin2  – sin  cos  – cos2  = 0 , then
tan  =
1
13. Let p be a positive constant such that A. 1 or 2 .
p sin  = 3 and p cos  = 1 . Find all the 1
B. –1 or 2 .
values of  in the interval 0º to 360º.
1
A. 60º C. 1 or – 2 .
B. 30º 1
D. –1 or – 2 .
C. 60º, 240º
D. 30º, 210º E. 1 or –2 .
E. cannot be determined [1989-CE-MATHS 2-46]
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-44*]

19. If 0º  x < 360º, which of the following

14. How many different values of x between equations has only one root ?
0º and 360º will satisfy the equation A. sin x = 0
(sin x + 1)(2 sin x + 1) = 0 ? 1
B. sin x = 2
A. 0
C. sin x = 2
B. 1
D. cos x = 0
C. 2 E. cos x = –1
D. 3
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-17]
E. 4
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-49]
20. If sin  and cos  are the roots of the
equation x2 + k = 0 , then k =
15. If 0º  x < 360º, the number of points of
intersection of the graphs of y = sin x and A. –1 .
1
y = 1 + cos x is B. –2 .
A. 0. 1
C. –4 .
B. 1.
C. 2. 1
D. 4
.
D. 3.
1
E. 4. E. 2
.
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-50] [1990-CE-MATHS 2-44]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 285

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.3 Trigonometric Equations

21. If 0º   < 360º, how many roots does the 1

26. If 0º < x < 360º, solve sin x = 3 correct to
equation tan  + 2 sin  = 0 have ?
3 significant figures.
A. 1
A. 18.7º or 161º
B. 2 B. 18.7º or 199º
C. 3 C. 19.5º or 160º
D. 4 D. 19.5º or 199º
E. 5 E. 19.5º or 340º
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-18*] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-17*]

27. If 0º  x  360º, the number of points of

22. In which two quadrants will the solution(s) of intersection of the graphs of y = sin x and
sin  cos  < 0 lie ? y = tan x is
A. In quadrants I and II only A. 1.
B. In quadrants I and III only B. 2.
C. In quadrants II and III only C. 3.
D. 4.
D. In quadrants II and IV only
E. 5.
E. In quadrants III and IV only
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-49]
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-20]

28. If 0º    360º, solve 2 sin  = – 3 .

23. Which of the following equations has / have
A. 120º or 240º
solutions ?
B. 120º or 300º
(1) 2 cos2  – sin2  = 1 C. 150º or 330º
D. 210º or 330º
(2) 2 cos2  – sin2  = 2
E. 240º or 300º
(3) 2 cos2  – sin2  = 3 [1996-CE-MATHS 2-19]
A. (1) only
B. (2) only 29. If 0º  x  180º, solve 2 sin x + 3 cos x = 0
C. (3) only correct to 3 significant figures.
D. (1) and (2) only
A. 33.7º
E. (2) and (3) only B. 56.3º
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-23] C. 124º
D. 146º
E. no solution
24. Solve tan4  + 2 tan2  – 3 = 0 for [1996-CE-MATHS 2-22*]
0º   < 360º.
A. 45º, 135º only 30. For 0º    360º, how many roots does the
B. 45º, 225º only equation tan  (tan  – 2) = 0 have ?
C. 45º, 60º, 225º, 240º A. 1
D. 45º, 120º, 225º, 300º B. 2
E. 45º, 135º, 225º, 315º C. 3
D. 4
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-45]
E. 5
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-43*]

25. If 0º  x  360º, how many roots does the

equation sin x (cos x + 2) = 0 have ? 31. For 0º  x  360º, how many roots does the
A. 0 equation 3 sin 2 x + 2 sin x – 1 = 0 have ?
B. 1 A. 0
C. 2 B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
D. 3
E. 4 E. 4
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-47] [1998-CE-MATHS 2-47]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 286

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.3 Trigonometric Equations

32. If 0º    360º, solve (cos  – 3)(3 sin  – 38. Solve the equation sin  = 3 cos  , where
2) = 0 correct to 3 significant figures. 0º    90º.
A. 41.8º or 70.5º A.  = 0º
B. 41.8º or 138º B.  = 30º
C. 41.8º or 222º C.  = 45º
D. 41.8º or 356º D.  = 60º
E. 42.0º or 138º [2007-CE-MATHS 2-22]
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-47*]

39. For 0º   < 360º, how many roots does the

33. For 0º  x  360º, how many roots does the equation 3 sin2  + 2 sin  – 1 = 0 have ?
equation cos3 x = cos x have ?
A. 2
A. 2 B. 3
B. 3 C. 4
C. 4 D. 5
D. 5 [2008-CE-MATHS 2-45]
E. 6
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-42]
40. For 0º  x  360º, how many roots does the
equation cos2 x – sin2 x = 1 have ?
34. For 0º  x  360º, how many roots does the A. 2
equitation tan x = 2 sin x have ? B. 3
C. 4
A. 2
D. 5
B. 3
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-45]
C. 4
D. 5
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-48]

HKDSE Problems
35. For 0º   < 360º, how many roots does the
equation 2 cos2  – 5 sin  – 4 = 0 have ? 41. For 0º  x  360º, how many roots does the
equation 7 sin2 x = sin x have ?
A. 1
B. 2 A. 2
C. 3 B. 3
D. 4 C. 4
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-45] D. 5
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-39]

36. For 0º  x  360º, how many distinct roots

does the equation cos x (sin x – 1) = 0 have ? 42. For 0º  x < 360º, how many roots does the
equation cos2 x – sin x = 1 have ?
A. 2
A. 2
B. 3
B. 3
C. 4
C. 4
D. 5
D. 5
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-44]
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-38]

37. For 0º < x < 360º, how many roots does the 43. For 0º    360º, how many roots does the
equation 3 cos2 x – 4 cos x + 1 = 0 have ?
equation 5 sin2  + sin  – 4 = 0 have ?
A. 2 A. 2
B. 3 B. 3
C. 4 C. 4
D. 5 D. 5
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-44] [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 287

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

Trigonometric Graphs
B.

1. Which of the following may represent the

graph of y = cos xº for 0  x  90 ?
A.

C.

B.

D.

C.

E.

D.

[2000-CE-MATHS 2-11]

E. Vertical Transformations of Graphs

3. The figure shows the graph of y = a sin  +

c . Find a.
y
1
90o 180o 360o
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-16] o 
0 270
-1
2. Which of the following may represent the
graph of y = tan xº for 0  x  90 ? -2
A.
-3
A. –3
B. –2
C. –1
D. 1
E. 2
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-25]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 288

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

4. E.

[1980-CE-MATHS 2-46*]

6.
The sketch above could be the graph of

A. y = 2 + sin  .
B. y = 3 + sin  .
C. y = 2 + cos  .
D. y = 3 + cos  .
E. y = 3 cos  .
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-34*]

5. Which of the following is the graph of

y = 2 sin  for 0º    360º? The above figure shows the graph of
y = a cos xº + 1 for 0  x  180 . a =
A.
A. –1 .
B. 0.
C. 1.
D. 2.
E. 3.
[1982-CE-MATHS 2-44*]

B.
7. The figure shows the graph of

C.

A. y = 3 cos xº, 0  x  360 .

D. B. y = 3 sin xº, 0  x  360 .
C. y = 2 + sin xº, 0  x  360 .
D. y = 2 + cos xº, 0  x  360 .
E. y = 3 + sin xº, 0  x  360 .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 289

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

10. The figure shows the graph of the function

8.

A. y = 2 cos x .
B. y = 2 – sin x .
C. y = 2 + sin x .
D. y = 2 – cos x .
Which of the following functions may be E. y = 2 + cos x .
represented by the above graph in the interval [1991-CE-MATHS 2-48*]
0 to 360 ?

A. y = cos 2xº
11. The figure shows the graph of the function
B. y = 2 cos xº
1
C. y = 2 cos 2xº

D. y = sin 2xº
E. y = 2 sin xº
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-15*]

9. The figure shows the graph of the function

A. tan (x + 180º) .
B. tan (x – 180º) .
C. 180 tan x .
D. 180 + tan x .
E. 180 – tan x .
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-22*]

12. Which of the following figures shows the

graph of y = 1 + sin x ?

A.
A. y = – tan x .
B. y = 1 – tan x .
C. y = 1 + tan x .
D. y = cos x – sin x .
E. y = cos x + sin x .
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-48*]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 290

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

x
B. A. y = sin .
2
B. y = 2 sin x .
C. y = 1 + sin x .
D. y = 1 + cos x .
E. y = 1 – cos x .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-44*]

C.
Horizontal Transformations of Graphs

14. Which one of the following sketches is the

xº
graph of y = sin 2 ?

A.

D.

B.

E.

C.

[1994-CE-MATHS 2-17*]
D.

13. The figure shows the graph of the function

E.

[SP-CE-MATHS 2-28]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 291

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

17. The figure shows the graph of the function

15.

A. y = sin (350º – x) .
B. y = sin (x + 10º) .
C. y = cos (x + 10º) .
D. y = sin (x – 10º) .
E. y = cos (x – 10º) .
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-46]
The figure above shows the graph of

A. y = sin (xº + 30º) .

18. The figure shows the graph of the function
B. y = sin (xº – 30º) .
C. y = sin (xº + 150º) .
D. y = sin (xº – 150º) .
E. y = sin (xº + 60º) .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-45]

16.

xº
A. y = cos .
2
1
B. y = 2 cos xº .
C. y = cos xº .
D. y = 2 cos xº .
E. y = cos 2xº .
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-50]

19. The figure shows the graph of the function

The figure above shows the graph of a tangent

function from 0º to 360º. The function is

xº
A. y = tan 2 .

B. y = tan xº .
C. y = tan 2xº . A. y = cos xº .
B. y = cos (–xº) .
D. y = tan (x – 90)º . C. y = cos (90º – xº) .
E. y = tan (x + 90)º . D. y = cos (90º + xº) .
E. y = cos (180º – xº) .
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-50]
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-45*]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 292

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

Miscellaneous Transformations of Graphs A. k = –2 and  = –30º.

B. k = –2 and  = 30º .
20. The figure shows the graph of y = a sin k . C. k = 2 and  = –30º .
What are the values of the constants a and k ?
D. k = 2 and  = 30º .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-46]

23. Let a and b be constants. If the figure shows

the graph of y = a cos (2xº + 120º) + b , then

A. a = 1 and k = 1
B. a = 1 and k = 2
1
C. a = 1 and k = 2
A. a = 1 and b = 3.
D. a = 2 and k = 2
1 B. a = 2 and b = 2.
E. a = 2 and k = 2 C. a = 3 and b = 1.
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-51*] D. a = 4 and b = 0.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-46]
21. In the figure, f(x) =

24. Let –90º   < 90º. If the figure shows the

graph of y = 7 sin (xº +  ) , then

x 1
A. sin + .
2 2
1
B. sin 2x + .
2
C.
1 x
sin + .
1 A.  = –60º .
2 2 2
B.  = –30º .
1 1
D.
2
sin x + .
2 C.  = 30º .
1 1 D.  = 60º .
E. sin 2x + .
2 2 [2009-CE-MATHS 2-46]
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-44]

22. Let k be a constant and –90º <  < 90º. 25. The figure shows
If the figure shows the graph of
y = k sin (xº +  ) , then

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 293

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

xº 28. The figure shows the graph of y = 3 sin 2xº.

A. the graph of y = 1 + cos .
2 The point P is
B. the graph of y = 1 + cos 2xº .
xº
C. the graph of y = 2 + sin .
2
D. the graph of y = 2 + sin 2xº .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-45]

26. Let a be a constant and –90º <  < 90º.

If the figure shows the graph of
y = a cos (xº +  ) , then
A. (240, –3) .
B. (135, –3) .
C. (240, –1) .
D. (135, –1) .
E. (270, –1) .
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-45*]

1
29. The figure shows the graph of y = cos 2xº.
2
The point P is

A. a = 4 and  = 60º .
B. a = 4 and  = –60º .
C. a = –4 and  = 60º .
D. a = –4 and  = –60º .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-46] A. (90, 2) .
1
B. (180, ) .
2
C. (180, 1) .
1
Coordinates / Area in Graphs D. (360, ) .
2
E. (360, 1) .
27. The figure shows the graph of y = cos 2xº, [1996-CE-MATHS 2-21*]
where 0  x  180 . The area of the rectangle
ABCD is
30. In the figure, the area of ABC is

A. 90 .
B. 45 . A. 60 .
B. 120 .
C. 180 .
C. 180 .
D. 135 . D. 240 .
E. 360 . E. 360 .
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-17*] [2000-CE-MATHS 2-53*]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 294

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

HKDSE Problems xº
A. the graph of y = 1 + 3 cos .
2
B. the graph of y = 1 + 3 cos 2xº .
31. Let a be a constant and –90º < b < 90º.
If the figure shows the graph of xº
C. the graph of y = 4 + 3 cos .
y = a cos(xº + b) , then 2
D. the graph of y = 4 + 3 cos 2xº .
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-39]

34.

A. a = –3 and b = –40º .
B. a = –3 and b = 40º .
C. a = 3 and b = –40º .
D. a = 3 and b = 40º .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-42]

Let h and k be constants. The figure shows

the graph of y = h + k tan 2xº, where
32. Let a be a constant and –90º <  < 90º. 0  x   . Which of the following are true ?
If the figure shows the graph of
y = a sin (xº +  ) , then (1) h > 0
(2) k < 0
1
(3) tan  º =
k
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-39]

A. a = –2 and  = –45º . 35. Let k be a positive constant and –180º <  <
180º . If the figure shows the graph of
B. a = –2 and  = 45º . y = sin (kxº +  ) , then
C. a = 2 and  = –45º .
D. a = 2 and  = 45º .
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-38]

33. The figure shows

1
A. k = and  = –30º .
2
1
B. k = and  = 30º .
2
C. k = 2 and  = –30º .
D. k = 2 and  = 30º .
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-39]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 295

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

36. Let a and b be constants. If the figure shows

the graph of y = a cos 2xº, then

A. a = –2 and b = 90 .
B. a = –2 and b = 360 .
C. a = 2 and b = 90 .
D. a = 2 and b = 360 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 296

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

Sine Formula 4. In the figure, BC = a . AB =

1. In the figure, x =

5
A. a.
11
B. a sin 50º .
a sin 70º
C. .
sin 50º
a sin 50º
A. 10 sin 20º . D. .
sin 70º
sin 20º
B. 10 . a sin 50º
sin 70º E. .
sin 20º
sin 20º [1988-CE-MATHS 2-23]
C. 10 .
sin 50º
sin 50º
D. 10 . 5. In the figure, sin A : sin B : sin C = 4 : 5 : 6 . If
sin 20º
sin 50º AB = 8 , find AC.
E. 10 .
sin 70º 1
A. 5
[1978-CE-MATHS A2-51] 3
2
B. 6
3
2. In the figure, a : b : c = 3
C. 9
A. 3:2:1. 5
B. 9:4:1. D. 10
C. 2: 3:1. E. 12
D. 3: 2:1. [1994-CE-MATHS 2-49]
E. 3:2:1.
AC
6. In the figure, =
AB
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-19] 4
A. .
3
5
3. In the figure, BC = a , AB = B. .
4
2
A C.
2
.
6
D. .
50o C 2
6
E. .
3
20o a [1999-CE-MATHS 2-18]

B
7. In the figure, AC =
A. a sin 20º . x sin 77º
a sin 20º A. .
sin 48º
B. .
sin 70º x sin 55º
a sin 20º B. .
sin 48º
C. .
sin 50º x sin 48º
C. .
a sin 50º sin 77º
D. . x sin 77º
sin 20º
D. .
a sin 50º sin 55º
E. .
sin 70º
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-46] [2002-CE-MATHS 2-16]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 297

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

8. In the figure,  is an acute angle. Find  12. In the figure, AB = 2 and AC = 5 , BC =

correct to the nearest degree.
A. 39 .
A. 35º B. 29 .
B. 50º
C. 24 .
C. 56º
D. 57º D. 20 .
E. 19 .

[2005-CE-MATHS 2-21] [1985-CE-MATHS 2-19]

9. In the figure, find x correct to the nearest 13. In ABC, if AB : BC : CA = 4 : 5 : 6 , then

integer. cos A =
1
A. .
8
1
B. .
5
3
C. .
10
9
A. 14 D. .
16
B. 15
C. 16 3
E. .
D. 17 4
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-51]
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-47]

3
14. In the figure, if cos  = , find the value of
4
Cosine Formula x.

10. In ABC, AB = 4 , BC = 2 and CA = 3 .

cos  =
1
A. – .
4
1
B. – .
2
1 A. 2
C. .
4 B. 3
1 C. 4
D. .
2 D. 5
3 E. 6
E. .
4
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-48]
[1978-CE-MATHS A2-52]

11. In the figure, cos  = 15. In the figure, find cos  .

1 1
A. – . A. –
4 4
1 11
B. – .
2  B.
16
2 3 3
1 C.
C. . 4
4
1 7
D. . D.
2 8
4 77
3
E. . E.
4 9
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-19] [1992-CE-MATHS 2-19]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 298

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

4 D. 114º
16. In the figure, cos A = – . Find a.
5 E. 125º
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-13]
A. 153
B. 137
C. 89 20. In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant
D. 41 figures.
E. 25
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-21]

17. According to the figure, which of the

following must be true ?

A. 48.2
B. 55.1
C. 58.4
D. 67.5
A. a2 = b2 + c2 – 3 bc E. 73.4
B. a2 = b2 + c2 – bc [1998-CE-MATHS 2-25]

3
C. a2 = b2 + c2 + bc
2 21. In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant
D. a2 = b2 + c2 + bc figures.
E. a2 = b2 + c2 + 3 bc
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-19]

18. In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant

figures.

A. 1.28
B. 1.29
C. 1.35
D. 1.53
E. 1.65
A. 2.71 [1999-CE-MATHS 2-17]
B. 2.98
C. 3.31
D. 3.88 22. In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant
E. 4.14 figures.
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-24]

19. In the figure, find  correct to the nearest

degree.

A. 2.65
B. 2.79
C. 3.16
A. 78º D. 4.00
B. 91º E. 4.36
C. 102º [2001-CE-MATHS 2-7]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 299

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

23. In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant 27. In the figure, tan  =
figures. 5
A. .
12
5
B. .
13
12
C. .
13
13
D. .
12
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-24]

A. 0.963
B. 1.05
C. 1.10 Solving Triangles
D. 1.57
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-23] 28. In ABC, BC = a , AC = b , AB = c and
a > b > c . Which of the following must be
true ?
24. In the figure, cos  =
(1) A > B > C
15 (2) b + c > a
A. .
16 (3) B + C > A
13
B. . A. (1) only
20
25 B. (2) only
C. . C. (1) and (2) only
52
23 D. (2) and (3) only
D. . E. (1), (2) and (3)
65
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-24] [1984-CE-MATHS 2-52]

25. In the figure, find AC correct to 2 decimal 29. In ABC, A = 30º, c = 6 . If it is possible
places. to draw two distinct triangles as shown in the
figure, find the range of values of a.

A. 5.04 A. 0 < a<3

B. 9.17 B. 0 < a<6
C. 11.14 C. 3 < a<6
D. 15.62 D. a > 3
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-21] E. a > 6
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-49]

26. In the figure, cos  =

30. How many different triangles can be
1
A. . constructed so that the lengths of the three
8
sides are x cm , 2x cm and 12 cm , where x
1 is an integer ?
B. .
4
7 A. 5
C. . B. 7
8
7 C. 9
D. . D. 11
4
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-22] [2002-CE-MATHS 2-42]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 300

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

Area of Plane Figures 34. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium in which

AB // DC and C = D =  . If CD = p and
AB = q , then the area of the trapezium is
31. In the figure, AB = a . The area of ADC is
A q B

 
D p C
1
1 2 A. ( p + q)2 tan  .
A. a sin 20º. 2
2
1 2
1 2 B. ( p + q2) tan  .
B. a tan 20º . 4
2 1 2
1 2 C. ( p – q2) tan  .
2
C. a tan 30º .
2 1 2
D. ( p – q2) tan  .
1 2 4
D. a (sin 30º – sin 10º) . ( p2 – q2)
2
E. .
1 2 4 tan 
E. a (tan 30º – tan 10º) . [1983-CE-MATHS 2-44]
2
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-32]
35. In the figure, CAB = CBD = 90º. BC = 2 .
The area of quadrilateral ABCD =
32. In ABC, AB = AC and BC = 2a . What is
the area of ABC ?

A. 2 sin ( +  ) .
B. 2 (tan  + tan  ) .
C. 2 (sin  cos  + sin  cos  ) .
D. 2 (tan  + sin  cos  ) .
1 2 E. 2 (sin  cos  + tan  ) .
A. a tan  [1985-CE-MATHS 2-49]
2
B. a2 tan 
C. 2a2 tan  36. In the figure, XPY and YQZ are semi-circles
a2 with areas A1 and A2 respectively. YXZ =
D.
tan  60º and YZX = 45º. The ratio A1 : A2 =
E. a2 sin  cos 
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-20]

33. A side of a rhombus is 10 cm and one of its

angle is 150º. What is its area ?

A. 25 cm2
A. 2: 3.
B. 50 cm2
B. 2:3.
C. 100 cm2
C. 2:3.
D. 150 cm2 D. 2: 3.
E. 200 cm2 E. 3: 2.
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-15] [1991-CE-MATHS 2-19]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 301

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

37. In the figure, AB = AC . If the area of ABC 40. In the figure, I, II and III are equilateral
is 64 cm2 , then AB = triangles. Area of I : Area of II : Area of III
=
A
C
I
30o II 
 
A B
III
B C

A. 32 cm .
A.  : :.
B. 16 2 cm . B. sin  : sin  : sin  .
C. 16 cm . C. sin2 : sin2 : sin2 .
D. cos  : cos  : cos  .
D. 8 2 cm .
E. cos2 : cos2 : cos2 .
E. 4 cm .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-25]
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-21]

41. In the figure, the area of ABC is 15 cm2

38. In the figure, AB = x and AC = 2x . The area and A = 30º. AC is longer than AB by
4 cm . AC =
of ABC is 16. x (correct to 2 decimal places)
is
C

30o
B A

A. 6 cm .
B. 8.8 cm .
C. 10 cm .
D. 11.5 cm .
E. 14 cm .
A. 2.83 . [1988-CE-MATHS 2-19]
B. 4.00 .
C. 4.30 . 42. In the figure, AM = MB = MC = 5 and
D. 5.66 . BC = 6 . The area of triangle ABC =
E. 6.08 .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-21]

39. In ABC, A = 30º, AB = 6 cm . If the area

of ABC is 15 cm2 , AC =

A. 2.5 cm
B. 5 cm A. 12 .
C. 10 cm B. 16 .
D. 12 cm C. 24 .
D. 30 .
E. 15 cm
E. 48 .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-20] [1990-CE-MATHS 2-39]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 302

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

43. In the figure, the area of ABC is 18. Find

ABC correct to the nearest degree.

A. 2.3 cm2
A. 30º B. 7.7 cm2
B. 44º C. 9.2 cm2
C. 46º D. 18.3 cm2
D. 60º
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-18]
E. 69º
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-15]

47. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. If BED is

a straight line, then the area of ABE is
44. In the figure, the areas of the two triangles
are equal. Find  .

A. 7.2º (correct to the nearest 0.1º)

B. 7.5º (correct to the nearest 0.1º)
C. 14.5º (correct to the nearest 0.1º)
D. 15º
E. 30º 3
A. cm2 .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-13] 6
3
B. cm2 .
2
45. In the figure, find the area of the triangle
correct to the nearest 0.1 cm2 . 2 3
C. cm2 .
3
D. 3 cm2 .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-23]

48. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. It is

given that E is the foot of the perpendicular
from D to AC. If the area of ADE is 1 cm2,
then the area of ABC is

A. 7.3 cm2
B. 10.7 cm2
C. 12.7 cm2
D. 15.0 cm2
E. 19.1 cm2
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-26]

46. The figure shows a parallelogram ABCD with

its diagonals meeting at E. If AE = 3 cm and
BE = 2 cm , find the area of the parallelogram
correct to the nearest 0.1 cm2 .

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 303

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

A. 3 cm2 . x sin 77º

A. .
B. 4 cm2 . sin 56º
C. 5 cm2 . x sin 47º
B. .
sin 56º
D. 2 3 cm2 .
x sin 56º
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-22] C. .
sin 77º
x sin 77º
D. .
sin 47º
49. In the figure, G is the centroid of ABC. AG, [SP-DSE-MATHS 2-38]
BG and CG are produced to meet BC, AC
and AB at L, M and N respectively. If BL =
13 cm , BN = 5 cm and CM = 12 cm , find 52. In the figure, D is a point lying on AC such
the area of ABC. that BD is perpendicular to AC. If BC =  ,
then AB =

A. 60 cm2
B. 120 cm2
C. 180 cm2
 sin 
D. 240 cm2 A. .
cos 
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-51]
 sin 
B. .
cos 
50. In the figure, the area of ABC =  cos 
C. .
sin 
 cos 
D. .
sin 
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-18]

53. In ABC, AB : BC : AC = 8 : 15 : 17 . Find

cos A : cos C .

A. (k2 – 9)(49 – k2) cm2 . A. 8 : 15

B. 8 : 17
B. (k – 9)(49 + k ) cm .
2 2 2
C. 15 : 8
C. (k2 + 9)(49 – k2) cm2 . D. 15 : 17
D. (k2 + 9)(49 + k2) cm2 . [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-22]

[2011-CE-MATHS 2-47]

HKDSE Problems

51. In the figure, y =

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 304

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

Simple Problems with Right Angles 4. In ABC, ABC = 90º and A = 60º. If BP
and BQ divide ABC into 3 equal parts, then
AP : PQ : QC =
1. In the figure, PQR is a right-angled triangle,
and PX bisects QPR. QX : XR =
P

30o
Q X R
A. 1:1: 3.
A. 1: 3. B. 1:1:2.
B. 1:1. C. 1: 3: 3.
C. 1:2. D. 1: 3:2.
D. 3:2. E. 1:2:2.
E. 1:3. [1978-CE-MATHS 2-27]
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-20]

5. C is a point on the side AD of ABD which

2. In ABC, AD  BC and AB = p . Find AC in is right-angled at D. If BC = a and AC = b ,
terms of p,  and  . then tan  =
A

p 


B C
D
p cos 
A.
sin  a
p cos  A. .
b
B.
cos  a tan 
B. .
C. p cos  tan  b
D. p sin  tan  a sin 
C. .
E. p cos  cos  b + a cos 
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-23] a sin 
D. .
b – a cos 
a sin 
3. In the figure, x = E. .
a cos  – b
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-35]

6. In quadrilateral PQRS, Q = S = 90º and

PQ = a . Then RS =
a sin 
A. .
cos 
a cos 
A. a + b sin  . B.
sin 
.
B. a + b cos  . a cos 
a + b tan  . C. .
C. sin 
b a sin 
D. a+ . D. .
cos  sin 
b a tan 
E. a+ . E. .
tan  cos 
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-25] [1979-CE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 305

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

7. The radius of the circumcircle of an equilateral 10. In the figure, AD = p , DC = q , B = 90º.

triangle is r cm . What is the length of a side AB =
of the triangle ?
C

q 

D
p

A B
A. r (1 + sin 30º) cm A. p sin  + q sin  .
B. r sin 30º cm B. p cos  + q cos  .
C. r cos 30º cm C. p sin  + q cos  .
D. 2r sin 30º cm D. p cos  + q sin  .
E. 2r cos 30º cm E. ( p + q)(cos  + cos ) .
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-23]
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-41]

11. In the figure, sin  =

8. In the figure, B = C = 90º. If AB = p
and BC = q , then CD =
16
10

10

A. 0.5 .
B. 0.6 .
C. 0.625 .
D. 0.75 .
E. 0.8 .
A. p + q tan  . [1981-CE-MATHS 2-48]
q
B. p+ .
tan 
12. In the figure, AD  BC . CD =
C. p + q cos  .
D. –p + q tan  .
q
E. –p + .
tan 
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-43]

9. In the figure, cos  =

1
A. .
2 1
2
B. .
3 A. h sin  tan  .
3 B. h cos  tan  .
C.
4
.  1 C. h tan  sin  .
D.
3
. h cos 
D. .
2 tan 
3 1 1
E. . h sin 
4 E. .
tan 
[1981-CE-MATHS 2-22] [1981-CE-MATHS 2-49]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 306

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

13. In the figure, AB = p , DC = q and A = D 16. In the figure, BCD is a straight line.
= 90º. BC = ADC = 90º and BC = 10 . AD =
A. (q – p) sin  . A p B A
B. (q – p) cos  .
C. (q – p) tan  .
q–p
D. .
sin  
q–p 35o 70o
E. . D q C
cos  B
C D
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-18]
A. 10 cos 70º .
B. 10 sin 70º .
14. In the figure, ABC = ACD = BDC = 90º. C. 10 tan 70º .
AC = a , CD = 10 sin 20º
D. .
sin 55º
A 10 tan 20º
E. .
sin 55º
a [1984-CE-MATHS 2-18]

B  C 17. In the figure, B = 90º and BCD is a straight

line. If AB = p and BC = q , then cos  =

A
D
A. a sin2 . p
B. a cos2 .
C. a tan  . 
D. a sin  cos  . B D
q C
a cos 
E. .
sin  A.
p
.
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-19] q
p
B. .
p + q2
2
15. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. AB = p q
and BC = q . If BAY =  , the distance of C C. .
p + q2
2
from the line XAY is
–p
D. .
C p2 + q2
–q
q E. .
p + q2
2

[1984-CE-MATHS 2-46]
B
18. In the figure, PQRS is a square inscribed in
ABC. AB = AC and PQ = a . AB =
D p
A

X Y
A
A. ( p + q) sin  . P S
B. ( p + q) cos  .
C. p2 + q2 sin  . a
D. p cos  + q sin  . 
E. p sin  + q cos  .
B Q R C
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-47]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 307

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

1 21. In the figure, A : B : C =

A. a (sin  + cos  ) .
2
1 C
B. a (cos  + sin  ) .
2
1 1
C. a( + ).
sin  2 cos 
2
1 1
D. a( + ).
cos  2 sin 
2a
E. .
sin 
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-48] B A
1

19. In the figure, BCD is a straight line. AD  A. 2: 3:1.

BD . If AD = p , then BC = B. 4:3:1.
C. 3:2:1.
D. 3: 2:1.
E. 1:2: 3.
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-17]

22. In the figure, AC = AD = 1 , ABD = 20º and

CAD = 120º, find AB.

A. p tan ( –  ) .
B. p (tan  – tan  ) .
C. p (tan  – tan  ) .
1 1
D. p( – ).
tan  tan 
A. 2 cos 20º .
1 1
E. p( – ). 1
tan  tan  B. .
2 sin 20º
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-47]
3
C. .
2 sin 20º
20. In the figure, C = 90º. P and Q are points D. 3 cos 20º .
on BC such that BP = PQ = QC . CAQ = E. 2 sin 20º .
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-19]

23. In the figure, BD : DC =

A. 30º .
A. sin C : sin B .
B. 25º .
B. cos C : cos B .
C. 22º .
C. tan C : tan B .
D. 20º . D. sin B : sin C .
E. 15º . E. cos B : cos C .
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-50] [1986-CE-MATHS 2-46]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 308

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

24. A rectangle is 6 cm long and 8 cm wide. 27. In the figure, M is the mid-point of PQ and
The acute angle between its diagonals, correct PSQ = 30º. Find tan  .
to the nearest degree, is
P
A. 37º .
B. 41º .
C. 49º .
D. 74º . M
E. 83º .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-19]
30o 
S Q
25. In the figure, AD = p , CD = q and B = 90º.
BC = A. 0.268
3
B.
6
3
C.
2
3
D.
4
3
E.
8
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-20]

x
28. In the figure, AD  BC . Find .
y
A. p sin  – q sin  .
B. p sin  – q cos  . A
C. p cos  – q sin  .
D. p sin  + q cos  .
E. p cos  + q sin  .
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-46]  
B C
x D y
AC sin 
A.
26. In the figure,
AB
= sin 
cos 
B.
D cos 
tan 
C.
tan 
  cos 
D.
cos 
tan 
E.
tan 
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-19]
A B C
A. 2 29. In the figure, A = 30º and B = 120º. The
B. tan  ratio of the altitudes of the triangle ABC from
A and from B is
tan 2
C.
tan 
sin 2
D.
sin 
cos 2
E.
cos 
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-17]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 309

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

A. 2:1. 32. In the figure, AB = p , ACB =  . Find CD.

B. 3:1.
C. 2:1.
D. 1: 2.
E. 1: 3.
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-20]

30. In the figure, AB = BC , BP = CP and

BP  CP . Find tan  .

A. p sin 
B. p cos 
p sin 
C.
cos2
p sin2
D.
cos 
p cos2
E.
sin 
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-50]

1
A.
4 33. In the figure, find  correct to the nearest
1 degree.
B.
3
1
C.
2
1
D.
3
3
E.
2
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-23]

A. 16º
31. In the figure, ABC is an equilateral triangle B. 19º
and the radii of the three circles are each
equal to 1. Find the perimeter of the triangle. C. 26º
D. 35º
E. 36º
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-47]

34. In the figure, sin  + tan  =

a a
A. + .
c b
a b
A. 12 B. + .
c a
B. 3(1 + tan 30º) b a
C. + .
C. 6(1 + tan 30º) c b
1 b b
D. 3(1 + ) D. + .
tan 30º c a
1 c a
E. 6(1 + ) E. + .
tan 30º a b
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-47] [1997-CE-MATHS 2-12]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 310

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

35. In the figure, the square sandwich ABCD is 38. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. Find CF.
cut into two equal halves along EF so that
AE : ED = 2 : 1 . Find  correct to the nearest
degree.

A. (a + b) sin  cm
B. (a + b) cos  cm
A. 56º C. (a sin  + b cos  ) cm
B. 63º
D. (a cos  + b sin  ) cm
C. 64º
D. 71º E. a2 + b2 sin 2 cm
E. 72º [2000-CE-MATHS 2-28]
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-14]

36. In the figure, find CD. 39. In the figure, DAB is a straight line. tan  =

A. 6 cm
A. 2 tan 20º .
B. 4 cm
1
C. 4 3 cm B. tan 20º.
2
D. 2 3 cm
2
2 3 C. .
E. cm tan 20º
3
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-24] 1
D. .
2 tan 20º
E. tan 40º .
37. In the figure, find x correct to 1 decimal
place. [2000-CE-MATHS 2-29]

40. The figure shows a right-angled triangle where

AB : BC = 3 : 4 . Find sin  .
5
A.
3
3
B.
4
5
C.
4
A. 15.0 3
D.
B. 18.4 5
C. 22.5 4
E.
D. 24.1 5
E. 26.6
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-19] [2001-CE-MATHS 2-4]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 311

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

41. In the figure, AB = c

A. .
3
c
B. .
2 3
3c
C. .
2
3c
D. .
4
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-23]

x 45. In the figure, D is a point lying on AC such

A. . that BD is perpendicular to AC. Find AD : DC .
2
2
B. x.
2
3
C. x.
2
D. 2x .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-26]

42. In the figure, sin x = A. 1: 2

B. 2:1
4
A. . C. 3:1
3
3 D. 3: 2
B. .
4 [2008-CE-MATHS 2-22]
3
C. .
5
4 46. In the figure, 2AB = 3BC . Find  correct to
D. . the nearest degree.
5
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-22]

43. In the figure, sin x =

3
A. .
7
3
B. .
5
4
C. .
5
4 A. 34º
D. .
3 B. 42º
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-23] C. 48º
D. 56º
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-21]
44. In the figure, ABC is a right-angled triangle.
BD is the angle bisector of ABC. If AB = c ,
then CD = 47. In the figure, ADE is a straight line. If
ABC = x and CDE = y , then AD =

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 312

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

A. BC sin x – CD sin y . 2-Dimensional Problems

B. BC sin x – CD cos y .
C. BC cos x – CD sin y . 51. In trapezium ABCD, AB // DC . If AD = 1 ,
D. BC cos x – CD cos y . then BC =
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-23]

48. In the figure, D is a point lying on BC such

AC
that AD is perpendicular to BC. Find .
BD

sin 
A. .
sin 
sin 
B. .
sin 
C. sin  sin  .
cos 
D. .
tan  cos 
A. . cos 
tan 
E. .
tan  cos 
B. .
sin  [SP-CE-MATHS A2-43]

C. tan  tan  .
D. tan  sin  . 52. In the figure, ABCD is an isosceles trapezium
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-21] in which AB > DC . The height of the
trapezium is h, AB = x and DC = y . Then
tan  =
49. In the figure, cos  – sin  = h
3 A. .
x+y
A. .
5 x+y
–3 B. .
h
B. .
5 2h
7 C. .
x+y
C. .
17 x+y
–7 D. .
2h
D. .
17 h
E. .
2x + 2y
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-42]

[2011-CE-MATHS 2-21]
53. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle
and its radius is r. XY touches the circle at P.
50. In the figure, D is a point lying on BC such Find the distance of Q from XY.
that AD is perpendicular to BC. Find x
correct to 2 decimal places. Q
r
O 

X Y
P

A. r (1 – sin  )
A. 6.86 B. r (1 + sin  )
B. 7.25 C. r (1 – cos  )
C. 8.21 D. r (1 + cos  )
D. 9.78 E. r (2 – sin  )
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-22] [1980-CE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 313

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

54. In the figure, AB // DC . AB = q and DC = p . 1

C. .
BC = 4
1
A q B D.
2
.
3
E. .
4
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-45]

70o 50o
57. In the figure, A = 75º, B = 45º and CD
D p C BD
bisects ACB. =
CD
( p + q) sin 50º
A. .
2 sin 70º A
( p + q) sin 70º
B. .
2 sin 50º
( p – q) sin 70º D 75o
C. .
sin 60º
( p – q) sin 70º
D. .
sin 50º
45o
( p – q) sin 50º B C
E. .
sin 70º
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-49] 2
A. .
3
1
55. In the figure, BCX is a straight line. AC = 1 , B. .
AB = 2
C. 2.
2
D. .
3
3
E. .
2
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-18]

A. 2 sin 20º .
B. 2 cos 20º . 58. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezium with
C. 2 cos 20º . AB // DC . If BC = 1 , then AD =
1
D. .
2 sin 20º
3
E. .
2 sin 20º
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-21]

3
56. In the figure, AB = 2 , AC = 3 and sin B = ,
4
then cos2 C =

A sin 
A. .
sin 
3 sin 
2 B. .
sin 
C. sin  sin  .
B C cos 
D. .
cos 
9
A.
16
. cos 
E. .
9 cos 
B. .
13 [1989-CE-MATHS 2-50]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 314

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

59. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. BD = A. 14 cm

B. 15 cm
C. 16 cm
D. 17 cm
E. 18 cm
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-50]

62. In the figure, find tan  .

1
A.
A. 5. 3
B. 7. 1
B.
C. 13 . 8
3
D. 27 . C.
8
E. 37 .
2
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-46] D.
7
1
E.
60. In the figure, AC = CD , ABC = 30º and 2
AB [1992-CE-MATHS 2-46]
CED = 120º. =
DE
63. In the figure, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral
with AB = 5 , BC = 2 and ADC = 120º.
Find AC.

A. 19
B. 21
C. 2 6
1 D. 34
A. .
2 E. 39
1 [1994-CE-MATHS 2-19]
B. .
3
C. 2. 64. In the figure, BDC is a straight line. Arrange
D. 3. AD, BD and DC in ascending order of
magnitude.
E. 2.
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-49]

61. In the figure, find the length of AB, correct

to nearest cm.

A. AD < BD < DC
B. AD < DC < BD
C. DC < AD < BD
D. DC < BD < AD
E. BD < AD < DC
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-21]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 315

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

65. In the figure, CD = 68. In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant

figures.

r sin 
A. .
sin  sin 
A. 63.8
r sin 
B. . B. 78.5
cos  sin 
C. 84.5
r sin  sin 
C. . D. 87.3
sin 
E. 89.1
r cos  sin 
D. . [2000-CE-MATHS 2-27]
sin 
r sin 
E. .
sin  69. In the figure, find x correct to 3 significant
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-42] figures.

66. In the figure, PQRS is a trapezium. Find x

correct to 3 significant figures.

A. 8.86
B. 9.34
C. 9.48
A. 3.01
D. 10.7
B. 5.57
E. 11.3
C. 5.77
D. 6.00 [2001-CE-MATHS 2-30]

E. 9.54
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-26]
70. In the figure, PQ = x cm and SR = y cm .
Find PS.
67. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. Find
ABC correct to the nearest degree.

y–x
A. cm
2 cos 
y
B. cm
A. 83º 2 cos ( +  )
B. 97º x sin 
C. cm
C. 104º sin 
D. 124º ( y – x) sin 
D. cm
E. 139º sin ( +  )
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-20] [2003-CE-MATHS 2-49]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 316

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

71. In the figure, A, B, C and D are points lying 3

on the circle. If AB = 5 , AD = 3 and BD = A.
5
7 , then BCD =
3
B.
10
21
C.
7
21
D.
14
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-47]

HKDSE Problems
A. 60º .
B. 85º . 74. In the figure, ABC is a straight line. If
C. 95º . BD = CD and AB = 10 cm , find BC correct
D. 120º . to the nearest cm.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-48]

72. In the figure, AB // CD , AB = 150 cm and

CD = 80 cm . Find BD correct to the nearest
cm.

A. 8 cm
B. 13 cm
C. 14 cm
D. 15 cm
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-24]

A. 60 cm
B. 62 cm
75. In the figure, ABCD is a square. F is a point
C. 64 cm lying on AD such that CF // BE . If AB = AE ,
D. 65 cm find ABF correct to the nearest degree.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-48]

73. In the figure, AD is produced to meet BC at

E. If AB = BC = AC , BE = CE and AD =
DE find sin  .

A. 17º
B. 18º
C. 22º
D. 26º
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-22]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 317

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

76. In the figure, ABD = ADC = BCD = 90º. A. AB cos a + BC cos c .

If AB =  , then CD = B. AB cos a + BC sin c .
C. AB sin a + BC cos c .
D. AB sin a + BC sin c .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-21]

79. In the figure, ABC is an equilateral triangle of

side 16 cm . D and E are points lying on AB
and BC respectively such that AD = 4 cm and
CDE = 60°. Find CE.

A.  sin  .
B.  cos  .
C.  sin  tan  .
 tan 
D. .
cos 
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-18]

AD
77. In the figure, =
AB

A. 9 cm
B. 10 cm
C. 12 cm
D. 13 cm
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-17]

80. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. If E is a

A. cos  tan  .
point lying on CD such that CBE = 40° ,
B. sin  tan  . find AED correct to the nearest degree.
cos 
C. .
tan 
sin 
D. .
tan 
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-18]

78. In the figure, AD =

A. 33º
B. 43º
C. 47º
D. 57º
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-22]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 318

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

81. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle. If E is a

point lying on AC such that AE = 30 cm ,
then DE =

A. 3 65 cm .
B. 5 29 cm .
C. 641 cm .
D. 697 cm .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-38]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 319

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.7 Bearings & Elevation

Bearings 5. In the figure, the bearing of B from A is

1. If the bearing of B from A is S 30ºW, then

the bearing of A from B is
A. N 30ºE .
B. N 60ºW .
C. N 60ºE .
D. S 30ºW .
E. S 30ºE .
[1980-CE-MATHS 2-15]

2. The bearing of a lighthouse as observed from

an ocean liner is N 37ºE, the bearing of the
ocean linear as observed from the light house
is A. 015º .
A. N 37ºE . B. 045º .
B. N 53ºW . C. 075º .
C. S 37ºE .
D. 165º .
D. S 37ºW .
E. S 53ºW . E. 345º .
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-20] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-20]

3. In the figure, A and B are the positions of

6. In the figure, the bearings of two ships A and
two boats. The bearing of B from A is
B from a lighthouse L are 020º and 080º
respectively. B is 400 m and at a bearing of
130º from A. Find the distance of B from L.

A. N 55ºE .
B. N 70ºE .
C. N 20ºE .
D. S 35ºE .
E. S 75ºE .
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-29] A. 400 m
400
B. m
sin 60º
4. The bearing of A from B is 075º. What is
the bearing of B from A ? 400 sin 50º
C. m
sin 60º
A. 015º
400 sin 70º
B. 075º D. m
sin 60º
C. 105º
D. 195º 400 sin 70º
E. m
E. 255º sin 80º
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-11] [1996-CE-MATHS 2-48]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 320

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.7 Bearings & Elevation

7. In the figure, OAB is an equilateral triangle. 10. Ship A is 8 km due north of a light house L
Find the bearing of B from A. and ship B is 6 km due east of L. Find the
bearing of B from A.
A. N 53.1º W (correct to the nearest 0.1º)
B. N 36.9º W (correct to the nearest 0.1º)
C. N 36.9º E (correct to the nearest 0.1º)
D. S 53.1º E (correct to the nearest 0.1º)
E. S 36.9º E (correct to the nearest 0.1º)
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-31]

11. In the figure, the bearing of A from B is

A. 10º .
B. 80º .
C. 170º .
D. 260º .
E. 350º .
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-18]

8. In the figure, the bearing of B from C is

A. N 38° W .
B. N 52° W .
C. S 38° E .
D. S 52° E .
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-23]

12. In the figure, the bearing of P from Q is

A. N 5° E .
B. N 65° E . A. N 27° W .
C. N 85° E . B. S 27° E .
D. S 5° W . C. N 63° W .
E. S 85° W . D. S 63° E .
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-15] [2005-CE-MATHS 2-15]

9. According to the figure, the bearing of B 13. In the figure, PA = QA . If the bearings of P
from C is and Q from A are N 42° E and S 28° E
respectively, then the bearing of P from Q is

A. 050º .
B. 130º .
C. 140º .
D. 310º .
E. 320º .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-30]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 321

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.7 Bearings & Elevation

A. N 7° E . h
D. m
B. N 27° E . sin 20º
C. N 35° E . h
D. N 55° E . E. m
tan 20º
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-16] [1982-CE-MATHS 2-20]

14. A and B are two points on a map. If the 18. AB and CD are two buildings of heights h
bearing of A from B is 110º, then the bearing and d respectively. The angles of elevation of
of B from A is C from A and B are respectively  and 45º.
A. 070º . d=
B. 250º .
C. 290º .
D. 340º .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-15]

15. In the figure, the bearing of B from A is

A. h(1 – tan  ) .
B. h(1 + tan  ) .
C. h tan  .
h
D. .
1 + tan 
A. 030º . h
E. .
B. 060º . 1 – tan 
C. 210º . [1982-CE-MATHS 2-46]
D. 240º .
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-15]
19. In the figure, PQ and RS are two vertical
poles standing on the horizontal ground. The
angle of elevation of R from P is 20° and the
angle of depression of S from P is 40°. If
Elevation & Depression RS = 5 m , then PR =

16. A vertical flagstaff of length h metres casts a

h
shadow of metres on the horizontal ground.
3
The elevation of the sun is
A. 18.43º.
B. 19.47º.
C. 53.13º.
D. 70.53º.
E. 71.57º. 5 sin 40º
A. m.
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-27]
sin 70º
5 sin 50º
B. m.
sin 60º
17. From the top of a lighthouse, h metres high, 5 sin 60º
the angle of depression of a boat is 20º. How C. m.
sin 50º
far is the boat from the base of the lighthouse, 5 sin 70º
which is at sea-level ? D. m.
sin 40º
A. h sin 20º m 5
E. m.
B. h cos 20º m sin 50º sin 60º
C. h tan 20º m [1998-CE-MATHS 2-27]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 322

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.7 Bearings & Elevation

20. In the figure, AB and CD are the heights of

two buildings on the same level ground. If
AB = 9 m , AC = 20 m and the angle of
depression of A from D is 50º, find the angle
of elevation of D from B correct to the
nearest 0.1º.

A. 21.3º
B. 24.2º
C. 36.6º
D. 53.4º
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-24]

21. If the angle of elevation of P from Q is 40º,

then the angle of depression of Q from P is
A. 40º .
B. 50º .
C. 130º .
D. 140º .
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-16]

HKDSE Problems

22. In the figure, the bearing of P from O is

S 86° E and the bearing of Q from O is
N 32° E . If P and Q are equidistant from O,
then the bearing of P from Q is

A. N 24° W .
B. N 27° W .
C. S 24° E .
D. S 27° E .
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 323

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

Angles & Lines in 3-Dimensional Figures

3.

1. The figure represents a rectangular door ABCD

turning through an angle  and coming to a
new position ABEF. Which of the angles x, y,
z and w is a right angle ?

In the figure, A, B and C are three points on

the same horizontal plane. A is due north of
B, C is due east of B and H is a point
vertically above A. Which of the following
A. x (i.e. ADF) angles is / are 90º?
B. y (i.e. AFD) (1) HAC
C. z (i.e. ACE) (2) ABC
D. w (i.e. AEC) (3) HBC
E. None of them A. (1) only
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-9] B. (2) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (1) and (3) only
2. B C E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-47]
A
D
4.

F
G

E H
In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a cube. Which
of the following is a right angle / are right
angles ? The figure shows a cube. Which of the
following is / are equal to AGE ?
(1) DHG
(2) AHG (1) AGF
(2) BDF
(3) BEH
(3) DEG
A. (1) only
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
B. (2) only
C. (3) only C. (3) only
D. (1) and (3) only D. (1) and (2) only
E. (1), (2) and (3) E. (2) and (3) only
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-15] [1996-CE-MATHS 2-23]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 324

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

A. BDE .
5.
B. BDF .
C. DBE .
D. DBF .
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-24]

8. In the figure, ABCDE is a right pyramid with

the square base BCDE. F is a point lying on
AC such that BF and DF are perpendicular to
The figure shows a cuboid. Which of the AC. The angle between the plane ABC and
following are right angles ? the plane ACD is
(1) CAF
(2) DHG
(3) AGC
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-48]

6. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular

block. EG and FH meet at X. M is the mid-
point of EH. Which of the following makes
the greatest angle with the plane ABCD ?

A. ACB .
B. BAD .
C. BCD .
D. BFD .
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-24]

9. In the figure, AD is a vertical pole standing

on the horizontal ground BCD. If E is a
point lying on BC such that DE and AE are
perpendicular to BC, then the angle between
the plane ABC and the horizontal ground is
A. AG
B. AH
C. AM
D. AX
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-49]

7. The figure shows a right prism ABCDEF with

a right-angled triangle as the cross-section.
The angle between BD and the plane CDEF is

A. ABD .
B. ABE .
C. ACD .
D. AED .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-28]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 325

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

10. The figure shows a right prism ABCDEF with 13. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle inclined at
a right-angled triangle as the cross-section. an angle of 30º to the horizontal plane ABEF.
The angle between BE and the plane ABCD is CBD = 60º. Let  be the inclination of BD
to the horizontal plane. sin  =

D C

F
o E
 60o 30
A. ABE .
B. CBE .
A B
C. DBE . 1
A. .
4
D. EBF .
1
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-24] B. .
2
3
C. .
2
3
D. .
3-Dimensional Problems 3
3
E. .
4
11. In the figure, OAB is a right-angled triangle [1987-CE-MATHS 2-48]
in a horizontal plane with AOB = 90º. OC
is a vertical line. If OB = r , AC =

r sin  C 14. In the figure, VABCD is a right pyramid of

A. . height 3 cm . The base ABCD is a square of
tan 
side 2 cm . Let  be the angle between the
r tan 
B. . face VBC and the base. Find tan  .
cos 
r sin 
C. .
sin  O
r cos 
D. .  r
tan 
r tan  A 
E. .
cos  B

[1982-CE-MATHS 2-21]

12. In the figure, ABC lies in a horizontal plane.

BAC = 90º. HA is vertical and HA = h .
tan  =
H 1
A. 1. A.
B. tan 30º . 3
1 2
C. . B.
tan 30º 3
D. h tan 30º . h
3
h C.
E. . 2
tan 30º A
45o 3 2
30o D.
2
 C
B E. 3
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-20] [1989-CE-MATHS 2-47]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 326

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

15. A vertical rectangular wall on the horizontal

ground, 1 m high and 10 m long, runs east
and west as shown in the figure. If the sun
bears S 60ºE at an elevation of 45º, find the
area of the shadow of the wall on the ground.

17. XE =
A. a2 + b2 + c2 .
B. a2 + b2 + (2c)2 .
5 2 C. a2 + (2b)2 + c2 .
A. m
2 D. (2a)2 + b2 + c2 .
B. 5 m2 E. 2 a2 + b2 + c2 .
C. 5 2 m2 [1991-CE-MATHS 2-45]
D. 5 3 m2
E. 10 m2
18. If the angle between XE and the plane EFGH
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-49]
is  , then tan  =
a
16. The figure shows a right pyramid with a A. .
b
square base. VAB, VBC, VCD and VDA are 2a
equilateral triangles. Find sin VAH . B. .
b
(2a)2 + c2
C. .
b
a
D. .
b2 + c2
2a
E. .
b2 + c2
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-46]

19. In the figure, the height of the vertical pole

PO is

1
A.
2
1
B.
4
1
C.
2
1
D.
3
3
E.
2
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-19]

A. 7.5 m .
DIRECTIONS : Questions 17 and 18 refer to the B. 15 m .
figure below, which shows a C. 15 2 m .
cuboid ABCDEFGH with AE = 2a , D. 15 3 m .
EF = 2b and FG = 2c . AC and E. 45 m .
BD intersect at X. [1991-CE-MATHS 2-49]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 327

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

20. In the figure, if  is the angle between the 22. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a cuboid. The
diagonals AG and BH of the cuboid, then diagonal AH makes an angle  with the base
ABCD. Find tan  .

 2
A. sin = . 3
2 3
A.
5
 3
B. sin = . 3
2 4 B.
12
 1 3
C. sin = . C.
2 3 13
2 3
D. sin  = . D.
3 178
3 153
E. sin  = . E.
4 5
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-47] [1993-CE-MATHS 2-48]

23. In the figure, PC is a vertical pole standing

21. In the figure, OA is perpendicular to the plane on the horizontal plane ABC. If ABC = 90º,
ABC. OA = AB = AC = 2 cm and BC = 2 2 BAC = 30º, AC = 6 and PC = 5 , find
cm . If M and N are the mid-points of OB tan  .
and OC respectively, find the area of AMN.

3
A.
1 5
A. cm2 5
2
B.
6
B. 1 cm2
5
C. 2 cm2 C.
3
3 3 3
D. cm2 D.
5
2
5 3
E. 3 cm2 E.
9
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-48] [1994-CE-MATHS 2-20]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 328

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

24. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a cuboid. tan  = 26. In the figure, ABCD is a rectangle inclined at
an angle of 45º to the horizontal plane BCEF.
Find the inclination of AC to the horizontal
plane correct to the nearest degree.

A. 27º
1
A. . B. 30º
3
C. 35º
1
B. . D. 45º
3
E. 55º
C. 1.
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-41]
D. 3.

E. 3.
27. The figure shows a right pyramid with a
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-51] square base ABCD. Let  be the angle

between the planes VAB and VCD. Find sin .
2

25. The figure shows a right prism with a right-

angled triangle as the cross-section. Find the
angle between the line BF and the plane
ABCD correct to the nearest degree.

1
A.
2
3
A. 22º B.
2
B. 34º 1
C.
3
C. 37º
1
D.
D. 42º 5

E. 56º 2
E.
5
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-49]
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-48]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 329

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

28. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular

block. Find the inclination of EM to the plane
ABCD correct to the nearest degree.

A. 23º
B. 25º
C. 65º
D. 71º 12
A.
25
E. 75º
16
B.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-49] 25
25
C.
16
29. The figure shows a right triangular prism. 25
Find its volume. D.
12
25
E.
9
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-51]

31. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular

block with a square base ABCD. Find FBH
correct to the nearest degree.
1
A. sin2  cos  sin  cos  m3
3
1
B. sin  cos2  sin  cos  m3
3
1
C. sin  cos  sin  cos  m3
2
1
D. sin2  cos  sin  cos  m3
2
1
E. sin  cos2  sin  cos  m3
2
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-52]

A. 21º
30. In the figure, PC is a vertical pole standing B. 41º
on the horizontal ground ABC. D is a point
on line AB. If BCA = CDB = 90º , C. 45º
AC = 3 m , BC = 4 m and PC = 5 m , find D. 60º
tan  . [2002-CE-MATHS 2-49]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 330

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

32. The figure shows the cube ABCDEFGH of 35. The figure shows a right prism ABCDEF with
side 2 cm . X and Y are the mid-points of AB a right-angled triangle as the cross-section. A,
and GH respectively. Find XY. B, E and F lie on the horizontal ground. G
and H are two points on the horizontal ground
so that G, A, B and H are collinear. It is
given that AB = 6 m , AG = 3 m and BH = 2
m . If DAE = a , CBF = b , CHF = c
and DGE = d , which of the following must
be true ?

A. 3 cm
B. 2 2 cm
C. 5 cm
D. 6 cm A. a < d < c
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-48] B. c < a < d
C. c < d < b
33. In the figure, B, C and D are three points on
D. d < c < b
a horizontal plane such that CBD = 90º. If
AB is a vertical pole, then BCD = [2008-CE-MATHS 2-49]

36. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular

block. EG and FH intersect at X. M is the
mid-point of BG. If the angle between MX
and the plane BCHG is  , then tan  =

A. 15º .
B. 30º .
C. 45º .
D. 60º .
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-47]

34. In the figure, VABCD is a right pyramid with

a square base. If the angle between VA and
the base is 45º, then AVB =

2
A. .
3
6
B. .
17
2
C. .
29
A. 45º .
B. 60º . 8
D. .
C. 75º . 261
D. 90º .
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-47]
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-48]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 331

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

37. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a cube. If M HKDSE Problems

and N are the mid-points of AB and EH
respectively, then cos  =
39. The figure shows a cuboid ABCDEFGH. If
the angle between the triangle ACE and the
plane ABCD is  , then tan  =

6
A. .
4
A. 2.
6
B. . 3
5 B. .
2
10
C. . 5
4 C. .
2
10
D. .
5 12
D. .
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-48] 5
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-40]

38. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a cuboid. If

FHG = x , BFG = y and HBG = z , then
tan z = 40. The figure shows a right prism ABCDEF with
a right-angled triangle as the cross-section. A,
B, E and F lie on the horizontal ground. G is
a point lying on AB such that AG : GB = 5 : 3 .
If DAE = a , CBF = b , CGF = c and
DGE = d , which of the following is true ?

A. tan x tan y .
1 A. a > c > d
B. .
tan x tan y
B. a > d > c
tan x
C. . C. c > b > d
tan y
tan y D. c > d > b
D. .
tan x
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-39]
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-50]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 332

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

41. The figure shows a regular tetrahedron ABCD. 43. In the figure, ABCDEFGH is a rectangular
Find the angle between the plane ABC and the block. AC and BD intersect at P. Q is a
plane BCD correct to the nearest degree. point lying on CH such that CQ = 9 cm and
QH = 15 cm . Find sin PFQ .

A. 48º
B. 53º 33
A.
65
C. 60º 56
B.
D. 71º 65
13
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-40]
C.
5 181
58
D.
13 181
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-39]
42. In the figure, AB is a vertical pole standing
on the horizontal ground BCD, where CBD
= 90º. If the angle between the plane ACD 44. In the figure, AD is a vertical pole standing
and the horizontal ground is  , then tan  = on the horizontal ground BCD. If AB = 25 m ,
AD = 15 m , BC = 29 m and CD = 21 m ,
find the angle between AB and the plane ACD
correct to the nearest degree.

8 A. 53º
A. . B. 54º
15
C. 69º
15 D. 70º
B. .
8
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-39]
15
C. .
17
17
D. .
15
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-40]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 333

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 13.9 Radian Measures (Out of Syllabus)

Radian Measures 4. An angle measures x radians. What is its

measure in degrees ?
x
1. One of the following is an angle of 2 radians. A. ( )º
Which one is it ? 180
180x
B. ( )º
A. 

B. C. ( )º
180x
x
D. ( )º
360
C. 360x
E. ( )º

[1981-CE-MATHS 2-21]

5. The figure shows five sectors. Which of the

marked angles measures 2 radians ?
D.

E.

[SP-CE-MATHS 2-29]
A. a
B. b
C. c
2. 75º = D. d
3 E. e
A. 4
 rad [1999-CE-MATHS 2-48]
5
B. 8
 rad
6.  degrees =
5
C. 12
 rad 2
A. 180
radian .
7
D. 12
 rad B.
180
radians .
2
E.
5
 rad 
24 C. 180
radian .
[1978-CE-MATHS 2-4] D. 180 radians .
E. 1 radian .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-44]
3. One radian is nearest to which of the
following ?
7. 1 degree =
A. 30º 
A. 180
radian
B. 45º
180
B. radians
C. 60º 
D. 90º 1
C. radian
180
E. 180º
D. 180 radians
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-5]
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-47]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 334

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 14 Permutation and Combination

HKDSE Problems 6. There are 13 students and 6 teachers in a

committee. If 5 students and 4 teachers are
selected from the committee to form a team,
1. A drama club is formed by 12 boys and 8
how many different teams can be formed ?
girls. If a team of 5 students is selected from
the club to participate in a competition and A. 4 290
the team consists of at least one girl, how B. 19 305
many different teams can be formed ? C. 92 378
D. 55 598 400
A. 3 960
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-42]
B. 14 712
C. 15 448
D. 15 504
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-43]

2. If the first three digits and the last five digits

of an eight-digit phone number are formed by
a permutation of 5, 6, 9 and a permutation of
2, 3, 4, 7, 8 respectively, how many different
eight-digit phone numbers can be formed ?
A. 15
B. 126
C. 720
D. 40 320
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-44]

3. There are 13 boys and 17 girls in a class. If

a team of 2 boys and 3 girls is selected from
the class to participate in a voluntary service,
how many different teams can be formed ?
A. 38 896
B. 53 040
C. 142 506
D. 636 480
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-43]

4. A queue is formed by 6 boys and 2 girls. If

no girls are next to each other, how many
different queues can be formed ?
A. 1 440
B. 10 080
C. 30 240
D. 35 280
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-43]

5. There are 20 boys and 15 girls in a class. If

6 students are selected from the class to form
a committee consisting of at most 2 girls,
how many different committees can be formed ?
A. 271 320
B. 324 415
C. 508 725
D. 780 045
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-43]

Supplementary Exercises (Multiple Choice) P. 335

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.1 Set Theory

Set Theory 4. In the figures below, A and B are subsets of a

set E. Which figure has its shaded part
1. If X = {a, b, c} , Y = {b, c, d} and representing (E – A)  (E – B ) ?
Z = {a, c, d} , what is (X  Y ) – (Z  X ) ? A.
A. {a, c}
B. {b, c}
C. {b, d}
D. 
E. None of the above
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-8]

B.
2. If represents P and represents Q

so that represents P  Q , then which of

the following represents Q'  P ?

A.
C.
B.

C.

D.
D.
E.

[1972-CE-MATHS B1-9]

3.

E.

[SP-CE-MATHS 2-38]

In the Venn diagram above,

E = { students in a school }
S = { short-sighted students }
F = { form 5 students }
G = { girls }
How many form 5 girls are not short-sighted ?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 30
D. 40
E. 50
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-37]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 336

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

Probability 1
B.
9
1. Mrs. Wong has 3 sons and 2 daughters. Mrs. 1
C.
Lee has 2 sons and 3 daughters. If a child is 12
chosen at random from each family, what is 1
D.
the probability of choosing 1 boy and 1 girl ? 18
1
5 E.
A. 36
9 [SP-CE-MATHS 2-52]
13
B.
25
36 5. A bag contains 2 black balls and 2 white
C. balls. 2 balls are taken out at random. The
625
24 first ball taken out is found to be black.
D. What is the probability that the second is
25
white ?
E. 1
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-11] 1
A.
2
1
2. Two apples and one orange are to be B.
3
distributed to John, Tom and Mary by drawing 2
lots. What is the probability that John and C.
3
Tom get the apples ? 1
D.
1 4
A. 3
6
E.
2 4
B. [SP-CE-MATHS 2-53]
9
1
C.
3 6. A group consists of 4 boys and 4 girls. If
1 two children are chosen at random, what is
D.
2 the probability that one boy and one girl are
2 chosen ?
E.
3
4
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-34] A.
7
3
B.
3. There are 21 boys and 9 girls in a class, 7
1 1 2
of the boys and of girls wear glasses. If C.
3 3 7
a student is chosen at random from the class, 3
D.
find the probability that a boy wearing glasses 14
or a girl not wearing glasses is chosen. 1
E.
1 16
A. [1978-CE-MATHS 2-47]
3
2
B.
3 7. When three fair dice are tossed, what is the
13 probability that three consecutive numbers will
C. turn up ?
30
17 1
D. A.
30 6
7 1
E. B.
10 9
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-40]
1
C.
27
4. In a throw of two dice, what is the 1
D.
probability of obtaining a total of 11 or 12 ? 54
7
1 E.
A. 36
6 [1978-CE-MATHS 2-48]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 337

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

11. Two dice are thrown. What is the probability

8. Wong, Y.Y., 234 Nathan Road ........... 3–6881 of getting a sum of 8 ?
Woo, Ada, 54 Waterloo Road ............. 3–578225
1
A corner of a page of a telephone directory is A.
12
torn off so that the last two digits of the
1
telephone number of Mr. Y. Y. Wong are B.
11
missing. (See figure.) If the last two digits
are supplied at random, what is the probability 5
C.
of getting Mr. Wong’s telephone number ? 36
1 1
A. D.
2 6
1 2
B. E.
10 9
1 [1984-CE-MATHS 2-31]
C.
90
1
D.
99 12. There are four balls, numbered 1, 2, 5 and 10
1 in a bag. If 2 balls are taken out at random,
E.
100 the probability that the sum of the numbers on
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-28] the two balls drawn is greater than or equal
to 7 is

9. There are 12 boys and 8 girls in a class. 1

1 1 A. .
2
of the boys and of the girls wear glasses.
4 4 5
What is the probability that a student chosen B. .
8
at random from the class is a boy not wearing
glasses or a girl wearing glasses ? 2
C. .
3
5
A. 3
20 D. .
4
9
B. 5
20 E. .
11 6
C. [1985-CE-MATHS 2-31]
20
15
D.
20
9 13. Two dice are thrown. The probability of
E. getting at least one ‘6’ is
100
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-31]
1
A. .
6
10. The probability that John will win a game is 1
1 2 B. .
and the probability that he will lose is . 3
3 3
11
What is the probability that, in three games, C. .
36
he will win any two games and lose one
game ? 25
D. .
36
4
A. 35
27 E. .
2 36
B. [1985-CE-MATHS 2-32]
27
1
C.
27
2 14. In a shooting game, the probabilities for John
D. 4 3
9 and Mary to hit a target are and
1 5 5
E. respectively. When both shoot at the target,
9
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-30] what is the probability that they both miss ?

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 338

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

2 18. The figure shows 3 paths joining A and B. A

A.
25 man walks from A to B and another man
3 walks from B to A at the same time. If they
B. choose their paths at random, what is the
25
8 probability that they will meet ?
C.
25 1
12 A. 1–
D. 9
25 1
13 B.
E. 3
25 1
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-26] C. 1–
3
1 1
D. ×
15. One letter is taken from each of the words 2 3
“MAN” and “ART” at random. Find the 1 1
E. ×
probability that the two letters are not the 3 3
same. [1988-CE-MATHS 2-31]

1
A.
9 19. A biased die is thrown. Suppose the
1 probabilities of getting 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 are
B. 1 1 1 1 1
3
respectively , , , and . What is the
4 2 4 8 16 32
C. probability of getting 6 ?
9
2 1
D. A.
3 64
8 1
E. B.
9 36
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-31]
1
C.
32
16. Four persons A, B, C, D sit randomly around 1
D.
a round table. The probability that A sits next 12
to B is 1
E.
6
1
A. . [1989-CE-MATHS 2-26]
4
1
B. .
3 20. A bag contains 4 red, 3 green and 2 white
1 balls. Three men A, B and C each draw one
C. .
2 ball in turn from the bag at random without
2 replacement. If A draw first, B second and C
D. . third, what is the probability that the balls
3
5 drawn by B and C are both white ?
E. .
6 1
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-32] A.
36
1
B.
17. A die is thrown twice. Find the probability 28
that the number obtained at the first throw is 4
C.
greater than that at the second throw. 81
25
1 D.
A. 72
6
11
5 E.
B. 28
12 [1989-CE-MATHS 2-27]
1
C.
2
7 21. There are 7 bags, 3 of which are empty and the
D. remaining 4 each contains a ball. An additional
12
5 ball is now put into one of the bags at
E. random. After that a bag is randomly selected.
6
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-33] Find the probability of selecting an empty bag.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 339

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

2 25. A box contains 5 eggs, 2 of which are rotten.

A.
7 If 2 eggs are chosen at random, find the
3 probability that exactly one of them is rotten.
B.
7 2
6 A.
C. 5
49 3
12 B.
5
D.
49 3
18 C.
10
E.
49 6
D.
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-26] 25
12
E.
25
22. A fair die is thrown 3 times. The probability [1994-CE-MATHS 2-31]
that “6” occurs exactly once is
1 26. In a shooting game, the probability that A will
A. .
3 3
1 hit a target is and the probability that B
5
B. ( )3 .
6 2
will hit it is . If each fires once, what is
1 1 3
C. × .
3 6 the probability that they will both miss the
1 5 target ?
D. ( )( )2 .
6 6 1
1 5 A.
E. 3 ( )( )2 . 3
6 6 1
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-32] B.
4
2
C.
5
23. Two cards are drawn randomly from five 2
cards A, B, C, D and E. Find the probability D.
15
that card A is drawn while C is not.
11
E.
3 15
A.
25 [1995-CE-MATHS 2-31]
3
B.
20
27. The figure shows that Mr. Chan has 3 ways
4 to leave town X and Mr. Lee has 2 ways to
C.
25 leave town Y. Mr. Chan and Mr. Lee leave
6 town X and town Y respectively at the same
D.
25 time. If they select their ways randomly, find
3 the probability that they will meet on their way.
E.
10
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-33]

24. Two fair dice are thrown. What is the

probability of getting a total of 5 or 10 ?
1
A. 1
9 A.
2
5
B. 1
36 B.
3
1 2
C. C.
6 3
7 1
D. D.
36 6
2 5
E. E.
9 6
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-31] [1995-CE-MATHS 2-32]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 340

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

28. There are 10 parcels. Two of them contain 32. Two cards are drawn randomly from five
one pen each. If a man opens the parcels at cards numbered 2, 2, 3, 5 and 5 respectively.
random, what is the probability that he can Find the probability that the sum of the
find the two pens by opening two parcels only ? numbers on the cards drawn is 5.
1 1
A. A.
25 5
1 2
B. B.
45 5
1 1
C. C.
50 10
1 2
D. D.
90 25
1 4
E. E.
100 25
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-34] [1998-CE-MATHS 2-35]

29. In a certain game, the probability that John 33. In a shooting game, the probability that Mr.
will win is 0.3 . If he plays the game 3 times, 2
find the probability that he will win at least Tung will hit the target is . If he shoots
3
once. twice, find the probability that he will hit the
A. 0.147 target at least once.
B. 0.441 1
C. 0.657 A.
9
D. 0.9
2
E. 0.973 B.
9
[1996-CE-MATHS 2-35]
4
C.
9
30. Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability 2
D.
that the sum of the two numbers shown is 8. 3
8
1 E.
A. 9
4
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-36]
1
B.
6
1 34. Two cards are drawn randomly from four
C.
11 cards numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively.
1 Find the probability that the sum of the
D.
12 numbers drawn is odd.
5
E. 1
36 A.
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-25]
6
1
B.
4
31. In a test, there are 3 questions. For each 1
question, the probability that John correctly C.
3
2 1
answers it is . Find the probability that he D.
5 2
gets exactly 2 questions correct. 2
E.
2 3
A. [1999-CE-MATHS 2-35]
3
4
B.
25 35. Tom and Mary each throws a dart. The
12 probability of Tom’s dart hitting the target is
C.
25 1 2
12 while that of Mary’s is . Find the
D. 3 5
125 probability of only one dart hitting the target.
36
E. 2
125 A.
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-26] 15

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 341

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

3 39. A bag contains 2 black balls and 3 white

B.
15 balls. A boy randomly draws balls from the
7 bag one at a time (without replacement) until
C. a white ball appears. Find the probability that
15
11 he will make at least 2 draws.
D.
15 2
13 A.
E. 5
15 3
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-36] B.
5
1
C.
10
36. Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability
3
that at least one “6” occurs. D.
10
1 7
A. E.
3 10
1 [2001-CE-MATHS 2-36]
B.
6
5
C. 40. Two numbers are drawn randomly from five
18
cards numbered 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 respectively.
7 Find the probability that the product of the
D.
36 numbers drawn is even.
11
E. 3
36 A.
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-21] 5
1
B.
10
37. A bag contains six balls which are marked 7
with the numbers –3, –2, –1, 1, 2 and 3 C.
10
respectively. Two balls are drawn randomly 16
from the bag. Find the probability that the D.
25
sum of the numbers drawn is zero. [2002-CE-MATHS 2-35]
1
A.
30 41. In a test, there are two questions. The
1 probability that Mary answers the first question
B.
10 correctly is 0.3 and the probability that Mary
1 answers the second question correctly is 0.4 .
C.
5 The probability that she answers at least one
1 question correctly is
D.
3
A. 0.42 .
1 B. 0.46 .
E.
2 C. 0.58 .
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-22]
D. 0.88 .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-36]
38. Two cards are drawn randomly from five
cards numbered 1, 2, 3, 4 and 4 respectively. 42. A bag contains 2 black balls, 2 green balls
Find the probability that the sum of the two and 2 yellow balls. Peter repeats drawing one
numbers drawn is even. ball at a time randomly from the bag without
1 replacement until a green ball is drawn. Find
A. the probability that he needs at most 4 draws.
2
2 1
B. A.
5 15
3 2
C. B.
10 15
7 14
D. C.
10 15
13 65
E. D.
25 81
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-35] [2003-CE-MATHS 2-34]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 342

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

43. 1232 is a 5-digit number, where  is an 47. If a fair die is thrown three times, then the
integer from 0 to 9 inclusive. The probability probability that the three numbers thrown are
that the 5-digit number is divisible by 4 is all different is
1 5
A. . A. .
3 9
1 17
B. . B. .
4 18
1 125
C. . C. .
5 216
215
3 D. .
D. . 216
10
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-36]
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-35]

48. Which of the following could be the

44. A bag contains 3 red balls and 4 green balls. probability of an event ?
If two balls are drawn randomly from the bag
one by one without replacement, then the 
A.
probability that the two balls are of different 3
colours is 2005
B.
2006
2 C. –0.2006
A. .
7 D. 1.2006
4 [2006-CE-MATHS 2-32]
B. .
7
12
C. . 49. Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability
49
24 that the sum of the two numbers thrown is a
D. . prime number.
49
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-33] 1
A.
2
5
45. Peter and May each throws a dart. The B.
11
probability of Peter’s hitting the target is 0.2 . 5
The probability of May’s hitting the target is C.
12
0.3 . Find the probability of at least one dart 7
hitting the target. D.
18
A. 0.38 [2006-CE-MATHS 2-33]

B. 0.44
C. 0.5 50. One letter is chosen randomly from each of
D. 0.56 the two words ‘FORTY’ and ‘FIFTY’. Find
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-34] the probability that the two letters chosen are
the same.
A. 0.08
46. Bag X contains 1 white ball and 3 red balls B. 0.16
while bag Y contains 3 yellow balls and 6 red C. 0.32
balls. A ball is randomly drawn from bag X D. 0.48
and put into bag Y. If a ball is now
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-52]
randomly drawn from bag Y, then the
probability that the ball drawn is red is
1 51. There are two questions in a test. The
A. . probability that David answers the first
2
1
2 question correctly is and the probability that
B. . 4
3
David answers the second question correctly is
21 1
C. . . Given that David answers at least one
40 3
27 question correctly in the test, find the
D. .
40 probability that he answers the second question
[2005-CE-MATHS 2-35] correctly.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 343

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

1 55. 4 is a 2-digit number, where  is an

A.
2 integer from 0 to 9 inclusive. Find the
2 probability that the 2-digit number is a prime
B. number.
3
3 A. 0.2
C.
5 B. 0.3
4 C. 0.4
D. D. 0.5
5
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-53] [2008-CE-MATHS 2-33]

56. Peter has one $1 coin, one $2 coin and one

52. Two numbers are randomly drawn at the same
$5 coin in his pocket. If Peter takes out two
time from five cards numbered 1, 2, 3, 4 and
coins randomly from his pocket, then the
5 respectively. Find the probability that the
probability that he will get enough money to
sum of the numbers drawn is a multiple of 3.
buy a pen of price $3.5 is
2 1
A. A. .
5 2
3 1
B. B. .
10 3
9 2
C. C. .
20 3
9 1
D. D. .
25 6
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-33] [2009-CE-MATHS 2-34]

57. A bag contains n white balls and 12 red balls.

53. A bag contains 8 black balls and 5 white If a ball is randomly drawn from the bag,
balls. If two balls are drawn randomly from 1
the bag one by one without replacement, then then the probability of drawing a red ball is .
4
the probability that the two balls are of the
Find the value of n.
same colour is
A. 3
14
A. . B. 4
39
C. 36
19 D. 48
B. .
39 [2010-CE-MATHS 2-33]
89
C. .
156
89 58. In a school, 55% of the students are boys. It
D. . is given that 60% of the boys and 30% of the
169
girls live in Kowloon. Find the probability
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-53]
that a randomly selected student from the
school is a girl who lives in Kowloon.
54. One letter is chosen randomly from each of A. 0.135
the two words ‘CUBE’ and ‘CONE’. Find the B. 0.165
probability that the two letters chosen are C. 0.27
different. D. 0.33
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-53]
1
A.
4
3 59. Two fair dice are thrown. Find the probability
B.
4 that the sum of the two numbers thrown is
1 not less than 10.
C.
8 1
7 A.
6
D.
8 5
B.
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-54] 6

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 344

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

1 63. Two numbers are randomly drawn at the same

C.
12 time from four cards numbered 2, 3, 5 and 7
11 respectively. Find the probability that the sum
D. of the numbers drawn is a multiple of 4.
12
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-33] 1
A.
3
60. A box contains 2 red cards, 3 blue cards and 1
B.
4 yellow cards. Mary repeats drawing one 4
card at a time randomly from the box with 1
C.
replacement until a red card is drawn. Find 6
the probability that Mary needs at least three 5
draws. D.
16
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-28]
5
A.
12
7
B. 64. Mary, Tom and 8 other students participate in
12
a solo singing contest. If each participant
49 performs once only and the order of
C.
81 performance is randomly arranged, find the
343 probability that Mary performs just after Tom.
D.
729
1
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-52] A.
2
1
B.
10
1
HKDSE Problems C.
45
1
D.
61. Bag A contains 2 red balls, 3 green balls and 90
4 white balls while bag B contains 2 red balls, [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-43]
3 green balls and 4 yellow balls. If one ball
is drawn randomly from each bag, then the
probability that the two balls drawn are of 65. 9 is a 3-digit number, where  and 
different colours is are integers from 0 to 9 inclusive. Find the
probability that the 3-digit number is divisible
13
A. . by 5.
81
29 1
B. . A.
81 5
52 7
C. . B.
81 33
68 20
D. . C.
81 99
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-43] 19
D.
100
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-27]
62. If 2 girls and 5 boys randomly form a queue,
find the probability that the two girls are next
to each other in the queue. 66. A box contains six balls numbered 7, 8, 8, 9,
1 9 and 9 respectively. John repeats drawing
A. one ball at a time randomly from the box
7
without replacement until the number drawn is
2
B. 9. Find the probability that he needs exactly
7 three draws.
6
C. 1
7 A.
1 2
D. 1
21
B.
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-44] 6

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 345

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

1 1
C. A.
8 5
3 2
D. B.
20 11
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-44] 4
C.
11
9
67. Two numbers are randomly drawn at the same D.
11
time from seven cards numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-28]
6 and 7 respectively. Find the probability that
the product of the numbers drawn is an odd
number. 71. Bag P contains 2 red balls and 4 green balls
while bag Q contains 1 red ball and 3 green
2
A. balls. If a bag is randomly chosen and then a
7 ball is randomly drawn from the bag, find the
4 probability that a green ball is drawn.
B.
7
12 3
C. A.
49 10
16 7
D. B.
49 10
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-26] 7
C.
24
17
68. A box contains m yellow balls and 20 black D.
24
balls. If a ball is randomly drawn from the [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-44]
box, then the probability of drawing a yellow
1
ball is . Find the value of m. 72. Christine has one $1 coin, one $ 2 coin, one
m
$5 coin and one $10 coin in her pocket. If
A. 4 Christine takes out three coins randomly from
B. 5 her pocket, find the probability that she gets
C. 15 at least $13.
D. 25 1
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-27] A.
2
1
B.
69. Two fair dice are thrown in a game. If the 4
sum of the two numbers thrown is 7, $36 3
C.
will be gained ; otherwise, $6 will be gained. 4
Find the expected gain of the game. 23
D.
24
A. $11 [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-28]
B. $12
C. $30
D. $31 73. A bag contains 1 red ball, 3 yellow balls and
6 white balls. In a lucky draw, a ball is
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-27]
randomly drawn from the bag and a certain
number of tokens will be got according to the
70. The bar chart below shows the distribution of following table :
the numbers of keys owned by the students in
Colour of the
a class. Find the probability that a randomly Red Yellow White
ball drawn
selected student from the class owns 3 keys.
Number of
90 20 10
tokens got

Find the expected number of tokens got in the

lucky draw.
A. 10
B. 21
C. 40
D. 61
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 346

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 15.2 Probability

74. There are 9 cans of coffee and 3 cans of tea

in a box. If 4 cans are randomly chosen from
the box, find the probability that at least 2
cans of tea are chosen.
13
A.
55
21
B.
55
34
C.
55
42
D.
55
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-42]

75. The bar chart below shows the distribution of

the numbers of tokens got by a group of
children in a game. If a child is randomly
selected from the group, find the probability
that the selected child gets fewer than 5
tokens in the game.

2
A.
3
2
B.
5
5
C.
12
7
D.
25
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-28]

76. When Teresa throws a dart, the probability

that she hits the target is 0.7 . If Teresa
throws the dart 4 times, find the probability
that she hits the target at most 3 times.
A. 0.0081
B. 0.2401
C. 0.7599
D. 0.9919
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-43]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 347

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.1 Graphical Representation of Data

Pie Charts approximately in the library ?

A. 75
1. The pie chart below shows how Mr. Chan B. 300
spent $1,800 in April. C. 600
D. 1200
E. 2160
Food
[1979-CE-MATHS 2-3]
100o
Rent Transport-
120o ation 4.
o
50 Clothing

Miscell-
aneous

If he spent $x on transportation and $2x on

clothing, what is the value of x ?
A. 450
B. 300
C. 150
D. 60
E. 30
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-38]

The pie chart shows how a boy spends the 24

hours of a day. If the boy spends 4 hours
2. The following table shows how Joan spends
playing, how much time does he spend
her time in a day :
watching television ?
sleep 9 hours
A. 1 hour
study 6 hours B. 2 hours
recreation 5 hours C. 3 hours
household work 1 hour D. 4 hours
other activities 3 hours E. 5 hours
If these data are shown in a pie chart, what [1983-CE-MATHS 2-30]
is the size of the angle of the sector for
recreation ? 5. In the figure, the pie chart shows the monthly
5º expenditure of a family. If the family spends
A.
24 $4 800 monthly on rent, what is the monthly
B. 5º expenditure on entertainment ?
C. 50º
D. 75º
E. 90º
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-54]

3.

Monthly Expenditure of a Family

A. $240
B. $600
C. $720
In a school library, there are 2880 books. D. $1 800
The pie chart above shows their distribution E. $12 000
by type. How many story books are there [1994-CE-MATHS 2-30]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 348

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.1 Graphical Representation of Data

6. In the pie chart, if x : y : z = 75 : 106 : 119 , A. $780 .

find x. B. $1 092 .
C. $1 352 .
D. $1 872 .
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-35]

Bar Charts
Total Government Revenue by Sources
in a certain year 9. The bar chart below shows the number of
electronic dictionaries sold in a shop last week :
A. 25
B. 45
C. 75
D. 90
E. 120
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-23]

7. The pie chart below shows the expenditure of

a family in January 2002. The percentage of
the expenditure on Rent was

Of those electronic dictionaries sold last week,

what percentage were sold on Sunday ?
A. 16%
B. 18%
C. 20%
D. 22.5%
E. 25%
A. 12.5% . [1996-CE-MATHS 2-32]
B. 22.5% .
C. 25% .
D. 45% . 10. The bar chart below shows the distribution of
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-33]
scores in a test. Find the percentage of scores
which are less than 3.

8. The pie chart below shows the expenditure of

a student in March 2004. If the student spent
$520 on meals, then the student’s total
expenditure on entertainment and clothing was

A. 35%
B. 40%
C. 50%
D. 65%
E. 70%
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-5]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 349

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.1 Graphical Representation of Data

Scatter Diagrams Frequency Curves

11. The scatter diagram below shows the relation 13.

between x and y. Which of the following may

frequency
represent the relation between x and y ?

0 marks
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
The figure above is the histogram of a
distribution. Which of the following could be
cumulative frequency curve of this distribution ?
A. c.f.
A. y varies directly as x2.
B. y decreases when x increases.
C. x increases when y increases.
D. x remains unchanged when y increases.
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-36]

12. If y increases when x increases, which of the 0 marks

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
following scatter diagrams may represent the
relation between x and y ? B. c.f.

A.

0 marks
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
C. c.f.
B.

0 marks
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
D. c.f.
C.

0 marks
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
E. c.f.
D.

0 marks
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-36] [1978-CE-MATHS 2-50]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 350

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.1 Graphical Representation of Data

14. The figure shows the frequency curve of a 15. The figure shows the cumulative frequency
certain distribution. polygon of the heights of 100 persons. If one
persons is selected at random from the group,
find the probability that his height is less than
170 cm but not less than 150 cm .

Which of the following can be the

distribution’s cumulative frequency curve ?

A.

1
B. A.
5
2
B.
5
3
C.
5
1
D.
2
7
E.
C. 10
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-32]

HKDSE Problems

16. The scatter diagram below shows the relation

between x and y. Which of the following may
D. represent the relation between x and y ?

E.

A. y increases when x increases.

B. y decreases when x increases.
C. y varies inversely as x2.
D. y varies directly as x–3.
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-28] [2013-DSE-MATHS 2-28]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 351

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.1 Graphical Representation of Data

17. The pie chart below shows the expenditure of

John in a certain week. John spends $240 on
clothing that week. Find his expenditure on
transportation that week.

A. $40
B. $60
C. $90
D. $135
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 352

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.2 Measures of Central Tendency

Measures of Central Tendency 5. A class consists of 9 children. The following

are their scores in a test :
1. A manufacturer produced 900 transistors in the 80 70 80 50 30 55 65 70 40
first week, x in the second week, 3x in the
third week and 600 in the fourth week. If the What is the median of the distribution of
mean for the four weeks was 825 transistors, scores ?
then x is A. 50
A. 206 . B. 55
B. 375 . C. 60
C. 450 . D. 65
D. 750 . E. 70
E. 825 . [1978-CE-MATHS 2-46]
[1972-CE-MATHS B1-5]

6. The average of x and y is a, the average of y

2. The average of x, y is a ; that of y, z is b ; and z is b, and the average of x and z is c.
and that of z, x is c. The average of x, y, z What is the average of x, y and z ?
is 1
A. (a + b + c)
a+b+c 6
A. . 1
6 B. (a + b + c)
a+b+c 3
B. . 1
3 C. (a + b + c)
a+b+c 2
C. . 2
2 D. (a + b + c)
2(a + b + c) 3
D. . 3
3 E. (a + b + c)
3(a + b + c) 2
E. . [1982-CE-MATHS 2-38]
2
[1977-CE-MATHS 2-11]

7. Class mid-value Frequency

3. If the average of x, y and z is 4, the average m–8 3
of x – 1 , y – 5 and z + 3 is m–4 1
m 2
A. –1 . m+4 6
B. 1.
C. 3. The mean of the above distribution is
D. 5. 1
E. 9. A. m– .
3
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-7] 1
B. m– .
2
C. m – 2.
4. The following are the weights in kg of 9 D. m – 4.
boys :
E. m.
38 22 40 [1985-CE-MATHS 2-30]
36 26 30
36 20 40
8. If the median of the 5 different integers 2, 7,
What is the median of the distribution ? 10, x, 2x – 3 is 7, then x =
A. 26 A. 3.
B. 30 B. 4.
C. 35 C. 5.
D. 36 D. 6.
E. 38 E. 8.
[SP-CE-MATHS 2-51] [1987-CE-MATHS 2-29]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 353

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.2 Measures of Central Tendency

9. The maximum load a lift can carry is 600 kg . 13. Under which of the following condition must
11 men with a mean weight of 49 kg are the mean of n consecutive positive integers
already in the lift. If one more man is to also be an integer ?
enter the lift, his weight must not exceed
A. n is any positive integer
A. 49 kg .
B. 50 kg . B. n is any positive odd integer
C. 51 kg . C. n is any positive even integer
D. 59 kg . D. n is any multiple of 3
E. 61 kg .
E. n is the square of any positive integer
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-29]
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-39]

10. The mean length of 30 rods is 80 cm . If one

of these rods of length 68 cm is taken out and
replaced by another rod of length 89 cm , then 14. A group of n numbers has mean m. If the
the new mean length is numbers 1, 2 and 6 are removed from the
group, the mean of the remaining n – 3
A. 79.3 cm . numbers remains unchanged. Find m.
B. 79.7 cm .
C. 80 cm . A. 1
D. 80.3 cm . B. 2
E. 80.7 cm . C. 3
[1988-CE-MATHS 2-30]
D. 6
E. n–3
11. Ten years ago, the mean age of a band of 11
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-32]
musicians was 30. One of them is now
leaving the band at the age of 40. What is
the present mean age of the remaining 10
musicians ? 15. The mean of a set of 9 numbers is 12. If the
mean of the first 5 numbers is 8, the mean of
A. 40
the other four numbers is
B. 39
C. 37 A. 4.
D. 30
B. 10 .
E. 29
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-25]
C. 16 .
D. 17 .
E. 25 .
12. The table shows the mean marks of two
classes of students in a mathematics test. [1995-CE-MATHS 2-33]

Number of students Mean mark

Class A 38 72 16. Which of the following cannot be read
Class B 42 54 directly from a cumulative frequency curve ?

A student in Class A has scored 91 marks. It (1) Mean

is found that his score was wrongly recorded (2) Median
as 19 in the calculation of the mean mark for
Class A in the above table. Find the correct (3) Mode
mean mark of the 80 students in the two
classes. A. (1) only
B. (2) only
A. 61.65
B. 62.55 C. (1) and (2) only
C. 63 D. (1) and (3) only
D. 63.45
E. (2) and (3) only
E. 63.9
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-32] [1996-CE-MATHS 2-33]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 354

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.2 Measures of Central Tendency

17. The histogram below shows the distribution of 21. The median of the five numbers 15, x – 1,
the weights of 30 students. Find the mean x – 3, x – 4, and x + 17 is 8. Find the mean
weight of these students. of the five numbers.
A. 8
B. 12
C. 13.6
D. 14.4
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-33]

22. The mean weight of 36 boys and 32 girls is

46 kg . If the mean weight of the boys is 52
kg , then the mean weight of the girls is
A. 39.25 kg .
A. 36.5 kg B. 40 kg .
C. 40.67 kg .
B. 38.5 kg
D. 49 kg .
C. 39 kg
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-32]
D. 39.5 kg
E. 41.5 kg
23. If the mean of the five numbers 15, x + 4,
[1997-CE-MATHS 2-24]
x + 1, 2x – 7 and x – 3 is 6, then the mode of
the five numbers is
18. Find the median and mode of the ten numbers A. 1.
B. 4.
6, 8, 3, 3, 5, 5, 5, 7, 7, 11 . C. 5.
A. median = 5 , mode = 5 D. 15 .
B. median = 5 , mode = 5.5 [2005-CE-MATHS 2-34]

C. median = 5.5 , mode = 5

D. median = 5.5 , mode = 6 24. If the mode of the seven numbers 8, 7, 1, 3, 7,
E. median = 6 , mode = 5 a and b is 8, then the median of the seven
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-33]
numbers is
A. 3.
B. 6.
19. If the mean of the ten numbers 8, 6, 6, 6, 7, 4, C. 7.
10, 9, 9, x is 7, find the median of the ten D. 8.
numbers. [2007-CE-MATHS 2-34]
A. 5.5
B. 6 25. The mean height of 54 boys and 36 girls is
C. 6.5 162 cm . If the mean height of the girls is
D. 7 153 cm , then the mean height of the boys is
E. 7.5 A. 147 cm .
[2001-CE-MATHS 2-21] B. 157.5 cm .
C. 168 cm .
D. 175.5 cm .
20. For the five numbers x, x − 1, x − 2, x, x + 8, [2009-CE-MATHS 2-35]
which of the following must be true ?
(1) The median is x – 2 . 26. The weight of seven boys are 70 kg , 55 kg ,
(2) The mean is x + 1 . 53 kg , 56 kg , 64 kg , 54 kg and x kg . If the
(3) The mode is 2. mean weight of the boys is 58 kg , then the
median of their weight is
A. (1) only
A. 54 kg .
B. (2) only
B. 55 kg .
C. (1) and (3) only C. 56 kg .
D. (2) and (3) only D. 57 kg .
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-34] [2011-CE-MATHS 2-34]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 355

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.2 Measures of Central Tendency

HKDSE Problems

27. Consider the following data :

19 10 12 12 13 13 14 15 16 m n
If both the mean and the median of the above
data are 14, which of the following are true ?
(1) m  14
(2) n  16
(3) m + n = 30
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-30]

28. If the mean and the mode of the nine

numbers 14, 6, 4, 5, 7, 5, x, y and z are 8
and 14 respectively, then the median of these
nine numbers is
A. 5.
B. 6.
C. 7.
D. 8.
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-27]

29. Consider the following integers :

2 2 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 6 8 8 9 10 m
Let p, q and r be the mean, the median and
the mode of the above integers respectively. If
3  m  5 , which of the following must be
true ?
(1) p > q
(2) p > r
(3) q > r
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-30]

30. Consider the following data :

32 68 79 86 88 98 98 a b c
If the mean and the mode of the above data
are 77 and 68 respectively, then the median
of the above data is
A. 76 .
B. 82 .
C. 85 .
D. 93 .
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-30]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 356

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.3 Measures of Dispersion

Measures of Dispersion 6. Let a, b, c and d be the mean, the median,

the mode and the range of the group of
1. The standard deviation of the five numbers numbers {x, x, x, x, x, x, x + 1, x + 1, x + 2,
a – 2d, a – d, a, a + d, a + 2d, is x + 3} respectively. Which of the following
must be true ?
A. 0.
B. d. (1) a > b
C. 2d . (2) b > c
D. 5d . (3) c > d
E. 10d .
[1984-CE-MATHS 2-32] A. (1) only
B. (2) only
2. Referring to the data 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, C. (1) and (3) only
which of the following is / are true ? D. (2) and (3) only
(1) median < mean [2010-CE-MATHS 2-34]
(2) range = 3
(3) mode = 3
A. (1) only 7. The bar chart shows the distribution of scores
B. (2) only obtained by a group of students in a test.
C. (3) only Find the standard deviation of the scores
D. (1) and (2) only correct to the nearest integer.
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1989-CE-MATHS 2-25]

3. If the mean of the numbers 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5,

5, 6, x is also x, which of the following is /
are true ?
(1) Mean = Median
(2) Mode = Range
(3) Median = Mode
A. (1) and (2) only A. 12
B. (1) and (3) only
B. 14
C. (2) and (3) only
D. None of them C. 23
E. All of them D. 33
[1990-CE-MATHS 2-24]
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-35]

4. The standard deviation of the four numbers

m − 7, m − 1, m + 1 and m + 7 is
A. 2.5 .
B. 4. Mean Deviation (Out of Current Syllabus)
C. 5.
D. 10 .
8. Find the mean deviation of the five numbers
[2002-CE-MATHS 2-54]
x – 2, x – 1, x, x + 1 and x + 2 .

5. The standard deviation of the five numbers A. x.

10a + 1, 10a + 3, 10a + 5, 10a + 7 and 10a + 9 B. 0.
is 6
C. .
A. 8. 5
12
B. . D. 2.
5
C. 10 . 30
E. .
5
D. 2 2.
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-51]
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-54]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 357

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.3 Measures of Dispersion

9. The bar chart below shows the distribution of HKDSE Problems

scores of a test. Find the mean deviation of
the scores of the test. 12. The bar chart below shows the distribution of
the numbers of rings owned by the girls in a
group. Find the standard deviation of the
distribution correct to 2 decimal places.

A. 0 mark
8 A. 1.04
B. mark B. 1.16
9
C. 1.19
2 2 D. 2.09
C. mark
3 [2012-DSE-MATHS 2-29]

2 3
D. marks 13. Consider the following positive integers :
3
6 2 3 4 6 7 9 10 m n
E. marks
5 Let a, b and c be the mode, the median and
the range of the above positive integers
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-47]
respectively. If the mean of the above positive
integers is 5, which of the following must be
true ?
10. Find the mean deviation of the five numbers (1) a = 2
0 , 3 , 4 , 6 and 7. (2) b = 4
(3) c = 8
A. 0 A. (1) only
3 B. (2) only
B. C. (1) and (3) only
2
D. (2) and (3) only
10 [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-30]
C.
2

D. 2

E. 6

[2001-CE-MATHS 2-41]

11. The mean deviation of the four numbers

x – 8, x – 2, x + 3 and x + 7 is

A. x.
B. 0.
C. 5.
D. 5.6 .

[2004-CE-MATHS 2-54]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 358

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.4 Box-and-Whisker & Stem-and-Leaf Diagrams

Box-and-Whisker Diagram B. (1) and (3) only

C. (2) and (3) only
1. The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the D. (1), (2) and (3)
distribution of the weights (in kg) of some [2009-CE-MATHS 2-36]
students. Find the inter-quartile range of their
weights.
4. The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the
distribution of the numbers of books read by
some students in a year. Find the inter-
quartile range of the numbers of books read.

A. 5 kg
B. 10 kg
C. 15 kg
D. 30 kg A. 30
B. 40
[2006-CE-MATHS 2-35]
C. 55
D. 65
2. The frequency curve below shows the [2010-CE-MATHS 2-36]
distribution of the heights (in cm) of the
students in a school.
5. Which of the following can be obtained from
any box-and-whisker diagram ?
(1) Mean
(2) Mode
(3) Range
(4) Upper quartile
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
Which of the following box-and-whisker C. (2) and (4) only
diagrams may represent the distribution of their D. (3) and (4) only
heights ? [2011-CE-MATHS 2-35]

A.

B. Stem-and-Leaf Diagram

C. 6. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the

distribution of the weights (in kg) of some
D. students.
[2008-CE-MATHS 2-35] Stem (tens) Leaf (units)
3 6
4 2 4 5 7 8 9
3. The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the 5 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8
distribution of temperatures (in ºC) of water in 6 1 2 3 6 7
an experiment under various settings. Which 7 0 5 8
of the following are true ? 8 4 7
9 3
Which of the following frequency curves may
represent the distribution of their weights ?
A.

(1) The range is 40 ºC .

(2) The median is 24 ºC .
(3) The interquartile range is 12 ºC .
A. (1) and (2) only

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 359

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.4 Box-and-Whisker & Stem-and-Leaf Diagrams

A. 25% .
B.
B. 50% .
C. 70% .
D. 75% .
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-27]

9. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the

C. distribution of heights (in cm) of 23 staff
members in an office.
Stem (tens) Leaf (units)
15 3 3 4 5 6 7 9
16 1 2 2 3 5 6 6 8
17 1 2 6 7 9
18 2 6 7
D. Find the median of the distribution.
A. 164 cm
B. 165 cm
C. 165.5 cm
D. 166 cm
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-28]

[2007-CE-MATHS 2-36]
10. The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the
distribution of the heights (in cm) of some
7. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the students. Which of the following is / are true ?
distribution of the ages of 24 members of a
committee.
Stem (tens) Leaf (units)
1 a
2 2 2 3 7 8 8
3 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 9 (1) The height of the tallest student is
4 1 1 b 6 180 cm .
5 0 5 8 (2) The inter-quartile range of the distribution
6 0 1 is 15 cm .
(3) Less than half of the students are taller
If the range and the inter-quartile range of the than 170 cm .
distribution are 42 and 18 respectively, then
A. (1) only
A. a = 8 and b = 5. B. (2) only
B. a = 8 and b = 6. C. (1) and (3) only
C. a = 9 and b = 5. D. (2) and (3) only
D. a = 9 and b = 6. [PP-DSE-MATHS 2-29]
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-36]

11. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the

distribution of the ages of a group of members
in a recreational centre.
HKDSE Problems
Stem (tens) Leaf (units)
5 0 5 6 6 8
8. The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the
6 1 4 5 5 7 8 8 9
distribution of the scores (in marks) of the
7 3 4 4 6 7 9
students of a class in a test.
8
9 1
A member is randomly selected from the
group. Find the probability that the selected
member is not under the age of 74.
A. 0.2
If the passing score of the test is 50 marks, B. 0.3
then the passing percentage of the class is C. 0.7

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 360

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.4 Box-and-Whisker & Stem-and-Leaf Diagrams

D. 0.8 A. 20
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-28] B. 35
C. 40
D. 45
12. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the [2015-DSE-MATHS 2-29]
distribution of the hourly wages (in dollars) of
some workers.
Stem (tens) Leaf (units) 15. The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the
distribution of the numbers of online hours
4 0 2 2 2 4 4 4 7
spent by a class of students in a certain week.
5 0 0 1 2 2 6 8 9
Find the lower quartile of the distribution.
6 3 5 5 7
7 0
8 2 6
9 5
Which of the following box-and-whisker
diagrams may represent the distribution of
their hourly wages ? A. 5
B. 15
A. C. 25
D. 40
B. [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-29]

C.

D.

[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-29]

13. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the

distribution of the ages of the passengers in a
bus.
Stem (tens) Leaf (units)
1 h 4 6
2 3 3 3 4 6 7 7
3 1 2 2 2 6 8
4 0 k
If the range of the above distribution is at
least 33, which of the following must be true ?
(1) 0  h  3
(2) 3  k  9
(3) 3  k – h  5
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-30]

14. The box-and-whisker diagram below shows the

distribution of the numbers of books read by
some teachers in a term. Find the inter-
quartile range of the distribution.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 361

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

Operations on Data A. (1) only

B. (2) only
1. Given two groups of numbers C. (3) only
a + 1, a + 2, a + 3 D. (1) and (2) only
b + 1, b + 2, b + 3 E. (1) and (3) only
[2000-CE-MATHS 2-23]
where a > b , m1 and m2 are respectively the
means of the two groups, and s1 and s2 are
respectively their standard deviations. Which 5. x is the mean of the group of numbers {a, b,
of the following is true ? c, d, e}. Which of the following statements
A. m1 > m2 and s1 > s2 . about the two groups of numbers {a, b, c, d, e}
and {a, b, c, d, e, x} must be true ?
B. m1 > m2 and s1 = s2 .
C. m1 = m2 and s1 > s2 . (1) The two groups of numbers have the
D. m1 = m2 and s1 = s2 . same mean.
E. m1 > m2 and s1 < s2 . (2) The two groups of numbers have the
[1986-CE-MATHS 2-27] same range.
(3) The two groups of numbers have the
same standard deviation.
2. The mean and standard deviation of a
A. (1) only
distribution of test scores are m and s
respectively. If 4 marks are added to each B. (3) only
score of the distribution, what are the mean C. (1) and (2) only
and standard deviation of the new distribution ? D. (2) and (3) only
Mean Standard Deviation [2003-CE-MATHS 2-36]

A. m+4 s
B. m+4 s+2 6. {x – 6, x – 3, x + 4, x + 5} and {x – 8, x – 1,
C. m+4 s+4 x + 2, x + 9} are two groups of numbers.
D. m s+2 Which of the following is / are true ?
E. m s+4
(1) The two groups of numbers have the
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-30]
same mean.
(2) The two groups of numbers have the
3. The mean, standard deviation and interquartile same median.
range of n numbers are m, s and q (3) The two groups of numbers have the
respectively. If 3 is added to each of the n same range.
numbers, what will be their new mean, A. (1) only
standard deviation and interquartile range ?
B. (2) only
Standard Interquartile C. (1) and (3) only
Mean Deviation Range D. (2) and (3) only
A. m s q [2006-CE-MATHS 2-34]
B. m s+3 q+3
C. m+3 s q
D. m+3 s q+3 7. Let A be a group of numbers { ,  ,  ,  }
E. m+3 s+3 q+3 and B be another group of numbers { ,  ,  ,
 ,  }, where  <  <  <  <  . Which of
[1994-CE-MATHS 2-32]
the following must be true ?
(1) The range of A is smaller than that of B.
4. {x, x + 2, x + 4, x + 6, x + 8} and {x + 1, x + 3, (2) The mean of A is smaller than that of B.
x + 5, x + 7, x + 9} are two groups of numbers.
(3) The median of A is smaller than that of
Which of the following is / are true ?
B.
(1) The two groups of numbers have the
A. (1) and (2) only
same range.
B. (1) and (3) only
(2) The two groups of numbers have the
same standard deviation. C. (2) and (3) only
(3) The two groups of numbers have the D. (1), (2) and (3)
same mean. [2008-CE-MATHS 2-34]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 362

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

Comparison between Distributions

10.

8.

In the figure, P and Q are curves showing the

distribution of weights of students in two
In the figure, P, Q and R are curves showing schools, each having the same number of
the frequency distributions of heights of students. Which is the following must be true ?
students in three schools, each having the (1) standard deviation of P > standard
same number of students. Which distribution deviation of Q
has the greatest standard deviation and which (2) mode of P > mode of Q
the smallest ? (3) median of P > median of Q
Greatest Smallest A. (1) only
A. P Q B. (1) and (2) only
B. P R C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
C. Q R
E. (1), (2) and (3)
D. R P
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-34]
E. R Q
[1983-CE-MATHS 2-32]
11. The figures show the histograms of three
frequency distributions. Arrange their standard
9. deviations in ascending order of magnitude.

(1)

(2)
In the figure, P and Q are the cumulative
frequency curves for the heights of two groups
of students, each having 100 students. Which
is the following must be true ?
(1) range of P < range of Q
(2) median of P < median of Q
(3) the 3rd quartile of P < the 3rd quartile
of Q (3)
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (2) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1985-CE-MATHS 2-33]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 363

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

A. (1), (2), (3) The figure shows the cumulative frequency

B. (1), (3), (2) curves of three distributions. Arrange the three
C. (2), (1), (3) distributions in the order of their standard
D. (2), (3), (1) deviations, from the smallest to the largest.
E. (3), (2), (1)
A. (1), (2), (3)
[1987-CE-MATHS 2-30]
B. (1), (3), (2)
C. (2), (1), (3)
12. The graph shows the frequency curves of two D. (2), (3), (1)
symmetric distributions P and Q. E. (3), (1), (2)
[1992-CE-MATHS 2-34]

14.

Which of the following is / are true ?

(1) The mean of P < the mean of Q .
The figure shows the frequency polygons of
(2) The mode of P > the mode of Q .
two symmetric distributions A and B with the
(3) The inter-quartile range of P < the inter-
same mean. Which of the following is / are
quartile range of Q .
true ?
A. (1) only
B. (1) and (2) only (1) Interquartile range of A < Interquartile
C. (1) and (3) only range of B
D. (2) and (3) only (2) Standard deviation of A > Standard
E. (1), (2) and (3) deviation of B
[1991-CE-MATHS 2-31] (3) Mode of A > Mode of B
A. (1) only
13. (1) B. (2) only
C. (3) only
D. (1) and (3) only
E. (2) and (3) only
[1993-CE-MATHS 2-33]

15. The figure shows the frequency curves of two

symmetric distributions A and B.
(2)

(3)

Which of the following is / are true ?

(1) The mean of A = the mean of B .
(2) The inter-quartile range of A > the inter-
quartile range of B .
(3) The standard deviation of A > the
standard deviation of B .

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 364

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

A. (1) only 18. The bar chart below shows the numbers of
B. (1) and (2) only cars sold for brand A, brand B and brand C
C. (1) and (3) only in a certain month.
D. (2) and (3) only
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1995-CE-MATHS 2-34]

16. In the figure, CA and CB are the cumulative

frequency curves of two distributions of
weights A and B respectively. Which of the
following is / are true ?
A sales representative makes the following
claims :

(1) In that month, the number of cars sold

for brand C is two times that for brand
B.
(2) In that month, the total number of cars
sold for brand A and brand B is less
than the number of cars sold for brand C.
(3) In that month, the number of cars sold
for brand A is 50% less than that for
brand C.
(1) median of A > median of B
Which of the above claims are false ?
(2) range of A > range of B
(3) inter-quartile range of A > inter-quartile A. (1) and (2) only
range of B
B. (1) and (3) only
A. (1) only
C. (2) and (3) only
B. (1) and (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only D. (1), (2) and (3)
D. (2) and (3) only [2008-CE-MATHS 2-54]
E. (1), (2) and (3)
[1998-CE-MATHS 2-34]
19. The broken line graphs below show the annual
revenue (in million dollars) of Company X and
17. Company Y in 2008 and 2009.

In the figure, BX and BY are the box-and-

whisker diagrams for the distributions X and Y
respectively. Let  1, q1 and r1 be the mean,
the interquartile range and the range of X
respectively while  2, q2 and r2 be the mean,
the interquartile range and the range of Y
respectively. Which of the following must be
true ?
(1)  1 <  2
(2) q1 < q2
(3) r1 < r2
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[2007-CE-MATHS 2-35]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 365

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

Which of the following statements about the Group Mean mark

percentage increases of the annual revenue of Group A 60 marks
the two companies from 2008 to 2009 is true ? Group B 70 marks
A. The percentage increases of the annual Group C 80 marks
revenue of company X and company Y
are the same. Which of the following must be true ?
B. The percentage increase of the annual (1) In the test, the mean mark of all students
revenue of company X is twice that of in the tutorial class is 70 marks.
company Y. (2) In the test, the mean mark of all students
C. The percentage increase of the annual of Group A and Group B is lower than
revenue of company X is five times that the mean mark of all students of Group
of company Y. B and Group C.
D. The percentage increase of the annual (3) In the test, the student who gets the
revenue of company X is ten times that highest mark is in Group C.
of company Y.
[2009-CE-MATHS 2-54] A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
20. The pie charts below show the expenditures of D. (2) and (3) only
Albert and Betty in a certain month. [2011-CE-MATHS 2-54]

HKDSE Problems

22. {a – 7, a – 1, a, a + 2, a + 4, a + 8} and {a – 9,
a – 2, a – 1, a + 3, a + 4, a + 6} are two groups
of numbers. Which of the following is / are
The expenditure of Albert
true ?
(1) The two groups of numbers have the
same mean.
(2) The two groups of numbers have the
same median.
(3) The two groups of numbers have the
same range.
A. (1) only
B. (2) only
C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-29]

The expenditure of Betty 23. A set of numbers has a mode of 32, an inter-
Which of the following must be true ? quartile range of 27 and a variance of 25. If
3 is added to each number of the set and
A. In that month, the expenditure of Albert each resulting number is then doubled to form
is less than that of Betty. a new set of numbers, find the mode, the
B. In that month, the percentage of rent in inter-quartile range and the variance of the
the expenditure of Albert is the same as new set of numbers.
that of Betty.
C. In that month, the expenditure on rent of Mode Inter-quartile range Variance
Albert is the same as that of Betty. A. 64 60 50
D. In that month, the expenditure on food of B. 70 60 100
Albert is twice that of Betty. C. 70 54 50
[2010-CE-MATHS 2-54] D. 70 54 100
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-45]

21. There are three groups of students in a tutorial

class. The following table shows the mean 24. The figure below shows the cumulative
mark of each of the three groups of students frequency polygons of the test score
in a Mathematics test. distributions X and Y. Let m1, r1 and s1 be

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 366

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

the median, the range and the standard 27. Let m1, r1 and v1 be the mean, the range and
deviation of X respectively while m2, r2 and s2 the variance of a group of numbers {x1, x2,
be the median, the range and the standard x3, ... , x100} respectively. If m2, r2 and v2 are
deviation of Y respectively. Which of the the mean, the range and the variance of the
following are true ? group of numbers {x1, x2, x3, ... , x100, m1}
respectively, which of the following must be
true ?
(1) m1 = m2
(2) r1 = r2
(3) v1 = v2
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2012-DSE-MATHS 2-45]

(1) m1 > m2 28. The pie charts below show the distributions of
(2) r1 > r2 the profits of stationery shop X and stationery
(3) s1 > s2 shop Y from the sales of stationery in a
A. (1) and (2) only certain month. Which of the following must
B. (1) and (3) only be true ?
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3) Distribution of the profits of stationery shop X
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-30]

25. The mean, the variance and the inter-quartile

range of a set of numbers are 40, 9 and 18
respectively. If 5 is added to each number of
the set and each resulting number is then
tripled to form a new set of numbers, find the
mean, the variance and the inter-quartile range
of the new set of numbers.
Mean Variance Inter-quartile range
A. 120 27 69
B. 120 81 69
C. 135 27 54
D. 135 81 54
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-44]
Distribution of the profits of stationery shop Y

26. Let A be a group of numbers { ,  ,  ,  }

and B be another group of numbers { + 2,
 + 2,  + 2,  + 2,  + 2} , where  <  < 
<  <  . Which of the following must be
true ?
(1) The median of A is smaller than that of
B.
(2) The range of A and the range of B are
the same.
(3) The standard deviation of A is greater
than that of B.
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only A. In that month, the profit from the sales
D. (1), (2) and (3) of pencils of stationery shop X is the
[PP-DSE-MATHS 2-45] same as that of stationery shop Y.

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 367

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

B. In that month, the total profit from the 33. The variance of a set of numbers is 49. Each
sales of pens and notebooks of stationery number of the set is multiplied by 4 and then
shop X is less than the total profit from 9 is added to each resulting number to form a
the sales of rulers and pencils of the new set of numbers. Find the variance of the
shop. new set of numbers.
C. k = 14
A. 196
D.  = 36º B. 205
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-30] C. 784
D. 793
[2016-DSE-MATHS 2-45]
29. If the variance of the five numbers x1, x2, x3,
x4 and x5 is 13, then the variance of the five
numbers 3x1 + 4 , 3x2 + 4 , 3x3 + 4 , 3x4 + 4 34. Let m1, r1 and v1 be the mode, the inter-
and 3x5 + 4 is quartile range and the variance of a group of
numbers {x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7} respectively
A. 39 .
while m2, r2 and v2 be the mode, the inter-
B. 43 . quartile range and the variance of the group of
C. 117 . numbers {8x1, 8x2, 8x3, 8x4, 8x5, 8x6, 8x7}
D. 121 . respectively. Which of the following must be
[2013-DSE-MATHS 2-45] true ?
(1) m2 = 8m1
30. The mean height of 25 teachers and 140 (2) r2 = 8r1
students is 150 cm . If the mean height of the (3) v2 = 8v1
students is 145 cm , then the mean height of A. (1) and (2) only
the teachers is B. (1) and (3) only
A. 151 cm . C. (2) and (3) only
B. 155 cm . D. (1), (2) and (3)
C. 176 cm . [2017-DSE-MATHS 2-45]

D. 178 cm .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-28]

31. If the variance of the four numbers a, b, c

and d is 9, then the variance of the four
numbers 14 – a , 14 – b , 14 – c and 14 – d is
A. 5.
B. 9.
C. 23 .
D. 121 .
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-45]

32. Let x1, y1 and z1 be the mean, the median and

the variance of a group of numbers {a1, a2,
a3, ... , a50} respectively while x2, y2 and z2 be
the mean, the median and the variance of the
group of numbers {a1, a2, a3, ... , a49}
respectively. If x1 = a50 , which of the
following must be true ?
(1) x1 = x2
(2) y1  y2
(3) z1  z2
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2015-DSE-MATHS 2-45]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 368

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.6 Standard Score

Standard Score 5. The stem-and-leaf diagram below shows the

distribution of the scores (in marks) of a
group of students in a test. Ada gets the
1. A student scored 50 marks in a test and the highest score in the test.
corresponding standard score is –0.5 . If the
mean of the test scores is 60 marks, find the Stem (tens) Leaf (units)
standard deviation of the scores. 4 5 6 7 8
5 5 5 6 8
A. 20 marks 6 3 5 5 6 9 9
B. 5 marks 7 0 0 1
8 0 2 5
C. 9.5 marks
D. 10 marks Which of the following is / are true ?
E. 20 marks (1) The upper quartile of the distribution is
55 marks.
[1999-CE-MATHS 2-34]
(2) The standard score of Ada in the test is
lower than 2.
(3) The standard deviation of the distribution
2. The mean mark of a mathematics test was 63 is greater than 12 marks.
marks. Peter got 75 marks in the test and his
standard score was 0.75 . If Mary got 83 A. (1) only
marks in the same test, then her standard B. (2) only
score would be C. (1) and (3) only
D. (2) and (3) only
A. 0.83 . [2016-DSE-MATHS 2-44]

B. 1.25 .
C. 2.22 . 6. The standard score of Tom in a Mathematics
D. 5. examination is –2. If the score of Tom in the
Mathematics examination is 33 marks and the
[2003-CE-MATHS 2-32] mean of the scores of the Mathematics
examination is 45 marks, then the standard
deviation of the scores of the Mathematics
3. David got 70 marks in a test and his standard examination is
score was –0.625 . If the standard deviation of
A. 3 marks .
the test marks was 8 marks, then the mean
B. 6 marks .
mark of the test was
C. 12 marks .
A. 62 marks. D. 36 marks .
[2017-DSE-MATHS 2-44]
B. 65 marks.
C. 75 marks.
D. 78 marks.
[2004-CE-MATHS 2-36]

HKDSE Problems

4. In an examination, Peter gets 55 marks and

his standard score is –3 while Mary gets 95
marks and her standard score is 2. Find the
mean of the examination scores.

A. 8 marks
B. 64 marks
C. 75 marks
D. 79 marks
[2014-DSE-MATHS 2-44]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 369

 HKDSE MATHS UNIT 16.7 Sampling Techniques

Sampling Techniques

1. The manager of a popular restaurant designs a

questionnaire to collect the opinions from
customers about the food provided by the
restaurant. The manager has four relatives who
are customers of the restaurant and only these
four relatives are selected as a sample to fill
in the questionnaire. Which of the following
are disadvantages of this sampling method ?
(1) The sample size is too small.
(2) The customers are not randomly selected.
(3) Not all the customers are selected.
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[2011-CE-MATHS 2-53]

HKDSE Problems

2. The students’ union of a school of 950

students wants to investigate the opinions of
students in the school on the services provided
by the tuck shop. A questionnaire is designed
by the students’ union and only the
chairperson and vice-chairperson of the
students’ union are selected as a sample to fill
in the questionnaire. Which of the following
are the disadvantages of this sampling method ?
(1) The sample size is very small.
(2) Not all students in the school are selected.
(3) Not all students in the school have an
equal chance of being selected.
A. (1) and (2) only
B. (1) and (3) only
C. (2) and (3) only
D. (1), (2) and (3)
[SP-DSE-MATHS 2-30]

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 370

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 0.1 Base Conversion

1. E 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. D
11. C (53) 12. A (45) 13. A (49) 14. D (48) 15. D (57) 16. A (41) 17. A 18. B 19. A (64) 20. A (64)
21. C (49) 22. A (66) 23. A (43) 24. D

Unit 0.2 Divisibility of Numbers

1. B 2. C 3. E 4. A 5. C 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. C
11. C (62) 12. B (70) 13. A 14. C 15. C (37)

Unit 0.3 Approximation & Estimation

1. A 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. D (32) 6. D (45) 7. B (75) 8. C (62) 9. D (85) 10. C (51)

11. B (52) 12. D (82) 13. B (73) 14. B (76) 15. B 16. B 17. D (79) 18. B (49) 19. C (75) 20. A (57)
21. D (75) 22. C (57) 23. C (87) 24. D

Unit 0.4 Complex Numbers

1. A 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. A (55) 7. A (60) 8. A (45) 9. C (51) 10. B (38)
11. B

Unit 1 Percentages

1. E 2. C 3. E 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. E 8. C 9. A 10. C
11. D 12. A 13. C 14. D 15. E (37) 16. C (48) 17. C (40) 18. C (41) 19. D (62) 20. C (72)
21. D (49) 22. B (84) 23. D (59) 24. C (48) 25. E 26. B 27. B 28. C 29. D 30. B
31. B 32. D 33. A 34. C 35. D 36. E 37. B 38. D 39. C 40. D
41. C 42. A 43. B 44. B (33) 45. E (47) 46. C (62) 47. A (74) 48. A (91) 49. B (73) 50. D (24)
51. B (76) 52. A (45) 53. C (72) 54. A (38) 55. A 56. C 57. C 58. D 59. C 60. C
61. C 62. D 63. B 64. A 65. E 66. B 67. B 68. A 69. C 70. C
71. A 72. A 73. B 74. D 75. C 76. C (82) 77. C (32) 78. D (73) 79. B (72) 80. B (86)
81. A 82. A 83. B 84. D (84) 85. A (45) 86. D (65) 87. A (63) 88. B (69) 89. D (68) 90. C (69)
91. C

Unit 2.1 Functions

1. D 2. D 3. E 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. D 8. C 9. E 10. E
11. A 12. E 13. D 14. C 15. B 16. D (49) 17. E (47) 18. B (71) 19. A (82) 20. E (69)
21. B (71) 22. C (73) 23. C (58) 24. A (80) 25. A (78) 26. D (84) 27. C (74) 28. A (82) 29. C (85) 30. A (81)
31. A

Unit 2.2 Quadratic Graphs

1. E 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. C 7. D 8. A (55) 9. A (31) 10. E (65)
11. A (65) 12. E (39) 13. B (65) 14. C (67) 15. A (45) 16. D (48) 17. C (60) 18. A (42) 19. A 20. A (40)
21. C (62) 22. D 23. D 24. C 25. C 26. B (57) 27. C (39) 28. D (65) 29. A (25) 30. A
31. D 32. D (53) 33. C (49) 34. B (59) 35. C (73) 36. D (50) 37. D (53) 38. D (46) 39. C

Unit 2.3 Transformations of Graphs

1. D (47) 2. D (59) 3. D (29) 4. C (44) 5. D (33) 6. C 7. D 8. C (63) 9. A (40) 10. D

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 371

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 2.4 Transformations of Axes

1. D 2. A 3. C (43) 4. B (40) 5. A (30) 6. D (40) 7. C

Unit 3.1 Surds

1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. C 8. E 9. D 10. D
11. E 12. B 13. E (51) 14. E (47) 15. B (56) 16. B (56) 17. B (59) 18. A (87) 19. D (50) 20. C (54)
21. A (82)

Unit 3.2 Indices

1. E 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. D 6. C 7. B 8. D 9. E 10. C
11. E 12. E 13. A 14. A 15. E 16. A 17. C 18. B 19. A 20. A
21. A 22. C 23. A (71) 24. E (75) 25. B (69) 26. C (84) 27. E (43) 28. A (84) 29. A (78) 30. C (39)
31. B (89) 32. B (87) 33. A (45) 34. B (39) 35. B (95) 36. B (59) 37. C (51) 38. A (56) 39. D 40. E
41. A 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. B (31) 46. A (75) 47. B (73) 48. C 49. C (94) 50. B (69)
51. B (94) 52. D (93) 53. A (47) 54. D

Unit 3.3 Logarithm

1. B 2. E 3. A 4. D 5. E 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. E 10. E
11. C 12. A 13. D 14. B 15. A 16. D 17. A 18. B 19. B 20. A (39)
21. B (63) 22. A (45) 23. E (37) 24. D (61) 25. E (35) 26. C (48) 27. A (66) 28. A (37) 29. D (73) 30. A (52)
31. B (50) 32. C (48) 33. C (38) 34. B 35. D (29) 36. B (54) 37. D

Unit 3.4 Exponential Graphs

1. B (74) 2. C (60) 3. D (45) 4. A (41) 5. B (66) 6. C (41)

Unit 4.1 Change of Subjects

1. B 2. D 3. E 4. E 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. E
11. D 12. A 13. A 14. B 15. E 16. B 17. E 18. D 19. A 20. E
21. A 22. A 23. C 24. D (66) 25. C (68) 26. D (71) 27. D (66) 28. D (74) 29. E (76) 30. A (53)
31. D (68) 32. A (77) 33. A (68) 34. D (80) 35. C (85) 36. A (87) 37. D (81) 38. C (75) 39. A (54) 40. A
41. B 42. B 43. A 44. D 45. C 46. D 47. A 48. A 49. C 50. E
51. A (27) 52. E (53) 53. D (55) 54. C 55. C 56. D (81) 57. A (81) 58. A

Unit 4.2 Identities

1. C 2. A 3. A 4. B (42) 5. B (39) 6. B (66) 7. B 8. E 9. C 10. A

11. B (46) 12. E (40) 13. E (52) 14. C (56) 15. A (70) 16. A (60) 17. A (55) 18. B (57) 19. D (69) 20. A (52)
21. D (72) 22. A 23. D 24. C (59) 25. A (59) 26. B (63) 27. B (65) 28. A

Unit 4.3 Operations on Polynomials

1. D 2. A 3. E 4. B 5. C (84) 6. D (84) 7. A (88) 8. B (85) 9. A (89) 10. D (88)

11. B 12. C 13. E 14. E 15. D 16. E 17. A 18. D 19. A 20. E (35)
21. B (48) 22. D (58) 23. B (69) 24. B (67) 25. A (81) 26. A (45) 27. D (56) 28. A (89) 29. C (49) 30. B (76)
31. C 32. A 33. A 34. D (74) 35. D (85) 36. A (79) 37. D (90) 38. D (65) 39. A

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 372

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 4.4 Remainder & Factor Theorems

1. C 2. E 3. B 4. C 5. E 6. A 7. B (68) 8. A (66) 9. D (53) 10. A (46)
11. B (50) 12. A (45) 13. D 14. E 15. A 16. C 17. A 18. A 19. D (68) 20. E (60)
21. D (68) 22. D (71) 23. D (36) 24. B (55) 25. A (19) 26. A (73) 27. A 28. C 29. E (56) 30. C (70)
31. D (35) 32. C 33. D 34. B (75) 35. D (66) 36. B (76) 37. B

Unit 4.5 H.C.F. & L.C.M.

1. C 2. D 3. D 4. C 5. D 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. C (71) 10. C (77)
11. C 12. D 13. C 14. C 15. C (58) 16. D (47) 17. A (71) 18. B (55) 19. B (52) 20. A (63)
21. C (61)

Unit 4.6 Algebraic Fractions

1. D 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. B
11. A 12. A 13. B 14. E 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. E 20. A
21. A 22. E 23. E 24. A 25. D 26. A (37) 27. C (39) 28. A (47) 29. A (43) 30. E (53)
31. E (42) 32. A (27) 33. D (55) 34. B (52) 35. D (49) 36. A (62) 37. D (62) 38. A (64) 39. D (71) 40. D (80)
41. B 42. C (63)

Unit 5.1 Equations in One Variable

1. D 2. E 3. C 4. E 5. E 6. E (67) 7. D (72) 8. D (82) 9. D 10. E
11. A 12. E 13. C 14. B 15. C 16. D (48) 17. E (39) 18. B (85) 19. A (52) 20. D (56)
21. D 22. C (70)

Unit 5.2 Nature of Quadratic Roots

1. C 2. D (53) 3. A (72) 4. C (42) 5. C (36) 6. C (74) 7. A (40) 8. D (61) 9. D (53) 10. D
11. C 12. B (67) 13. C (82)

Unit 5.3 Relations between Quadratic Roots

1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. A
11. E 12. E (55) 13. C (63) 14. B (40) 15. C (41) 16. C (41) 17. C (46) 18. B (69) 19. D 20. D
21. E 22. A 23. C 24. D (46) 25. A (59) 26. B (63)

Unit 5.4 Simultaneous Equations

1. D 2. E 3. A 4. C (79) 5. D (58) 6. C (73) 7. D (64) 8. D (69) 9. A (75) 10. B
11. C 12. B 13. D (75) 14. D (79) 15. B (48) 16. B (74) 17. D (43) 18. D (54) 19. D (47) 20. C (42)
21. B (82) 22. C (84) 23. C (85) 24. B (78) 25. A (84) 26. A (84) 27. A (80)

Unit 5.5 Graphical Solutions of Equations

1. C 2. B 3. E 4. C (53) 5. B (34) 6. C 7. C 8. E 9. E 10. C
11. B 12. C (25) 13. C (31) 14. C (53) 15. C (48)

Unit 6.1 Rate

1. E 2. E 3. E 4. E 5. E 6. D 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. A
11. B 12. A 13. A 14. B (40) 15. C 16. C 17. C (79)

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 373

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 6.2 Ratio & Proportion

1. E 2. D 3. D 4. D 5. D 6. E 7. C 8. E 9. A 10. C
11. A 12. D 13. D 14. D 15. C (62) 16. E (65) 17. C (73) 18. D (69) 19. C (74) 20. C (72)
21. D (68) 22. A (70) 23. B (64) 24. A 25. D 26. C 27. D 28. E 29. D 30. D
31. D 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. C 36. C (31) 37. B (31) 38. C (72) 39. C (31) 40. B (77)
41. D (27) 42. C (78) 43. B (54) 44. C (52) 45. C (57) 46. C (51) 47. B (85) 48. D 49. A 50. E (54)
51. D 52. A 53. A (75) 54. C (31) 55. D (59) 56. C (70) 57. D (81) 58. A (81) 59. B

Unit 6.3 Variations

1. D 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. C (52) 6. D (37) 7. A (42) 8. D 9. B 10. B

11. E 12. B 13. C (69) 14. B (50) 15. D (65) 16. A (59) 17. C (59) 18. D (45) 19. D (53) 20. A (55)
21. C (65) 22. E 23. D 24. C (55) 25. A (69) 26. B (71) 27. C (68) 28. D (62) 29. C 30. A
31. D (63) 32. C (63) 33. C (80) 34. D (75) 35. D (67) 36. C

Unit 7.1 General Sequences

1. A 2. C (79) 3. A (89) 4. C (77) 5. C (52) 6. B (44) 7. D (52) 8. B (84) 9. C 10. B (74)

11. D (50) 12. B (92) 13. C (92) 14. B

Unit 7.2 Arithmetic Sequences

1. A 2. A 3. D (43) 4. B (58) 5. B (59) 6. E 7. A 8. D 9. C 10. B

11. A 12. D (60) 13. C (75) 14. D (60) 15. D 16. E 17. B 18. D 19. A (59) 20. D
21. D 22. A 23. D 24. B 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. C 29. A (38) 30. C (47)
31. D (55) 32. A (23) 33. C (73) 34. B (62) 35. C (56) 36. C (51) 37. C 38. A 39. A (43) 40. C (47)
41. C

Unit 7.3 Geometric Sequences

1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. E 6. E (43) 7. C (70) 8. C 9. D 10. E

11. C 12. B 13. D 14. C (48) 15. B (72) 16. B (45) 17. C (46) 18. D 19. C (51) 20. C (52)
21. A (59) 22. E 23. D (30) 24. A (40) 25. C (41) 26. C 27. D 28. D 29. D 30. E
31. B 32. E 33. A 34. C (61) 35. A (46) 36. D (47) 37. E (35) 38. C (42) 39. D 40. E
41. D 42. A (36) 43. B (61) 44. B (60) 45. D (27) 46. B (35)

Unit 8.1 Linear Inequalities

1. B 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. D 6. B 7. E 8. B 9. A 10. E
11. D 12. C 13. B (46) 14. A (28) 15. B (49) 16. B (30) 17. D 18. D 19. D 20. D
21. D 22. A 23. C 24. E 25. A (80) 26. B (83) 27. B (33) 28. A (76) 29. E (55) 30. A (58)
31. B (47) 32. D (59) 33. A (33) 34. C 35. A 36. C (59) 37. A (40) 38. D (53) 39. C (63) 40. A (63)
41. A (62) 42. D

Unit 8.2 Quadratic Inequalities

1. E 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. E 6. E 7. D 8. E 9. A 10. E
11. A (47) 12. D (58) 13. A (68) 14. A (65) 15. D (67) 16. A 17. C 18. E (35) 19. C 20. E
21. A (55)

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 374

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 8.3 Linear Programming

1. C (33) 2. D (45) 3. A (47) 4. D 5. A 6. E 7. E 8. D 9. D 10. E

11. D (47) 12. C (43) 13. A (38) 14. D (47) 15. A (30) 16. D (36) 17. C (57) 18. B (60) 19. B (47) 20. A
21. C 22. B 23. D 24. D (39) 25. C (54) 26. B (40) 27. C (56) 28. A (35) 29. D 30. D (37)
31. C (46) 32. D (43) 33. D (47) 34. C

Unit 9.1 Mensuration of Rectilinear Figures

1. C 2. C 3. E 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. E 10. E
11. D 12. E 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. C 17. C (59) 18. B (67) 19. D (54) 20. A
21. B 22. A 23. D 24. B 25. E 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. C 30. A
31. A 32. D 33. A 34. B 35. D 36. D 37. E 38. A (82) 39. D (70) 40. C (72)
41. C (46) 42. B (79) 43. B (58) 44. B (37) 45. D (53) 46. D (48) 47. D (25) 48. B (38) 49. B (49) 50. A (87)
51. B (92) 52. A (49) 53. C (55) 54. C 55. B 56. B 57. A 58. A 59. A (89) 60. C (81)
61. C (91) 62. B (73) 63. D (80) 64. B 65. D

Unit 9.2 Mensuration of Circles & Sectors

1. A 2. E 3. E 4. E 5. C 6. E 7. A 8. E 9. E 10. B
11. B 12. B 13. A (60) 14. B (52) 15. B (76) 16. C 17. B 18. E (30) 19. D (51) 20. D
21. B 22. C 23. B 24. E 25. B 26. B 27. A 28. A 29. E 30. B
31. B 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. A 36. C 37. A 38. A 39. A 40. B
41. D 42. D 43. E 44. C 45. E 46. D 47. A 48. D 49. E (12) 50. D (50)
51. A (34) 52. B (48) 53. D (36) 54. E (52) 55. E (28) 56. D (46) 57. B (56) 58. B (53) 59. A (25) 60. A (62)
61. A (56) 62. A (32) 63. B (57) 64. C (53) 65. A (52) 66. C (62) 67. C (84) 68. C (46) 69. B 70. C
71. B (82) 72. D (45) 73. B (33) 74. A (59)

Unit 9.3 Areas in Proportion

1. C 2. E 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. E 8. D 9. A 10. B
11. C 12. D 13. D 14. D 15. D 16. E 17. B 18. B 19. C (35) 20. A (40)
21. B (24) 22. C (45) 23. B (33) 24. C (38) 25. D (30) 26. D (35) 27. B (34) 28. D (33) 29. B (46) 30. B (57)
31. C (51) 32. D (33) 33. A (40) 34. D (45) 35. D (27) 36. B 37. C 38. B (43) 39. C (37) 40. D (24)
41. D (26) 42. C (51) 43. D

Unit 9.4 Mensuration of Solids

1. B 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. E 10. D
11. A 12. A 13. C 14. A 15. E 16. D 17. D 18. D 19. E 20. D
21. B 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. E 26. B (67) 27. B (25) 28. E (31) 29. B (27) 30. D (39)
31. A (31) 32. C (58) 33. A (41) 34. E (56) 35. A (40) 36. A (61) 37. A (23) 38. C (23) 39. B (47) 40. D (57)
41. D (67) 42. C (41) 43. C (88) 44. C (56) 45. D (51) 46. C (70) 47. B (71) 48. A (70) 49. C (22) 50. A (87)
51. B (35) 52. C (60) 53. C (82) 54. B (60) 55. B (74) 56. C (47) 57. C (61) 58. C (68) 59. B (39) 60. C
61. B 62. A 63. E 64. D 65. B 66. D 67. D 68. B 69. D 70. D (29)
71. B (41) 72. A (53) 73. A 74. D 75. B (56) 76. B (21) 77. B (70) 78. C (79) 79. C

Unit 9.5 Percentage Change in Mensuration

1. E 2. B 3. E 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. E (43) 10. B (65)

11. B 12. D 13. C (49)

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 375

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 10.1 Symmetry in Plane Figures

1. D (83) 2. A (82) 3. B (65) 4. A (73) 5. C (76) 6. D (60) 7. A (65) 8. B (85) 9. A (72) 10. A (24)
11. A 12. D 13. B (71) 14. A (82)

Unit 10.2 Angles in Plane Figures

1. C 2. D 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. E 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. B
11. C 12. C 13. D 14. E 15. D 16. C 17. A 18. D 19. E 20. C
21. D 22. D 23. B 24. B 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. D 29. B 30. B (71)
31. B (41) 32. A (37) 33. E (36) 34. E (75) 35. D (51) 36. A (45) 37. B (78) 38. B (48) 39. A (71) 40. C (88)
41. B (73) 42. B (79) 43. B (69) 44. C (68) 45. C (45) 46. B (76) 47. B (69) 48. D (65) 49. A (83) 50. C (79)
51. A (81) 52. B (75) 53. C (63) 54. C 55. D 56. B 57. D (44) 58. A (75) 59. C (80) 60. C (44)
61. B 62. E 63. D 64. A (27) 65. A (18) 66. B 67. D 68. A (43) 69. C (46) 70. C (61)
71. A (47) 72. B (45) 73. A (55) 74. B (64) 75. A

Unit 10.3 Congruent & Similar Triangles

1. A 2. D 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. E 8. D (61) 9. E (44) 10. D (59)
11. A (33) 12. C (50) 13. D 14. C (65) 15. A (55) 16. C (33) 17. D

Unit 10.4 Mid-point & Intercept Theorems

1. A 2. B 3. B 4. E 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. C (29) 10. D (23)
11. E (29) 12. B (56) 13. C (51) 14. D (32) 15. D (56) 16. C (42) 17. B (40) 18. D (77)

Unit 10.5 Basic Properties of Circles

1. B 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. B 6. E 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. B
11. E 12. D 13. A 14. C 15. B 16. C 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. C
21. E 22. B 23. C 24. C 25. E 26. B 27. B 28. B 29. E 30. C
31. C 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. D 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. B 40. E
41. B (67) 42. A (52) 43. B (42) 44. D (49) 45. C (79) 46. C (52) 47. D (52) 48. C (77) 49. E (38) 50. C (39)
51. C (82) 52. B (49) 53. B (55) 54. B (75) 55. C (67) 56. B (27) 57. D (73) 58. C (58) 59. A (36) 60. A (17)
61. C (51) 62. A (51) 63. B (38) 64. B (63) 65. B (33) 66. C (63) 67. B (41) 68. D (48) 69. B 70. C
71. E 72. C 73. B 74. C 75. E 76. C 77. B 78. A 79. B 80. B
81. B 82. D 83. A 84. C 85. C 86. C (61) 87. D (39) 88. C (43) 89. B (16) 90. A (37)
91. B 92. C 93. C 94. C 95. C (71) 96. C (56) 97. B (68) 98. A (19) 99. C (60) 100. D (54)
101. C

Unit 10.6 Tangents of Circles

1. B 2. D 3. A 4. E 5. B 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. E
11. D 12. B 13. B 14. E 15. B 16. B 17. C 18. C 19. B 20. A
21. D 22. D 23. C 24. E 25. D 26. B 27. D 28. C 29. C 30. B
31. E 32. C 33. D 34. C 35. D 36. D 37. B 38. D 39. B 40. B
41. E 42. E 43. B 44. E 45. D (54) 46. B (36) 47. A (48) 48. D (22) 49. E (56) 50. D (53)
51. C (32) 52. E (19) 53. D (50) 54. A (47) 55. A (36) 56. B (41) 57. A (46) 58. B (32) 59. B (51) 60. A (48)
61. B (44) 62. C (32) 63. C (63) 64. C (50) 65. B 66. C 67. C (47) 68. D (39) 69. C (43) 70. C (51)
71. D (38) 72. B

Unit 11 Locus
1. A (72) 2. A (54) 3. D (65) 4. A (73) 5. B

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 376

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 12.1 Polar Coordinates

1. C (48) 2. C (36) 3. C (44) 4. C (46) 5. D (35) 6. D (42) 7. B (59) 8. C (59) 9. C

Unit 12.2 Rectangular Coordinates

1. B 2. E 3. D 4. D (51) 5. D (55) 6. B 7. A 8. B (75) 9. B (79) 10. B

11. E 12. E (28) 13. A (29) 14. B (38) 15. E 16. D 17. E 18. C (74) 19. D (45) 20. C (54)
21. D (53) 22. B (48) 23. B (66) 24. D 25. B

Unit 12.3 Centres of a Triangle

1. D (23) 2. D (37) 3. C (44) 4. D (26) 5. D (35) 6. A 7. A (30) 8. A (30) 9. D

Unit 12.4 Equations of Straight Lines

1. A 2. E 3. D 4. E (44) 5. A (36) 6. D (40) 7. B 8. E 9. E (18) 10. D (46)

11. D (32) 12. C (45) 13. A (35) 14. C 15. D 16. A 17. B 18. B (51) 19. A (36) 20. A (66)
21. D (40) 22. A (60) 23. A 24. E (47) 25. D (37) 26. A (49) 27. E 28. A 29. D 30. B
31. A 32. E 33. A (47) 34. D (45) 35. D (54) 36. A (52) 37. A (55) 38. D (63) 39. D (57) 40. D (53)
41. D (59) 42. D (39) 43. C 44. E (47) 45. D (38) 46. B (36) 47. D (40) 48. E (24) 49. A (30) 50. A (25)
51. A (30) 52. B (43) 53. B 54. C 55. B 56. C 57. A 58. C (72) 59. E (51) 60. C (77)
61. A 62. A (57) 63. B 64. D 65. C (40) 66. D (21) 67. D (51) 68. B (37) 69. D (35) 70. B (37)
71. A 72. A

Unit 12.5 Equations of Circles

1. E 2. D 3. D 4. C 5. D 6. B 7. D 8. D 9. C 10. A
11. B 12. C 13. C 14. E 15. B 16. E 17. E 18. B 19. D 20. C
21. C 22. E 23. D (36) 24. E (55) 25. A (34) 26. B (39) 27. D (62) 28. D (35) 29. B (46) 30. E (47)
31. A (40) 32. A (25) 33. C (46) 34. B (38) 35. D (35) 36. E (18) 37. C (28) 38. B (41) 39. D (33) 40. B (43)
41. D (31) 42. C (48) 43. B (49) 44. A (42) 45. A (48) 46. C (56) 47. C (52) 48. C (59) 49. D (39) 50. C (38)
51. A (38) 52. D (44) 53. B (37) 54. B 55. B 56. A (56) 57. B (36) 58. D (36) 59. B (37) 60. A (45)
61. C (43) 62. C (70) 63. B (43) 64. C (56) 65. C (45) 66. A

Unit 13.1 Trigonometric Functions

1. C 2. E 3. B 4. A (52) 5. A (72) 6. B (67) 7. D (54) 8. D (48) 9. C 10. A

11. C 12. C 13. E 14. C 15. B 16. D 17. B 18. E 19. A 20. A
21. B 22. A 23. A 24. B 25. D 26. C 27. B 28. B 29. C 30. C
31. C (50) 32. C (49) 33. C (55) 34. C (47) 35. B (44) 36. C

Unit 13.2 Trigonometric Relationships

1. A 2. B 3. D 4. D 5. B 6. E 7. A (43) 8. A (39) 9. B (35) 10. A (49)

11. A (39) 12. B (50) 13. A (34) 14. A (55) 15. D (63) 16. D (56) 17. A (66) 18. C (44) 19. D (62) 20. D (35)
21. A 22. B 23. A 24. E 25. E 26. B 27. C 28. D 29. E 30. A
31. A 32. B 33. D 34. A 35. B 36. C 37. B 38. A 39. A (43) 40. B (50)
41. C (51) 42. B (47) 43. A (44) 44. D (66) 45. D 46. C 47. B 48. A 49. B (37) 50. B (37)
51. A 52. C (51) 53. B (56) 54. A (54) 55. C (63)

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 377

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 13.3 Trigonometric Equations

1. C 2. E 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. E 10. D
11. E 12. D 13. A 14. D 15. C 16. E 17. B 18. C 19. E 20. B
21. D 22. D 23. D 24. E 25. D 26. C (48) 27. C (29) 28. E (65) 29. C (26) 30. E (21)
31. D (35) 32. B (44) 33. D (22) 34. D (20) 35. B (50) 36. A (37) 37. A (44) 38. D (75) 39. B (40) 40. B (39)
41. D (28) 42. B (37) 43. B (49)

Unit 13.4 Trigonometric Graphs

1. A (55) 2. E (67) 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. D 8. E 9. B 10. B

11. D 12. A 13. E (34) 14. E 15. A 16. A 17. B 18. A (40) 19. E (34) 20. D
21. E (25) 22. D (45) 23. B (39) 24. C (58) 25. B (51) 26. D (20) 27. A 28. B 29. B (36) 30. C (31)
31. B 32. C 33. D (53) 34. A (29) 35. D (49) 36. A (46)

Unit 13.5 Sine & Cosine Formulae

1. E 2. C 3. E 4. D 5. B 6. D (51) 7. A (77) 8. C (75) 9. B (74) 10. A

11. A 12. E 13. D 14. D 15. D 16. A 17. E (33) 18. B (65) 19. C (72) 20. E (70)
21. B (72) 22. A (69) 23. B (47) 24. B (67) 25. B (78) 26. C (74) 27. A (76) 28. C 29. C 30. B (33)
31. E 32. B 33. B 34. D 35. E 36. C 37. C 38. D 39. C 40. C
41. C 42. C 43. C (73) 44. A (64) 45. C (71) 46. C (71) 47. B (55) 48. B (28) 49. B (57) 50. A (34)
51. A 52. A (70) 53. A (48)

Unit 13.6 2-Dimensional Problems

1. C 2. A 3. E 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. E 8. E 9. D 10. D
11. B 12. E 13. E 14. D 15. E 16. B 17. E 18. C 19. D 20. A
21. C 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. D 26. C 27. B 28. C 29. B 30. C
31. E 32. E 33. B (41) 34. A (81) 35. E (53) 36. A (73) 37. B (72) 38. D (26) 39. A (51) 40. E (75)
41. B (66) 42. D (60) 43. C (78) 44. B (52) 45. C (62) 46. D (49) 47. B (49) 48. B (66) 49. D (71) 50. C (71)
51. A 52. C 53. C 54. C 55. D 56. E 57. B 58. A 59. E 60. D
61. B 62. B 63. A 64. C (29) 65. A (42) 66. B (59) 67. B (51) 68. D (54) 69. B (40) 70. D (33)
71. A (48) 72. D (42) 73. D (30) 74. D 75. B 76. A (39) 77. A (57) 78. B (57) 79. D 80. D
81. A

Unit 13.7 Bearings & Elevation

1. A 2. D 3. B 4. E 5. D (57) 6. D (55) 7. B (67) 8. E (67) 9. D (51) 10. E (40)

11. B (64) 12. D (59) 13. A (53) 14. C (59) 15. A (65) 16. E 17. E 18. E 19. B (47) 20. C (40)
21. A (45) 22. D (58)

Unit 13.8 3-Dimensional Problems

1. E 2. E 3. E 4. B (60) 5. A (49) 6. D (52) 7. B (44) 8. D (58) 9. D (80) 10. C (64)

11. E 12. B 13. A 14. E 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. E 19. B 20. A
21. D 22. C 23. C 24. A (29) 25. A (49) 26. C (52) 27. C (36) 28. C (55) 29. E (20) 30. D (30)
31. B (42) 32. D (46) 33. B (55) 34. B (51) 35. D (39) 36. B (30) 37. D (34) 38. B (40) 39. C 40. A
41. D (30) 42. D (33) 43. A (35) 44. A

Unit 13.9 Radian Measures (Out of Syllabus)

1. D 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. E (39) 6. A (31) 7. A (64)

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 378

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS

Unit 14 Permutation & Combination

1. B (52) 2. C (64) 3. B (67) 4. C (51) 5. D (51) 6. B

Unit 15.1 Set Theory

1. C 2. E 3. A 4. A

Unit 15.2 Probability

1. B 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. E 9. C 10. D
11. C 12. C 13. C 14. A 15. E 16. D 17. B 18. B 19. C 20. A
21. E 22. E 23. E 24. D 25. B 26. D (62) 27. B (45) 28. B (37) 29. C (38) 30. E (63)
31. E (34) 32. A (30) 33. E (43) 34. E (32) 35. C (56) 36. E (44) 37. C (36) 38. B (36) 39. A (25) 40. C (41)
41. C (56) 42. C (30) 43. D (63) 44. B (66) 45. B (50) 46. D (45) 47. A (33) 48. B (82) 49. C (43) 50. B (58)
51. B (36) 52. A (43) 53. B (69) 54. D (52) 55. B (51) 56. C (74) 57. C (79) 58. A (62) 59. A (49) 60. C (46)
61. D 62. B 63. A 64. B 65. A (50) 66. D (56) 67. A (42) 68. B (76) 69. A (48) 70. B (84)
71. D (52) 72. C (58) 73. B (69) 74. A (55) 75. C 76. C

Unit 16.1 Graphical Representation of Data

1. C 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. D (61) 7. A (80) 8. A (84) 9. C (68) 10. B (76)
11. B (70) 12. A (88) 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. A (80) 17. C (82)

Unit 16.2 Measures of Central Tendency

1. C 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. B 7. A 8. D 9. E 10. E
11. A 12. D 13. B 14. C 15. D (56) 16. D (30) 17. C (62) 18. C (54) 19. C (62) 20. B (65)
21. B (34) 22. A (64) 23. A (60) 24. C (79) 25. C (81) 26. B (66) 27. D (47) 28. B (68) 29. B (45) 30. B (76)

Unit 16.3 Measures of Dispersion

1. C 2. A 3. A 4. C (58) 5. D (63) 6. A (60) 7. A (67) 8. C (28) 9. B (28) 10. D (38)
11. C (42) 12. B (71) 13. B

Unit 16.4 Box-and-Whisker & Stem-and-Leaf Diagrams

1. C (84) 2. A (36) 3. C (86) 4. A (84) 5. D (72) 6. C (79) 7. D (62) 8. D 9. B 10. B
11. B (59) 12. D (57) 13. B (31) 14. A (91) 15. B

Unit 16.5 Comparison between Distributions

1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D (48) 5. C (35) 6. B (70) 7. D (64) 8. D 9. D 10. E
11. C 12. C 13. C 14. A 15. E (27) 16. A (44) 17. B (58) 18. A (55) 19. A (62) 20. B (77)
21. B (45) 22. D 23. D 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. A (36) 28. B (54) 29. C (37) 30. D (72)
31. B (57) 32. B (26) 33. C (50) 34. A

Unit 16.6 Standard Score

1. E (44) 2. B (62) 3. C (61) 4. D (57) 5. B (52) 6. B

Unit 16.7 Sampling Techniques

1. A (31) 2. B

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 379

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1972 HKCEE 1977 HKCEE Sample Paper

Mathematics (Syllabus B) Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2
Paper 1
1. B Unit 4.1 #41
1. D Unit 4.6 #1 2. D Unit 3.2 #39
1. D Unit 0.1 #10 3. B Unit 4.1 #42
2. D Unit 4.3 #1
2. C Unit 3.1 #1 4. B Unit 4.3 #11
3. A Unit 1 #55 5. A Unit 4.3 #2
3. D Unit 0.3 #3 6. B Unit 0.3 #4
4. C Unit 1 #2
4. E Unit 1 #1 7. C Unit 16.2 #3
5. A Unit 3.1 #2 8. D Unit 8.1 #18
5. C Unit 16.2 #1
6. B Unit 5.1 #14 9. E Unit 4.1 #3
6. A Unit 13.2 #21 10. B Unit 3.1 #4
7. E Unit 6.1 #1
7. C Unit 13.3 #1 11. A Unit 4.1 #43
8. D Unit 5.4 #1 12. D Unit 3.3 #6
8. C Unit 15.1 #1
9. C Unit 8.1 #2 13. A Unit 2.2 #3
9. E Unit 15.1 #2 14. C Unit 12.4 #14
10. D Unit 4.1 #2
10. D Unit 2.1 #1 15. D Unit 7.3 #18
11. B Unit 16.2 #2 16. C Unit 9.2 #22
11. B Unit 15.2 #1
12. B Unit 9.4 #1 17. A Unit 7.2 #1
12. D Out Syl. (Vectors) 18. D Unit 6.3 #8
13. B Unit 3.2 #4 19. A Unit 0.2 #13
13. B Unit 8.1 #1
14. B Unit 0.2 #1 20. A Unit 9.1 #20
14. B Unit 4.1 #1
15. E Unit 3.3 #5 21. D Unit 10.2 #2
15. C Unit 3.2 #2 22. A Unit 10.3 #1
16. A Unit 4.1 #40 23. B Unit 10.6 #1
16. A Unit 7.1 #1
17. E Unit 1 #3 24. B Unit 10.4 #2
17. B Unit 12.2 #1 25. E Unit 13.6 #3
18. D Unit 5.3 #19
18. E Unit 2.2 #1 26. B Unit 13.2 #22
19. E Unit 7.2 #6 27. D Unit 10.5 #3
19. A Unit 8.2 #16
20. C Unit 13.6 #1 28. E Unit 13.4 #14
20. E Unit 8.2 #1 29. D Unit 13.9 #1
21. C Unit 13.1 #9
30. B Unit 9.2 #23
22. A Unit 13.1 #10 31. C Unit 13.1 #11
23. A Unit 13.6 #2 32. E Unit 13.5 #31
33. C Unit 0.2 #2
24. D Unit 9.2 #20 34. C Unit 9.4 #60
25. B Unit 13.4 #3 35. E Unit 9.5 #1
36. D Unit 3.1 #3
26. B Unit 9.2 #21
37. A Unit 15.1 #3
27. E Unit 13.7 #16 38. A Unit 15.1 #4
28. C Unit 10.2 #1 39. C Out Syl. (Vectors)
40. D Out Syl. (Vectors)
29. B Unit 10.5 #1
41. B Unit 12.4 #53
30. D Unit 10.5 #2 42. E Unit 12.4 #2
31. A Unit 10.4 #1 43. E Unit 12.4 #27
44. D Unit 12.5 #2
32. E Unit 13.3 #2 45. B Unit 10.5 #4
33. D Unit 8.1 #17 46. A Unit 0.4 #1
34. C Unit 15.2 #2 47. C Unit 0.4 #2
48. C Unit 5.1 #13
35. C Unit 7.3 #8 49. A Unit 13.3 #4
36. A Unit 12.4 #1 50. C Unit 13.1 #12
51. D Unit 16.2 #4
37. D Unit 8.3 #4
52. C Unit 15.2 #4
38. C Unit 16.1 #1 53. C Unit 15.2 #5
39. E Unit 12.5 #1 54. D Unit 16.1 #2
55. A Out Syl. (Bijection)
40. C Unit 15.2 #3 56. D Unit 2.1 #2

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 380

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE Sample Paper HKCEE 1978 HKCEE 1978

Mathematics (Alternative Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics (Alternative
Syllabus) Paper 2 Syllabus) Paper 2
1. A Unit 0.3 #1
1. B = SP #1 1. A = 1978 #1
2. D = SP #2 2. B Unit 3.3 #8
2. B = 1978 #6
3. B = SP #3 3. A Unit 13.2 #23
3. E = 1978 #5
4. B = SP #4 4. C Unit 13.9 #2 4. B = 1978 #2
5. A = SP #5 5. E Unit 3.2 #40 5. A = 1978 #3
6. B = SP #6 6. B Unit 3.2 #7 6. C = 1978 #4
7. C = SP #7 7. D Unit 10.6 #6 7. D = 1978 #7
8. D = SP #8 8. B Unit 10.5 #7 8. B = 1978 #8
9. E = SP #9 9. E = 1978 #9
9. E Unit 13.8 #1
10. B = SP #10
10. D Unit 13.2 #45 10. D = 1978 #10
11. A = SP #11
11. C Unit 4.5 #1 11. D = 1978 #16
12. D = SP #12
12. D Unit 5.3 #1 12. E = 1978 #15
13. A = SP #13
13. C = 1978 #13
14. C = SP #14 13. C Unit 10.2 #54
14. B = 1978 #14
15. D = SP #15 14. B Unit 10.2 #61
16. C = SP #16 15. C = 1978 #11
15. E Unit 4.3 #13 16. E = 1978 #12
17. A = SP #17 16. D Unit 8.1 #19
18. D = SP #18 17. D = 1978 #19
17. E Unit 4.1 #4 18. B = 1978 #20
19. A = SP #19
20. A = SP #20 18. D Unit 4.1 #44 19. A = 1978 #21
21. D = SP #21 19. D Unit 10.2 #3 20. B = 1978 #22
22. A = SP #22 20. B Unit 13.5 #32 21. D = 1978 #23
23. B = SP #23 21. A Unit 13.3 #5 22. E = 1978 #17
24. B = SP #24 22. B Unit 13.3 #6 23. D = 1978 #18
25. E = SP #25 23. D Unit 9.4 #3 24. D = 1978 #24
26. B = SP #26 25. C = 1978 #28
24. D Unit 7.2 #20
27. D = SP #27 26. C = 1978 #29
28. E = SP #28 25. E Unit 10.4 #4
27. B = 1978 #27
29. D = SP #29 26. C Unit 9.1 #2 28. C = 1978 #30
30. B = SP #30 27. B Unit 13.6 #4 29. C = 1978 #26
31. C = SP #31 28. C Unit 6.1 #15 30. E = 1978 #25
32. E = SP #32 29. C Unit 6.1 #16 31. C = 1978 #32
33. E Unit 4.3 #3 30. E Unit 9.2 #24 32. E = 1978 #33
34. C Unit 4.3 #12 31. B Unit 6.3 #9 33. B = 1978 #31
35. D Unit 5.1 #1 34. C = 1978 #35
32. C Unit 5.3 #2
36. D Unit 3.2 #5 35. C = 1978 #34
37. C Unit 3.2 #6 33. E Unit 5.1 #2
34. C Unit 13.4 #4 36. A = 1978 #38
38. B Unit 3.3 #7 37. A = 1978 #39
39. C Unit 4.4 #1 35. C Unit 13.6 #5
38. E = 1978 #36
40. E Unit 6.1 #2 36. E Unit 1 #25 39. E = 1978 #37
41. C = SP #34 37. E Unit 2.1 #3 40. B = 1978 #40
42. D Unit 9.4 #2 38. A Unit 6.2 #24 41. B = 1978 #41
43. A Unit 13.6 #51
39. A Unit 9.2 #7 42. E = 1978 #43
44. C  SP #50
40. B Unit 9.2 #25 43. C = 1978 #42
45. A Unit 13.1 #20
46. E Unit 13.1 #13 41. B Unit 10.3 #5 44. C = 1978 #44
47. D Unit 10.6 #2 42. C Unit 0.2 #5 45. D Unit 3.2 #8
48. B Unit 10.5 #5 43. E Unit 6.1 #3 46. D Unit 13.3 #3
49. A Unit 10.6 #3 44. C Unit 7.3 #26 47. A Unit 10.5 #8
50. C Unit 9.3 #1 48. D Unit 10.5 #9
45. C Unit 12.4 #54
51. C Unit 9.1 #1 49. D Unit 4.4 #13
46. D Unit 16.2 #5
52. E Unit 9.3 #2 50. D Unit 5.1 #9
47. A Unit 15.2 #6 51. E Unit 13.5 #1
53. B Unit 10.4 #3
54. E Unit 10.6 #4 48. B Unit 15.2 #7 52. A Unit 13.5 #10
55. E Unit 10.5 #6 49. A Unit 8.3 #5 53. E Unit 9.1 #3
56. B Unit 10.6 #5 50. B Unit 16.1 #13 54. C Unit 9.3 #3

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 381

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1979 HKCEE 1980 HKCEE 1981

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. D Unit 0.3 #2 1. E Unit 4.3 #14 1. E Unit 3.2 #11

2. E Unit 0.2 #3 2. E Unit 3.2 #9 2. C Unit 4.6 #4
3. C Unit 16.1 #3 3. C Unit 4.1 #45 3. A Unit 4.1 #8
4. B Unit 4.1 #5 4. E Unit 3.3 #10 4. E Unit 3.2 #12
5. C Unit 13.9 #3 5. A Unit 4.6 #3 5. A Unit 4.6 #5
6. E Unit 13.2 #24 6. D Unit 4.1 #46 6. C Unit 4.1 #9
7. C Unit 13.1 #14 7. D Unit 4.1 #7 7. D Unit 2.1 #4
8. C Unit 10.2 #4 8. C Unit 3.2 #10 8. C Unit 3.3 #11
9. D Unit 8.2 #2 9. C Unit 5.1 #3
9. B Unit 10.6 #7
10. B Unit 10.2 #66 10. D Unit 8.1 #21
10. A Unit 10.6 #8
11. D Unit 7.2 #8 11. C Unit 7.2 #9
11. D Unit 7.2 #21
12. B Unit 1 #27 12. D Unit 6.2 #2
12. D Unit 7.3 #9
13. B Unit 9.5 #2 13. C Unit 1 #28
13. E Unit 6.2 #1
14. B Unit 9.1 #21 14. D Unit 1 #58
14. E Unit 3.3 #9
15. A Unit 13.7 #1 15. E Unit 9.5 #3
15. B Unit 13.5 #33 16. B Unit 13.2 #26 16. B Unit 9.4 #6
16. B Unit 13.1 #15 17. C Unit 13.1 #1 17. D Unit 1 #29
17. B Unit 9.2 #26 18. A Unit 13.3 #8 18. E Unit 13.1 #2
18. C Unit 9.1 #4 19. C Unit 13.5 #2 19. C Unit 13.2 #27
19. D Unit 12.5 #3 20. A Unit 9.1 #22 20. E Unit 13.3 #9
20. B Unit 1 #26 21. B Unit 10.2 #5 21. B Unit 13.9 #4
21. C Unit 1 #56 22. D Unit 9.1 #23 22. D Unit 13.6 #9
22. D Unit 8.1 #20 23. E Unit 10.2 #6 23. D Unit 13.6 #10
23. A Unit 3.2 #41 24. C Unit 10.5 #70 24. B Unit 10.5 #15
24. C Unit 4.6 #2 25. E Unit 10.5 #71 25. E Unit 10.6 #14
25. A Unit 4.1 #6 26. B Unit 10.3 #6 26. C Unit 10.5 #16
26. B Unit 9.4 #4 27. D Unit 10.6 #11 27. B Unit 10.6 #15
27. D Unit 0.4 #3 28. E Unit 6.1 #5 28. A Unit 10.2 #9
28. E Unit 15.2 #8 29. A Unit 4.1 #47 29. C Unit 8.2 #3
29. A Unit 13.6 #6 30. A Unit 9.4 #62 30. A Unit 8.3 #20
30. E Unit 13.2 #25 31. E Unit 7.3 #10 31. A Unit 5.3 #3
31. C Unit 13.3 #7 32. D Unit 2.2 #22 32. B Unit 4.2 #7
32. B Unit 10.5 #69 33. C Unit 1 #4 33. D Unit 4.5 #2
33. D Unit 10.6 #9 34. D Unit 8.1 #3 34. A Unit 7.2 #22
34. E Unit 10.6 #10 35. C Unit 0.2 #14 35. D Unit 7.3 #28
35. E Unit 6.1 #4 36. D Unit 0.2 #6 36. D Unit 6.2 #25
36. D Unit 2.2 #4 37. C Unit 8.2 #17 37. B Unit 0.2 #8
38. B Unit 8.1 #4 38. D Unit 6.1 #6
37. A Unit 0.2 #4
39. B Unit 9.4 #5 39. C Unit 6.2 #26
38. A Unit 9.2 #1
40. C Unit 0.2 #7 40. B Unit 9.1 #24
39. C Unit 1 #57
41. A Unit 9.2 #27 41. E Unit 9.4 #63
40. D Unit 13.1 #16
42. B Unit 10.5 #10 42. C Unit 9.4 #7
41. E Unit 13.6 #7
43. E Unit 13.6 #8 43. C Unit 13.2 #46
42. C Unit 13.6 #52 44. D Unit 10.2 #7 44. B Unit 13.1 #21
43. C Unit 9.1 #54 45. C Unit 13.6 #53 45. A Unit 13.4 #15
44. A Unit 9.3 #4 46. A Unit 13.4 #5 46. A Unit 9.2 #28
45. B Unit 9.4 #61 47. C Unit 10.5 #72 47. A Unit 9.4 #8
46. E Unit 9.2 #3 48. B Unit 10.6 #12 48. B Unit 13.6 #11
47. D Unit 10.3 #2 49. E Unit 10.5 #11 49. E Unit 13.6 #12
48. B Unit 2.2 #2 50. D Unit 10.5 #12 50. E Unit 9.1 #25
49. D Unit 6.3 #1 51. B Unit 10.6 #13 51. B Unit 10.6 #16
50. A Unit 7.2 #7 52. A Unit 10.5 #13 52. E Unit 10.3 #7
51. D Unit 7.3 #27 53. A Unit 10.2 #8 53. C Unit 9.3 #5
52. A Unit 12.4 #61 54. C Unit 10.5 #14 54. B Unit 10.4 #5

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 382

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1982 HKCEE 1983 HKCEE 1984

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. A Unit 4.6 #6 1. A Unit 4.6 #8 1. B Unit 4.6 #10

2. A Unit 3.2 #13 2. C Unit 4.6 #9 2. A Unit 4.1 #13
3. D Unit 4.6 #7 3. A Unit 4.1 #12 3. E Unit 3.2 #15
4. E Unit 4.1 #10 4. A Unit 3.2 #14 4. E Unit 4.4 #14
5. D Unit 4.1 #11 5. C Unit 4.5 #11 5. A Unit 5.3 #5
6. D Unit 5.3 #20 6. E Unit 4.4 #2 6. A Unit 3.1 #5
7. E Unit 5.1 #10 7. A Unit 5.3 #4 7. A Unit 5.1 #11
8. C Unit 8.2 #4 8. C Unit 8.1 #23 8. B Unit 7.2 #25
9. B Unit 1 #5 9. B Unit 7.2 #10 9. B Unit 1 #6
10. C Unit 1 #59 10. D Unit 6.2 #3 10. C Unit 5.2 #1
11. C Unit 1 #60 11. B Unit 9.1 #6 11. D Unit 6.2 #5
12. D Unit 6.1 #7 12. B Unit 9.1 #28 12. E Unit 6.2 #28
13. B Unit 1 #30 13. D Unit 9.4 #10 13. A Unit 9.4 #11
14. E Unit 9.4 #9 14. A Unit 6.1 #8 14. C Unit 6.1 #9
15. A Unit 9.5 #4 15. B Unit 1 #31 15. A Unit 6.1 #10
16. C Unit 1 #61 16. A Unit 13.2 #30 16. A Unit 1 #33
17. D Unit 13.2 #28 17. B Unit 13.2 #2 17. A Unit 13.2 #31
18. B Unit 13.1 #17 18. E Unit 13.6 #13 18. B Unit 13.6 #16
19. A Unit 13.2 #1 19. D Unit 13.6 #14 19. A Unit 13.5 #11
20. E Unit 13.7 #17 20. A Unit 9.2 #32 20. B Unit 13.8 #12
21. E Unit 13.8 #11 21. C Unit 13.5 #37 21. D Unit 13.5 #38
22. E Unit 9.2 #29 22. E Unit 10.2 #14 22. D Unit 10.2 #55
23. B Unit 9.2 #30 23. D Unit 10.2 #15 23. C Unit 10.2 #16
24. B Unit 10.2 #10 24. C Unit 10.5 #74 24. D Unit 10.6 #21
25. C Unit 10.2 #11 25. B Unit 10.6 #19 25. D Unit 10.6 #22
26. C Unit 10.2 #12 26. D Unit 12.4 #15 26. B Unit 12.2 #10
27. A Unit 10.5 #17 27. A Unit 12.4 #16 27. D Unit 12.5 #5
28. C Unit 10.6 #17 28. C Unit 12.5 #4 28. B Unit 12.5 #6
29. C Unit 2.1 #5 29. E Unit 12.2 #2 29. E Unit 12.4 #8
30. A Unit 3.3 #12 30. C Unit 16.1 #4 30. D Unit 15.2 #10
31. C Unit 5.5 #1 31. C Unit 15.2 #9 31. C Unit 15.2 #11
32. A Unit 8.1 #22 32. D Unit 16.5 #8 32. C Unit 16.3 #1
33. E Unit 8.3 #6 33. E Unit 5.1 #4 33. E Unit 8.2 #6
34. D Unit 8.1 #5 34. E Unit 8.2 #5 34. C Unit 2.2 #5
35. D Unit 7.2 #23 35. B Unit 12.4 #7 35. B Unit 8.1 #6
36. D Unit 7.3 #29 36. B Unit 3.3 #1 36. D Unit 2.1 #7
37. C Unit 7.3 #1 37. B Unit 2.1 #6 37. E Unit 7.3 #22
38. B Unit 16.2 #6 38. B Unit 7.2 #24 38. B Unit 7.3 #2
39. B Unit 9.1 #26 39. D Unit 7.3 #39 39. D Unit 6.2 #48
40. C Unit 9.1 #27 40. D Unit 6.2 #27 40. B Unit 1 #63
41. E Unit 9.2 #8 41. D Unit 1 #62 41. D Unit 9.4 #64
42. B Unit 9.2 #31 42. D Unit 1 #32 42. B Unit 9.4 #65
43. B Unit 9.1 #55 43. D Unit 6.2 #4 43. A Unit 9.4 #12
44. D Unit 13.4 #6 44. D Unit 13.5 #34 44. B Unit 13.1 #24
45. E Unit 13.2 #29 45. C Unit 9.5 #5 45. D Unit 13.3 #12
46. E Unit 13.7 #18 46. E Unit 13.5 #3 46. E Unit 13.6 #17
47. A Unit 10.5 #18 47. E Unit 13.6 #15 47. C Unit 9.2 #33
48. D Unit 13.3 #10 48. E Unit 13.3 #11 48. C Unit 13.6 #18
49. A Unit 13.1 #22 49. A Unit 13.1 #23 49. C Unit 13.6 #54
50. B Unit 9.1 #5 50. A Unit 13.4 #16 50. E Unit 9.3 #7
51. D Unit 10.2 #13 51. E Unit 10.2 #62 51. D Unit 13.4 #20
52. B Unit 10.5 #73 52. B Unit 9.3 #6 52. C Unit 13.5 #28
53. C Unit 10.5 #19 53. C Unit 10.5 #20 53. E Unit 10.5 #21
54. C Unit 10.6 #18 54. A Unit 10.6 #20 54. E Unit 10.5 #75

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 383

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1985 HKCEE 1986 HKCEE 1987

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. A Unit 4.6 #11 1. C Unit 6.2 #7 1. B Unit 4.6 #16

2. A Unit 4.6 #12 2. E Unit 4.6 #14 2. A Unit 4.1 #48
3. B Unit 4.1 #14 3. B Unit 4.1 #16 3. E Unit 4.1 #17
4. B Unit 4.6 #13 4. C Unit 4.2 #1 4. D Unit 6.2 #30
5. E Unit 4.1 #15 5. E Unit 4.2 #8 5. B Unit 7.3 #12
6. D Unit 4.5 #12 6. A Unit 5.3 #7 6. C Unit 3.1 #6
7. A Unit 4.4 #15 7. E Unit 7.3 #30 7. D Unit 3.2 #43
8. D Unit 3.3 #13 8. B Unit 5.4 #10 8. B Unit 4.4 #3
9. B Unit 5.3 #6 9. C Unit 9.2 #34 9. C Unit 2.2 #6
10. C Unit 7.3 #11 10. C Unit 9.2 #16 10. E Unit 2.1 #9
11. E Unit 6.2 #6 11. A Unit 6.1 #12 11. D Unit 7.2 #15
12. C Unit 1 #34 12. A Unit 9.4 #14 12. A Unit 9.1 #30
13. D Unit 1 #35 13. E Unit 1 #7 13. D Unit 9.4 #17
14. B Unit 6.1 #11 14. B Unit 13.2 #47 14. D Unit 9.4 #18
15. A Unit 1 #64 15. E Unit 13.4 #8 15. C Unit 1 #8
16. E Unit 9.2 #9 16. D Unit 13.2 #33 16. B Unit 1 #37
17. B Unit 13.2 #32 17. C Unit 13.6 #21 17. A Unit 9.2 #38
18. B Unit 13.1 #3 18. A Unit 9.2 #35 18. B Unit 13.6 #57
19. E Unit 13.5 #12 19. B Unit 13.6 #22 19. D Unit 13.6 #24
20. C Unit 13.5 #39 20. D Unit 13.7 #2 20. C Unit 10.5 #24
21. D Unit 13.6 #55 21. C Unit 12.5 #9 21. A Unit 9.3 #9
22. C Unit 10.5 #76 22. A Unit 12.4 #28 22. E Unit 9.2 #2
23. B Unit 10.2 #56 23. D Unit 10.2 #18 23. B Unit 10.5 #79
24. A Unit 10.2 #17 24. B Unit 9.1 #7 24. B Unit 9.3 #10
25. B Unit 10.5 #22 25. B Unit 10.5 #77 25. C Unit 13.5 #40
26. D Unit 12.2 #3 26. A Unit 15.2 #14 26. A Unit 12.5 #10
27. B Unit 12.4 #17 27. B Unit 16.5 #1 27. B Unit 12.5 #11
28. D Unit 12.5 #7 28. A Unit 16.1 #14 28. C Unit 12.4 #43
29. D Unit 12.5 #8 29. A Unit 3.2 #42 29. D Unit 16.2 #8
30. A Unit 16.2 #7 30. A Unit 4.6 #15 30. C Unit 16.5 #11
31. C Unit 15.2 #12 31. D Unit 4.5 #3 31. E Unit 15.2 #15
32. C Unit 15.2 #13 32. C Unit 8.3 #21 32. D Unit 15.2 #16
33. D Unit 16.5 #9 33. E Unit 3.3 #2 33. B Unit 15.2 #17
34. E Unit 16.5 #10 34. C Unit 4.4 #16 34. E Unit 6.2 #8
35. A Unit 2.2 #19 35. D Unit 2.2 #23 35. D Unit 1 #38
36. D Unit 8.2 #7 36. E Unit 8.1 #7 36. A Unit 8.1 #9
37. E Unit 8.3 #7 37. B Unit 8.1 #8 37. E Unit 8.1 #24
38. A Unit 7.3 #3 38. E Unit 9.4 #15 38. C Unit 4.1 #49
39. A Unit 7.2 #2 39. E Unit 1 #36 39. C Unit 2.2 #24
40. C Unit 2.1 #8 40. D Unit 9.4 #16 40. C Unit 4.5 #13
41. E Unit 1 #65 41. B Unit 1 #66 41. D Unit 6.2 #31
42. C Unit 9.5 #6 42. D Unit 6.2 #29 42. A Unit 6.2 #9
43. C Unit 9.4 #13 43. C Unit 7.2 #26 43. A Unit 6.1 #13
44. D Unit 9.4 #66 44. A Unit 13.3 #13 44. B Unit 0.2 #9
45. D Unit 13.4 #7 45. E Unit 13.6 #56 45. E Unit 10.5 #25
46. D Unit 13.1 #25 46. C Unit 13.6 #23 46. D Unit 13.6 #25
47. D Unit 13.6 #19 47. C Unit 9.2 #36 47. B Unit 10.5 #26
48. C Unit 10.5 #23 48. D Unit 9.1 #8 48. A Unit 13.8 #13
49. E Unit 13.5 #35 49. A Unit 10.5 #78 49. D Unit 13.3 #14
50. A Unit 13.6 #20 50. D Unit 10.6 #25 50. C Unit 13.3 #15
51. C Unit 9.1 #29 51. D Unit 10.3 #13 51. D Unit 13.5 #13
52. D Unit 9.3 #8 52. A Unit 9.2 #37 52. A Unit 9.2 #39
53. C Unit 10.6 #23 53. B Unit 10.6 #26 53. C Unit 10.6 #28
54. E Unit 10.6 #24 54. D Unit 10.6 #27 54. C Unit 9.3 #11

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 384

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1988 HKCEE 1989 HKCEE 1990

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. A Unit 3.2 #16 1. C Unit 3.2 #17 1. A Unit 3.2 #19

2. D Unit 4.1 #18 2. E Unit 4.6 #19 2. A Unit 4.6 #21
3. C Unit 4.6 #17 3. B Unit 3.2 #18 3. A Unit 4.1 #19
4. A Unit 5.3 #8 4. A Unit 2.1 #11 4. E Unit 2.1 #12
5. C Unit 4.4 #4 5. D Unit 8.3 #9 5. A Unit 3.3 #15
6. A Unit 4.6 #18 6. E Unit 4.4 #5 6. E Unit 7.3 #32
7. A Unit 4.2 #2 7. E Unit 8.1 #10 7. E Unit 4.3 #16
8. E Unit 5.3 #21 8. C Unit 5.5 #6 8. B Unit 5.3 #9
9. D Unit 7.3 #4 9. B Unit 6.3 #10 9. C Unit 6.2 #10
10. E Unit 9.4 #19 10. C Unit 0.2 #10 10. C Unit 6.2 #34
11. D Unit 9.3 #12 11. D Unit 9.3 #13 11. D Unit 9.4 #20
12. A Unit 1 #9 12. D Unit 9.4 #67 12. B Unit 9.4 #21
13. B Unit 1 #67 13. A Unit 1 #71 13. B Unit 9.2 #11
14. E Unit 13.3 #16 14. C Unit 1 #10 14. D Unit 1 #11
15. E Unit 13.8 #2 15. B Unit 13.1 #27 15. C Unit 1 #39
16. E Unit 13.1 #18 16. A Unit 13.2 #34 16. D Unit 13.2 #3
17. C Unit 13.6 #26 17. A Unit 13.4 #27 17. E Unit 13.3 #19
18. B Unit 9.2 #40 18. B Unit 13.3 #17 18. A Unit 13.1 #19
19. C Unit 13.5 #41 19. C Unit 13.6 #28 19. C Unit 13.8 #16
20. B Unit 13.6 #27 20. C Unit 10.2 #20 20. C Unit 10.6 #32
21. C Unit 10.6 #29 21. D Unit 10.2 #21 21. C Unit 10.5 #30
22. B Unit 10.5 #27 22. D Unit 9.1 #11 22. B Unit 10.4 #6
23. D Unit 13.5 #4 23. B Unit 10.5 #81 23. D Unit 10.2 #22
24. B Unit 10.6 #30 24. E Unit 10.6 #31 24. A Unit 16.3 #3
25. E Unit 9.1 #9 25. A Unit 16.3 #2 25. A Unit 16.2 #11
26. D Unit 12.4 #29 26. C Unit 15.2 #19 26. E Unit 15.2 #21
27. C Unit 12.5 #12 27. A Unit 15.2 #20 27. E Unit 12.2 #11
28. E Unit 12.2 #15 28. B Unit 12.4 #30 28. A Unit 12.4 #31
29. E Unit 16.2 #9 29. B Unit 12.4 #55 29. D Unit 12.4 #3
30. E Unit 16.2 #10 30. C Unit 12.5 #13 30. B Unit 12.5 #15
31. B Unit 15.2 #18 31. E Unit 12.5 #14 31. C Unit 2.2 #25
32. B Unit 16.1 #15 32. E Unit 9.2 #43 32. C Unit 5.5 #7
33. D Unit 4.3 #15 33. B Unit 9.2 #10 33. E Unit 3.1 #8
34. E Unit 2.1 #10 34. E Unit 7.2 #16 34. A Unit 4.4 #27
35. A Unit 3.3 #3 35. A Unit 6.3 #3 35. C Unit 5.4 #11
36. D Unit 8.3 #8 36. C Unit 6.2 #33 36. D Unit 8.1 #11
37. C Unit 8.2 #19 37. D Unit 9.3 #14 37. D Unit 4.5 #5
38. A Unit 7.2 #11 38. E Unit 10.5 #29 38. B Unit 7.2 #17
39. D Unit 6.3 #2 39. B Unit 7.3 #31 39. C Unit 13.5 #42
40. C Unit 4.5 #4 40. E Unit 4.1 #50 40. E Unit 9.2 #4
41. A Unit 1 #68 41. A Unit 4.6 #20 41. B Unit 9.2 #12
42. C Unit 1 #69 42. B Unit 3.3 #14 42. A Unit 1 #72
43. C Unit 1 #70 43. C Unit 3.1 #7 43. E Unit 6.3 #22
44. A Unit 6.2 #32 44. A Unit 5.3 #22 44. B Unit 13.3 #20
45. A Unit 9.5 #7 45. D Unit 2.2 #7 45. B Unit 13.4 #28
46. B Unit 9.2 #17 46. C Unit 13.3 #18 46. E Unit 13.6 #59
47. C Unit 13.1 #26 47. E Unit 13.8 #14 47. E Unit 13.8 #3
48. B Unit 13.4 #9 48. D Unit 13.5 #14 48. C Unit 10.5 #31
49. D Unit 9.2 #41 49. B Unit 13.8 #15 49. D Unit 13.6 #60
50. D Unit 9.2 #42 50. A Unit 13.6 #58 50. D Unit 10.6 #33
51. B Unit 10.5 #80 51. D Unit 10.5 #82 51. C Unit 10.6 #34
52. B Unit 10.5 #28 52. A Unit 10.5 #83 52. B Unit 10.2 #23
53. E Unit 9.1 #10 53. D Unit 9.3 #15 53. D Unit 10.6 #35
54. E Unit 10.2 #19 54. E Unit 9.3 #16 54. A Unit 10.3 #3

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 385

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1991 HKCEE 1992 HKCEE 1993

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. A Unit 3.2 #20 1. A Unit 4.6 #24 1. C Unit 2.1 #14

2. E Unit 4.6 #22 2. A Unit 4.1 #21 2. A Unit 4.1 #22
3. A Unit 4.4 #17 3. E Unit 5.1 #12 3. B Unit 4.3 #4
4. E Unit 4.1 #20 4. D Unit 3.1 #10 4. E Unit 3.1 #11
5. E Unit 4.6 #23 5. A Unit 3.3 #17 5. A Unit 4.2 #10
6. C Unit 4.5 #6 6. A Unit 4.3 #17 6. B Unit 8.3 #22
7. B Unit 5.5 #11 7. A Unit 6.2 #49 7. B Unit 5.5 #2
8. E Unit 5.4 #2 8. A Unit 3.2 #21 8. B Unit 3.3 #18
9. D Unit 6.3 #23 9. E Unit 3.2 #1 9. C Unit 4.4 #28
10. A Unit 6.2 #11 10. D Unit 6.2 #12 10. D Unit 7.2 #18
11. C Unit 9.5 #8 11. E Unit 6.3 #11 11. B Unit 4.5 #8
12. A Unit 9.1 #31 12. C Unit 1 #13 12. A Unit 5.3 #10
13. C Unit 9.2 #44 13. C Unit 9.4 #22 13. B Unit 5.4 #12
14. D Unit 9.1 #32 14. B Unit 10.6 #37 14. B Unit 6.3 #12
15. A Unit 1 #12 15. B Unit 9.4 #23 15. E Unit 9.2 #45
16. B Unit 13.2 #35 16. A Unit 9.1 #33 16. A Unit 9.4 #24
17. D Unit 13.2 #4 17. B Unit 9.4 #68 17. E Unit 9.4 #25
18. D Unit 13.3 #21 18. B Unit 13.1 #28 18. A Unit 1 #42
19. C Unit 13.5 #36 19. D Unit 13.5 #15 19. C Unit 13.2 #36
20. B Unit 13.6 #29 20. D Unit 13.3 #22 20. B Unit 13.2 #37
21. A Unit 10.5 #32 21. B Unit 13.2 #5 21. A Unit 13.5 #16
22. C Unit 10.5 #84 22. D Unit 13.4 #11 22. C Unit 13.1 #29
23. B Unit 10.2 #24 23. D Unit 13.3 #23 23. C Unit 13.6 #30
24. D Unit 10.6 #36 24. C Unit 10.5 #34 24. C Unit 10.5 #85
25. C Unit 10.4 #7 25. E Unit 9.1 #12 25. C Unit 10.2 #27
26. E Unit 12.5 #16 26. D Unit 10.6 #38 26. B Unit 10.5 #36
27. E Unit 12.4 #32 27. B Unit 10.6 #39 27. B Unit 12.2 #6
28. D Unit 12.2 #16 28. A Unit 12.4 #23 28. C Unit 12.4 #56
29. B Unit 13.7 #3 29. E Unit 12.5 #17 29. D Unit 12.5 #19
30. A Unit 16.5 #2 30. B Unit 12.5 #18 30. C Unit 12.5 #20
31. C Unit 16.5 #12 31. E Unit 12.2 #17 31. D Unit 15.2 #24
32. E Unit 15.2 #22 32. D Unit 16.2 #12 32. C Unit 16.2 #14
33. D Unit 3.1 #9 33. E Unit 15.2 #23 33. A Unit 16.5 #14
34. D Unit 3.3 #16 34. C Unit 16.5 #13 34. A Unit 3.2 #44
35. D Unit 2.1 #13 35. E Unit 7.3 #40 35. D Unit 6.2 #13
36. C Unit 4.2 #9 36. E Unit 5.5 #8 36. E Unit 5.5 #9
37. C Unit 8.1 #12 37. E Unit 8.2 #8 37. D Unit 7.3 #41
38. E Unit 8.3 #10 38. E Unit 8.2 #20 38. B Unit 9.1 #34
39. E Unit 5.1 #5 39. B Unit 16.2 #13 39. D Unit 4.3 #18
40. A Unit 7.2 #27 40. B Unit 4.5 #7 40. A Unit 8.2 #9
41. E Unit 7.3 #5 41. A Unit 4.4 #18 41. D Unit 9.1 #35
42. B Unit 1 #73 42. D Unit 7.3 #13 42. D Unit 9.2 #46
43. D Unit 1 #40 43. C Unit 5.1 #15 43. D Unit 1 #14
44. C Unit 9.2 #5 44. C Unit 1 #41 44. D Unit 1 #74
45. D Unit 13.8 #17 45. C Unit 6.2 #35 45. E Unit 13.3 #24
46. E Unit 13.8 #18 46. B Unit 13.6 #62 46. B Unit 13.4 #17
47. A Unit 13.2 #48 47. A Unit 13.8 #20 47. E Unit 13.6 #31
48. B Unit 13.4 #10 48. D Unit 13.8 #21 48. C Unit 13.8 #22
49. B Unit 13.8 #19 49. C Unit 13.5 #29 49. A Unit 10.5 #37
50. B Unit 13.6 #61 50. B Unit 10.6 #40 50. E Unit 10.6 #41
51. B Unit 10.2 #25 51. A Unit 10.2 #26 51. E Unit 10.6 #42
52. C Unit 10.5 #33 52. D Unit 10.5 #35 52. D Unit 9.1 #14
53. B Unit 9.3 #17 53. C Unit 10.4 #8 53. A Unit 9.1 #15
54. A Unit 10.3 #4 54. C Unit 9.1 #13 54. E Unit 9.2 #6

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 386

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1994 HKCEE 1995 HKCEE 1996

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. B Unit 2.1 #15 1. D (32) Unit 0.3 #5 1. D (45) Unit 0.3 #6

2. C Unit 4.1 #23 2. D (66) Unit 4.1 #24 2. E (75) Unit 3.2 #24
3. C Unit 4.5 #14 3. D (68) Unit 4.4 #19 3. C (71) Unit 4.5 #9
4. B Unit 3.1 #12 4. A (71) Unit 3.2 #23 4. C (68) Unit 4.1 #25
5. D Unit 8.3 #23 5. E (51) Unit 3.1 #13 5. B (68) Unit 4.4 #7
6. E Unit 8.2 #10 6. C (58) Unit 4.5 #15 6. B (48) Unit 4.3 #21
7. A Unit 4.2 #3 7. C (79) Unit 5.4 #4 7. A (58) Unit 8.1 #30
8. E Unit 5.3 #11 8. D (47) Unit 8.3 #11 8. E (40) Unit 4.2 #12
9. C Unit 1 #75 9. E (55) Unit 8.1 #29 9. C (43) Unit 8.3 #12
10. B Unit 1 #43 10. B (46) Unit 4.2 #11 10. D (75) Unit 5.4 #13
11. E Unit 13.7 #4 11. C (52) Unit 6.3 #5 11. C (63) Unit 5.3 #13
12. A Unit 7.3 #33 12. C (62) Unit 6.2 #15 12. D (60) Unit 7.2 #12
13. D Unit 9.4 #69 13. E (37) Unit 1 #15 13. C (61) Unit 7.3 #34
14. D Unit 9.1 #36 14. A (82) Unit 9.1 #38 14. E (47) Unit 1 #45
15. A Unit 9.2 #47 15. B (67) Unit 9.4 #26 15. A (40) Unit 9.3 #20
16. A Unit 13.2 #38 16. A (43) Unit 13.2 #39 16. D (50) Unit 9.2 #50
17. A Unit 13.4 #12 17. C (48) Unit 13.3 #26 17. D (70) Unit 9.1 #39
18. E Unit 13.2 #6 18. C (50) Unit 13.1 #31 18. E (31) Unit 9.4 #28
19. A Unit 13.6 #63 19. E (33) Unit 13.5 #17 19. E (65) Unit 13.3 #28
20. C Unit 13.8 #23 20. D (57) Unit 13.7 #5 20. B (50) Unit 13.2 #40
21. D Unit 10.5 #38 21. C (29) Unit 13.6 #64 21. B (36) Unit 13.4 #29
22. B Unit 10.6 #43 22. B (67) Unit 10.5 #41 22. C (26) Unit 13.3 #29
23. E Unit 10.6 #44 23. D (54) Unit 10.6 #45 23. B (60) Unit 13.8 #4
24. D Unit 10.2 #28 24. C (61) Unit 10.5 #86 24. B (65) Unit 13.5 #18
25. B Unit 10.2 #29 25. B (71) Unit 10.2 #30 25. A (52) Unit 10.5 #42
26. A Unit 12.2 #7 26. C (65) Unit 10.3 #14 26. A (48) Unit 10.6 #47
27. A Unit 12.4 #57 27. B (51) Unit 12.4 #18 27. B (27) Unit 9.4 #29
28. C Unit 12.5 #21 28. E (44) Unit 12.4 #4 28. E (36) Unit 10.2 #33
29. E Unit 12.5 #22 29. D (36) Unit 12.5 #23 29. E (18) Unit 12.4 #9
30. B Unit 16.1 #5 30. E (55) Unit 12.5 #24 30. A (34) Unit 12.5 #25
31. B Unit 15.2 #25 31. D (62) Unit 15.2 #26 31. A (47) Unit 12.4 #33
32. C Unit 16.5 #3 32. B (45) Unit 15.2 #27 32. C (68) Unit 16.1 #9
33. C Unit 3.2 #22 33. D (56) Unit 16.2 #15 33. D (30) Unit 16.2 #16
34. B Unit 3.3 #19 34. E (27) Unit 16.5 #15 34. B (37) Unit 15.2 #28
35. A Unit 4.3 #19 35. D (49) Unit 2.1 #16 35. C (38) Unit 15.2 #29
36. D Unit 4.6 #25 36. E (35) Unit 4.3 #20 36. C (39) Unit 4.6 #27
37. A Unit 4.4 #6 37. A (37) Unit 4.6 #26 37. C (37) Unit 0.2 #15
38. E Unit 5.5 #3 38. B (31) Unit 3.2 #45 38. A (39) Unit 3.3 #20
39. A Unit 5.4 #3 39. E (55) Unit 5.3 #12 39. E (47) Unit 3.1 #14
40. C Unit 5.5 #10 40. E (35) Unit 8.2 #18 40. A (47) Unit 8.2 #11
41. C Unit 7.2 #28 41. A (55) Unit 2.2 #8 41. A (40) Unit 2.2 #20
42. D Unit 6.2 #14 42. A (38) Unit 7.2 #29 42. D (43) Unit 7.2 #3
43. C Unit 6.3 #4 43. C (51) Unit 7.3 #19 43. E (43) Unit 9.5 #9
44. D Unit 9.2 #48 44. B (33) Unit 1 #44 44. C (31) Unit 6.2 #36
45. B Unit 9.3 #18 45. E (12) Unit 9.2 #49 45. D (39) Unit 9.4 #30
46. E Unit 9.1 #37 46. E (30) Unit 9.2 #18 46. B (24) Unit 9.3 #21
47. D Unit 13.3 #25 47. C (35) Unit 9.3 #19 47. B (41) Unit 13.6 #33
48. C Unit 13.1 #30 48. B (25) Unit 9.4 #27 48. D (55) Unit 13.7 #6
49. B Unit 13.5 #5 49. C (29) Unit 13.3 #27 49. A (49) Unit 13.8 #25
50. E Unit 13.6 #32 50. A (40) Unit 13.4 #18 50. D (22) Unit 10.6 #48
51. B Unit 10.5 #39 51. A (29) Unit 13.8 #24 51. A (27) Unit 10.2 #64
52. E Unit 10.5 #40 52. B (36) Unit 10.6 #46 52. C (45) Unit 9.3 #22
53. D Unit 10.2 #63 53. B (41) Unit 10.2 #31 53. E (28) Unit 12.2 #12
54. C Unit 9.1 #16 54. A (37) Unit 10.2 #32 54. B (39) Unit 12.5 #26

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 387

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 1997 HKCEE 1998 HKCEE 1999

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. B (75) Unit 0.3 #7 1. D (66) Unit 4.1 #27 1. A (82) Unit 2.1 #19
2. A (75) Unit 3.2 #46 2. B (71) Unit 2.1 #18 2. B (67) Unit 4.3 #24
3. D (71) Unit 4.1 #26 3. A (68) Unit 8.2 #13 3. D (74) Unit 4.1 #28
4. D (58) Unit 4.3 #22 4. C (73) Unit 5.4 #6 4. B (73) Unit 3.2 #47
5. B (63) Unit 3.3 #21 5. E (52) Unit 4.2 #13 5. E (65) Unit 2.2 #10
6. E (60) Unit 4.4 #20 6. D (68) Unit 4.4 #21 6. C (56) Unit 4.2 #14
7. B (42) Unit 4.2 #4 7. B (69) Unit 3.2 #25 7. A (65) Unit 8.2 #14
8. D (58) Unit 5.4 #5 8. B (69) Unit 4.3 #23 8. D (79) Unit 5.4 #14
9. A (38) Unit 8.3 #13 9. D (53) Unit 5.2 #2 9. A (65) Unit 2.2 #11
10. C (82) Unit 1 #76 10. E (67) Unit 5.1 #6 10. D (55) Unit 7.2 #31
11. B (31) Unit 6.2 #37 11. D (48) Unit 5.1 #16 11. C (32) Unit 1 #77
12. A (81) Unit 13.6 #34 12. B (57) Unit 2.2 #26 12. C (73) Unit 6.2 #17
13. C (72) Unit 13.5 #19 13. B (58) Unit 7.2 #4 13. C (72) Unit 6.2 #38
14. E (53) Unit 13.6 #35 14. C (62) Unit 1 #46 14. B (70) Unit 0.2 #12
15. C (73) Unit 13.5 #43 15. E (65) Unit 6.2 #16 15. E (67) Unit 13.7 #8
16. A (34) Unit 9.2 #51 16. E (54) Unit 6.2 #50 16. A (55) Unit 13.4 #1
17. E (75) Unit 10.2 #34 17. B (50) Unit 6.3 #14 17. B (72) Unit 13.5 #21
18. B (48) Unit 9.2 #52 18. B (67) Unit 13.7 #7 18. D (51) Unit 13.5 #6
19. D (51) Unit 10.2 #35 19. D (51) Unit 9.2 #19 19. B (72) Unit 13.6 #37
20. E (56) Unit 10.6 #49 20. C (58) Unit 9.4 #32 20. B (51) Unit 13.6 #67
21. C (72) Unit 12.4 #58 21. C (72) Unit 9.1 #40 21. A (60) Unit 9.2 #13
22. D (45) Unit 12.4 #34 22. A (41) Unit 9.4 #33 22. E (56) Unit 9.4 #34
23. D (61) Unit 16.1 #6 23. E (52) Unit 9.2 #54 23. A (40) Unit 9.4 #35
24. C (62) Unit 16.2 #17 24. A (73) Unit 13.6 #36 24. A (61) Unit 9.4 #36
25. E (63) Unit 15.2 #30 25. E (70) Unit 13.5 #20 25. D (46) Unit 9.2 #56
26. E (34) Unit 15.2 #31 26. B (59) Unit 13.6 #66 26. D (52) Unit 10.5 #47
27. E (47) Unit 2.1 #17 27. B (47) Unit 13.7 #19 27. C (77) Unit 10.5 #48
28. A (47) Unit 4.6 #28 28. C (79) Unit 10.5 #45 28. B (78) Unit 10.2 #37
29. B (56) Unit 3.1 #15 29. C (52) Unit 10.5 #46 29. B (48) Unit 10.2 #38
30. B (40) Unit 5.3 #14 30. A (45) Unit 10.2 #36 30. A (55) Unit 10.3 #15
31. C (53) Unit 5.5 #4 31. C (59) Unit 9.1 #17 31. E (24) Unit 12.4 #48
32. D (58) Unit 8.2 #12 32. E (47) Unit 12.4 #24 32. D (37) Unit 12.4 #25
33. B (46) Unit 8.1 #13 33. A (36) Unit 12.4 #5 33. C (54) Unit 16.2 #18
34. A (31) Unit 2.2 #9 34. A (44) Unit 16.5 #16 34. E (44) Unit 16.6 #1
35. C (47) Unit 7.2 #30 35. A (30) Unit 15.2 #32 35. E (32) Unit 15.2 #34
36. A (46) Unit 7.3 #35 36. E (43) Unit 15.2 #33 36. C (56) Unit 15.2 #35
37. E (43) Unit 7.3 #6 37. C (62) Unit 0.2 #11 37. B (41) Unit 9.4 #71
38. C (48) Unit 1 #16 38. A (18) Unit 10.2 #65 38. E (56) Unit 4.4 #29
39. C (69) Unit 6.3 #13 39. A (43) Unit 4.6 #29 39. E (37) Unit 3.3 #23
40. A (43) Unit 13.2 #7 40. A (45) Unit 3.3 #22 40. E (53) Unit 4.6 #30
41. C (52) Unit 13.8 #26 41. C (33) Unit 8.3 #1 41. C (25) Unit 5.5 #12
42. A (42) Unit 13.6 #65 42. D (29) Unit 9.4 #70 42. B (40) Unit 6.1 #14
43. E (21) Unit 13.3 #30 43. D (47) Unit 7.3 #36 43. D (39) Unit 8.3 #24
44. E (25) Unit 13.4 #21 44. C (51) Unit 13.2 #41 44. E (35) Unit 7.3 #37
45. D (62) Unit 12.5 #27 45. E (34) Unit 13.4 #19 45. D (37) Unit 6.3 #6
46. D (35) Unit 12.5 #28 46. E (28) Unit 9.2 #55 46. A (39) Unit 13.2 #8
47. A (29) Unit 12.2 #13 47. D (35) Unit 13.3 #31 47. B (44) Unit 13.3 #32
48. D (36) Unit 9.2 #53 48. C (36) Unit 13.8 #27 48. E (39) Unit 13.9 #5
49. A (31) Unit 9.4 #31 49. D (53) Unit 10.6 #50 49. C (55) Unit 13.8 #28
50. B (42) Unit 10.5 #43 50. D (23) Unit 10.4 #10 50. C (32) Unit 10.6 #51
51. D (49) Unit 10.5 #44 51. C (28) Unit 16.3 #8 51. A (40) Unit 12.5 #31
52. C (29) Unit 10.4 #9 52. B (46) Unit 12.5 #29 52. A (25) Unit 12.5 #32
53. B (33) Unit 9.3 #23 53. E (47) Unit 12.5 #30 53. C (46) Unit 12.5 #33
54. C (38) Unit 9.3 #24 54. B (38) Unit 12.2 #14 54. D (30) Unit 9.3 #25

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 388

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 2000 HKCEE 2001 HKCEE 2002

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. E (76) Unit 4.1 #29 1. A (53) Unit 4.1 #30 1. D (68) Unit 4.1 #31
2. A (81) Unit 4.3 #25 2. C (84) Unit 4.3 #5 2. B (71) Unit 2.1 #21
3. C (84) Unit 3.2 #26 3. A (66) Unit 4.4 #8 3. A (84) Unit 3.2 #28
4. E (69) Unit 2.1 #20 4. E (75) Unit 13.6 #40 4. D (46) Unit 12.4 #10
5. B (48) Unit 5.4 #15 5. B (76) Unit 16.1 #10 5. B (65) Unit 2.2 #13
6. B (47) Unit 8.1 #31 6. D (54) Unit 12.4 #35 6. A (60) Unit 4.2 #16
7. C (46) Unit 9.1 #41 7. A (69) Unit 13.5 #22 7. A (72) Unit 5.2 #3
8. B (79) Unit 9.1 #42 8. B (47) Unit 9.4 #39 8. D (64) Unit 5.4 #7
9. D (71) Unit 4.4 #22 9. D (53) Unit 9.1 #45 9. D (67) Unit 8.2 #15
10. A (70) Unit 4.2 #15 10. E (43) Unit 3.2 #27 10. B (77) Unit 6.2 #40
11. E (67) Unit 13.4 #2 11. B (39) Unit 4.2 #5 11. C (73) Unit 7.2 #33
12. B (58) Unit 9.1 #43 12. B (74) Unit 5.4 #16 12. C (41) Unit 1 #18
13. A (64) Unit 13.5 #44 13. E (39) Unit 5.1 #17 13. D (55) Unit 4.1 #53
14. A (74) Unit 1 #47 14. A (23) Unit 7.2 #32 14. A (91) Unit 1 #48
15. C (75) Unit 7.2 #13 15. C (48) Unit 7.3 #14 15. A (42) Unit 6.3 #7
16. C (70) Unit 7.3 #7 16. C (40) Unit 1 #17 16. A (77) Unit 13.5 #7
17. E (51) Unit 12.4 #59 17. A (52) Unit 13.1 #4 17. B (76) Unit 9.2 #15
18. A (49) Unit 12.4 #26 18. C (82) Unit 10.5 #51 18. C (71) Unit 13.5 #46
19. A (71) Unit 10.2 #39 19. E (44) Unit 10.3 #9 19. D (67) Unit 9.4 #41
20. E (38) Unit 10.5 #49 20. C (88) Unit 10.2 #40 20. A (62) Unit 9.2 #60
21. E (44) Unit 15.2 #36 21. C (62) Unit 16.2 #19 21. C (49) Unit 13.1 #32
22. C (36) Unit 15.2 #37 22. A (45) Unit 4.3 #26 22. A (72) Unit 13.1 #5
23. D (48) Unit 16.5 #4 23. C (62) Unit 2.2 #21 23. B (47) Unit 13.5 #23
24. D (61) Unit 10.3 #8 24. D (57) Unit 9.4 #40 24. C (40) Unit 13.7 #20
25. B (52) Unit 9.2 #14 25. B (53) Unit 9.2 #58 25. B (67) Unit 9.1 #18
26. C (71) Unit 13.5 #45 26. A (25) Unit 9.2 #59 26. D (59) Unit 10.3 #10
27. D (54) Unit 13.6 #68 27. D (73) Unit 1 #78 27. B (73) Unit 10.2 #41
28. D (26) Unit 13.6 #38 28. E (53) Unit 4.1 #52 28. B (55) Unit 10.5 #53
29. A (51) Unit 13.6 #39 29. C (55) Unit 6.3 #24 29. B (75) Unit 10.5 #54
30. D (51) Unit 13.7 #9 30. B (40) Unit 13.6 #69 30. D (55) Unit 12.2 #5
31. B (37) Unit 9.1 #44 31. E (40) Unit 13.7 #10 31. A (36) Unit 12.4 #19
32. B (56) Unit 9.2 #57 32. B (49) Unit 10.5 #52 32. C (77) Unit 12.4 #60
33. A (23) Unit 9.4 #37 33. E (47) Unit 12.4 #44 33. A (80) Unit 16.1 #7
34. A (27) Unit 4.1 #51 34. D (51) Unit 12.2 #4 34. B (65) Unit 16.2 #20
35. D (65) Unit 6.3 #15 35. B (36) Unit 15.2 #38 35. C (41) Unit 15.2 #40
36. C (31) Unit 6.2 #39 36. A (25) Unit 15.2 #39 36. C (56) Unit 15.2 #41
37. E (42) Unit 4.6 #31 37. E (35) Unit 3.3 #25 37. D (55) Unit 4.6 #33
38. D (61) Unit 3.3 #24 38. A (28) Unit 8.1 #14 38. D (53) Unit 4.4 #9
39. E (39) Unit 2.2 #12 39. C (41) Unit 5.3 #15 39. B (59) Unit 3.1 #17
40. B (56) Unit 3.1 #16 40. B (34) Unit 5.5 #5 40. C (48) Unit 3.3 #26
41. C (31) Unit 5.5 #13 41. D (38) Unit 16.3 #10 41. C (53) Unit 5.5 #14
42. D (47) Unit 8.3 #14 42. D (22) Unit 13.3 #33 42. B (33) Unit 13.5 #30
43. C (23) Unit 9.4 #38 43. B (47) Unit 13.2 #42 43. C (52) Unit 7.3 #20
44. A (31) Unit 13.9 #6 44. E (34) Unit 13.4 #13 44. D (33) Unit 9.3 #28
45. E (19) Unit 10.6 #52 45. D (50) Unit 10.6 #53 45. C (41) Unit 9.4 #42
46. C (39) Unit 10.5 #50 46. D (39) Unit 10.5 #87 46. A (49) Unit 13.2 #10
47. B (28) Unit 16.3 #9 47. A (27) Unit 4.6 #32 47. A (39) Unit 13.2 #11
48. B (38) Unit 12.5 #34 48. D (36) Unit 4.4 #23 48. D (20) Unit 13.3 #34
49. D (35) Unit 12.5 #35 49. A (30) Unit 8.3 #15 49. B (42) Unit 13.8 #31
50. A (30) Unit 12.4 #49 50. B (34) Unit 9.3 #27 50. B (56) Unit 10.4 #12
51. B (35) Unit 13.2 #9 51. D (30) Unit 13.8 #30 51. A (47) Unit 10.6 #54
52. E (20) Unit 13.8 #29 52. E (29) Unit 10.4 #11 52. B (41) Unit 12.5 #38
53. C (31) Unit 13.4 #30 53. E (18) Unit 12.5 #36 53. D (33) Unit 12.5 #39
54. D (35) Unit 9.3 #26 54. C (28) Unit 12.5 #37 54. C (58) Unit 16.3 #4

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 389

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 2003 HKCEE 2004 HKCEE 2005

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. C (73) Unit 2.1 #22 1. C (39) Unit 3.2 #30 1. B (89) Unit 3.2 #31
2. C (70) Unit 4.4 #30 2. A (68) Unit 4.1 #33 2. D (80) Unit 4.1 #34
3. A (77) Unit 4.1 #32 3. C (58) Unit 2.1 #23 3. A (80) Unit 2.1 #24
4. A (78) Unit 3.2 #29 4. A (87) Unit 3.1 #18 4. D (84) Unit 4.3 #6
5. C (42) Unit 5.2 #4 5. C (67) Unit 2.2 #14 5. B (85) Unit 5.1 #18
6. A (55) Unit 4.2 #17 6. C (36) Unit 5.2 #5 6. D (65) Unit 2.2 #28
7. D (43) Unit 5.4 #17 7. D (72) Unit 5.1 #7 7. D (47) Unit 5.4 #19
8. D (59) Unit 8.1 #32 8. D (54) Unit 5.4 #18 8. C (74) Unit 5.2 #6
9. C (62) Unit 0.3 #8 9. A (33) Unit 8.1 #33 9. A (80) Unit 8.1 #25
10. D (30) Unit 7.3 #23 10. B (57) Unit 4.2 #18 10. D (69) Unit 4.2 #19
11. B (72) Unit 1 #79 11. B (62) Unit 7.2 #34 11. B (72) Unit 7.3 #15
12. D (62) Unit 1 #19 12. B (73) Unit 1 #49 12. D (24) Unit 1 #50
13. D (69) Unit 6.2 #18 13. C (74) Unit 6.2 #19 13. C (72) Unit 6.2 #20
14. A (59) Unit 6.3 #16 14. C (78) Unit 6.2 #42 14. C (59) Unit 6.3 #17
15. D (27) Unit 6.2 #41 15. B (54) Unit 6.2 #43 15. D (59) Unit 13.7 #12
16. D (48) Unit 9.1 #46 16. A (69) Unit 6.3 #25 16. B (49) Unit 9.1 #49
17. B (46) Unit 9.3 #29 17. C (51) Unit 9.3 #31 17. D (51) Unit 9.4 #45
18. B (57) Unit 9.3 #30 18. D (33) Unit 9.3 #32 18. C (70) Unit 9.4 #46
19. A (56) Unit 9.2 #61 19. B (38) Unit 9.1 #48 19. B (57) Unit 9.2 #63
20. C (88) Unit 9.4 #43 20. C (55) Unit 13.1 #33 20. C (47) Unit 13.1 #34
21. C (56) Unit 9.4 #44 21. B (78) Unit 13.5 #25 21. C (75) Unit 13.5 #8
22. B (67) Unit 13.1 #6 22. D (60) Unit 13.6 #42 22. C (74) Unit 13.5 #26
23. B (64) Unit 13.7 #11 23. B (27) Unit 10.5 #56 23. B (55) Unit 13.5 #47
24. B (67) Unit 13.5 #24 24. D (73) Unit 10.5 #57 24. C (51) Unit 10.5 #61
25. C (67) Unit 10.5 #55 25. C (58) Unit 10.5 #58 25. A (51) Unit 10.5 #62
26. B (66) Unit 13.6 #41 26. A (36) Unit 10.5 #59 26. C (50) Unit 10.3 #12
27. A (33) Unit 10.3 #11 27. B (79) Unit 10.2 #42 27. B (69) Unit 10.2 #43
28. C (51) Unit 10.4 #13 28. D (56) Unit 10.4 #15 28. C (68) Unit 10.2 #44
29. A (52) Unit 12.4 #36 29. D (32) Unit 12.4 #11 29. C (42) Unit 10.4 #16
30. A (57) Unit 12.4 #62 30. A (55) Unit 12.4 #37 30. D (54) Unit 9.1 #19
31. A (25) Unit 12.4 #50 31. B (75) Unit 12.2 #8 31. A (30) Unit 12.4 #51
32. B (62) Unit 16.6 #2 32. A (64) Unit 16.2 #22 32. C (74) Unit 12.2 #18
33. B (34) Unit 16.2 #21 33. B (66) Unit 15.2 #44 33. D (63) Unit 12.4 #38
34. C (30) Unit 15.2 #42 34. B (50) Unit 15.2 #45 34. A (60) Unit 16.2 #23
35. D (63) Unit 15.2 #43 35. A (84) Unit 16.1 #8 35. D (45) Unit 15.2 #46
36. C (35) Unit 16.5 #5 36. C (61) Unit 16.6 #3 36. A (33) Unit 15.2 #47
37. B (52) Unit 4.6 #34 37. D (49) Unit 4.6 #35 37. D (50) Unit 3.1 #19
38. C (77) Unit 4.5 #10 38. D (47) Unit 4.5 #16 38. A (71) Unit 4.5 #17
39. D (56) Unit 4.3 #27 39. A (37) Unit 3.3 #28 39. D (73) Unit 3.3 #29
40. A (66) Unit 3.3 #27 40. B (55) Unit 4.4 #24 40. A (46) Unit 4.4 #10
41. C (41) Unit 5.3 #16 41. C (48) Unit 5.5 #15 41. C (57) Unit 8.3 #17
42. C (39) Unit 2.2 #27 42. C (46) Unit 5.3 #17 42. A (59) Unit 7.2 #19
43. D (36) Unit 8.3 #16 43. D (45) Unit 8.3 #2 43. B (40) Unit 10.4 #17
44. D (25) Unit 9.1 #47 44. A (59) Unit 7.3 #21 44. A (37) Unit 13.3 #36
45. B (50) Unit 13.3 #35 45. A (32) Unit 9.2 #62 45. A (55) Unit 13.2 #14
46. B (50) Unit 13.2 #12 46. A (44) Unit 13.2 #43 46. B (37) Unit 13.2 #49
47. A (64) Unit 13.9 #7 47. A (34) Unit 13.2 #13 47. B (55) Unit 13.8 #33
48. A (49) Unit 13.8 #5 48. D (46) Unit 13.8 #32 48. B (51) Unit 13.8 #34
49. D (33) Unit 13.6 #70 49. D (52) Unit 13.8 #6 49. A (46) Unit 10.6 #57
50. C (43) Unit 10.5 #88 50. A (17) Unit 10.5 #60 50. B (32) Unit 10.6 #58
51. B (16) Unit 10.5 #89 51. B (41) Unit 10.6 #56 51. B (38) Unit 10.5 #63
52. A (36) Unit 10.6 #55 52. D (31) Unit 12.5 #41 52. C (45) Unit 10.2 #45
53. D (32) Unit 10.4 #14 53. C (48) Unit 12.5 #42 53. B (49) Unit 12.5 #43
54. B (43) Unit 12.5 #40 54. C (42) Unit 16.3 #11 54. A (42) Unit 12.5 #44

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 390

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 2006 HKCEE 2007 HKCEE 2008

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. B (87) Unit 3.2 #32 1. A (45) Unit 3.2 #33 1. B (39) Unit 3.2 #34
2. C (85) Unit 4.1 #35 2. D (62) Unit 4.6 #37 2. A (87) Unit 4.1 #36
3. A (62) Unit 4.6 #36 3. A (88) Unit 4.3 #7 3. A (64) Unit 4.6 #38
4. A (89) Unit 4.3 #28 4. A (52) Unit 5.1 #19 4. B (85) Unit 4.3 #8
5. A (78) Unit 2.1 #25 5. D (48) Unit 2.2 #16 5. C (49) Unit 4.3 #29
6. B (66) Unit 4.2 #6 6. B (83) Unit 8.1 #26 6. C (74) Unit 2.1 #27
7. A (45) Unit 2.2 #15 7. B (82) Unit 5.4 #21 7. C (84) Unit 5.4 #22
8. D (82) Unit 5.1 #8 8. D (84) Unit 2.1 #26 8. D (69) Unit 5.4 #8
9. A (40) Unit 5.2 #7 9. A (89) Unit 7.1 #3 9. A (25) Unit 2.2 #29
10. B (76) Unit 1 #51 10. B (86) Unit 1 #80 10. A (55) Unit 8.2 #21
11. C (72) Unit 1 #20 11. D (49) Unit 1 #21 11. C (77) Unit 7.1 #4
12. C (79) Unit 7.1 #2 12. D (85) Unit 0.3 #9 12. A (45) Unit 1 #52
13. D (68) Unit 6.2 #21 13. A (70) Unit 6.2 #22 13. C (57) Unit 6.2 #45
14. D (45) Unit 6.3 #18 14. B (71) Unit 6.3 #26 14. D (53) Unit 6.3 #19
15. C (52) Unit 6.2 #44 15. C (59) Unit 13.7 #14 15. C (68) Unit 6.3 #27
16. A (53) Unit 13.7 #13 16. A (52) Unit 9.2 #65 16. B (52) Unit 0.3 #11
17. A (87) Unit 9.1 #50 17. A (87) Unit 9.4 #50 17. C (51) Unit 0.3 #10
18. B (71) Unit 9.4 #47 18. B (35) Unit 9.4 #51 18. C (60) Unit 9.4 #52
19. C (53) Unit 9.2 #64 19. A (40) Unit 9.3 #33 19. C (82) Unit 9.4 #53
20. A (70) Unit 9.4 #48 20. D (56) Unit 13.2 #16 20. C (62) Unit 9.2 #66
21. D (63) Unit 13.2 #15 21. D (66) Unit 13.2 #44 21. D (45) Unit 9.3 #34
22. D (54) Unit 13.1 #7 22. D (75) Unit 13.3 #38 22. C (62) Unit 13.6 #45
23. C (78) Unit 13.6 #43 23. B (52) Unit 13.6 #44 23. A (66) Unit 13.2 #17
24. B (44) Unit 13.8 #7 24. D (58) Unit 13.8 #8 24. A (76) Unit 13.5 #27
25. D (83) Unit 10.1 #1 25. C (76) Unit 10.1 #5 25. A (82) Unit 10.1 #2
26. D (77) Unit 10.4 #18 26. B (85) Unit 10.1 #8 26. D (60) Unit 10.1 #6
27. C (48) Unit 12.1 #1 27. D (44) Unit 10.2 #57 27. B (69) Unit 10.2 #47
28. C (45) Unit 12.4 #12 28. B (76) Unit 10.2 #46 28. D (65) Unit 10.2 #48
29. D (57) Unit 12.4 #39 29. C (54) Unit 12.2 #20 29. B (79) Unit 12.2 #9
30. A (66) Unit 12.4 #20 30. C (36) Unit 12.1 #2 30. C (44) Unit 12.1 #3
31. D (45) Unit 12.2 #19 31. D (53) Unit 12.4 #40 31. D (40) Unit 12.4 #21
32. B (82) Unit 15.2 #48 32. A (35) Unit 12.4 #13 32. D (40) Unit 12.4 #6
33. C (43) Unit 15.2 #49 33. A (43) Unit 15.2 #52 33. B (51) Unit 15.2 #55
34. B (70) Unit 16.5 #6 34. C (79) Unit 16.2 #24 34. D (64) Unit 16.5 #7
35. C (84) Unit 16.4 #1 35. B (58) Unit 16.5 #17 35. A (36) Unit 16.4 #2
36. B (70) Unit 16.1 #11 36. C (79) Unit 16.4 #6 36. A (88) Unit 16.1 #12
37. B (74) Unit 3.4 #1 37. C (54) Unit 3.1 #20 37. D (59) Unit 2.3 #2
38. A (52) Unit 3.3 #30 38. D (47) Unit 2.3 #1 38. C (60) Unit 3.4 #2
39. C (53) Unit 0.1 #11 39. B (50) Unit 3.3 #31 39. A (82) Unit 3.1 #21
40. B (50) Unit 4.4 #11 40. A (19) Unit 4.4 #25 40. A (49) Unit 0.1 #13
41. C (54) Unit 8.3 #25 41. A (45) Unit 0.1 #12 41. B (69) Unit 5.3 #18
42. D (60) Unit 7.2 #14 42. C (42) Unit 5.4 #20 42. B (40) Unit 8.3 #26
43. A (36) Unit 7.3 #42 43. B (60) Unit 8.3 #18 43. B (59) Unit 7.2 #5
44. A (44) Unit 13.3 #37 44. C (56) Unit 7.2 #35 44. B (45) Unit 7.3 #16
45. C (22) Unit 9.4 #49 45. C (42) Unit 7.3 #38 45. B (40) Unit 13.3 #39
46. B (63) Unit 10.5 #64 46. D (45) Unit 13.4 #22 46. B (39) Unit 13.4 #23
47. B (51) Unit 10.6 #59 47. B (74) Unit 13.5 #9 47. B (44) Unit 13.1 #35
48. D (23) Unit 12.3 #1 48. A (48) Unit 13.6 #71 48. D (42) Unit 13.6 #72
49. D (37) Unit 12.3 #2 49. A (48) Unit 10.6 #60 49. D (39) Unit 13.8 #35
50. A (48) Unit 12.5 #45 50. C (44) Unit 12.3 #3 50. A (37) Unit 10.5 #90
51. C (56) Unit 12.5 #46 51. C (52) Unit 12.5 #47 51. B (44) Unit 10.6 #61
52. B (58) Unit 15.2 #50 52. C (59) Unit 12.5 #48 52. D (26) Unit 12.3 #4
53. B (36) Unit 15.2 #51 53. B (69) Unit 15.2 #53 53. D (39) Unit 12.5 #49
54. D (63) Unit 16.3 #5 54. D (52) Unit 15.2 #54 54. A (55) Unit 16.5 #18

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 391

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKCEE 2009 HKCEE 2010 HKCEE 2011

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. B (95) Unit 3.2 #35 1. C (75) Unit 4.1 #38 1. A (56) Unit 3.2 #38
2. D (81) Unit 4.1 #37 2. B (59) Unit 3.2 #36 2. A (54) Unit 4.1 #39
3. D (71) Unit 4.6 #39 3. D (80) Unit 4.6 #40 3. D (88) Unit 4.3 #10
4. A (89) Unit 4.3 #9 4. B (76) Unit 4.3 #30 4. B (30) Unit 8.1 #16
5. A (52) Unit 4.2 #20 5. D (72) Unit 4.2 #21 5. A (76) Unit 8.1 #28
6. A (82) Unit 2.1 #28 6. C (85) Unit 2.1 #29 6. C (85) Unit 5.4 #23
7. B (92) Unit 9.1 #51 7. D (56) Unit 5.1 #20 7. A (42) Unit 2.2 #18
8. D (61) Unit 5.2 #8 8. A (75) Unit 5.4 #9 8. A (81) Unit 2.1 #30
9. B (33) Unit 8.1 #27 9. C (60) Unit 2.2 #17 9. B (84) Unit 7.1 #8
10. C (72) Unit 1 #53 10. D (53) Unit 5.2 #9 10. C (48) Unit 1 #24
11. B (84) Unit 1 #22 11. B (49) Unit 8.1 #15 11. B (65) Unit 9.5 #10
12. C (52) Unit 7.1 #5 12. D (52) Unit 7.1 #7 12. B (64) Unit 6.2 #23
13. C (51) Unit 6.2 #46 13. A (38) Unit 1 #54 13. C (65) Unit 6.3 #21
14. D (62) Unit 6.3 #28 14. D (59) Unit 1 #23 14. B (76) Unit 0.3 #14
15. D (82) Unit 0.3 #12 15. B (85) Unit 6.2 #47 15. A (65) Unit 13.7 #15
16. A (45) Unit 13.7 #21 16. A (55) Unit 6.3 #20 16. C (46) Unit 9.2 #68
17. B (60) Unit 9.4 #54 17. B (73) Unit 0.3 #13 17. C (68) Unit 9.4 #58
18. B (74) Unit 9.4 #55 18. C (47) Unit 9.4 #56 18. B (39) Unit 9.4 #59
19. A (53) Unit 9.4 #72 19. C (61) Unit 9.4 #57 19. D (27) Unit 9.3 #35
20. C (84) Unit 9.2 #67 20. A (49) Unit 9.1 #52 20. D (35) Unit 13.2 #20
21. D (49) Unit 13.6 #46 21. B (66) Unit 13.6 #48 21. D (71) Unit 13.6 #49
22. B (28) Unit 13.5 #48 22. D (62) Unit 13.2 #19 22. C (71) Unit 13.6 #50
23. B (49) Unit 13.6 #47 23. A (24) Unit 10.1 #10 23. B (75) Unit 10.2 #52
24. C (44) Unit 13.2 #18 24. B (65) Unit 10.1 #3 24. C (64) Unit 13.8 #10
25. D (48) Unit 13.1 #8 25. A (81) Unit 10.2 #51 25. A (73) Unit 10.1 #4
26. A (83) Unit 10.2 #49 26. C (55) Unit 9.1 #53 26. A (72) Unit 10.1 #9
27. A (75) Unit 10.2 #58 27. C (80) Unit 10.2 #59 27. C (63) Unit 10.2 #53
28. C (79) Unit 10.2 #50 28. D (80) Unit 13.8 #9 28. C (44) Unit 10.2 #60
29. A (65) Unit 10.1 #7 29. B (48) Unit 12.2 #22 29. B (66) Unit 12.2 #23
30. D (53) Unit 12.2 #21 30. C (46) Unit 12.1 #4 30. D (35) Unit 12.1 #5
31. B (43) Unit 12.4 #52 31. D (59) Unit 12.4 #41 31. D (39) Unit 12.4 #42
32. A (60) Unit 12.4 #22 32. B (36) Unit 12.4 #46 32. D (40) Unit 12.4 #47
33. D (38) Unit 12.4 #45 33. C (79) Unit 15.2 #57 33. A (49) Unit 15.2 #59
34. C (74) Unit 15.2 #56 34. A (60) Unit 16.3 #6 34. B (66) Unit 16.2 #26
35. C (81) Unit 16.2 #25 35. A (67) Unit 16.3 #7 35. D (72) Unit 16.4 #5
36. C (86) Unit 16.4 #3 36. A (84) Unit 16.4 #4 36. D (62) Unit 16.4 #7
37. D (29) Unit 2.3 #3 37. C (44) Unit 2.3 #4 37. D (33) Unit 2.3 #5
38. C (48) Unit 3.3 #32 38. A (41) Unit 3.4 #4 38. B (66) Unit 3.4 #5
39. D (45) Unit 3.4 #3 39. C (51) Unit 3.2 #37 39. C (38) Unit 3.3 #33
40. D (48) Unit 0.1 #14 40. D (57) Unit 0.1 #15 40. D (35) Unit 4.4 #31
41. A (45) Unit 4.4 #12 41. A (73) Unit 4.4 #26 41. A (41) Unit 0.1 #16
42. B (44) Unit 7.1 #6 42. C (56) Unit 8.3 #27 42. A (35) Unit 8.3 #28
43. A (40) Unit 7.3 #24 43. B (61) Unit 7.3 #43 43. B (47) Unit 8.3 #19
44. A (47) Unit 8.3 #3 44. C (41) Unit 7.3 #25 44. C (51) Unit 7.2 #36
45. B (39) Unit 13.3 #40 45. B (51) Unit 13.4 #25 45. C (46) Unit 7.3 #17
46. C (58) Unit 13.4 #24 46. B (37) Unit 13.2 #50 46. D (20) Unit 13.4 #26
47. B (30) Unit 13.8 #36 47. D (30) Unit 13.6 #73 47. A (34) Unit 13.5 #50
48. B (33) Unit 10.5 #65 48. D (34) Unit 13.8 #37 48. D (48) Unit 10.5 #68
49. C (63) Unit 10.5 #66 49. B (41) Unit 10.5 #67 49. C (50) Unit 10.6 #64
50. C (32) Unit 10.6 #62 50. C (63) Unit 10.6 #63 50. B (40) Unit 13.8 #38
51. B (57) Unit 13.5 #49 51. A (38) Unit 12.5 #51 51. B (37) Unit 12.5 #53
52. D (35) Unit 12.3 #5 52. D (44) Unit 12.5 #52 52. C (46) Unit 15.2 #60
53. C (38) Unit 12.5 #50 53. A (62) Unit 15.2 #58 53. A (31) Unit 16.7 #1
54. A (62) Unit 16.5 #19 54. B (77) Unit 16.5 #20 54. B (45) Unit 16.5 #21

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 392

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKDSE Sample Paper HKDSE Practice Paper HKDSE 2012

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. C Unit 3.2 #48 1. A Unit 4.3 #32 1. C (94) Unit 3.2 #49
2. C Unit 4.1 #54 2. C Unit 4.1 #55 2. D (74) Unit 4.3 #34
3. C Unit 4.3 #31 3. A Unit 4.3 #33 3. C (59) Unit 4.2 #24
4. A Unit 4.2 #22 4. D Unit 4.2 #23 4. B (75) Unit 4.4 #34
5. C Unit 4.4 #32 5. D Unit 4.4 #33 5. B (78) Unit 5.4 #24
6. D Unit 5.1 #21 6. C Unit 5.2 #11 6. D (53) Unit 2.2 #32
7. D Unit 5.2 #10 7. B Unit 12.4 #63 7. C (59) Unit 8.1 #36
8. A Unit 2.2 #30 8. D Unit 2.2 #31 8. D (84) Unit 1 #84
9. C Unit 8.1 #34 9. A Unit 8.1 #35 9. A (75) Unit 6.2 #53
10. A Unit 1 #81 10. B Unit 1 #83 10. D (63) Unit 6.3 #31
11. C Unit 7.1 #9 11. D Unit 9.5 #12 11. C (79) Unit 6.1 #17
12. B Unit 9.5 #11 12. A Unit 6.2 #52 12. B (74) Unit 7.1 #10
13. D Unit 6.2 #51 13. A Unit 6.3 #30 13. D (79) Unit 0.3 #17
14. C Unit 6.3 #29 14. B Unit 0.3 #16 14. B (49) Unit 0.3 #18
15. B Unit 0.3 #15 15. C Unit 9.2 #70 15. A (89) Unit 9.1 #59
16. B Unit 9.2 #69 16. D Unit 9.4 #74 16. B (82) Unit 9.2 #71
17. A Unit 9.4 #73 17. C Unit 9.3 #37 17. B (43) Unit 9.3 #38
18. B Unit 9.1 #56 18. A Unit 9.1 #58 18. A (70) Unit 13.5 #52
19. A Unit 13.2 #51 19. D Unit 10.2 #67 19. C (51) Unit 13.2 #52
20. A Unit 9.1 #57 20. C Unit 10.5 #93 20. C (71) Unit 10.5 #95
21. B Unit 10.5 #91 21. C Unit 10.5 #94 21. D (45) Unit 9.2 #72
22. C Unit 10.5 #92 22. B Unit 13.6 #75 22. A (43) Unit 10.2 #68
23. B Unit 9.3 #36 23. C Unit 13.1 #36 23. D (42) Unit 12.1 #6
24. D Unit 13.6 #74 24. D Unit 10.1 #12 24. A (72) Unit 11 #1
25. A Unit 10.1 #11 25. B Unit 12.2 #25 25. C (40) Unit 12.4 #65
26. D Unit 12.2 #24 26. D Unit 12.4 #64 26. A (56) Unit 12.5 #56
27. D Unit 16.4 #8 27. B Unit 12.5 #54 27. A (50) Unit 15.2 #65
28. B Unit 16.4 #9 28. A Unit 15.2 #63 28. B (59) Unit 16.4 #11
29. D Unit 16.5 #22 29. B Unit 16.4 #10 29. B (71) Unit 16.3 #12
30. B Unit 16.7 #2 30. C Unit 16.5 #24 30. D (47) Unit 16.2 #27
31. B Unit 4.6 #41 31. D Unit 2.3 #7 31. B (55) Unit 4.5 #18
32. D Unit 2.4 #1 32. B Unit 0.1 #18 32. C (43) Unit 2.4 #3
33. A Unit 0.1 #17 33. C Unit 5.3 #23 33. A (64) Unit 0.1 #19
34. A Unit 0.4 #4 34. D Unit 0.4 #5 34. C (49) Unit 2.2 #33
35. D Unit 8.3 #29 35. A Unit 7.2 #38 35. A (55) Unit 0.4 #6
36. C Unit 7.2 #37 36. B Unit 3.3 #34 36. D (37) Unit 8.3 #30
37. C Unit 2.3 #6 37. A Unit 2.4 #2 37. A (43) Unit 7.2 #39
38. A Unit 13.5 #51 38. C Unit 13.4 #32 38. C (63) Unit 2.3 #8
39. A Unit 1 #82 39. A Unit 13.8 #40 39. D (53) Unit 13.4 #33
40. C Unit 13.8 #39 40. C Unit 10.6 #66 40. D (30) Unit 13.8 #41
41. B Unit 10.6 #65 41. B Unit 12.5 #55 41. C (47) Unit 10.6 #67
42. B Unit 13.4 #31 42. A Unit 12.3 #6 42. B (36) Unit 12.5 #57
43. D Unit 15.2 #61 43. B Unit 15.2 #64 43. B (52) Unit 14 #1
44. B Unit 15.2 #62 44. D Unit 16.5 #25 44. D (56) Unit 15.2 #66
45. D Unit 16.5 #23 45. C Unit 16.5 #26 45. A (36) Unit 16.5 #27

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 393

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKDSE 2013 HKDSE 2014 HKDSE 2015

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. B (69) Unit 3.2 #50 1. B (94) Unit 3.2 #51 1. D (90) Unit 4.3 #37
2. D (81) Unit 4.1 #56 2. A (79) Unit 4.3 #36 2. D (93) Unit 3.2 #52
3. D (85) Unit 4.3 #35 3. B (63) Unit 4.2 #26 3. A (84) Unit 5.4 #26
4. C (75) Unit 0.3 #19 4. B (67) Unit 5.2 #12 4. D (75) Unit 0.3 #21
5. A (40) Unit 8.1 #37 5. C (73) Unit 2.2 #35 5. B (65) Unit 4.2 #27
6. C (70) Unit 5.1 #22 6. D (53) Unit 8.1 #38 6. A (63) Unit 8.1 #40
7. B (59) Unit 2.2 #34 7. C (63) Unit 8.1 #39 7. A (59) Unit 5.3 #25
8. A (59) Unit 4.2 #25 8. A (84) Unit 5.4 #25 8. D (53) Unit 2.2 #37
9. D (66) Unit 4.4 #35 9. A (63) Unit 1 #87 9. B (69) Unit 1 #88
10. A (45) Unit 1 #85 10. C (49) Unit 9.5 #13 10. D (68) Unit 1 #89
11. D (65) Unit 1 #86 11. A (57) Unit 0.3 #20 11. C (70) Unit 6.2 #56
12. C (31) Unit 6.2 #54 12. D (59) Unit 6.2 #55 12. D (75) Unit 6.3 #34
13. C (63) Unit 6.3 #32 13. C (80) Unit 6.3 #33 13. B (92) Unit 7.1 #12
14. D (21) Unit 12.4 #66 14. D (50) Unit 7.1 #11 14. C (57) Unit 0.3 #22
15. B (71) Unit 10.1 #13 15. C (81) Unit 9.1 #60 15. C (91) Unit 9.1 #61
16. B (33) Unit 9.2 #73 16. C (33) Unit 10.3 #16 16. B (70) Unit 9.4 #77
17. B (56) Unit 9.4 #75 17. D (24) Unit 9.3 #40 17. D (26) Unit 9.3 #41
18. C (37) Unit 9.3 #39 18. A (39) Unit 13.6 #76 18. A (57) Unit 13.6 #77
19. C (56) Unit 10.5 #96 19. A (54) Unit 13.2 #54 19. C (63) Unit 13.2 #55
20. D (58) Unit 13.7 #22 20. B (68) Unit 10.5 #97 20. C (60) Unit 10.5 #99
21. C (46) Unit 10.2 #69 21. A (19) Unit 10.5 #98 21. B (73) Unit 9.1 #62
22. A (48) Unit 13.5 #53 22. C (61) Unit 10.2 #70 22. A (47) Unit 10.2 #71
23. B (56) Unit 13.2 #53 23. B (59) Unit 12.1 #7 23. C (59) Unit 12.1 #8
24. A (54) Unit 11 #2 24. D (65) Unit 11 #3 24. A (73) Unit 11 #4
25. D (36) Unit 12.5 #58 25. D (51) Unit 12.4 #67 25. B (37) Unit 12.4 #68
26. A (42) Unit 15.2 #67 26. A (45) Unit 12.5 #60 26. C (70) Unit 12.5 #62
27. B (68) Unit 16.2 #28 27. B (76) Unit 15.2 #68 27. A (48) Unit 15.2 #69
28. A (80) Unit 16.1 #16 28. D (72) Unit 16.5 #30 28. B (84) Unit 15.2 #70
29. D (57) Unit 16.4 #12 29. C (82) Unit 16.1 #17 29. A (91) Unit 16.4 #14
30. B (54) Unit 16.5 #28 30. B (31) Unit 16.4 #13 30. B (45) Unit 16.2 #29
31. B (52) Unit 4.5 #19 31. A (63) Unit 4.5 #20 31. C (63) Unit 4.6 #42
32. B (40) Unit 2.4 #4 32. C (41) Unit 3.4 #6 32. A (30) Unit 2.4 #5
33. A (64) Unit 0.1 #20 33. B (54) Unit 3.3 #36 33. A (66) Unit 0.1 #22
34. D (29) Unit 3.3 #35 34. C (49) Unit 0.1 #21 34. B (63) Unit 5.3 #26
35. D (46) Unit 5.3 #24 35. D (50) Unit 2.2 #36 35. C (51) Unit 0.4 #9
36. A (60) Unit 0.4 #7 36. A (45) Unit 0.4 #8 36. D (43) Unit 8.3 #32
37. C (46) Unit 8.3 #31 37. B (60) Unit 7.3 #44 37. D (27) Unit 7.3 #45
38. C (47) Unit 7.2 #40 38. A (40) Unit 2.3 #9 38. B (37) Unit 13.3 #42
39. A (29) Unit 13.4 #34 39. D (28) Unit 13.3 #41 39. D (49) Unit 13.4 #35
40. B (21) Unit 9.4 #76 40. D (33) Unit 13.8 #42 40. C (51) Unit 10.6 #70
41. D (39) Unit 10.6 #68 41. C (43) Unit 10.6 #69 41. B (43) Unit 12.5 #63
42. B (37) Unit 12.5 #59 42. C (43) Unit 12.5 #61 42. A (30) Unit 12.3 #8
43. A (30) Unit 12.3 #7 43. B (67) Unit 14 #3 43. C (51) Unit 14 #4
44. C (64) Unit 14 #2 44. D (57) Unit 16.6 #4 44. D (52) Unit 15.2 #71
45. C (37) Unit 16.5 #29 45. B (57) Unit 16.5 #31 45. B (26) Unit 16.5 #32

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 394

 HKDSE MATHS ANSWERS (BY YEAR)

HKDSE 2016 HKDSE 2017

Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics Paper 2

1. A (47) Unit 3.2 #53 1. A Unit 4.3 #39

2. A (81) Unit 4.1 #57 2. D Unit 3.2 #54
3. D (65) Unit 4.3 #38 3. A Unit 4.1 #58
4. C (87) Unit 0.3 #23 4. D Unit 0.3 #24
5. A (80) Unit 5.4 #27 5. D Unit 8.1 #42
6. B (76) Unit 4.4 #36 6. A Unit 2.1 #31
7. A (62) Unit 8.1 #41 7. B Unit 4.4 #37
8. C (82) Unit 5.2 #13 8. A Unit 4.2 #28
9. D (46) Unit 2.2 #38 9. C Unit 2.2 #39
10. C (69) Unit 1 #90 10. C Unit 1 #91
11. D (81) Unit 6.2 #57 11. B Unit 6.2 #59
12. D (67) Unit 6.3 #35 12. C Unit 6.3 #36
13. A (81) Unit 6.2 #58 13. B Unit 7.1 #14
14. C (92) Unit 7.1 #13 14. B Unit 9.1 #64
15. B (45) Unit 10.2 #72 15. C Unit 9.4 #79
16. D (80) Unit 9.1 #63 16. D Unit 9.3 #43
17. A (55) Unit 10.2 #73 17. D Unit 13.6 #79
18. C (79) Unit 9.4 #78 18. A Unit 10.2 #75
19. A (59) Unit 9.2 #74 19. D Unit 9.1 #65
20. C (51) Unit 9.3 #42 20. D Unit 10.3 #17
21. B (57) Unit 13.6 #78 21. C Unit 10.5 #101
22. D (54) Unit 10.5 #100 22. D Unit 13.6 #80
23. A (82) Unit 10.1 #14 23. A Unit 12.4 #71
24. B (64) Unit 10.2 #74 24. A Unit 12.4 #72
25. D (35) Unit 12.4 #69 25. C Unit 12.1 #9
26. B (37) Unit 12.4 #70 26. A Unit 12.5 #66
27. C (56) Unit 12.5 #64 27. B Unit 11 #5
28. C (58) Unit 15.2 #72 28. C Unit 15.2 #75
29. B (69) Unit 15.2 #73 29. B Unit 16.4 #15
30. B (76) Unit 16.2 #30 30. B Unit 16.3 #13
31. C (61) Unit 4.5 #21 31. D Unit 2.3 #10
32. D (40) Unit 2.4 #6 32. D Unit 0.1 #24
33. A (43) Unit 0.1 #23 33. C Unit 2.4 #7
34. B (38) Unit 0.4 #10 34. D Unit 3.3 #37
35. D (47) Unit 8.3 #33 35. B Unit 0.4 #11
36. B (35) Unit 7.3 #46 36. C Unit 7.2 #41
37. A (46) Unit 13.4 #36 37. C Unit 8.3 #34
38. B (49) Unit 13.3 #43 38. A Unit 13.6 #81
39. A (35) Unit 13.8 #43 39. A Unit 13.8 #44
40. D (38) Unit 10.6 #71 40. B Unit 10.6 #72
41. C (45) Unit 12.5 #65 41. D Unit 12.3 #9
42. A (55) Unit 15.2 #74 42. B Unit 14 #6
43. D (51) Unit 14 #5 43. C Unit 15.2 #76
44. B (52) Unit 16.6 #5 44. B Unit 16.6 #6
45. C (50) Unit 16.5 #33 45. A Unit 16.5 #34

Past Paper Review (Multiple Choice) P. 395